Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAbout23-0918 1933 Fillmore St-City Approved Plans OF TMNvMLIS �INYFAUfj City of Twin Falls �0 � General Inspection Notes �0ERVtN0 SERV►NG UP) a) NOTE: This is not a complete list and is not inclusive of all construction methods, materials or practices. These checklists are intended to serve as a guide for the items that cause the most issues during inspections and promote +=, consistency in the application of the codes & standard practices. Compliance with all the provisions of applicable codes shall be required. O The information in the checklists is not, or was it ever intended to be, all inclusive. It does not include all code or individual plan requirements. It is intended to reflect local policies, procedures & practices within the City of Twin Falls. These checklists do not waive any specific code requirements not listed or allow for the decrease in the requirements of an engineered design. It also does not add requirements where the minimum of the code has been met. Z This page and all approved plans, associated documents, revisions & changes to the plans must be maintained on site and available for review at all times. FIRE BUILDING FINAL INSPECTION INFORMATION O Fire Alarm Inspection: Footing/Foundation Inspection: COMMERCIAL OCCUPANCY • * Fire alarm plans must be approved by the State Fire Marshal's office or if applicable the Twin Falls * All re-bar must be tied in place at time of inspection. Fire Marshal prior to installation and inspection. * All hold down anchors installed properly. Final inspections are required by multiple City Departments/Inspectors prior t0 * Fire alarm system must be wired to call out from a land line, or with a cell dialer. (Voice over IP is not allowed). Shear Inspection: getting your Certificate of Occupancy. * Fire alarm system must be live and capable of calling the Twin Falls Dispatch Center on the day of * All hold downs must be installed per approved plans and manufacturers installation guide. testing. * Fasteners should not be overdriven and shiners should be removed and/or replaced. Make sure to have the approved set of plans and inspection card on site for all inspections. * Install the correct type of fastener at the correct spacing. Fire Sprinkler Inspection: If you have Special Inspections: Once the required special inspections have been completed a final * Fire sprinkler plans must be approved by the State Fire Marshal's office prior to installation and Framing Inspection: report needs to be submitted to the building department certifying corrections of any discrepancies inspection. Underground fire sprinkler line must be inspected by the Twin Falls Fire Department prior * Accessibility standards are in compliance. (ICC A117.1-2009) noted in the special inspection reports.This final report can be submitted any time before requesting [ ^ to be covered. * Required load paths to footing for all load points are installed. occupancy. �+ * Pipe or hose used for flushing the underground sprinkler line must be secure, incapable of * Stair rise and treads must meet code requirements. * Required Site Work inspections may be requested and completed as the work is done or as required movement, and is deemed safe by the inspector. *Min rise 4", Max rise 7", Max tread 11" by the specific department by contact the following: * Rough to cover inspection and hydro testing must be completed before covering or tenting the *Min nosing is 3/4", Max nosing is 1 1/4" and cannot differ in length by more than 3/8" above ground fire sprinkler system. * Provide required up-lift protection for all trusses. - Planning&Zoning (parking and landscaping) Planner-208-735-7270 or Office-208-735-7267 Kitchen Hood Inspections: Final Inspection: - Engineering (Retention, curb, gutter, sidewalk, drive approaches) * Fire suppression system must be installed and ready for trip test (trip link, balloons, etc.) prior to * Landings to meet minimum code requirements. (Doors 1010.1.6, Ramps 1012.6, Stairs 1011.6) Lab inspection line 208-735-3446 inspection. * Accessibility Standards are in compliance.(ICC A117.1-2009) -Street Department (road cuts) * Kitchen hood must be wired to initiate the fire alarm upon activation of the fire suppression system. * Egress door sign-age is posted and correct verbiage is used. Office- 208-736-2226 (The only exception to this is if the building does not require a fire alarm to be installed) * "DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHILE BUILDING IS OCCUPIED" * All electrical outlets, lighting, and appliances under the kitchen hood must shut down upon *Correct hardware has been installed on all doors. * When you are ready for any Fire Department inspections please call (extinguishers, activation of the fire suppression system. *Panic hardware is installed where required. fire/alarm/sprinkler systems): * Main gas valve must be installed and must shut down upon activation of the fire suppression *Accessible hardware is installed where required. Fire Inspection Line-208-735-7338 system. * Handrails shall be installed where required. * Exhaust fan must be capable of running continuously upon activation of the fire suppression * Stairways shall have handrails on each side. * When you are ready for a building final inspection on the structure: system. * All racking and shelving to be in place. Make sure you have the final inspections on the plumbing, electrical, and mechanical work. * Make up air must be capable of running continuously upon activation of the fire suppression system. * All Exit signs are field verified. (must be visible—nothing can block the line of sight) Call the building inspection line 208-735-7333 * Maximum Occupancy signs posted where required. All departments will be notified by this office to go do their final inspection. Final Inspection: * Special Inspection reports and balance reports need to be received by our office. * Address must be posted as outlined on the approved set of plans or previously approved by the If there is an elevator in the building please contact the Division of Building Safety at the following link Twin Falls Fire Marshal. PLANNING &ZONING for any permits/inspections: http://dbs.idaho.gov/programs/industrial/fagEL.html I ENGINEERING Landscaping: Once ALL the departments have signed the Certificate of Occupancy the Building Official will sign and * Our code allows for us to issue a TCO with landscaping incomplete; however, we cannot extend the then it will be ready to be picked-up or emailed. (All In order to streamline and eliminate confusion in regards to the engineering department commercial TCO beyond the current planting season.This means that we will work with the applicant on a permit inspections,the following will need to be inspected prior to signing the Certificate of definitive date of their choosing, but not typically beyond 2-3 months. If you need a Temporary Certificate of Occupancy there is a $1,000 refundable deposit required. All Occupancy. All inspections will be completed using the City of Twin Falls approved (stamped) plans. departments are required to sign and give a list of outstanding issues. Once the temporary is all signed Trash Enclosures: &the list made you will need to come in and sign stating you know what those issue are, that you will Storm Water Facility Inspections: (3 phases) * Trash enclosures should be finished before a final inspection is requested,this includes the front have them completed by the specified time, and will call for inspection as those items are completed. * Inspection of excavation, including dimensions and geotextile fabric. All adjoining trenches leading gate on the enclosure. Per our code, we cannot issue a TCO if this item is not completed. It is up to each department to determine if you meet their qualification for temporary occupancy. to storm water facilities also need to be excavated and inspected. * Inspection of storm drain pipes (per plans) need to be in place (not covered)for visual inspection. Note: If a building was originally done as a shell, the shell building permit is required to be finaled The drain rock must meet ISPWC section 801 Drain Rock requirements. All pipe connections to storm prior the tenant improvement permits can be finaled. In addition, if Temporary Occupancy is needed water facilities must be completed. Please have Address posted on site for all I there will be $1,000 refundable deposit for each permit. * Inspection of completed storm water facilities with the above referenced drain rock and geotextile fabric showing proper cover and overlap. Inspections. • Site Inspections: Please have a printed color copy of City * Verify that the parking lot layout (design) &striping matches the plans * Verify that the parking lot surface is an approved "hard" surface Approved Plans & Inspection Cards on site for * Verify that there is ADA compliant access from the Right-of-Way(ROW)to the building envelope all inspections. Right-Of-Way Inspections. * Verify driveway approach widths & locations according to plans * Verify ADA compliance of Curb/Gutter, Sidewalks, and Sidewalk/Driveway combinations O Verify ROW connections to other Agencies/Entities meet's ADA tolerances CITY APPROVED PLANS Flood Plain Inspections: * Verify flood plain location and compare plans to the site Reviewed for Code Compliance * Verify the commercial buildings are one foot above base flood elevation PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE When ready for inspection please call the Engineering inspection line at (208) 735-3446 for same day inspections call before 7:30 am. Having these inspections approved when the work has been FOR ALL INSPECTIONS • completed will ensure the Certificate of Occupancy is issued in a timely manner. __J 2018 IBC Section 105.4 Validity of Permit: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be a permit for, or approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of this code or of any other ordinances of the jurisdiction. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code or other ordinances of the jurisdiction shall not be valid. The issuance of a permit based on construction documents and other data shall not prevent the building official from requiring the correction of errors in the construction documents and other data. The building official is authorized to prevent occupancy or use of a structure where in violation of this code or of any other ordinance of this jurisdiction. TENANT IMPROVEMENT DRAWING INDEX ' AERIAL FIRE APPARATUS ACCESS -IAW 2018 IFC D105 WHILE EVERY EFFORT HAS BEEN MADE TO PERFORM A ISSUE SHEET NO. COMPLETE AND ACCURATE PLAN REVIEW. IT DOES NOT EXEMPT THE FIRE MARSHAL'S OFFICE FROM If vertical distance between the road grade and the highest roof CODE REQUIREMENTS OMITTED FROM DRAWINGS 1 surface exceeds 30',approved aerial fire apparatus access roads THAT ARE CAUGHT DURING FIELD INSPECTIONS. a shall be provided. SPECIALTY RETAILER N o > Minimum unobstructed width of 26'. Access must be within 15-30 o o 0 N and parallel to one side of the building.Overhead utility and power lines shall not be located over road or between road and bldg. ADDRESS IDENTIFICATION-IAW 2018 IFC 505.1 U N GENERAL W � M 1933 F i l l m o re St. I • • G1.0 COVER SHEET p 0 New and existing buildings shall be provided with • • G2.0 EGRESS PLAN AND CODE ANALYSIS _ Twin Falls, I D 83301 approved address identification. G3.1 EQUIPMENT ~ • G3.2 FIXTURE PLAN � � (n Emergency Responder Radio Coverage- IAW 2018 IFC 510 7 The address identification shall be legible and • G4.0 STANDARD ACCESSIBILITY DETAILS LU J J placed in a position that is visible from the street or J Q TFFD and TFPD digital and analog radio frequencies shall not be o LL LL g g ISSUED FOR PERMIT - 04.0 7.2 02 3 road fronting the property. o CO Z hinderd. The local in and out signal strength shall be sufficient. If CIVIL DRAWINGS ARE NOT IN SCOPE occupancy is found to be deficient after testing,a local signal CO - Characters > 1 shall contrast with their background. � Uj booster may be required to be installed. ARCHITECTURE Address identification shall be Arabic numbers or v1 CONSTRUCTION REVISION #1 0 5.16.2 0 2 3 letters.Numbers shall not be spelled out. • A1.0 ARCHITECTURAL INFORMATION • 1.1 ARCHITECTI-RALSITEPLAN • AD1.0 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches high with a r • A3.1 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN L-100' troke width of.5 inches.Address size is • A3.2 CRITICAL DIMENSION PLAN r istance from the street:up to 50'is 4 in., • A3.2A CRITICAL DIMENSION PLAN MEZZANINE LEVEL in.,101-150'is 8 in.,151-200'is 10 in. • A3.3 SLAB PLAN • A4.0 REFLECTED CEILING PLAN r is 12 in.Bigger is generally better. • A5.1 ROOF PLAN • A5.2 ROOF DETAILS • A5.3 ROOF DETAILS • A6.1 EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS • A9.0 DOOR&WINDOW SCHEDULES • A11.1 ENLARGED PLANS&INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 1. • A11.2 PARTITION AND CEILING DETAILS • A11.3 INTERIOR DETAILS • Al2.1 FINISH PLAN _ _ • Al2.2 INTERIOR FINISH ELEVATIONS • Al2.3 INTERIOR FINISH ELEVATIONS STRUCTURAL • S1.0 GENERAL NOTES T • S2.0 STRUCTURAL PLAN • S2.1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN • S3.0 DETAILS 301-320 • S3.1 DETAILS 321-340 • • 53.2 DETAILS 321---- MECHANICAL ED • M0.1 MECHANICAL COVER SHEET ARCHITECT • M0.2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AR987110 • M0.3 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES • M0.4 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS • M0.5 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS • M0.6 MECHANICAL VENTILATION • M0.7 MECHANICAL 3D VIEW dutul caeaieL wen I • MD1.1 MECHANICAL DEMO FLOOR PLAN ware • MD1.2 MECHANICAL DEMO ROOF PLAN 2023.05.1 • MIA MECHANICAL FLOOR PLAN - • M2.1 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN • M3.1 MECHANICAL DETAILS PLUMBING • P0.1 SYMBOLS&ABBREVIATIONS-PLUMBING • P0.2 SPECIFICATIONS PLUMBING I I • P0.3 PLUMBING SCHEDULES O ro • P0.4 PLUMBING DETAILS :D °f" • P2.0 UNDERSLAB FLOOR PLAN-PLUMBING � �t • P2.1 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN-PLUMBING ° to n • P3.0 ROOF PLAN-PLUMBING = a y • P4.0 PLUMBING ISOMETRICS - • P4.1 GAS ISOMETRIC Q •1 PD2.0 DEMO PLAN-PLUMBING e o ELECTRICAL A • E0.0 Co OVER SHEET ° i . • E0.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS w • E0.2 SITE PLAN • E0.3 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN y • E1.0 MAIN LEVEL&MEZZANINE-LIGHTING PLAN E • E2.0 MAIN LEVEL&MEZZANINE-POWER PLAN • E2.1 MAIN LEVEL&MEZZANINE POWER NOTES / l y ''' _ • E2.2 ROOF-POWER PLAN �,J (� y N • E3.0 MAIN LEVEL-COMMUNICATION /1/ Z O • E3.1 MAIN LEVEL-COMMUNICATION L/L LU y N • E4.0 ONE LINE DIAGRAM • E4.1 PANEL SCHEDULES ` o (C • E4.2 PANEL SCHEDULES I Q J Q r • E5.0 LIGHTNING AND MECHANICAL SCHEDULE _ � • E5.1 EQIPMENT SCHEDULES V • E6.0 DETAILS CD •1 E6.1 DETAILS 1 •1 E7.0 COMCHECK r ZONING INFORMATION PROJECT DIRECTORY VICINITY MAP • R1 REFRIGERATION DATE: ISSUE: #: REFRIGERATION MECHANICAL DRAWINGS O.16.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT • R2 REFRIGERATION MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 05. .2023 CONST.REV.# 1 Z • R3 REFRIGERATION POWER DRAWINGS O BUILDING FOOTPRINT: +/-19,945 SF+963SF MEZZANINE(EXISTING) TENANT MEP ENGINEER: '1 • R4 REFRIGERATION POWER DRAWINGS - • IRS REFRIGERATION COMMUNICATION N TENANT AREA: +/-19,945 SF+963SF MEZZANINE(EXISTING) SPECIALTY RETAILER 1 • R6 ONE LINE DIAGRAM&SCHEDULES GOLDEN,CO 80403 4100 4403 TABLE MOUNTAIN DRIVE J 100 WADSWORTH BLVD.,#200 CONSULTING ENGINEERS ZONING: C1-COMMERCIAL HIGHWAY DISTRICT • R7 DETAILS 1 EXISTING TENANT USE: MERCANTILE(RETAIL) 303.986.4600 x 81325 WHEAT RIDGE,CO 80033 DEFERRED SUBMITTALS LU CONTACT:MR.KEVIN STEES 303.985,3260 .J I= PROPOSED TENANT USE: MERCANTILE(RETAIL-GROCERY) KSTEES@NATURALGROCERS.COM CONTACT:MR.PATRICK LEONARD,P.E. - FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN FIRE ALARM DESIGN&SIGNAGE EXISTING BUILDING HEIGHT: 1.40'-3" PLEONARD@JCAACE.COM Z PARKING: EXISTING SHARED DEVELOPMENT PARKING(NO CHANGE) DATE: 05.16.2023 O BIKE PARKING: 2 SPACES PROVIDED ARCHITECT: STRUCTURAL ENGINEER: DRAWN: GC CHECKED: SCL BID ALTERNATES ROGUE ARCHITECTURE PORTIS STRUCTURAL DESIGN /' ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 1660 LINCOLN RE ET,Suite 100 1001 BANNOCK,CO 802,STE 441 CITY APPROVED PLANS DENVER,Co80264 DENVER,C080204 � � - 'N COVER SHEET 1. ERICO CADDY SPEED LINK CABLE SYSTEM,PART#SLD15L5,ACCESSORIES AND 720.599.3312 720.501.4900 ` SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF THE GE CONTACT:MR.STEVEN LEVESQUE,AIA CONTACT:MR.JON ELDRIDGE,P.E. r TYPE"Al"WA3"LIGHT FIXTURES IN LIEU OF THE STANDARD AIRCRAFT CABLE-SEE SLEVESQUE@ROGUEARCHITECTURE.COM JON@PORTISDESIGN.COM �� Reviewed for Code Compliance N SHEET E5.0 ARCHITECT OF RECORD (�Q�1'" O CONTACT:MR.JUANG.LUNA,AIA PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE G /� 0JL ONTACT:MR.JU HITECT NA,AIAM I FOR ALL INSPECTIONS U Page 2 of 341 OCCUPANT LOAD SUMMARY EGRESS LEGEND EGRESS PLAN KEYED NOTES LIMITED CODE ANALYSIS • PROJECT NAME: SPECIALTY RETAILER SECTION 1004.OCCUPANT LOAD ------ RATED WALL LOCATION: 1933 FILLMORE ST., (xX% OCCUPANCY LOAD CONSTRUCTION O INCIDENTAL USE:REFRIGERANT MACHINERY ROOM PER IBC TABLE 509. TWIN FALLS,ID 83301 TABLE1004.1.2-MAXIMUM FLOOR AREA ALLOWANCES OF TENANT/AREA PER OCCUPANT TENANT: SPECIALTY RETAILER-KEVIN STEES MERCANTILE: 1 OCC/60 GSF �U LU DESCRIBED AREAS O MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE=169'-1"TO CLOSEST EXIT<250'-0"PER IBC TABLE 1017.2 W W ARCHITECT: ROGUE ARCHITECTURE BUSINESS USES: 1 OCC/150 GSF Z �Q.W EXIT ACCESS TRAVEL DISTANCE � STEVEN LEVESQUE,AIA-PROJECT MANAGER STOCK/STORAGE: 1 OCC/300 GSF H LL - JUAN G.LUNA,AIA-ARCHITECT OF RECORD ASSEMBLY(UNCONCENTRATED): 1 OCC/15 GSF Nz O MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE=149'-1"TO CLOSEST EXIT<250'-0"PER IBC TABLE 1017.2 p XX OCCUPANCYTYPE APPLICABLE CODES: 2018 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE(WITH IDAHO STATE AMENDMENTS) M MECHANICAL: 1 OCC/300 GSF XX AREA SQUARE FOOTAGE o O 20181NTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE(WITH IDAHO STATE cV M XX SUBTOTAL D.C.EGRESS XX FLOOR AREA/PERSON AMENDMENTS) 10 CO M XX OCCUPANCY RATE 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE(WITH IDAHO STATE AMENDMENTS) w Total 2017 IDAHO STATE PLUMBING CODE o 0 Function of Space Floor Area Occupants 20181NTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE TOTAL OCCUPANT EGRESS TOTAL OCCUPANCY OF 2018 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE(WITH IDAHO STATE H _ ASSEMBLY 509 SF 34 �/ AREA AMENDMENTS) O BUSINESS 1196 SF 11 MAX.OCCUPANT CAPACITY F 2018 INTERNATIONAL FUEL GAS CODE WITH IDAHO STATE AMENDMENTS W J FIRE EXTINGUISHER ( ) (75'-0"MAX.) 2009 INTERNATIONAL A117.1-2009 ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES W J MECHANICAL 287 SF 1 0- J J MERCANTILE 10771 SF 180 GOVERNING AUTHORITY: O L.L LLLL CITY OF TWIN FALLS BUILDING SAFETY DEPARTMENT STOCK 6412 SF 22 1 M SCOPE OF WORK: W co Z 19175 SF 248 TENANT REMODEL OF AN EXISTING SINGLE STORY RETAIL SPACE TO A NEW GROCERY STORE. O FUNCTION OF SPACE BUSINESS - V) SECTION 1004-MEANS OF EGRESS SIZING ffUSIN!ES!S F" 202 SF CHAPTER 3-USE&OCCUPANCY CLASSIFICATION(IBC) co CAPACITY FACTOR: locc/ 1sasF 2 STAIRWAYS:0.3"PER OCCUPANT 0SF SECTION302-CLASSIFICATION OTHER COMPONENTS:0.2"PER OCCUPANT A ASSEMBLY M-MERCANTILE ---------- ------- 1 303.1.2 SMALL ASSEMBLY SPACES GROUP:B I BUSINESS 304.1 OFFICES GROUP:B I BUSINESS B-BUSINESS S-STORAGE 309.1 RETAIL GROUP:M I MERCANTILE 311.3 FOOD PRODUCTS U -2 L W D T G --_— 5 NON-SEPARATED MIXED USE:M,S-2,B REMODEL:If construction will move or alter the existing Fire REMODEL:If construction will move or alter the existing Fire M IS THE MOST RESTRICTIVE OCCUPANCY Alarm System ,it may need to be evaluated by the Idaho State Sprinkler System ,it may need to be evaluated by the Idaho DN-- 6 1 CHAPTER 5-GENERAL BUILDING HEIGHTS AND AREAS(IBC) CITY APPROVED PLANS Fire Marshal's(ID SFM)office to ensure code compliance and State Fire Marshal's(ID SFM)office to ensure code compliance A�TtT andh hydraulic calculations. 3 BUSINESS 1 CONSTUCTION TYPE:II-B(FULLY SPRINKLERED) REFER TO CHAPTER 6 Reviewed).,code compliance power calculations. y FE 54 SF 1 SF/ 150SF EXISTIN BUILDIN AREA: PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE If significant changes need to be made,plans shall be submitted If significant changes need to be made,a state licensed fire g g p 1 OCC MAIN FLOOR LEVEL ON GRADE(GROUP M) +/-19,945 GSF FOR ALL INSPECTIONS to the ID SFM for acceptance. sprinkler contractor shall submit plans to the ID SFM for ADJACENT TENANT MEZZANINE(NOT INCLUDED IN TOTAL FLOORAREA) +/-963 GSF acceptance. TOTAL FLOOR AREA: +A 19,945 GSF Idaho State Fire Marshal TABLE 504.3:ALLOWABLE BUILDING HEIGHT sfm.planreview@doi.idaho.gov Idaho State Fire Marshal TABLE 504.4:ALLOWABLE NUMBER OF STORIES ABOVE GRADE sfm.planreview@doi.idaho.gov ALLOWABLE: 60'-0'(1 STORY) New work/changes shall not be covered up prior to fire inspection. (T MEZZANINE EGRESS DIAGRAM PROPOSED: +/-40'-3"(EXISTING,1 STORY) , Fire Inspection Line:208-735-7338 Neryyrorklchanges shall not be covered up prior to fire G2.0 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" TABLE 506.2:ALLOWABLE AREA FACTOR -in§oection.Fire Inspection Line:208-735-7338 0 2' 4' 8' 16' ALLOWABLE: 36,000 SF SECTION 505-MEZZANINES&EQUIPMENT PLATFORMS I 505.2-MEZZANINES ADJACENT TENANT (E)2-HR FIRE LICENSED I I ARCHITECT SEPARATION WALL 505.2.1-AREA LIMINATIONS tMR -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- - -- ALLOWED 6,648 SF MAX-1/3 OF FLOOR AREA 10 PROVIDED 963 SF<6,648 SF-IN COMPLIANCE ASSEMBLY 505.2.2-EGRESS REFER TO CHAPTER 10 I 3 10CC/ 15 SF GSF/RF 505.2.3-OPENNESSEXCEPTION#1-OCCUPANT LOAD LESS THAN 10 IN COMPLIANCE // 35 RR�AIUg 12 CHAPTER 6-TYPES OF CONSTRUCTION(IBC) 2023.05.18 �� IDN SECTION 602:CONSTRUCTION CLASSIFICATION 602.5 TYP II-B 1 TABLE 601:FIRE RESISTIVE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS _ / STOCK 125 7+ - U PRIMARY STRUCTURAL FRAME: 0 HOURS O ro D o BEARING WALLS I I I I e�d i 8412 SF 180 -8 - 90 S/'•B, EXTERIOR: 0 HOURS' (� L / 10CC/ 300 SF <.p INTERIOR: OHOURS ell / NONBEARING WALLS I Vl n Q 2 BUSINESS RA; i 22 OCC EXTERIOR: OHOURS* 109 SF // ` °�7pF0 MAN. INTERIOR' 0 HOURS i 1 OCC/ 150 SF / FLOOR CONSTRUCTION: 0 HOURS Q e ROOF CONSTRUCTION: OHOURS e o MERCANTILE m 'TABLE 701 FIRE RESISTIVE RATING REQUIREMENTS FOR EXTERIOR WALLS BASED ~ N o N 10771 SF X ON FIRE SEPERATION DISTANCE. U W o 10CC/ 60 SF w 1 10<X<30 CONS V T.TYPE II-B ACC M 0 HOURS W = wX>30 ALL ALL 0 HOURS I I I I W CHAPTER 9-FIRE PROTECTION&LIFE SAFETY SYSTEMS(IBC) E m = O / I SECTION 903:AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS ? U 1� I / I 903.2.7:GROUP M Q:' Z yy� N N t O FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM REQUIRED: YES IRE AREA 12,000 SF) LU0 y N Q e FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM:FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED AND - e (p I I INSTALLED PER IBC SECTION 903(NFPA 13);SYSTEM WILL BE PERMITTED SEPARATELY. Q J a II i` I FIRE ALARM SYSTEM:FIRE MONITORING AND ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED PER Iz e CD SECTION 903.4 AND NFPA 13;SYSTEM WILL BE PERMITTED SEPARATELY. U SEPARATE MANUAL ALARM SYSTEM IS NOT REQUIRED IN GROUP M 1 I O r I I DATE: ISSUE: I F " OCCUPANT LOAD: 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT - - - REFER TO OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATIONS AND EGRESS PLAN THIS SHEET. I 1Q 05.16.2023 CONST.REV.# 1 Z TWO EXITS REQUIRED DN 11 I THREE EXITS PROVIDED O / I SECTION 1009-ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS V/ J -- - -- - -- - -- 1 -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - 1009.1-ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIRED > � � I EXCEPTION#1:ONE ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS REQUIRED FROM 11 9 3 —-—-—_—_ 10 J ACCESSIBLE MEZZANINE LEVEL W 170 OCC.M I _ 1009.3-STAIRWAYS LNL 1009.3.1-EXIT ACCESS STAIRWAYS =59.-10 EXCEPTION#1-MEZZ.EGRESS AS PART OF ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS O 1009.3.2-STAIRWAY WIDTH 1 EXCEPTION#1-48"MIN.CLEAR WIDTH NOT REQUIRED WHEN SPRINKLERED DATE: 05.16.2023 UHtH1t1f11R1M UP 6 1 (E)2-HR-FIRE J SEPARATION WALL 1009.3.3-AREA OF REGUGE DRAWN: GC ----- EXCEPTION#2-NOT REQUIRED WHEN SPRINKLERED � CHECKED: SCL ADJACENT TENANT CHAPTER 29-PLUMBING SYSTEMS(IBC) ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 \ � PLUMBING COUNT: REQUIRED: PROVIDED: MECHANICAL BUSINESS BUSINESS WATER CLOSETS: iM/1F iM/2F/1 UNISEX/1 URINAL EGRESS PLAN AND FROM MEZZANINE LAVATORIES: iM/1F iM/1 F/1 UNISEX ` �287SF 422SF 50SF CODE ANALYSIS V/ DRINKING FOUNTAIN: 2 2 1 OCC/ 300 SF 10CC/ 150 SF 1OCC/ 150 SF SERVICE SINK: 1 1 1 MAIN LEVEL EGRESS DIAGRAM ' °°A 3 °°° _ �' G2 . 0 z PARKING COUNT: 80(4ING 81(4 AEA) OG2.0 SCALE: 1"=10'-O" �i a (EXISTING SHARED DEVELOPMENT PARKING(NO CHANGE))0 5' 10' 20' V Page 3 of 341 RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX - NGVC DIRECT EQUIPMENT/ FIXTURE SCHEDULE EQUIPMENT/ FIXTURE SCHEDULE FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY URCHASED FRO ID QTY DESCRIPTION MFR MODEL FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY NOTES ID QTY DESCRIPTION MFR MODEL FURNISHED BY INSTALLED BY NOTES DIVISION 3:CONCRETE REFRIGERATED MERCHANDISERS SHELVING AND MERCHANDISERS FLOOR POLISHING TENANT TENANT 100A 1 PRODUCE CASE KYSOR WARREN PX3XN TENANT TENANT 8'-0"UNIT 500 102 GROCERY SHELVES LOZIER - TENANT TENANT DIVISION 6:WOOD AND PLASTICS 10013 2 PRODUCE CASE KYSOR WARREN PX3XN TENANT TENANT 12'-0"UNIT >- O� EDUCATION CENTER COUNTER G.C. G.C. 101 2 PRODUCE ISLAND KYSOR WARREN SX1XN TENANT TENANT 8'-0"UNIT 5001 2 JUICER SHELVES LOZIER - TENANT TENANT 4'-0"UNIT BUMPERS G.C. G.C. 102B 1 MEAT CASE KYSOR WARREN DX71­D TENANT TENANT 12'-0"UNIT 501 12 GROCERY SHELVES END CAP LOZIER - TENANT TENANT SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL CASEWORK 103C 2 ICE CREAM KYSOR WARREN FX5SL TENANT TENANT 5 DOOR 501A 1 GROCERY SHELVES END CAP LOZIER - TENANT TENANT 16ui 104C7 1 1 FROZEN FOODS KYSOR WARREN FX5SL TENANT TENANT 5 DOOR 501B 2 GROCERY SHELVES END CAP LOZIER - TENANT TENANT 12 Z 104C1 1 FROZEN MEATS KYSOR WARREN FX5SL TENANT TENANT 5 DOOR 501C 1 GROCERY SHELVES END CAP LOZIER - TENANT TENANT 6 w I-:M 104C2 2 FROZEN FOODS KYSOR WARREN FX5SL TENANT TENANT 5 DOOR 502 4 BOOK SHELVES - - TENANT TENANT LU LU 0 DIVISION 8:DOORS AND WINDOWS 105B 1 BEVERAGES/GRAB-N-GO KYSOR WARREN DN7LD TENANT TENANT 12'-0"UNIT 503 10 IMPULSE SHELVES LOZIER 1'-1"DEEP,T-0" TENANT TENANT 7 0 O STOREFRONT DOORS AND FRAMES N/A N/A 106 1 COLD DRINK KYSOR WARREN DN7LD TENANT TENANT 8'-0"UNIT 503A 2 IMPULSE SHELVES LOZIER 1'-l"DEEP,4'A" TENANT TENANT 7 J ALL DOORS AND FRAMES(EXCLUDING STOREFRONT) TENANT G.C. COLLINS 108 2 REFRIGERATED FOODS KYSOR WARREN DN7LD TENANT TENANT 12'-0"UNIT 504 6 METAL STOCK SHELVING LOZIER - TENANT TENANT F-- LL LL ALL DOOR HINGES TENANT G.C. COLLINS 109A 2 DAIRY CASE KYSOR WARREN DX71­D TENANT TENANT 8'-0"UNIT 504A 1 METAL STOCK SHELVING LOZIER - TENANT TENANT 20 Q ALL DOOR HARDWARE(EXCEPT HINGES) TENANT G.C. COLLINS 109B 1 DAIRY CASE KYSOR WARREN DX71­D TENANT TENANT 12'-0"UNIT 505 1 RECEIVING DESK LOZIER - TENANT TENANT 111 DOOR HARDWARE LOCK CORES TENANT TENANT 110 1 REFRIGERATED VITAMINS KYSOR WARREN DN7LD TENANT TENANT 1Z-0"CASE 510 8 VITAMIN SHELVES END CAP EXCALIBER - TENANT TENANT H DIVISION 9:FINISHES 111C 1 BEER MERCHANDISER KYSOR WARREN DN7LD TENANT TENANT 8'-0"UNIT 510 70 VITAMIN SHELVES EXCALIBER - TENANT TENANT EXTERIOR PAINTING G.C. G.C. 112A 2 GRAB-N-GO KYSOR WARREN DN7LD TENANT TENANT 8'-0"UNIT 510A 9 VITAMIN SHELVES EXCALIBER 2'-0"DEEP TENANT TENANT INTERIOR PAINTING G.C. G.C. 113 1 PET FOOD COOLER TRUE GDM-19T TENANT TENANT - 520 2 HABA SHOP AROUND - - TENANT TENANT CERAMIC FLOOR AND WALL TILE G.C. G.C. DALTILE 120 1 WALK IN REFRIGERATOR - - TENANT TENANT PRODUCE 521 2 HABA GONDOLA - - TENANT TENANT RESILIENT WALL BASE G.C. G.C. 121 1 WALK IN FREEZER - - TENANT TENANT FREEZER 522 14 HABA WALL SHELVES EXCALIBER - TENANT TENANT ENTRANCE WALK-OFF MAT G.C. G.C. 122 1 WALK IN REFRIGERATOR - - TENANT TENANT DAIRY 530 1 PRODUCE RACK - - TENANT TENANT 130 1 E2 CONTROLLER - SEE ELECT.DWGS. I TENANT TENANT 550 2 METAL RACK - - TENANT TENANT 551 1 WALL-MOUNTED WIRE RACK SHELVING INC. WMK 124834-3 G.C. G.C. 19 560 1 WRAP TABLE - - TENANT TENANT 590 1 WINE SHELVES LOZIER 6-0"TALL WIDESPAN TENANT TENANT ORANGE SPECIALTIES DIVISION 10:SPECIALITIES ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 600 2 BABY CHANGING STATION KOALA KB200 G.C. G.C. 10 INTERIOR CODE REQUIRED SIGNAGE(ACCESSIBILITY& G.C. G.C. 200 1 WATER MACHINE - - TENANT TENANT 610 3 TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER KIMBERLY-CLARK 09601 TENANT G.C. EXITING) 201 1 WATER MACHINE STORAGE TANK - - TENANT TENANT 620 6 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER KIMBERLY-CLARK - TENANT G.C. INTERIOR SIGNS&GRAPHICS(INCLUDING WALL TENANT TENANT 210 1 ALMOND BUTTER MACHINE OLDE STYLE PN2 TENANT TENANT 630 6 SOAP DISPENSER KIMBERLY-CLARK 92145 TENANT G.C. COVERINGS) 211 1 PEANUT BUTTER MACHINE OLDE STYLE PN2 TENANT TENANT 640 1 MIRROR - - G.C. G.C. EXTERIOR WALL SIGNS TENANT TENANT 220 1 COMPRESSOR RACK ZERO ZONE MEDIUM TEMP TENANT TENANT 650 3 PAIR OF HOOKS LIBERTY - G.C. G.C. SEE DET.3/A11.1 MONUMENT SIGN STRUCTURE AND ELECTRICAL EXISTING EXISTING 221 1 ROOF TOP CONDENSER - - TENANT TENANT MONUMENT SIGN PANELS&LIGHTING TENANT TENANT 230 1 COMPRESSOR RACK ZERO ZONE LOW TEMP TENANT TENANT FIRE EXTINGUISHERS G.C. G.C. 231 1 ROOF TOP CONDENSER - - TENANT TENANT SITE MAP FOR EGRESS W/FIRE EXTINGUISHER LOCATIONS G.C. G.C. NOTE 7 240 1 STANDBY GENERATOR KOHLER 25CCL TENANT G.C. TV BRACKET G.C. G.C. 245 2 TRANSFER SWITCHES - SEE ELECT.DWGS. TENANT G.C. FURNITURE LICENSED ARCHITECT GRAB BARS G.C. G.C. 250 1 CARDBOARD BALER JV MANUFACTURING VB-60-B TENANT TENANT EQUINOX 3% AR987110 700 2 WINDOW SHADES INSOLROLL CHARCOALGREY G.C. G.C. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR TOILET ACCESSORIES 282 1 COFFEE GRINDER - - TENANT TENANT DIVISION 11:EQUIPMENT 283 1 COFFEE MAKER - - TENANT TENANT 712 2 LOUNGE CHAIR FLASH FURNITURE HERCULES DIPLOMAT SERIES TENANT TENANT REFRIGERATED MERCHANDISERS TENANT TENANT 284 1 MICROWAVE - - TENANT TENANT HERCULES DIPLOMAT BREAK ROOM APPLIANCES TENANT TENANT 291 1 TELEVISION/MONITOR - - TENANT G.C. g 713 1 LOVE SEAT FLASH FURNITURE SERIES TENANT TENANT ASTATE ry HO OF IDAG4BRIEL-Aa SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT 295 1 PHOTOCOPIER - - TENANT TENANT 720 40 GROCERYCART TECHINBUILT N2638-7E-3S-FB- TENANT TENANT 2023.03 DIVISION 12:FURNISHING NATGRO WINDOW COVERINGS(BLACKOUT FILM) G.C. G.C. 720A 1 ELECTRIC GROCERY CART AMIGO VALUESHOPPER34 TENANT TENANT SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR SHELVING AND MERCHANDISERS 721 1 EMPLOYEE LOCKERS - - TENANT TENANT SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL FURNITURE 730 1 CART CORRAL NATIONAL 8030371,3031748 TENANT TENANT DIVISION 22:PLUMBING PLUMBING FIXTURES O ro a FAUCETS FOR 3-COMPARTMENT SINKS TENANT G.C. 300 1 WATER HEATER STATE SDV7576NE210 G.C. G.C. 14 46"SQUARE PICNIC TABLE 46"SQ.CLASSIC TENANT G.C. SKU 398-6009 0 731 1 HIGHLANDS STYLE 2 SEAT TABLE FAUCETS FOR RESIDENTIAL KITCHEN SINK G.C. G.C. 301 1 HEAT RECOVERY TANK PRE-HEATER MODEL D2-120 TENANT G.C. PRODUCT GROUP w $ h n L SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR PLUMBING FIXTURES 311 3 HAND SINK BK RESOURCES BKHS-ADA-D TENANT G.C. 2,17 732 2 BIKE RACK NATIONAL CART BR-2436 TENANT G.C. SKU 8010186 � d Q DIVISION 23:HVAC 312 1 LAVATORY KOHLER K-2007 G.C. G.C. 21 740 1 FILING CABINET - - TENANT TENANT a � RTU'S AND CONTROLS TENANT G.C. TRANE 313 1 3 COMPARTMENT SINK JOHN BOOS 3B18204-2D18-X TENANT G.C. 19 ao AIRIUS FANS TENANT G.C. AIRIUS 314 1 3 COMPARTMENT SINK JOHN BOOS 3B20304-2D20-X TENANT G.C. 18,19 ( 1 a N SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL HVAC ITEMS 315 1 RESIDENTIAL KITCHEN SINK PROFLO PFSR3322 G.C. G.C. 3 V w o DIVISION 26:ELECTRICAL 316 1 2-COMPARTMNENT SINK JOHN BOOS 2B244-2D24-X TENANT G.C. 2,18 u-j = U O INTERIOR LIGHTING TENANT G.C. MH 320 1 MOP SINK FIAT MSB 2424 G.C. G.C. 19 EQUIPMENT/ FIXTURE SCHEDULE NOTES ~ OTHER INTERIOR LIGHTING G.C. G.C. 330 1 ELECTRIC WATER BOTTLE FILLER ELKAY 1­ZSTL8WSLP G.C. G.C. 22 Z p e o � LOW VOLTAGE WIRING(EXCEPT HVAC&REFRIGERATION) TENANT TENANT 340 1 WATER CLOSET TOTO DRAKE II G.C. G.C. 4 _ o o REFRIGERATION WIRING(LOW VOLTAGE&LINE VOLTAGE) G.C. G.C. 370 1 WATER SOFTENER&VALVE - - TENANT G.C. REFERENCE NOTES: U 6 m d 7 .. PARKING LOT LIGHT FIXTURES EXISTING EXISTING 371 1 BRINE TANK - - TENANT G.C. 1. GENERAL NOTE:WHERE"TENANT"IS DESIGNATED IN THE"INSTALLED BY"COLUMN,TENANT WILL DELIVER THE EQUIPMENTTO THE Z -'d PARKING LOT LIGHT POLES EXISTING EXISTING SITE AND PLACE IT IN ITS INTENDED LOCATION.FINAL ELECTRICAL,PLUMBING AND REFRIGERATION CONNECTIONS WILL NEED TO BE w COMPLETED BY LICENSED CONTRACTOR UNDER THE GENERAL CONTRACT.-TYPICAL UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 0 �+ SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL ITEMS 2. SINK FAUCET:MOEN MODEL 8884,FURNISHED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.C. J o O DIVISION 27:COMMUNICATIONS Q 3 NETWORK AND IT EQUIPMENT TENANT TENANT o y 3. SINK FAUCET:MOEN MODEL 7365,FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. _ 3 4. TOILET SEAT:KOHLER STRONG HOLD K-4731,FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. (a TELEPHONE SYSTEM TENANT TENANT CASEWORK 5. NOT USED M SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION ITEMS 400 3 CHECKSTAND KILLON INDUSTRIES - TENANT G.C. 11 CVO 6. ENDCAP=4'-0"WIDE SHELVING UNIT DIVISION 28:ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY 405 2 CHECK STAND KILLON INDUSTRIES - TENANT G.C. 11(NO RETURN) 7 SECURE TO SLAB WITH ANCHOR BOLTS. (y r CAMERA AND SECURITY FIXTURES TENANT TENANT 420 1 MICROWAVE COUNTER - - TENANT G.C. 8. STANDARD HICKORY CABINETS FROM HOME DEPOT OR LOWES:24"D BASE CABINET WITH DRAWER AND/OR 12"D WALL CABINET DATE: ISSUE: 9: B: FIRE PANEL: SILENT KNIGHT 6808 TENANT TENANT 430 2 BREAK ROOM CABINETS - T-O"W X 2'-6"H WALL G.C. G.C. 8,13 PER 7/AJ 1.1 OR AS SCHEDULED. 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT F OR FIRE-CITE ES-200X 450 3 OFFICE COUNTER TENANT TENANT 9. G.C.TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL VESA COMPLAINT TV BRACKET(VIDEOSECU#MW365B)FOR TELEVISION-PROVIDE BLOCKING IN O U' - - WALLAS REQUIRED.G.C.TO INSTALL T.V. QP.O.T.S.LINE TENANT G.C. 460 1 OFFICE CABINETS - 2'-6"W X 2'-6"H WALL G.C. G.C. 8,13,15 1 10. TOP OF SURFACE IN THE OPEN POSITION MUST BE MAX 34"AFF. O 1. ITEMS NOT LISTED ARE IN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR'S SCOPE TO FURNISH AND INSTALL. 470 3 LECTERN - - TENANT TENANT 11. ACCESSIBLE CHECK STANDS SHALL HAVE A COUNTER SURFACE 38"MAXIMUM AFF WITH A TOP EDGE PROTECTION NO MORE THAN ■ m 475 1 EDUCATION CENTER CABINETS - - G.C. G.C. 8 2"ABOVE THE TOP OF THE COUNTER SURFACE ON THE AISLE SIDE.WRITING SURFACES SHALL BE 26"MINIMUM AND 34"MAXIMUM AFF. [rtl 2. TENANT HAS NATIONAL ACCOUNT WITH DALTILE.G.C.TO PURCHASE CERAMIC TILE WITH NATIONAL ACCOUNT 480 1 CUSTOMER SERVICE CABINET - - TENANT TENANT 12. ENDCAP=4'-0"WIDE SHELVING UNIT WITH STANDARD 10"DEEP SHELF ON EACH SIDE. C. PRICING. C '3 490 1 WATER MACHINE ENCLOSURE TENANT - TENANT TENANT 13. REMOVE DOORS AND DISCARD. E" 3. MH: BRUCE INGWERS 5. MARTIN: MARTIN RAGAIN 14. BRADFORD WHITE MODEL#LG2PDV75H803N IS AN ACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE. DATE: 04.07.2023 LL L'S THE MH COMPANIES RAGA IN CONSTRUCTION DRAWN: GC AWA �/. 720-931-8209 MARTIN.RAGAIN. 15. MOUNT WITH BOTTOM OF CABINET AT 60"AFF CHECKED: SCL li BRUCE@MHLIGHTING.COM @YAHOO.COM 16. ENDCAP=2'-0"WIDE SHELVING UNIT WITH STANDARD 10"DEEP SHELF ON ONE SIDE. 316-841-4790 ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 w 17. G.C.TO PROVIDE&INSTALL ADA PADDING. EQUIPMENT SCHEDULEF� p 4. COLLINS: AUSTIN MICHAUD 6. TRANE: JUSTIN BARNES O COLLINS DOOR AND TRANE INGERSO LL RAND 18. MUST PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED SPRAYER. RESPONSIBILITY MATRIX 0 w HARDWARE 303-228-2896 19. MUST PROVIDE BLOCKING FOR WALL MOUNTED EQUIPMENT. CITY APPROVED PLANS O 394 DELOZIER DRIVE JDBARNES@TRANE.COM A FT.COLLINS,CO 80524 20. SHELVING FOR BOX STORAGE. Reviewedfo Compliance r Code .'C 970-221-2396 21. SINK FAUCET:MOEN MODEL 8884,FURNISHED&INSTALLED BY G.C. W d 22. INSTALL DRINKING FOUNTAIN W/RIGHT SIDE HIGH. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 7. AN APPROVED FIRE SAFETY AND EVACUATION PLAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH IFC SECTION 404.FRAMED 11"X 17"FLOOR PLAN WITH ACRYLIC GLAZING;PROVIDE 1/4"DIAMETER DECALS ON GLAZING REPRESENTING ::A FOR ALL INSPECTIONS G 3 1 y O FIRE EXTINGUISHERS THAT CAN RELOCATED AS NEEDED. ■ Page 4 of 341 GENCY ACCESS FIXTURE PLAN NOTES FIXTURE PLAN KEYNOTES BOX W 20 8IIFC506 KEY OPEN TO BELOW 1. SEE SHEET G3.1 FOR EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE. 1O(E)ROOF HATCH&LADDER TO REMAIN. 12 PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SPRAYER Knox Box:www.knoxbox.com a5o 450 A7 2. SEE MAIN LEVEL SLAB PLAN A3.3 FOR FLOOR SINK LOCATIONS. O WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER DRAIN LINE TO FLOOR SINK-SEE 13 PROVIDE HOSE BIBB AT WATER MACHINE-SEE PLUMBING W.S.D Current Knox BOX Shall be 3. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIERS PLUMBING y Dwcs. L'de for damage and key BUYERS / 4. ALL EXTERIOR EQUIPMENT/FIXTURES TO BE COORDINATED WITH THE SITE PLAN. 14 ACCESSIBLE CHECKOUT STAND-PROVIDE 30"X 48"CLEAR SPACE 203 O 15'-0"HORIZONTAL PVC PIPE TIED TO WALL FOR BAILER WIRES. fit. Location IS good On MANAGE 480 LL main entry. 202 15 WATERTAP&ELECT.OUTLET LOCATION-SEE PLUMBING& HALL (N)FROST-PROOF EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB-SEE PLUMBING DWGS. ELECTRICALDWGS. AL 1 Box may be OPEN 16 PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR WALL CABINETS. n rear Of the bldg TO Z Uj BOX STORAGE AREA. o111rinkler riser room BELOW11"X 17^FRAMED EGRESS MAP W/GLASS OR PLASTIC-COOR..W/ DN W W a0 O ZAMBONI CHARGING AREA-COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICAL DWGS. >O a 0 O 18 (E)KNOX BOX-COORD.EXACT LOCATION W/FIRE DEPARTMENT. FIE 2T 0 O IL U) O7 16"D.X 24"W.PLYWOOD SHELF @ 5'-0"A.F.F.-PROVIDE BLOCKING IN 0-1 THE WALL AS REQUIRED. 19 PROVIDE BLOCKING IN THE WALL TO MOUNT B.O.TELEVISION AT 81" Current Location to ADJACENT TENANT O VITAMIN PHONE LOCATION-COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH A.F.F..COORD.LOCATION W/FINAL INTERIOR SIGNAGE.T. the right Of the entry +/-47'-9"V.I.F. Z 20 FOR FUTURE EQUI MENTN SEE ELEC.L &PLUMB.DWGS N STUBOUTS I- O ADA DRINKING FOUNTAIN UNIT(RIGHT SIDE HIGH). door IS GOOD. ~ W 2 1 10 SAFE BASE AND ENCLOSURE BY TENANT. 2 FIXTURE PLAN - MEZZANINE LEVEL 11 GROCERY PHONE AND FILE CABINET.COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION G3.2 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" WITH TENANT. V J■ +/-200'-1"V.I.F. +/-24'-7"V.I.F. +/-24'-5"V.I.F. +/-34'-6"V.I.F. +/-34'-6"V.I.F. +/-34'-4"V.I.F. +/-47'-9"V.I.F. I I I I I I I ADJACENT TENANT CITY APPROVED PLANS (E)GAS METER O - FE 8 REFR VITAMINS 110 810 844 Reviewed for Code Compliance 475 � 0o WIR 11`0"X20•-6" 475 001�IM1 � � _ ;� PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE X 8'-4"HIGH 35 VW�I II 521 (E)FIRE 122 OUTSIDE 16 O FOR ALL INSPECTIONS RISER DIMENSIONS 712 712 g II EDUCATION N A11.3 O 510 51011 4'-0" 4'-0" 5 4" 0 - (E)ELEC z ❑0 C 100EER PANELS 19 VITAMINS HABA s-6"X 1 s•-0" 101 D 101 B WIF X8'4"HIGH BB II 0 (E)ROOF ABOVE,TYP. F1 LICENSED 'I 521 tt ARCHITECT (E)STOCK ROOM © OUTSIDE 9•_Si.I AR987110 DIN EGRESS DOOR DIMENSIONS NUTR LOSET SHOE VES 13 510 510 110 KJ 502 (E)COL 15 3" _ I y D - - - - - - - - 504 - 4- FROZEN- FROZEN FOODS - - - - - — - - �----------- (E) (E)COL WIR (E)COL 0q N ` E COL ______________e� ___ ___ ATATE rv-RlE�LMA COL m ( ) (E)ROOF DRAIN 0 120 470 'v v v OF IDAHO CHASE 13•-0"X 16'-0" o _ 503 (E)DOOR X 9'-4"HIGH p O 10 2023.04.13 _ OUTSIDE o 11 - 500 d 504 DIMENSIONS oz 6 500 1-0 4 g N Al 1.3 La 14 7 11'-11" O ro U a 2 O 630 11 A11.3 0 I`OI I I I q 5 &' 9" 18 a u (E)OVERHEAD (E)TRASH 0 311 0 500 500 L1J DOOR COMPACTOR o - rn t ACCESS DOOR (E)COL I 0 oLL 5 s-7^ 12-11^ CHECKOUT o_Q 1 ow O 101A Q a 20 12 o r.I I A11.3 (E)C L E COL (E)COL JE b - - I D — - .X V (E)COL JT > PRODUC soo 0 soo °o @ 113 L1J = U O 2 CT7 RETAIL71010 00'-0"(E)SLAB ELEVATION 1 e 101 E m130 550 550 Q Z o 500 m 500 m 14 n d <7� �2) os6 �2A) 0 -, a z d 0 STOCK GRASF-GO B V/ - -GO GRASNGO 470 V w 112 z U J d out s'-s^ s'-0" rr------------------" -�I, AI CURT/AINBEING Q r 111C Soot A DED IN(LIEU OF = J p _ _ _ FooDs 108 ` V STIBULI SEE V 9 (E)COL 101 \ �\\ - MAIN M CH PLANS. (E)COL o a REFRIGERATED g '"3 SOOJ 0 N O N FOODS 108 Co INK III (E)COL` 17 ENTRANCE N Fry 1 IN 101 FE I LOW WALL DATE: ISSUE: 9: .fir' _ _ 9 Ii -DASHED LINE 8 720 ---- F PRODUCE- O 0407.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT a A11.3 III OF BULKHEAD 101C - 11.3 O �i DN \ ABOVE,TYP. _ 15 C DOORLIVERY _ _ _ - ME 330 I (E N a ' 103 0 Q > 04C 102B 109A 1096 109A PRODUCE CASE PRODUCE P O E CASE I I 1 ,y FROZEN ME TS MEAT CASE DAIRY CASE DAIRY CASE DAIRY CASE 1006 CASE 10 A O 00B Cry _ CORRAL 3 a 300� 301 �L 430 313 630 H1021 1 I TO REMAIN E" 16 s2o 108 ) 2 DATE: 04.07.2023 z30 BREAK ROOM A11.1 DRAWN: ROGUE LU z COMPRESS R I CHECKED: SCL d a i RR COo N (E)WOMEN ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 721 A11.1 109 uP O 104 FIXTURE PLAN 0 - 450- /� — — — — — — — — — — — — — — IL AADJACENT TENANT Q w LU FIXTURE PLAN _!g R G3.2 SCALE: 1/8"=T-0" ` N 72' 4' 8' 1 G3 . 2 y Page 5 of 341 ACCESSIBILITY NOTES 4'-0"MIN CLEAR T-0"MIN 5'-0"MIN THE INFORMATION ON THESE ACCESSIBILITY DRAWINGS IS PROVIDED AS A GUIDE TO THE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE WITHIN BUILDING: 3'-3"-T-5" �WIFLOOR MOUNTED WATER CLOSET CONTRACTOR&TO ANY OTHER ENTITIES INSTALLING BUILDING EQUIPMENT OR FIXTURES.THESE CONSTRUCT WORK AREAS USED ONLY BY EMPLOYEES SO THAT INDIVIDUALS WITH 3'-6"MIN LATCH SIDE DRAWINGS ARE ABBREVIATED&DO NOT INDICATE ALL CONDITIONS THAT MAY BE ENCOUNTERED& DISABILITIES CAN APPROACH,ENTER,AND EXIT THE AREA(EXCEPT AT WORK-AREAS LESS IL 3'-5" APPROACH ONLY THEY DO NOT INCLUDE ALL REQUIREMENTS OF EITHER THE ADA OR 2009 ANSI Al 17.1 THAN 150 SF AND ELEVATED SEVEN(7)INCHES OR MORE ABOVE GROUND OR FINISH CIRCULAR - OTHER APPROACHES ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS IN THEIR ENTIRETY. FLOOR-WHEN THE RAISED ELEVATION IS ESSENTIAL TO THE FUNCTION OF THE WORK- TURNING GRAB BARS _ 4'-0"MIN AREA-PER IBC). SPACE O - 3 3" 3 5" COMPLY W/REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS W/DISABILITIES ACT(ADA)EVEN IF NOT REQUIRED BY BUILDING CODES,REGULATIONS OR ORDINANCES(ADA IS A FEDERAL LAW),&AS INDICATED ON THESE PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE ROUTES AT ALL COMMON-USE CIRCULATION PATHS WITHIN GRAB BAR DRAWINGS: EMPLOYEE WORK AREAS UNLESS WORK AREA IS LESS THAN 300 SF AND DEFINED BY ACCESSIBLE ROUTE: PERMANENTLY INSTALLED PARTITIONS,COUNTERS,CASEWORK OR FURNISHINGS. H- F.V. GRAB BAR PROVIDE AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE CONNECTING ALL ACCESSIBLE SPACES&ELEMENTS,INCLUDING ACCESSIBILITY IS NOT REQUIRED TO NON-OCCUPIED SPACES ACCESSED ONLY BY Z o z i O WALKING SURFACES,RAMPS 8 CURB-RAMPS(EXCLUDING THE FLARED SIDES).DOORS& LADDERS,CATWALKS,CRAWL SPACES OR FREIGHT(NON-PASSENGER)ELEVATORS THAT J M II F.V. z DOORWAYS,AND/OR ELEVATORS&PLATFORM LIFTS.AN ACCESSIBLE ROUTE MAY BE LOCATED AT ARE FREQUENTED ONLY BY SERVICE PERSONNEL FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES, W U.1 ao z O EXTERIOR WALKS.AISLES.HALLS.CORRIDORS,SKYWALKS OR TUNNELS. INCLUDING BUT NO LIMITED TO ELEVATOR PITS,ELEVATOR PENTHOUSES,AND PIPING OR > Of 0 CLEAR FLOOR SPACE F CLEAR FLOO w EQUIPMENT CATWALKS. O O ACCESSIBLE WALKING SURFACES:PROVIDE STABLE,FIRM,&SLIP RESISTANT SURFACE FINISHES I i SPACES F. W/SE OPENINGS(GRATINGS)NOT TO PERMIT PASSAGE OF A 1/2"DIAMETER SPHERE-W/ ACCESSIBLE-ROUTE WITHIN BUILDING: IL CLEAR SPACE i O LONGEST DIMENSION PERPENDICULAR TO DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. ACCESSIBLE-ROUTES MAY CONSIST OF ONE OR MORE OF THESE COMPONENTS: J J @ LAVATORY ` 1 TOILET PARTITIONS O z ALTERNATE WALKING SURFACES F- LL 1¢i MAY OVERLAP�� - _ RAMPS DOOR LOCATION MINIMUM WHEELCHAIR TURNING SPACE CAN INCLUDE ALLOWABLE FIXTURE KNEE&TOE Z DOOR SWING—� - CLEARANCES U.N.O.DOOR SWINGS ARE PERMITTED TO OVERLAP TURNING SPACE U.N.O. DOORS AND DOORWAYS Z 01 O -- 4"MAX 2'-10"MIN ELEVATORS AND PLATFORM LIFTS 111 DOOR LOCKS ACCESSIBLE BUILDING ENTRANCES: ~ FROM INSIDE �n z II MINIMUM CORRIDOR WIDTH:AISLES: --- PROVIDE 60%(MIN)OF ALL PUBLIC BUILDING ENTRANCES(EXCLUDING THOSE FOR LOADING OR MINIMUM WIDTH OF ACCESS AISLES:3'-0" 101- ARROWS INDICATE x SERVICE USE)ACCESSIBLE FROM:ACCESSIBLE PARKING,A PUBLIC TRANSPORTATION STOP,OR ui ACCESSIBLE APPROACH TYP ¢ FROM A PASSENGER LOADING ZONE(AS APPLICABLE)WITHOUT STEPS OR ABRUPT CHANGES IN DOOR SWING INTO INDIVIDUAL-US TOILET PARTITIONS 2'-6"X 4'-0"CLEAR LEVEL. TOILET PERMITTER PER ANSI A117PACE FOR .1-03 TOILET ROOMS OR COMPARTMENTS: WHEELCHAIR 4" Z-8"CLEAR MIN > 5'-0" MIN WATER-CLOSET COMPARTMENTS:PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF ONE(1)WHEELCHAIR /w\ WHEELCHAIR SEC.603.2.3-EXCEPTION#2 WITH PROVIDE ONE(1-MIN)ACCESSIBLE BUILDING ENTRANCE AT THE GROUND FLOOR LEVEL&ONE(1- ACCESSIBLE COMPARTMENT AND WHEN OVER SIX(6)WATER-CLOSETS+URINALS ARE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE FOR WHEELCHAIR TYPICAL ACCESSIBLE TOILETS (W/FLOOR MIN)ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE TO EACH PROPOSED TENANT SPACE IN A MULTIPLE-TENANT INDIVIDUAL-USE OR UNISEX TOILET ROOM END OF ROW ACCESSIBLE TOILET STALL MOUNTED WATER CLOSET BUILDING. PROVIDED IN A TOILET ROOM,PROVIDE ONE(1)TO BE AMBULATORY-ACCESSIBLE IN ADDITION TO THE WHEELCHAIR-ACCESSIBLE UNIT. TOILET CLEARANCES IN PUBLIC RESTROOMS PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE AT SERVICE OR LOADING ENTRIES(NOT INTENDED FOR SINKS:PROVIDE NO LESS THAN ONE(1)ACCESSIBLE SINK(ORS%OF TOTAL)WHERE ENTRANCE BY THE PUBLIC)IF THAT IS THE ONLY ENTRANCE TO A SPACE OR BUILDING. PROVIDED(MOP OR SERVICE-SINKS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE) SCALE:1/2"-V-0" NOTE: MULTI-LEVEL BUILDINGS:PROVIDE ONE(1-MIN)ACCESSIBLE ROUTE(INCLUDING AN ELEVATOR TO KITCHEN AT "X"=Z-1"OR LESS CONNECT EACH BUILDING LEVEL ABOVE OR BELOW ACCESSIBLE LEVELS INCLUDING MEZZANINES) 2'-6"MIN 1'-2" 2'1" EITHER WALL "Z"=LESS THAN"X" UNLESS THE FLOOR-AREA IS LESS THAN 3,000 SF&DOES NOT INCLUDE FIVE(5)OR MORE MULTIPLE DRINKING FOUNTAINS: APPLIANCE/ "Y"=4'-0"MAX WHEN W'IS LESS THAN V-8" MERCANTILE(GROUP M)TENANTS,OR THE OFFICES OF HEALTH CARE PROVIDERS. IF ONLY ONE DRINKING FOUNTAIN IS PROVIDED IN A SPACE OR BUILDING,PROVIDE A COUNTER OR"Y"=3'-8"MAX WHEN"X"IS V-8"TO Z-1" "DUAL HI-LOW"TYPE UNIT ACCESSIBLE TO BOTH WHEELCHAIR USERS AND TO PERSONS FINISHED OPERABLE PARTS: WITH DIFFICULTY BENDING OR STOOPING(STANDARD HEIGHT UNIT)OR OTHER MEANS TO WALL 2'-6"MIN Z ACCESSIBLE OPERABLE PARTS INCLUDE CONTROLS&OPERATING MECHANISMS(DOOR ACHIEVE EQUIVALENT ACCESSIBILITY FOR BOTH(PROVIDING AN ACCESSIBLE WATER FINISHED FINISHED HARDWARE,WINDOW OPERATORS,DISPENSERS,LIGHT SWITCHES,CONVENIENCE OUTLETS, COOLER,FOR EXAMPLE). WALL X WALL THERMOSTATS,ALARM CONTROLS,&SIMILAR ELEMENTS). PROVIDE DRINKING FOUNTAINS IN ALCOVE OUT 27 COMMON PATH OF TRAVEL PROVIDE AN ACCESSIBLE CLEAR-FLOOR SPACE AT ALL OPERATIONAL PARTS. SPACING BETWEEN DRINKING FOUNTAINS:2'-3"(27")MINIMUM. w OPERATION:BY USE OF ONE(1)HAND W/A SINGLE EFFORT WITHOUT TIGHT GRASPING,PINCHING, � ( w 1 l OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST-W/FIVE(5.0)POUNDS MAXIMUM OPERATIONAL FORCE.COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBLE SEATING: r x W X ALLOWABLE REACH RANGES FOR HEIGHT OF OPERABLE PARTS. WHEN PROVIDED AT FIXED OR BUILT-IN TABLES,COUNTERS OR WORK SURFACES, / 1 x g \ rc 4 ACCESSIBLE DOOR&GATE REQUIREMENTS: PROVIDE 5%MINIMUM BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE(1)ACCESSIBLE SEATING,DISTRIBUTED x¢ Y w REVOLVING DOORS OR GATES ARE NOT ACCESSIBLE. THROUGHOUT. O Z - SECURITY&MAINTENANCE DOORS(INCLUDING SERVICE-ACCESS DOORS)DO NOT NEED TO POINT-OF-SALE(POS)OR SERVICE COUNTERS:PROVIDE NOT LESS THAN ONE(1)UNIT TO z COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. BE ACCESSIBLE DISPERSED THROUGHOUT IF COUNTERS ARE DISPERSED. DOUBLE-LEAF DOORS OR GATES:ONLY ONE LEAF(MIN)MUST COMPLY W/ACCESSIBILITY rn z _ REQUIREMENTS. SIGNAGE: F1 LICENSED REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE SIGNS(MINIMUM)EXCEPT AT BUILDING DIRECTORIES,MENU I kARCHITECT 1'-9"MAX 1'-9"MAX RECESSED DOORS:PROVIDE FORWARD APPROACH CLEARANCE W/ANY OBSTRUCTION W/IN 18 BOARDS,OR TEMPORARY SIGNS PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE SIGNS AS FOLLOWS: AR987110 SIDE REACH OVER INCH OF LATCH SIDE OF DOORWAY PROJECTING MORE THAN 8INCHES BEYOND THE FACE OF SIDE REACH OBSTRUCTION FORWARD REACH OVER OBSTRUCTION FORWARD REACH DOOR MEASURED PERPENDICULAR TO FACE OF DOOR ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES:PROVIDE A 4"X 4"ACCESSIBILITY DECAL AT ALL ACCESSIBLE PUBLIC ENTRANCE DOORS CENTERED AT 60"AFF. REACH RANGES DOOR SURFACES:PROVIDE SMOOTH SURFACE WAN TEN(10)INCH AFF ON PUSH-SIDE EXTENDING FULL WIDTH W/MAX 1/16 INCH BETWEEN SURFACE PLANE&ANY PARTS(KICKPLATE).CAP CAVITIES NON-ACCESSIBLE PUBLIC ENTRANCES:PROVIDE DIRECTIONAL SIGNS INDICATING SCALE:1/4"-V-0" FORMED BY KICKPLATES EXCEPT AT SLIDING DOORS,TEMPERED GLASS DOORS W/OUT SIDE LOCATION OF NEAREST ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE. wary-EL LUNA STILES W/A BOTTOM RAIL W/ITS TOP EDGE SLOPED 60 DEGREES FROM HORIZONTAL OR MORE,OR STATE OF IDAHO AT DOORS NOT EXTENDING TO 10 INCHES AFF ROOM(OR SPACE)SIGNS(INCLUDING TOILET ROOMS):PROVIDE RAISED PICTOGRAMS, TACTILE CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE TEXT. 2023.04.13 SIDELITES OR VISION LITES:AT DOORS&SIDELITES ADJACENT TO DOORS W/ONE OR MORE GLAZING PANELS PERMITTING VIEWING,PROVIDE BOTTOM EDGE OF AT LEAST ONE PANEL ON FINISH&CONTRAST:NON-GLARE WITH EITHER LIGHT CHARACTERS ON DARK EITHER THE DOOR OR THE ADJACENT SIDELITE AT 43 INCHES MAXIMUM AFF,EXCEPT AT VISION BACKGROUND OR DARK CHARACTERS ON LIGHT BACKGROUND CENTERED IN THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE LITES(ONLY)W/THE LOWEST PART MORE THAN 66 INCHES AFF. ILLUMINATION LEVEL AT ACCESSIBLE SIGNS:MINIMUM 10 FOOTCANDLES ADA DOOR SIGN WITH RAISED ro c PICTORIALGRAM SYMBOL AND ADA DOOR SIGN W/RAISED INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL PROVIDE CLEAR FLOOR AREA OF 18 X 18 INCHES CENTERED ON TACTILE CHARACTER O _ GRADE 2 BRAILLE PLATE OF ACCESSIBILITY ENTER ACCESSIBLE DOOR&GATE HARDWARE: SIGNS BEYOND ARC OF DOOR SWING FROM CLOSED TO 45 DEGREE OPEN POSITION � PICTORIALGRAM SYMBOL ( I I m d SIDE @PAIR OF DOORS) PROVIDE ACCESSIBLE HARDWARE W/AN EASY-TO-GRASP SHAPE COMPLYING W/OPERABLE PARTS REQUIREMENTS(LEVERS PUSH/PULLS,OR PANIC DEVICES ARE ACCEPTABLE),MOUNTED BETWEEN BRAILLE:CONTRACTED(GRADE 2)WITH INDICATION OF AN UPPERCASE LETTER ONLY Cy "u 2'-10"&4'-0"AFF,W/MAX PROJECTION(INTO REQUIRED MIN CLEARANCES)OF 4 INCH BTWN 34-80 BEFORE THE FIRST WORD OF SENTENCES,PROPER NOUNS,AND NAMES,INDIVIDUAL w ;? INCH AFF. LETTERS OF THE ALPHABET,INITIALS,OR ACRONYM. rn t a Q SLIDING DOOR/GATE HARDWARE:OPERABLE PARTS MUST BE EXPOSED&USABLE FROM BOTH — z F F SIDES WHEN DOOR IS FULLY OPEN. Q o DOOR/GATE CLOSERS:ADJUST UNITS TO PROVIDE FIVE(5)SECOND(MIN)TIME TO MOVE ALARMS: it w x DOOR/GATE FROM 90-DEGREE OPEN-POSITION TO 12 DEGREE OPEN-POSITION. IF EMERGENCY WARNING SYSTEMS ARE PROVIDED,PROVIDE BOTH AUDIBLE AND VISUAL ~ o m GRADE 2 O u ¢ ALARMS IN ANY COMMON-USE AREAS,(INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO RESTROOMS, o MEETING ROOMS,HALLWAYS,AND LOBBIES).PERMANENTLY CONNECT ALARM SYSTEMS TO w o BRAILLE Z w w _ DOOR/GATE SPRING-HINGES:ADJUST TO PROVIDE 1-1/2 SECOND MINIMUM TIME TO MOVE ) PLATE z DOOR/GATE FROM 70-DEGREE OPEN-POSITION TO CLOSED-POSITION. THE BUILDING ELECTRICAL POWER AND LIGHTING SYSTEM AS APPROPRIATE. w = 1J LATCH SIDE e 4 N¢ LATCH SIDE OPENING-FORCE OF CLOSERS OR SPRING-HINGES:5.0 LBS MAX @ INTERIOR HINGED,SLIDING OR IF AUDIBLE ALARMS ARE PROVIDED,THEY MUST PRODUCE SOUND EXCEEDING THE ~ 1'-6"X'-6"CLEAR m m FLOOR SPACE��� OF DOOR FOLDING DOORS OR GATES(NOT APPLICABLE TO LATCH-BOLT RETRACTION FORCE&NOT PREVAILING EQUIVALENT SOUND LEVEL OF A SPACE BY AT LEAST 15 dbA OR EXCEED ANY APPLICABLE TO OPENING FORCE AT FIRE-DOORS-TO BE A$READ BY AHJ) MAXIMUM SOUND LEVEL W ITH A DURATION OF 60 SECONDS BY 5 dbA,WHICHEVER IS LOUDER = G Z E (NOT EXCEEDING 120dbA). o u IF VISUAL ALARMS ARE PROVIDED,PROVIDE UNFILTERED OR CLEAR-FILTERED WHITE XENON- U (� ry AUTOMATIC DOORS OR GATE: STROBE TYPE LAMPS OR EQUIVALENT,WITH 0.2 SECOND MAXIMUM PULSE DURATION AND Z . "tl RES7RO IG ACCESSIBLE EXTERIOR DOOR(lD REFERENCED STANDARDS:COMPLY 19(UNLESS DOORS O &FOR POWER-ASSIST&LOW-ENERGY O SIGNAGE ACCESSIBLE DOORS,COMPLY W/ANSI/BHMA A156.19(UNLESS DOORS OR GATES ARE DESIGNED TO BE MAXIMUM DUN CYCLE OF 40 PERCENT,PROVIDING A MINIMUM BRIGHTNESS INTENSITY OF 75 1._L = ENTRANCE OPERATED ONLY BY SECURITY PERSONNEL) CANDELA WITH A FLASH RATE BETWEEN 1 AND 3 Hz.LOCATE UNITS NO MORE THAN V-10" u.Ifu (80")AFF OR 6"BELOW CEILING(WHICHEVER IS LOWER).LOCATE 50 FEET MAXIMUM FROM J H d COMPLY W/ACCESSIBLE CLEAR-FLOOR SPACE,THRESHOLD/FLOOR-SURFACE,&DOORS-IN- ANY POINT ACROSS(SUCITHIN A SPACE H AS AUDITORIUMS)WIITHOUT OBSTRUCTIONS 6 FT AFF,ON CORRIDOR,OR IN LARGE LOCATCES OVER 100 E AROUND ET Q u o q SERIES REQUIREMENTS. 3 0 ACCESSIBLE SIGNAGE ROOM PERIMETER AT MAXIMUM 100 FT CENTERS.ALL STROBES IN ROOM MUST BE _ MANUAL CONTROLS:COMPLY W/"OPERABLE PARTS"REQMTS W/THE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE SYNCHRONIZED. r� SCALE:1/2"=1'-0" ADJACENT TO THE CONTROL SWITCH LOCATED BEYOND THE DOOR/GATE SWING. V 9 M N 1 1/2"MIN IF ADJ GRADE IS 4"OR MORE CLEAR ALL BELOW CONTINUOUS RAMP PROVIDE UNIFORM RISERS FTi 250#MIN @ANY POINT AROUND RAMP OR LANDING SURFACE- HANDRAILS-EXTEND BEYOND HEIGHTS&TREAD WIDTHS DATE: ISSUE: 9: N q T-O"MIN CLEAR WIDTH PROVIDE ~ x AND IN THE SAME DIRECTION THROUGHOUT STAIR RUN TYP 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT I� a TO OTHER RAILING MIN 2"HIGH CURB,WALL,RAILING OF RAMP RUNS EXCEPT AT CONTINUOUS STAIR F 1 1/4"MIN TO 2"MAX ROUND OR i CONTINUOUS HANDRAILS ON ACCESSIBLE WALKING SURFACE T-0"MIN HANDRAILS-EXTEND 0 U' DIAMETER OR 4"MIN TO 4.8" OTHER PROJECTING SURFACE _ THE INSIDE TURN OF RAMPS, W/MAX SLOPE 1:48(2%)MAX BEYOND AND IN THE SAME �i MAX PERIMETER DIMENSIONS ACCESSIBLE WALKING SURFACE W/ 1'-0"MIN_ OR AT AISLES SERVING DIRECTION OF STAIR c TOP&BOTTOM MAX TREAD WIDTH 11" Q TOP OF W/MAX 2"W IDTH OR HEIGHT MAX PRIMARY SLOPE 1:12(8.33%) ( ❑ SEATING FOR ACCESS TO 1'-0"MIN FLIGHTS EXCEPT AT r. z 1 TREAD DEPTH z w GRIPPING SURFACE (IF NOT ROUND) &CROSS-SLOPE 1:48 2%)MAX ¢ SEATS AND FOR CROSSOVERS CONTINUOUS HANDRAILS LL x WITHIN THE AISLE.RETURN 1'-0"MIN ON THE INSIDE TURN OF PROVIDE SMOOTH SURFACE UU END OF HANDRAIL TO WALL, NOSINGS:1/2 INCH MAX RADIUS STAIRS,OR AT AISLES Fy w rr FREE OF SHARP OF ABRASIVE ACCESSIBLE WALKING FLOOR,GUARD,OR EXTEND AT TOP LEADING EDGE,WITH 1 1/2" _ SERVING SEATING FOR C. w w ELEMENTS WITH ALL EDGES SURFACE W/PRIMARY& 1'-0"MIN II TO THE NEXT ADJ RAMP MAX PROJECTION-PROVIDE ACCESS TO SEATS AND o.O SMOOTH&ROUNDED CROSS SLOPE TOTAL L� V LETN S 3 0 LL =1:48(2%)MAX Ii HANDRAIL SLOPED RISER OR STRAIGHT WITH FOR CROSSOVERS WHERE G UNDERSIDE OF NOSING AT TOP THE HANDRAILS ARE F z¢ ANCHOR SO RAILING DOES II ANGLED 60 DEGREES OR MORE S DISCONTINUOUS TO DATE: 04.07.2023 LL L'S x 6. z Ir NOT ROTATE WITHIN FITTING FROM HORIZONTAL WITH SMOOTH PROVIDE ACCESS TO DRAWN: GC Ll O NJ RETURN (�.i UNDERSIDE FINISH(NOT ABRUPT) $EATING WITHIN THEAISLE. d, w? ROUNDED EDGE BRACKETS OR TO POST�'i ° RETURN ENDS OF HANDRAIL CITY APPROVED PLANS CHECKED: SCL a y N z z O BAULSTERS AT HANDRAIL TO FLOOR,WALL,GUARD, ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 N w M g BOTTOM NOT OBSTRUCTING w z PROVIDE"CLOSED RISERS" a LL m❑ TYP Ii OORTOTHENEXTADJSTAIR ReviewedforCodeCompliance STANDARD ACCESSIBILITY 0 O ¢ OVER 20%OF RAILING LENGTH rr m Z y0 NOTE: a 5'-0"MIN 30'MAX@1:12 MAX SLOPE-40'MAX @ 1:16 MAX SLOPE 5'-0"MIN (OPEN RISERS NOT PROVIDE HANDRAILS AT BOTH SIDES OF STAIRS OR RAMPS(EXCEPT IF RAMP IS �2 PERMITTED) PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE DETAILS m > LESS THAN 6"VERTICAL RISE OR 6'-0"HORIZONTAL RUN)PROVIDE CONTINUOUS m g 3'-0"MIN WIDTH BETWEEN HANDRAILS(CLEAR) NOTE LL O m HANDRAILS WITHIN THE FULL LENGTH OF EACH STAIR FLIGHT OR RAMP RUN AND `O w RAMP LANDING(REQUIRED @ TOP&BOTTOM).MIN WIDTH O ACCESSIBLE WALKING SURFACE CONSTRUCT EXTERIOR STAIRS&APPROACHES&LANDINGS SO FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A ¢ ON THE INSIDE OF SWITCHBACK OR DOGLEG RAMPS OR STAIRS BETWEEN FLIGHTS c a RAMP OR 5'-0"X 5'-0"W ITH A CHANGE OF DIRECTION.NOTE: W/PRIMARY 8 CROSS SLOPE THAT WATER CANNOT ACCUMULATE ON WALKING SURFACES OR RUNS(EXCEPT AT HANDRAILS IN AISLES SERVING SEATING) DOOR CLEARANCES MAY OVERLAP LANDING TOTAL=1:48(2%)MAX LV :a RAMP&STAIR HANDRAILS(INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR) ACCESSIBLE RAMPS(INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR) ACCESSIBLE STAIRS(INTERIOR OR EXTERIOR) G4 . 0 ACCESSIBLE STAIRS/RAMPS& HANDRAIL DETAILS NSCALE:1/4"=V-0" co Page 6 of 341 ABBREVIATIONS GENERAL NOTES b AND D.A. DOUBLE ACTING G.L.B. GLU-LAM BEAM O.C. ON CENTER(S)&OVER COUNTER SMACNA SHEET METAL&AIR CONDITIONING L ANGLE DBL. DOUBLE GND. GROUND O.C.O. OUTSIDE CORNER OF CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOC. 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE W/THE CODES IN EFFECT AT THE TIME OF @ AT DEPT. DEPARTMENT GR. GRADE O.D. OUTSIDE DIAMETER(DIM.) S.N.D. SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER PERMIT SUBMITTAL AND ALL FEDERAL,STATE AND LOCAL CODES AND AGENCIES HAVING cL CENTER LINE DET. DETAIL G.S. GALVANIZED STEEL O.F. OVERFLOW S.N.R. SANITARY NAPKIN RECEPTACLE JURISDICTION.IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR AND ` I CHANNEL D.F. DRINKING FOUNTAIN G.S.F. GROSS SQUARE FOOTAGE OFF. OFFICE SP. SPACES RESPECTIVE SUB-CONTRACTORS.TO BUILD TO SATISFY THESE CODES AND CALL FOR ALL /y 0 DIAMETER OR ROUND DIA. DIAMETER GYP. GYPSUM O.F.O. OUTSIDE FACE OF SPECS. SPECIFICATIONS NECESSARY INSPECTIONS.REFER TO SHEET G2.0 N POUND OR NUMBER DIM. DIMENSION GYP.BIRD.GYPSUM BOARD O/H OVERHEAD So. SQUARE 2. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS.ALL NOTES AND NOTED DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENCE OVER IL PLATE DIP DUCTILE IRON PIPE H.B. HOSE BIBS O.H.OR Opp. HAND OPPOSITE HAND S.S. STAINLESS STEEL/SANITARY SEWER VISUAL REPRESENTATIONS OF ASSUMED INFORMATION SHOWN.ALL MANUFACTURERS'OR DN. DOWN H.C. HANDICAPPED OPG. OPENING SSMH SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE FABRICATORS'PRINTED WARNINGS.SPECIFICATIONS AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS TAKE A,AMP. AMPERE DR. DOOR HD. HEAD OPP. OPPOSITE ST. STREET PRECEDENCE OVER CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS UNLESS AN EXCEPTION IS NOTED. A.B. ANCHOR BOLT D.S. DOWNSPOUT HDBD. HARDBOARD O.S.A. OUTSIDE AIR STA. STATION MANUFACTURERS'OPERATING RECOMMENDATIONS SHALL BE STRICTLY OBSERVED. ABV. ABOVE DWG. DRAWING HDWD. HARDWOOD O.S.B. ORIENTED STRAND BOARD STD. STANDARD Z A/C AIR CONDITIONING (E) EXISTING HDWR./HW.HARDWARE O.T.B. OUT TO BID STL. STEEL 3. CONSTRUCTION SITE TO COMPLY WITH NFPA 1,NFPA 241 AND ALL CODES ADOPTED BY THE W H M A.C.T. ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE E. EAST HDR. HEADER P. POLE STM. STORM OR STORM LINE LOCAL JURISDICTION. M oo ACOUST. ACOUSTICAL EA. EACH H.M. HOLLOW METAL (P),P,PTD PAINTED STOR. STORAGE j re p ADA AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT E.B. EXPANSION BOLT HORIZ. HORIZONTAL P.C. PRECAST CONCRETE STRUCT.STRUCTURAL 4. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON FLOOR PLANS,SECTIONS,ELEVATIONS AND DETAILS ARE TO GRID LINES, O O FINISH FACE OF EXISTING WALLS AND TO THE FACE OF STUDS,MASONRY AND CONCRETE OF (Y ADAAG ADA ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES E.F. EXHAUST FAN H.P. HIGH POINT AND HORSEPOWER PERF. PERFORATED SUSP. SUSPENDED �dJ NEW WALLS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 0_ J J ADJ. ADJUSTABLE E.I.F.S. EXT.INSULATION FINISH SYSTEM H.R. HANDRAIL P.F. PREFINISHED S.V. SHEET VINYL _J J A.F.F. ABOVE FINISH FLOOR E.J. EXPANSION JOINT HR. HOUR PH. PHASE AND PHARMACY SW. SOUTHWEST 5. IF THE CONTRACTOR ASCERTAINS AT ANYTIME THAT REQUIREMENTS OF THIS CONTRACT H-- V LLIQi A.F.G. ABOVE FINISH GRADE EL.OR ELEV. ELEVATION HT. HEIGHT P.I.P. POURED IN PLACE SYM. SYMMETRICAL CONFLICT WITH,TO ARE IN VIOLATION OF APPLICABLE LAW,CODES,REGULATIONS AND Z LL Z AHJ AGENCY HAVING JURISDICTION ELEC. ELECTRIC HTR. HEATER (PL). POLE MOUNT T. TRANSFORMER ORDINANCES,HE/SHE SHALL NOT PROCEED WITH WORK IN QUESTION,EXCEPT AT HIS/HER OWN Z rn ALUM./AL.ALUMINUM ELECT. ELECTRICAL H.&S. HARDEN 8 SEAL P/L. PROPERTY LINE T.,TR. TREAD RISK,UNTIL THE ARCHITECT HAS BEEN NOTIFIED IN WRITING AND WRITTEN DETERMINATION IS UJ ' ' t ALT. ALTERNATE ELVR. ELEVATOR HVAC HEATING VENTILATING AND NRCONDITIONING PL. PLATE T.&B. TOP&BOTTOM MADE BY THE ARCHITECT.WHERE COMPLETED WORK IS DISCOVERED TO BE IN VIOLATION WITH H W w ANSI AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE E.O.S. EDGE OF SLAB HYD. HYDRANT REAM. PLASTIC LAMINATE T.B. TOWEL BAR APPLICABLE LAWS,CODES,REGULATIONS ORDINANCES.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO APLD. APPLIED E.P. ELECTRICAL PANELBOARD HW HOT WATER PLUMB. PLUMBING T.C. TOP OF CURB REMOVE THAT WORK FROM THE PROJECT AND REPLACE SUCH WORK WITH ALL NEW COMPLYING APPROX. APPROXIMATE EQ. EQUAL HWR HOT WATER RECLAIM PLYWD. PLYWOOD T.D. TOP OF DRAIN WORK AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER OR ARCHITECT. ARCH. ARCHITECTURAL EOP.OR EQUIP. EQUIPMENT HWV HOT WATER VENT PNL. PANEL TELE. TELEPHONE AS PH. ASPHALT EST. ESTIMATE INCAN. INCANDESCENT PR. PAIR T&G TONGUE&GROOVE 6. ANY WORK INSTALLED IN CONFLICT WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS SHALL BE CORRECTED BY AUTO. AUTOMATIC E.W. EACH WAY I.D. INSIDE DIAMETER(DIM.) PRESERV.PRESERVATIVE THK. THICKNESS THE CONTRACTOR AT HIS/HER EXPENSE AND TO NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE OWNER, S&B BOARD&BATTEN E.W.C. ELECTRIC WATER COOLER E. INVERT ELEVATION PROP. PROPOSED THRES. THRESHOLD ARCHITECT OR CONSULTANTS. B.F.S. BELOW FINISHED SLAB EXH. EXHAUST I.F.O. INSIDE FACE OF P.S.F. POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT T.J. TOOL JOINT 7, ANY FIRE EXTINGUISHERS MOVED DURING CONSTRUCTION ARE TO BE RELOCATED IN BH. BULKHEAD EXIST. EXISTING I.G. IS GROUND P.S.I. POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH T.L. TRUE LENGTH ACCORDANCE WITH FIRE MARSHALL'S DIRECTION. BITUM. BITUMINOUS EXP. EXPANSION IN. INCH PT. POINT T.O. TOP OF BLDG. BUILDING EXT. EXTERIOR INSUL. INSULATION P.T. PRESSURE TREATED T.O.B. TOP OF BEAM 8. ONCE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS INSTALLED,FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN IN SERVICE AT ALL BLK. BLOCK F.A. FIRE ALARM INT. INTERIOR&INTERCOM PTBD. PARTICLE BOARD T.O.C. TOP OF CURB/CONCRETE TIMES DURING CONSTRUCTION.WRITTEN AUTHORIZATION FROM LOCAL FIRE DISTRICT WILL BE BLKG. BLOCKING F.B.O. FURNISHED BY OWNER INV. INVERT P.T.D. PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER T.O.D. TOP OF DECK REQUIRED IF EITHER SYSTEM IS TO BE SHUT DOWN. BLVD. BOULEVARD F.B.T. FURNISHED BY TENANT JAN. JANITOR PTFR PRESSURE TREATED FIRE RESISTIVE T.O.F. TOP OF FOOTING SM. BEAM F.D. FLOOR DRAIN JM. JAMB PTN. PARTITION T.O.J. TOP OF JOIST 9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE AND INSTALL ALL STIFFENERS,BRACINGS,BACK-UP PLATES AND B.O.C. BASE OF CURB F.D.C. FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTION JST. JOIST PVC. POLYVINYL CHLORIDE T.O.M. TOP OF MASONRY SUPPORTING BRACKETS REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL CASEWORK,TOILET B.O.F. BOTTOM OF FRAMING FDN. FOUNDATION JT. JOINT PVMT. PAVEMENT T.O.P. TOP OF PAVEMENT/PARAPET ACCESSORIES AND OF ALL FLOOR-MOUNTED OR SUSPENDED EQUIPMENT. SOT. BOTTOM F.E. FIRE EXTINGUISHER KIT. KITCHEN Q.T. QUARRY TILE T.O.S. TOP OF SLAB BRD. BOARD F.E.C. FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET K.O. KNOCKOUT (R) REMOVE T.O.W. TOP OF WALL 10 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES BELOW GRADE AND BRG. BEARING F.F. FACTORY FINISH KS KNEE SPACE R.,RI. RISER TOPO. TOPOGRAPHY RELATED SERVICES CONNECTIONS WITH THE RESPECTIVE UTILITY COMPANIES. B.S. BUILDING SECTION F.F.E. FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION LAB. LABORATORY RA. RETURN AIR T.P.D. TOILET PAPER DISPENSER BS. BOTH SIDES F.F.L. FINISH FLOOR LINE LAM. LAMINATE(D) RAD RADIUS T.S. TUBE STEEL&TEMPERATURE SENSOR 11. INSTALLATION OF ALL SELECTED MATERIALS SHALL BE COMPLETE IN ALL RESPECTS PRIOR TO BSMT. BASEMENT FG FINISHED GRADE LAV. LAVATORY R.B. RUBBER BASE T.T.B. TELEPHONE TERMINAL BOARD FINAL ACCEPTANCE.ANY MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OR MATERIALS NOT SPECIFICALLY NOTED BUT BTWN. BETWEEN F.H. FIRE HYDRANT LESS. POUNDS D. ROOF DRAIN T.V. TELEVISION REQUIRED FOR PROPER INSTALLATION SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR. B.U. BUILT-UP PNFRF L.F. LINEAR FEET RD. ROAD&ROUND TYR TYPICAL 12. ALL ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURERS'SPECIFICATIONS AT MINIMUM.NOTIFY BULKHD. BULKHEAD FIN. FINISH(ED) L.L.H. LONG LEG HORIZONTAL RE: REFERENCE,REFER TO UE UNDERGROUND ELECTRIC ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN THE DRAWINGS AND MANUFACTURERS' (C) CAULK F.I.O. FURNISHED&INSTALLED BY OWNER L.L.V. LONG LEG VERTICAL REF. REFRIGERATOR U.N.O. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE RECOMMENDATIONS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. C. CONDUIT OR CELSIUS F.I.T. FURNI SHED&INSTALLED BY TENANT L.P. LOW POINT or LIGHT POLE REFL. REFLECTED UTIL. UTILITY CAB. CABINET FL FLOW LINE LT. LIGHT REFR. REFRIGERATION V. VOLTS AND VENT 13. PROVIDE PRESSURE TREATED LUMBER WHERE WOOD IS IN CONTACT WITH CONCRETE AND IN C.B. CATCH BASIN FLG. FLASHING L.W.C. LIGHTWEIGHT CONCRETE REINF. REINFORCING VAR. VARIES ALL EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF ASSEMBLIES.ENSURE FASTENERS ARE APPROVED FOR C.C. CENTER TO CENTER FLR. FLOOR(ING) LVL. LEVEL REL. RELOCATED V.B. VAPOR BARRIER PRESSURE TREATED WOOD.IF PT.W D.IS IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH OTHER METALS,PROVIDE CEM. CEMENT FLSHG. FLASHING MAS. MASONRY REQ'D. REQUIRED V.C.T. VINYL COMPOSITION TILE MEMBRANE BARRIER TO PREVENT CORROSION OF METAL BY CHEMICALS USED IN THE PRESSURE TREATMENT PROCESS. LICENSED CER. CERAMIC FLUOR. FLUORESCENT MATL. MATERIAL(S) RESIL. RESILIENT VENT. VENTILATION ARCHITECT CFM. CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE F.O. FACE OF MAX. MAXIMUM RFH. ROOF HATCH VERT. VERTICAL 14. NO ITEMS SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM/ATTACHED TO THE ROOF DECK INCLUDING LIGHT 6T.ATE CFL. COUNTER FLASHING F.O.C. FACE OF CURB/CONCRETE MECH. MECHANICAL RM. ROOM VEST. VESTIBULE FIXTURES,MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT,FIRE SPRINKLERS AND SUSPENDED CEILINGS UNLESS C.H. CONDUCTOR HEAD F.O.F. FACE OF FINISH MENUS. MEMBRANE R.O. ROUGH OPENING V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON DRAWINGS. CHT. CEILING HEIGHT F.0 I.C. FURNISHED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR MEZZ. MEZZANINE R.O.W. RIGHT OF WAY V.P. VENT PIPE CI CAST IRON F.O.M. FACE OF MASONRY MFR. MANUFACTURER R.P.C. REFRIGERATION PROBE CABLE VR. VENT RISER 15. G.0 TO OBTAIN AND RETAIN ALL PRODUCT CERTIFICATION AND IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION FOR C.I.P. CAST IN PLACE F.O.S. FACE OF STUDS M.H. MANHOLE RT. RUBBER TILE V.T. VINYL TILE THE FOLLOWING: C.J. CONTROL JOINT FRP. FIBER REINFORCED PANEL MIN. MINIMUM RTU ROOF-TOP UNIT VTR. VENT THRU ROOF -DOORS C.L. CENTERLINE FRTW. FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED WOOD MIR. MIRROR R.W.L. RAIN WATER LEADER V.W.C. VINYL WALL COVERING -ROOFING CLG. CEILING F.S.E. FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT MISC. MISCELLANEOUS (S) SEALANT W. WEST,WATTS AND WATER 2023.04.13 CLOS. CLOSET F.S.,F. FIRE SERVICE M.O. MASONRY OPENING S. SOUTH AND SLOPE W/ WITH CLR. CLEAR FT. FOOT OR FEET M.R. MOISTURE RESISTANT S.A. SUPPLYAIR WC. WALLCOVERING CLSRM. CLASSROOM FTG. FOOTING VITD. MOUNTED SAN. SANITARY W.C. WATER CLOSET CMU. CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT FURR. FURRING MTG. MEETING S.C. SOLID CORE WD. WOOD CNTR. COUNTER FUT. FUTURE MTL. METAL S.C.D. SEAT COVER DISPENSER W.GL. WIRE GLASS C.O. CLEAN-OUT F.V. FIELD VERIFY MILL. MULLION SCHED. SCHEDULE W.H. WATER HEATER O ro c COL. COLUMN G. GROUND&NATURAL GAS MWK. MILLWORK S.D. SMOKE DETECTOR,SOAP W/O WITHOUT CONC CONCRETE GA.. GAUGE (N) NEW DISPENSER AND STORM DRAIN WP. WATERPROOF NO OSB, PARTICLE BOARD OR CHIPBOARD a d CONN. CONNECTION GAL. GALLON N. NORTH AND NEUTRAL SEAL. SEALANT W.P. WORK POINT I [Y CONST. CONSTRUCTION GALV. GALVANIZED NE. NORTHEAST SE. SOUTHEAST WP/H. WEEP HOLE ALLOWED FOR ANY ITEMS IN PROJECT. CONT. CONTINUOUS G.B. GRAB BAR N.I.C. NOT IN CONTRACT SECT. SECTION W.R. WATER RESISTANT W V1 n t CORR. CORRIDOR G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR NO.OR# NUMBER S.F. SQUARE FOOT/FEET W.R.B. WATER RESISTANT BARRIER �/ La Q CPT. CARPET G.C.O. GREASE CLEAN OUT NOM. NOMINAL SHWR. SHOWER WSCT. WAINSCOT — C.T. CERAMIC TILE G.F.I. GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER N.T.S. NOT TO SCALE SHT. SHEET WT. WEIGHT Qcs CTR. CENTER G.I. GALVANIZED IRON(STEEL) NW. NORTHWEST SHTG. SHEETING W.V. WATER VALVE a W.W.F. WELDED WIRE FABRIC 0 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS MATERIALS LEGEND LINE SYMBOLS w = NORTH ARROW �_ COMPACTED FILL CULTURED STONE = Z O E OR SOIL LINE OF OBJECT BELOW L L � TRUE NORTH DIRECTION BEYOND PLANE OF VIEW A1'1 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0' I PLAN NORTH DIRECTION ( ) v 'a 0 2' 4' T$' 16' ply COMPACTED �n u COMPACTED PLYWOOD LINE OF OBJECT BELOWBACKIFILL Z aS GRAPHIC SCALE (BEYOND)PLANE OF VIEW W �y m DRAWING TITLE FLOOR LINE ELEVATION DATUM J �\ EL.100'-0'• DRAINAGE FILL ® TILE ����m�� PROPERTY LINE Q c c o GRID BUBBLE 100.0" SPOT ELEVATION TAG n/ _ zjl A �J WOOD STUD GRID LINE,ELEVATION LINE V EMPLOYEE ROOM TITLE TAG 10 DOOR TAG CONCRETE M PARTITION LOUNGE E ROOM NAME CN ®E ROOM NUMBER ® WINDOWTYPETAG —-—-—-—-—-—-—-—-— CENTERLINE 0 STEEL STUD W CV 536 S.F.E SQUARE FOOTAGE(OPTIONAL) BRICK PARTITION DATE: ISSUE: #: 6 OCC.E OCCUPANT LOAD(OPTIONAL) ------------------ FULL HEIGHT PARTITION 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT I� >» INTERIOR WINDOW TYPE TAG E. 1 STOREFRONT WINDOW TYPE TAG O 3 O Ej]CS BUILDING SECTION PLASTER OR STUCCO CONCRETE MASONRY FOOTPRINT LINE y ,1 WALL TYPE TAG UNIT-ELEVATION O C XE:Exterior Existing Q 3 XWJ X Interior Existing —w—w-�v—w—w w—w w WATER LINE UTILITY .%. 3 WALL SECTION XW:rteriExte r New GYPSUM WALL MM STONE-ELEVATION 3 IW: Interior New BOARD W 10 EQUIPMENTTAG SANITARY LINE UTILITY C 7 \ ® 5 DETAIL SECTION GATT OR LOOSE CPT-1.1 FINISH NOTE FILL INSULATION / GLASS —c—cam—c—c—cam—c— GAS LINE UTILITY F 5. TYP. DATE: 04.07.2023 li z 5 O.H. <*> EQUIPMENT NOTE — — — — — — —CONCRETEDRAWN: GC W MASONRY EPS INSULATION/ A PLAN DETAIL TAG x e—x x x x—e x ELECTRICAL LINE UTILITY CHECKED: SCL A UNIT-SECTION EIFS KEYED NOTE OR ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 e�y `I 14 EXTERIOR FINISH —x�xe--x�xe—xe—xe—x�xe— ACCESSIBLE EGRESS PATH ARCHITECTURAL O STEEL INFORMATION ROOFING PLAN DETAIL INSULATION REFERENCE AREA REVISION TAG LL O 4 SLOPE ROOFING ROOF SLOPE TAG Ca 3 1 EXTERIOR ELEVATION TAG TI-2 FINISH WOOD PROTECTION/ m A ® COVER BOARD CITY APPROVED PLANS Lu m CPT-1 VCT-2 D TRANSITION TAG WOOD BLOCKING CEMENT BOARD A1 . 0 y C C A6.4 B INTERIOR ELEVATION TAG Reviewed for Code Compliance � PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 7 of 341 SITE PLAN GENERAL NOTES SITE PLAN KEYNOTES 1. THIS ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.REFER TO O (E)CART CORRAL TO REMAIN-MOUNT SECURELY TO PAVEMENT. THE CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL SITE DIMENSIONS,GRADING/ COORD.W/TENANT. EROSION CONTROL,UTILITY INFORMATION,SITE LIGHTING,LANDSCAPE /IRRIGATION DESIGN AND ALL OTHER REQUIRED SITE RELATED O (N)46"SQUARE PICNIC TABLES-SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE-SHEET IMPROVEMENTS. G3.1. \/y 9 11 2. SLOPE ALL SURFACES ADJ.TO BUILDING AWAY FROM BUILDING @ O (N)BIKE RACK LOCATION(2 RACKS)-SEE DETAIL 2/A2.1 AND EQUIPMENT 1/4":12"MIN FOR 4'-0"HORIZONTALLY(MIN). SCHEDULE SHEET G3.1. 12 3. SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 1:20 UNLESS A RAMP AND RAILING ARE O CART CORRAL-FREESTANDING.COORD.LOCATION W/TENANT AND 10 PROVIDED. GRADE SLOPE TO PREVENT CARTS FROM ROLLING OUT OF CORRAL.- 14 4. RAMPS SHALL NOT EXCEED 1:12 SLOPE. SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE-SHEET G3.1. O EMPLOYEE PARKING AREA. Z S. CROSS SLOPES SHALL NOT EXCEED 2%. W M 8 6. SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS FOR EXTERIOR LIGHTING. O (E)ACCESSIBLE PARKING STALLS TO BE RESTRIPED W/MIN.(2)COATS UU w oo 7 OF PAINT PER LOCAL CODES. O re 0 O O (E)LOADING DOCK AREA,CONFIRM LOCATION OF DOCK DRAIN AND ELI _ LL SITE PLAN LEGEND SERVICE TO REMOVE ALL DEBRIS AND CLOGS. U LL O$ (E)FIRE RISER LOCATION.-SEE PLUMBING DWGS. Q M Z LU LU 2 O (E)ELECTRICAL METER LOCATION--SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS. ' I F (E)BUILDING FOOTPRINT W PROPERTY LINE 10 (E)GAS METER LOCATION-SEE PLUMBING DWGS. Uj (E)PAVING FOOTPRINT LINE 11 E)ELECTRICAL TRANSFORMER LOCATION-SEE ELECTRICAL DWGS (E)LANDSCAPE AREA PAINTED HANDICAP SYMBOL 12 (E)SECONDARY EGRESS DOOR LOCATION-SEE FLOOR PLAN SHEET. A3.1. ® IN)AISLEWAY STRIPING LP F0 LIGHT TPOLE -SEE 13 (E)AISLEWAY STRIPING TO BE RESTRIPED W/MIN(2)COATS OF PAINT ELECPER LOCAL CODES. ADJACENT TENANT SPECIALITY RETAILER ADJACENT TENANT (E)CONCRETE WALKWAY 14 (E)TRASH ENCLOSURES TO REMAIN. (NOT IN SCOPE) (NOT IN SCOPE) PARKING STALL (E)ONE-STORY 19,945 SF O CALCULATIONS 15 (E)PARKING STALLS WITHIN THIS AREATO BE RESTRIPED W/MIN.(2) FOOTPRINT AREA (E)ELECTRICAL COATS OF PAINT PER LOCAL CODES. FLOOR ELEV.=100'-0" SERVICE TRANSFORMER-SEE ELECT.DWGS. MAIN Lj ENTRANCE (E) FH Needs to be cleared of all landscaping LICENSED 0 within a 3 foot radius. The curb shall be painted I kARCHITECT AR987110 2 3 red within 10 feet, both directions. I - 13 JUPN GABRIEL W NA STATE OF IDAHO " �SE)LP F-���E)LP . W -R(E)LP STATE 0'I A3 4 . 730 s TYP I I I ro c (E)PARKING AREA (E)PARKING AREA (E)PARKING AREA (E)PARKING AREA a w n I I •- � � Q dm C:p 2(E) NG AREA - f •� � o M U w oN I I a U-J (E)LP (E)LP ~ G •E 15 u 15 U d Z and CITY APPROVED PLANS Q H 41- c J Reviewed for Code Compliance Q u p a0i PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE ry = :0U 5O U 9 M q FOR ALL INSPECTIONS j 19 20 j N CD (E)LP N DATE: ISSUE: A 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # E+ I 21 q1 C q 15 O m 3 (E) BUILDING E m DATE: 04.07.2023 li L'S o O 3'-0" 6'-0" z M o DRAWN: GC L^U TO WALL OR OBSTACLE BTWN RACKS CHECKED: SCL ILi ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 w o ° ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN O MINIMUM SPACE REQUIREMENT U_ ARCHITECTURAL SITE PLAN FOR REFERENCE ONLY 2 BIKE RACK LAYOUT A2.1 "=30'-0" W SCALE: 1 PLAN A2.1 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" 0 15' 30' 60' ' 0 1' 2' 4' A^ ■ A y L I _ Page 8 of 341 DEMOLITION PLAN NOTES DEMOLITION PLAN KEYNOTES H 1. ALL DAMAGE TO(E)AREAS TO REMAIN SHALL BE REPAIRED AND/OR 11 REMOVE(E)SHELVING SUPPORTED SEPARATION WALL SYSTEM IF REMOVE(E)DOOR&FRAME AND INFILL WALL W/MATCHING OPEN TO BELOW PATCHED TO PROVIDE A SEAMLESS,LIKE NEW APPEARANCE IN O REMOVE(E)LIGHT FIXTURES THROUGHOUT. EXISTING AT TIME OF DEMOLITION WORK.PATCH&REPAIR SLAB CONSTRUCTION.1 g _ A SURFACE FINISH. AS REQUIRED FOR(N)POLISHED CONCRETE FINISH. 2. REPLACED&REMOVED ITEMS NOT TO BE REUSED,ARE TO BE O REMOVE(E)DUCTWORK THROUGHOUT SPACE AS REQUIRED FOR O 2O REMOVE,M SHELVING,COUNTERS,FLOORING,BASE,(E)CEILING, STORED OR DISPOSED OF AS DIRECTED BY THE OWNER&TENANT. (N)MECHANICAL DUCTWORK LAYOUT.SEE MECH.DWGS. 12 (E)MIENS TO REM OM FIXTURES,WALL,FLOOR,AND CEILING LIGHTING,MECH DIFFUSERS L DUCTWORK.COORD.(E)ELEC.WIRING \ FINISHES TO REMAIN.REMOVE(E)TOILET PARTITION.COORD.THE AND MECH.DUCTWORK W/ELEC.AND MECH.DWGS. 18 T 3. COORDINATE W/THE STRUCTURAL,MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL& O (E)FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM TO BE RECONFIGURED AS REQUIRED REMOVAL OF THE(E)ACCESSORIES W/THE(N)ACCESSORIES 21 LL 18 PLUMBING DWGS.FOR ADDITIONAL DEMOLITION WORK FOR EACH FOR(N)WORK-REMOVE(E)SPRINKLER HEADS&LINES AS (SEE 2IA11.1).COORD.W/PLUMBING,MECH,8 ELEC.DWGS. REMOVE(E)STOREFRONT WINDOW SYS.AND INFILL WALL W/MATCHING CONSTRUCTION. / 10 6— RESPECTIVE DISCIPLINE. REQUIRED.ALL(N)8(E)HEADS ARE TO BE COMPLIANT WITH CURRENT CODES. O O 4. ALL CONCRETE SLAB LOCATIONS NOTED TO BE REMOVED MUST BE 13 REMOVE(E)PARTITIONS TO THE EXTENT SHOWN,INCLUDING 22 (E)TRASH COMPACTOR ACCESS DOOR TO BE BOLTED SHUT. 26 j SHELVING,WALL FINISHES,TRIM,FLOORING,BASE AND SAWCUT ALONG LINE OF DEMOLITION TO PROVIDE A CLEAN LINE W/ O (E)FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO BE RECONFIGURED AS REQUIRED 2O 24 ASSOCIATED DOORS.REMOVE WI LIGHTING,MECH DIFFUSERS& NEW SLAB FINISH. FOR(N)WORK. O H ui DUCTWORK.COORD.(E)ELEC.WIRING AND MECH.DUCTWORK W/ 23 REMOVE(E)GYPSUM BOARD ON WALLS TO REMAIN WITHIN ROOM AND OPEN 24 Z ELEC.AND MECH.DWGS. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL STUD FRAMING AS REQUIRED TO MEET ORLU 5. G.C.TO CONFIRM V.I.F.DIMENSIONS ONCE DEMOLITION WORK HAS O REMOVE ALL VCR FLOORING&RUBBER BASE THROUGHOUT. EXCEED STUD SPACING REQUIREMENT PER WALL TYPE IW-5 TO 2O 2 j M BEEN COMPLETED. PATCH&REPAIR SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR(N)POLISHED O BELOW CONCRETE FINISH. 14 COORD.DEMOLITION OF THE ELEC.RM. ELEC.DWGS. 15 W W a0 W/ 24 (E)DOOR&FRAME TO REMAIN.PROVIDE(N)HARDWARE PER DOOR 0 0— OREMOVE ALL SLATWALL,FURRING,AND ELEC.DEVICES&W IRING SCHEDULE. 3 a 2 J 15 (E)STAIRWELL TO REMAIN.(E)WALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO BE ON(E)COLUMNS AND PREP FOR(N)PAINT FINISH.SEE ELEC. REMOVED-SEE ELEC.DWGS. 24 J DWGS. 25 REMOVE PORTION OF(E)CONCRETE SLAB FOR O (N)FREEZER LOCATION.SEE SLAB PLAN AND f1 7O REMOVE ALL SLATWALL AND PANELING AT THE EXTERIOR WALLS. Z0 m Z_ PATCH&REPAIR OR REPLACE DAMAGED GYP.BD.WALLS AS 16 REMOVE(E)STOREFRONT VESTIBULE DOORS AND WINDOW SYS. STRUCTURAL DWGS. JACE ADNT TENANT Q REPAIR(E)STOREFRONT SYS.TO REMAIN AS REQUIRED.REMOVE Z REQUIRED FOR(N)WALL FINISH.SEE FINISH PLAN. CARPET FLOORING SURROUNDING THE(E)FOOT GRILLE TO 26 (E)ROOF LADDER TO REMAIN +/-47'-9"V.I.F. H $O REMOVE ANY REMAINING SHELVING OR RETAIL FIXTURES REMAIN.PATCH&REPAIR SLAB AS REQUIRED FOR(N)POLISHED W THROUGHOUT THE(E)RETAIL&STOCK ROOM AREAS. CONCRETE FINISH.COORD.W/ELEC.DWGS. 1 O (E)DOOR&FRAME TO REMAIN.SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. 17 (E)FOOT GRILLE TO REMAIN.GC TO SERVICE AND CLEAN. 27 CEEI NG FIN FINISHES TOR MAIN U EM VE(E)TOI ET PARTITIONS O AND ONE)ACCESWATER ACCESSORIES T As/THES )ACCES ORIES(SEOWN.COORD.THE EMOVAL. DEMOLITION PLAN - MEZZANINE LEVEL 18 REMOVE(E)PARTITIONS IN TO THE EXTENT SHOWN,INCLUDING THE COORD. W/THE&ELEC. (SEE 2/A11.1). 2 1 O (E)OVERHEAD DOOR&DOCK LEVELER TO REMAIN-SEE DOOR SHELVING,COUNTERS,FLOORING,BASE AND ASSOCIATED COORD.W/PLUMBING,MECH,&ELEC.DWGS. DOORS.REMOVE(E)CEILING,LIGHTING,MECH DIFFUSERS& D1.0 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" SCHEDULE. DUCTWORK.COORD.(E)ELEC.WIRING AND MECH.DUCTWORK W/ -� 0 2' 4' 8' 16' ELEC.AND MECH.DWGS. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 +/-24'-7"V.I.F. +/-24'-5"V.I.F. +1-34'-6"V.I.F. +/-34'-6"V.I.F. +/-34'-4"V.I.F. +/-47'-9"V.I.F. I I I I I I I ADJACENT TENANT CITY APPROVED PLANS E — — — — — — — — — — Reviewed for Cade Compliance (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL I i PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE (E)FIRE RISER FOR ALL INSPECTIONS (E) ELEC.PANEL I I I g i 25 (E)ROOF ABOVE,TYP. LICENSED DINI ___�__- A AR98771C10 li IL ' I I I I D I (E)COL E COL (E)COL (E)COL A N GABRIEL LUNA (E)COL g ATE OF IDAHO I TYP TYP 2023.04.13 LL I TVP" ` TYP" I 11 I 0 I I O M C \/��/\�. TYP _ 10 22 i TVP LL -°-' h L I (E)COIL TYP Q d o �w (E)COL — — — (E)COL 100'-0"(E)SLAB ELEVATION (E)COL — — — — (E)COL — — — — — c w U, z a E U 6 ad d 160 Fi I W C F.i N C = d R - U + ` 17 MAIN ENTRANCE — — — — — — — — — — — — — V 3 M — — (E)COL (E)COL — — (E)COL — N CD a DATE: ISSUE: #: 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT F g rrat� 0 I 01 L UL \ DIN 14 12 I w Jlu 13 TYP u 5 E DATE: 04.07.2023 li ---j 197----- �• DRAWN: GC Lu CHECKED: SCL d E)COL DP ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 15/JJ 23 27 DEMOLITION FLOOR PLAN 0 p (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL O 1 LL AADJACENT TENANT ty m \ Lu DEMOLITION FLOOR PLANcn —! - `AD1 j SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" AD1 . 0 (All0 2' 4' 8' 16' Page 9 of 341 FLOOR PLAN LEGEND FLOOR PLAN KEYNOTES FLOOR PLAN NOTES OPEN TO BELOW EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION;REFER TO PARTITION TYPES Oj (E)ROOF HATCH&LADDER TO REMAIN.VERIFY LADDER IS SECURE AND 11 ADA DRINKING FOUNTAIN UNIT(RIGHT SIDE HIGH). 1. SEE MAIN LEVEL SLAB PLAN A3.3 FOR FLOOR SINK LOCATIONS. HATCH IS IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. 2. SEE FIXTURE PLAN 1/G3.2 FOR FURNITURE,FIXTURE AND A7 INTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION;REFER TO PARTITION TYPES EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS. < WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER DRAIN LINE TO FLOOR SINK-SEE PLUMBING 12 1 1"X 11'FRAMED EGRESS MAP W/GLASS OR PLASTIC-COORD.W/ 3. PROVIDE METAL CORNER BEAD ON ALL EXPOSED CORNERS& INSULATED INTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION;REFERTO DWGS. FIRE DEPARTMENT. EDGES. PARTITION TYPES 4. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY G.C.AS O 15'-0"HORIZONTAL PVC PIPE TIED TO WALL FOR BAILER WIRES. 1g (E)STOREFRONT SLIDING DOORS TO REMAIN.GC TO VERIFY(E) REQUIRED BY THE INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE,BUT NOT LESS THAN BUYERS HARDWARE TO BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER-SEE DOOR ONE FOR EVERY 76 OF TRAVEL DISTANCE.EXTINGUISHERS SHALL 203 d J DOOR AS SCHEDULED SCHEDULE. BE MOUNTED SO THAT TOP OF EXTINGUISHER IS @ 5'-0"AFF. IMANEAGER _ O(N)FROST PROOF EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB-PROVIDE ACCESS 5. REFER TO EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE SCHEDULE(SHEET G3.1)FOR KEY 2021PANEL INSIDE PARTITION-SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 14 (E)FOOT GRILLE TO REMAIN.GC TO SERVICE AND CLEAN. TO EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIERS.WALK-IN REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER WALL(BY OTHERS) 6. SEE FIXTURE PLAN 11G3.2 AND ENLARGED PLANS(SHEET Al1.1)FOR OPEN / \5 BOX STORAGE AREA ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT.15 PROVIDE ELEC.POWER AND COLD WATER CONNECTION STUBOUTS 7, SUj EE SHEETS A3.2&A3.2A FOR CRITICAL DIMENSIONS AND PARTITION TYPES. To 2ooL Z 100'-0'• FLOOR ELEVATION C FOR FUTURE EQUIPMENT-SEE ELEC.&PLUMB.DWGS. g, SEE SHEET A9.0 FOR DOOR,FRAME AND WINDOW SCHEDULES. BELOW TFE M O(E)H.M.DOOR&FRAME TO REMAIN.GC TO VERIFY(E)HARDWARE TO BE O 9. SEE SHEET Al .2 FOR TYPICAL GYP.BD.CONTROL JOINT LAYOUT 8 6 W < W a0 FLOOR SINKIFLOOR DRAIN.LOCATE PER SLAB PLAN.REFER TO IN GOOD WORKING ORDER AND PROVIDE(N)PANIC HARDWARE PER DOOR 16 (E)STAIRWAY TO REMAIN.GC TO CLEAN ALL FINISHES AND STAIR ` PLUMBING DWGS FOR DRAIN TYPE SCHEDULE TREADS.REPAIR/REPLACE ANY DAMAGED STAIR TREADS AS DETAIL 0 O 0 REQUIRED. 10. ALL CONCRETE JOINTS,SEAMS,TIE-INS,ETC.MUST BE CLEAN,NEAT 201 IT 2 U) FED FIRE EXTINGUISHER:3-A.40-B;C W/WALL BRACKET. O(E)OVERHEAD DOOR TO REMAIN.GC TO VERIFY TO BE IN GOOD WORKING AND PROFESSIONAL LOOKING.NO TRENCH OVER CUTS ALLOWED 201 EL EXTINGUISHERS IN STOCK ROOM SHALL BE MINIMUM 4A206C ORDER AND SERVICE IF NECESSARY-SEE DOOR SCHEDULE. /� J ATFINISHED SLAB AREAS. - - - A LLQ O8 (E)DOCK LEVELER TO REMAIN.GC TO VERIFY TO BE IN GOOD WORKING ADJACENT TENANT Z cM,J Z REMODEL:If construction alters the paths of egress and/or any existing Fire ORDER AND SERVICE IF NECESSARY. Q rn +/-47'-9"V.I.F. Z Extinguishers,ensure that travel distance and correct mounting stays consistent with O(E)DOCK SEAL.GC TO VERIFY TO BE IN GOOD CONDITION-REPAIR AS LU W 2018 IFC 906 and NFPA 10. NECESSARY. 2 .,1 I ' I 10 (E)RESTROOMS.GC TO CLEAN ALL FINISHES AND ENSURE ALL PLUMBING 1//..��1..��1 Portable fire extinguishers Shall have a minimum rating Of 2A-1 OB:C. FIXTURES&ACCESSORIES TO BE IN WORKING ORDER. � FLOOR PLAN - MEZZANINE LEVEL The travel distance to an extinguisher shall not exceed 75 feet. Please assess if remodel A3.1 SCALE: 1/8"=T-O" Pp ^ will require more FE's. T 4 3 2 o z' . 8' 16' v J 200'-1"V.I.F. 24'-7"V.I.F. 24'-5"V.I.F. 34'-6"V.I.F. 34'-6"V.I.F. 34'-4"V.I.F. 47'-9"V.I.F. ADJACENT TENANT E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - (E)GAS METER 00 _ FIE II 1 V-0"X 20'-6" (E)FIRE 120 X8'-4"HIGH EDUCATION II RISER WIR DE —DIMEN310NS CEa NITER 2 ❑ _ (E)DI NC. PA ELEC HABA LANDING& PANELS 10 B STAIRS O 9�x18-0 BB O 6 VITIAMINIS II (E)ROOF ABOVE,TYP. 121 X 8'-6"HIGH O 110 Al .3 O DN s WIF OUTSIDE 111 II 11z NUTR CLOSE 13 LICENSED 110 111 ARCHITECT (E)COL I i + AR987110 D - - - - - (E)COL (E)COL )COL - - - - - - - - - - - I�-- ------- ----- (E)COL L�__________ _____ WIR DASHED LINE OF BULKHEAD ABOVE,TYP. 1 101 B 13'-O"X 1"" � S �� � JURN GABRIEL LUNA X 9'-4"HIGH STATE OF IDAHO OUTSIDE 4 2023.04.13 F.O(E)WALL DIMENSIONS > nPR RETAIL100'-0"(E)SLAB ELEVATION l01O CHECKOUT7(E)COL 101A 0J- - - - - - (E)COL - - - - (E)COL - - - - w N n u (E)COL (E)COL 'IJ� = d I � �o o 0 STOCK 113 1 U 2 x A6.1 112 U--I O ry FIE ® J 0 G Z vo y 5 DASHED LINE OF BULKHEAD O N 5 �I ^tl ABOVE,TYP. Z - poi FIE Q 0 0 o BJ - - - - - - Q o (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL — MAIN _ 3� III L ENTRANCE V 3 R p \1 (E)COL`F 12 M II ° I FE N O a DN PRODUCE JEE N 101C DATE: ISSUE: #: 12 _ 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT F ii + O 103 OO ❑ O 4 0 - REF. BREAK ROOM 1106 �I 1oa >~FOMPRE SOR DATE: 04.07.2023 11a 11(E) A111 RR DRAWN: GC W1COLUMN 09l09 +16 upCHECKED: SCL_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ _ _ _ ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 ADJACENT TENANT MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN 0 LL O Q 1 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN CITY APPROVED PLANS �, Y A3.1 SCALE: 1/8"=T-O" Reviewed for Code Compliance �i g A3 . 1 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 0 2' 4' 8' 18' Cn_ FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 10 of 341 WALL & PARTITION NOTES EXTERIOR WALL TYPES PARTITION TYPES 71/4„ NOTES: � MASONRY �I ABOVE 8'-0",REVISE 4 1. WHERE PARTITION IS LESS THEN 1U-0"HIGH AND NON LOADING,25 GA.MTL.FRAMING IS ACCEPTABLE EXISTING STUD SPACING TO 2. REFER TO GA FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL FOR MORE SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE RATED FINISH 12"O.C. ASSEMBLIES. 5/8"GYPSUM 5/8"GYPSUM w 5/8"GYPSUM 3. WHERE A WALL OR PARTITION IS TO RECEIVE TILE,USE 5/8"FIBERGLASS FACED GYPSUM BASED TILE BACKER IN LIEU OF EXISTING GYP.BD. BOARD,EACH BOARD,EACH SIDE y - 5/8"GYPSUM BOARD, p BOARD STANDARD GYPSUM BOARD. INTERIOR FINISH SIDE SOUND ATTENUATION EACH SIDE w 4. WHERE A WALL OR PARTITION IS TO RECEIVE FRP,USE 5/8"MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP BOARD IN LIEW OF STD GYP BD. 6"20 GA.MTL.STUD rn 5. PROVIDE 5/8"EXT.GRADE PLYWOOD AT INSIDE OF PARAPET WALLS IN LIEU OF STANDARD GYPSUM BOARD. p 3 5/8"20 GA.MTL. BAITS O w FRAMING @ 6"O.C. _ 6. ALL SOUND&THERMAL BAITS SHALL BE FORMELDEHYDE FREE. w STUD FRAMING @ 3 5/8"20 GA.MTL w O 3 5/8"20 GA.MTL. 7. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE FLASHING AT ALL EXTERIOR PENETRATIONS,AND SEAL TIGHT. r EXISTING WALL FURROUT. - 16"O.C. STUD FRAMING @ _ SOUND ATTENUATION STUD FRAMING 8. PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SILL GASKET MEMBRANE AT BOTTOM PLATE OF EXTERIOR WALLS. w GC TO REMOVE AND 16"O.C. BAITS @ 16"O.C. REPLACE ANY DAMAGED ui DIM. PLAN NOTES DRYWALL IW-1 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 47/8" IW-3 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 47/8" IW-5 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 71/4" W-7 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 41/4" W F M 71 71 7 7/8"1 1 61 1 NOTE:WHERE WALL PARTITION W UJ 0 1. SEE FLOOR PLANS FOR ROOM NAMES AND NUMBERS. 5. PARTITIONS ARE TYPE IW-1 UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.PARTITIONSEXTERIORLOCATED BEHING EXTERIOR WALL, > Cr 0 PROVIDE FULL CAVITY BATT INSULATION. O O TYPES CONTINUE AT OPENINGS AND AROUND CORNERS,UNLESS (r 2. DIMENSIONS ARE TO GRID LINES AND TO THE FACE OF STUD,MASONRY OTHERWISE NOTED. EXISTING EXTERIOR BO GYPSUM w B AR GYPSUM LL AND CONCRETE WALLS,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. XW_i WALL CONSTRUCTION 5/8"GYPSUM BOARD,EACH o = BOARD 5/8"GVPSUM 6. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS. BOARD,EACH SIDE rn BOARD,EACH SIDE V LL Q 5/8"GYPSUM F- LL 3. OPENINGS WITHIN STUD CONSTRUCTION ARE DIMENSIONED TO THEIR SIDE 6"20 GA.MTL. BOARD w Z M Z w 6"20 GA.MTL.STUD CENTERLINE. rn Q 6"20 GA.MTL. STUD FRAMING i .- 6"20 GA.MTL.STUD 4 FRAMING @ i6"O.C. Z 4. DOOR OPENINGS WITHIN STUD PARTITIONS SHALL BE LOCATED WITH PARTITIONS ARE CONTINUOUS TO THE BOTTOM OF ROOF DECK,UNLESS STUD @ 16 O.C. w FRAMING @ 16"O.C. U LU LU THE HINGE SIDE 4 1/2"FROM FACE OF STUD OF THE ADJACENT OTHERW ISE NOTED.SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLAN SHEET M.0 FOR FRAMING @ SOUND 3 1/2"SOUND W GRAPHICAL DELINEATION OR PARTITIONS CONTINUOUS TO BOTTOM OF PARTITION,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ROOF DECK. 16"O.C. ATTENUATION ATTENUATION BATTS BAITS Fl-W--21 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 71/4" IW4 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 71/4" IW-6 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 77/8" FIW-8-1 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 6 5/8" STC RATING:50 TO 54 A +/-200'-1"V.I.F. G 1 U) +/-24•-7"V.I.F. +/-24•-5"V.I.F. +/_34•-6"V.I.F. +1-34'-6"V.I.F. +/_34'-4"V.I.F. +/_47'-9"V.I.F. I I I I I I I ADJACENT TENANT (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL NOT 12 9" III XW-� I (E)FIRE MAINTAIN 4"MIN. WIR SHOWN DASHED LINE OF III RISER BETWEEN WIR& III CLARITY FOR '`° BULKHEAD l a WALL,TYP.@ALL ABOVE,TYP. j WALKIN COOLERS IW-2 (E)ELEC 6,-4" 9,-2" it PANELS NOT IW-4 6 SHOWN A11.3 (E)ROOF ABOVE,TYP. z L F FOR 3 DN CLARITY 1W-2 M ----------- W-0 IW-4 IW-2 LICENSED D — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — ARCHITECT II AR987110 (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL WIR (E)COL v IW-2 0 (E)COL �L________________________ (E)COL NOT SHOWN W-0 CENTER WALL ON FOR (E)COL GRID LINE BURN GABRIEL LUNA CLARITY 15'-6" STATE OFIDAHO LL 2023.04.13 + XW-1 15 IW_p A71.2 i O ro � IW 2 I I I 7 m (E)COL ? --- N _ ILij d XW 1 (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL (E)COL = 11100'-0"(E)SLAB ELEVATION 2 V U �N LL A6.1 v IW-2 A6.1 w W ti po 14'-0„ I � C LL A112 c E j 22'-3" 12'-3" 23'-10" 10'-0" z U � xw-1 W2 ________________ B - - - - - - - - a - - - (E)COL - - - T.O.W.@- E)COL ii :\ MAIN Q c o a1 (E)COL = IW-2 7'9"A.F.F. (E)COL ENTRANCE = DASHED IyV p J 33 LINE OF V 3 A I�~BULKHEAD ALIGN WALL ABOVE,TYP. STUD WITH(E) \1 ALIGN M COLUMN EDGE CN FTi \ II (E)COIL 3'-8" +/_6'-5" O DN DATE: ISSUE: v V.LF. (E)MEN a > IW-2 IW-6 11 1W_2 IW-2 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT F - - IW-2 II IW-2 O I 'I O IW-6 21'-4" 34'-10" ALIGN T.O.WALL @ 9'-8" ALIGN IW 7 ALIGN W-5 XW-, &3 -IW-3 SIM BW-8 F - DATE: 04.07.2023 li 'Oz, IW-6 UP (E)WOMEN DRAWN: GC W w-5 CHECKED: SCL d A - - - - - - - - - - - - - NOTE: ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 ADJACENT TENANT "PROVIDE(N)GYP BOARD IN LOCATIONS WERE GVP CRITICAL DIMENSION PLAN 0 BOARD WAS REMOVED" u- O m CITY APPROVED PLANS W CRITICAL DIMENSION PLAN `� Reviewed for Cade Compliance Q_ ♦^ A3.2 SCALE: 1/8"=T-0" PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE d V! FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 0 2' 4' 8' 76' ■ 2 Page 11 of 341 WALL & PARTITION NOTES EXTERIOR WALL TYPES PARTITION TYPES 4 71 ABOVE V-0",REVISE NOTES: STUD SPACING TO 1. WHERE PARTITION IS LESS THEN 10'-0"HIGH AND NON LOADING,25 GA.MTL.FRAMING IS ACCEPTABLE EXISTING MASONRY 2. REFER TO GA FIRE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL FOR MORE SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS OF FIRE RATED FINISH 12"O.C. ASSEMBLIES. 5/8" UM 5/8"GYPSUM w 5/8"GYPSUM 3. WHERE A WALL OR PARTITION IS TO RECEIVE TILE,USE 5/8"FIBERGLASS FACED GYPSUM BASED TILE BACKER IN LIEU OF EXISTING GYP.BD. BOARD,EACH BOARD,EACH SIDE y - 5/8"GYPSUM BOARD, p BOARD STANDARD GYPSUM BOARD. INTERIOR FINISH SIDE I EACH SIDE m 4. WHERE A WALL OR PARTITION IS TO RECEIVE FRP,USE 5/8"MOISTURE RESISTANT GYP BOARD IN LIEW OF STD GYP BD. SOUND ATTENUATION = 6"20 GA.MTL.STUD5. PROVIDE 5/8"EXT.GRADE PLYWOOD AT INSIDE OF PARAPET WALLS IN LIEU OF STANDARD GYPSUM BOARD. 3 5/8"20 GA.MTL. 3 518" FRAMING @ 6"O.C. _6. ALL SOUND&THERMAL BATTS SHALL BE FORMELDEHYDE FREE. STUD FRAMING @ 3 5/8"20 GA.MTL. O 3 5/8"20 GA.MTL. 7. PROVIDE FLEXIBLE FLASHING AT ALL EXTERIOR PENETRATIONS,AND SEAL TIGHT. F EXISTING WALL FURROUT. i6"O.C. STUD FRAMING @ SOUND ATTENUATION STUD FRAMING 8. ui PROVIDE CONTINUOUS SILL GASKET MEMBRANE AT BOTTOM PLATE OF EXTERIOR WALLS. w GC TO REMOVE AND 16"O.C. BATTS @ 16"O.C. Z REPLACE ANY DAMAGED W H M DRYWALL IF-W-Al ASSEMBLY WIDTH 4 7/8" F`W­-3j ASSEMBLY WIDTH 4 7/8" Fl-W--51 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 71/4" Fl-W--71 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 41/4" LU p�j oo Tn 7 7 7 6 5/8" a> re NOTE:WHERE WALL PARTITION IS O LOCATED BEHING EXTERIOR WALL, a EXISTING EXTERIOR 5/8"GYPSUM PROVIDE FULL CAVITY BATT INSULATION. / Q O 5/8"GYPSUM w - (2)5/8"GYPSUM 5/8"GYPSUM F- V LL LL Xyy_i WALL CONSTRUCTION BOARD,EACH 9 BOARD M BOARD,EACH SIDE rn - p BOARD,EACH SIDE Z Z SIDE - 518"GYPSUM Q rn 6"20 GA.MTL. ¢ .-- BOARD ui w 6"20 GA.MTL.STUD W 6"20 GA.MTL. STUD FRAMING = .- 6"20 GA.MTL.STUD N¢ FRAMING @ 16"O.C. STUD @ 16 O.C. w _ FRAMING @ 16"O.C. U 1 1 I FRAMING @ SOUND -_ 3 SOUND W 16"O.C. ATTENUATION - ATTENUATION NUATION BATTS BATTS FW-21 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 71/4" IW4 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 71/4" IW-6 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 77/8" Fl-W--81 ASSEMBLY WIDTH 6 5/8" STC RATING:50 TO 54 OPEN TO BELOW INFILL WALL AT A REMOVED A7 STOREFRONT INFILL WALL AT WINDOWS W/ REMOVED DOOR W/ CONSTRUCTION TO CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH(E),AND W/ MATCH(E),AND W/ SOUND ATTENUATION SOUND IW-3 BATTS ATTENUATION BATTS ALIGN OPEN (E)LADDER n\ N TO BELOW NOTE: pN PROVIDE(N)GYP IW-5 BOARD ON SIM INTERIOR SIDE OF / WALLS WHERE = GYP BOARD WAS REMOVED"_ ^ ADJACENT TENANT f1 LICENSED ARCHITECT AR987110 +/-47'-9"V.I.F. 2 1 JURN CRITICAL DIMENSION PLAN - MEZZANINE LEVEL �ei� STATE FIDAHO STATE OF IDAHO �3.2�SCALE: 1/8"=V-01/8"=V-0" 20230413 -� 0 2' 4' 8' 16" I I I O n 7 a 5 $ m Lu h n L N � Q b O wi G N LJJ(D 0 = ci z U - o � Z N c � N C ry Q o C = u 9 � M N O w N O DATE: ISSUE: #: 7F 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT i0 C V Q 0 ry m W F DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: GC W Z CHECKED: SCL d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 CITY APPROVED PLANS CRITICAL DIMENSION PLAN 0 Reviewed for Code Compliance MEZZANINE LEVELLL c°a PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE x W c FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A3 . 2A y Page 12 of 341 SLAB PLAN NOTES ALLOWANCE 1, FLOOR SINK DIMENSIONS ARE FROM GRID LINES OR EXISTING WALL TO CENTER 1. CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE UNIT COST PER S.F.FOR CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB REPLACEMENT FOR AREAS NOT LINE OF FLOOR SINK UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALREADY NOTED IN THE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS.THESE AREAS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE TENANT AFTER REMOVAL OF THE(E)FLOOR FINISHES. 2. SEE ENLARGED PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL DIMENSIONS. 3. SEE DETAIL 11/Al 1.2 FOR INSULATED SLAB DETAIL-COORD.W/STRUCT.DWGS. 4. NO SLAB OVERCUTS,WHERE APPLICABLE. 5. ALL DIMENSIONS TO EXISTING WALLS INCLUDING DEMISING WALLS ARE TO F.O. (E)FINISH. ui Z 6. ALL DIMENSIONS TO NEW WALLS ARE TO F.O.FINISHED WALL. w I-:M 7. REFER TO DETAILS 7.8.9/A11.3 FOR THE FLOOR SINK LOCATIONS AT THE LU LU oo FREEZER,PRODUCE,AND REFRIGERATOR CASES. ` O— 8. REFER TO DETAIL 10/A11.2 FOR SLAB PATCH&STRUCT DWGS. (L DO J J 9. COORD.THE(N)FLOOR SINK LOCATIONS W/THE(E)FLOOR SINK LOCATIONS. SEE DEMOLITION PLAN AND PLUMBING DWGS. 10. COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION OF CONCRETE SLAB CUTS W/PLUMBING DWGS. W LU l 1. CONTRACTOR TO INSPECT ENTIRE CONCRETE FLOOR SLAB AFTER REMOVAL H ui OF EXISTING FLOOR FINISHES.CONTRACTOR TO DOCUMENT ALL(E)CRACKS& PROVIDE REPORT TO THE TENANT AND ARCHITECT TO DETERMINE REQUIRED ui REPAIR. rn +1-200'-1"V.I.F. +/-24'-7"V.I.F. +/_24'-5"V.I.F. +/_34'-6"V.I.F. +/_34'-6"V.I.F. +/_34'-4"V.I.F. +/_47'-9"V.I.F. ADJACENT TENANT E — — — —F.O.(E) ®FS FS N JO 11 — — — WALL - 25'-10" 8'-8" O in x WALL 24'-4" (E)FIRE RISER 2'-0"L 18'-8" 13'-10" LL j 1' 0" INSULATED SLAB (E)ELEC RT PANELS FS g w w WIF (E)ROOFABOVE,TYP. (E)STOCK ROOM NOT SHOWN - ~¢ DINEGRESS DOOR m y FOR CLARITY, -- --- 18'-9" LICENSED ARCHITECT FS AR987110 D - - - - - - - - - - - ■ - - - - - - - - - - - } (E)COL (E)COL 11 (E)C L — — — — A11.2 (E)COL (E)COL (E)DOOR JUPN—RIEL LUNA FLOOR SINK LOCATIONS ARE INDICATED BY FULL F(N)HOSE BIBB STATE IDAHO 25'LL: -4" 9'-2" STRING DIMENSIONS.IF ANY DIMENSIONS DO NOT 202.304.13 WORK IN FIELD,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY F.O.(E) HOLD THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY AND BEFORE WALL CUTTING CONCRETE OR PLACING SINK.COORD. FS W/FLOOR SINK DETAILS. F.O.(E) OF)TRASH .O. THE TRENCHES ARE TO BE CONCEALED ` WALL COMPACTOR NEW _ UNDERNEATH THE SHELVING AND TO BE AS 111/ ACCESS DOOR WALL 10 NARROW AS POSSIBLE.NOTIFY THE TENANT IF I I I 7 m u OTHERWISE. FS FS w n n L C — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — a Q u (E)OVERHEAD (E)COL (E)CO OIL COL (E)COLS(E)COL DOOR 9'-6" 10'-6" 14'-6" F(E)CON Q w o WALKWAY w o M - 100,_0„(E)SLAB ELEVATION U w o N v LL A6.1 i A6.1 L1J = U O 1-0" 3'-63/8' CD + HOLD - EXISTING 0 e FD FS 6 RECESSED = Z 01 E 25'-4" 9' 2" 12'-8" CL 21'-10" GRILLE i r 1 � ry d FS �J 3 .p F.O.(E) F.O. p ^/ Z y WALL NEW O LL n WALLSo -. w FS c m I � d Q c B — — — — — — — (E)COL (E)COL — _ — — — — — — — — — — — — _ o (E)COL (E)COL MAIN = O ENTRANCE A FS �'x FS 0 r 27'_6„ -10" N O O DIN 6'-6" 24'-8" ��" 3'-4" 21'-0" 13'-4" 2'-6" (E)COIL (E)COIL DATE: ISSUE: 9: N D DELIVERY _ a LL DOOR FS FS FS FS (E)MEN 04.07.20231SSUED FOR PERMIT ❑ F.O.NEW ❑ F.O.NEW p F.O. p F.O.NEW 0 E. > 1= WALL _ �4 WALL _ NEW WALL (E)FD O Q (N)HOSE BIBB FS = WALL_ FS 18'-10" a 3 24,_6„ 10,_D„ 6' 0" (E)FD n/ E+ _ FD* DATE: 04.07.2023 LL C7to (E)WOMEN DRAWN: GC W z F.O.(E) FLO.(El uP CHECKED: SCL d WALL WALL A — — — — — — — — — — — — — a�1 -------- ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 o ADJACENT TENANT SLAB PLAN O caJFILL A W w SLAB PLAN CITY APPROVED PLANS d SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" Reviewed for Code Compliance a. A3.3 �•g R PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE A3 . 3 (n FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 13 of 341 REFLECTED CEILING NOTES REFLECTED CEILING LEGEND OPEN TO BELOW 1. REFER TO FLOOR PLANS FOR ROOM NAMES AND NUMBERS. (E)GYP.BD.SOFFIT. SYMBOL DESCRIPTION HEIGHT SYMBOL DESCRIPTION HEIGHT _ ACT-1: PER A7 5/8"GYP.BD.CLG. PER 2. ALL DROPPED CEILINGS ARE 8'-0"ABOVE FINISH FLOOR,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ° RECESSED LED CAN LIGHT CLG. 8'LED SUSPENDED STRIP 9'-0"A.F.F. 2-SUSPENDED LAY-IN PLAN ATTACHED TO UNDERSIDE PLAN FIXTURE U.N.O. ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING OF STEEL JOISTS(RE: 3. ALL REFLECTED CEILING PLAN DIMENSIONS ARE FROM FACE OF FINISH TO FACE OF FINISH. Y RECESSED LED CAN CLG. (WHITE STANDARD EXPOSED STRUCTURAL DWGS FOR WALLWASHER o 4'LEDFIXTURE SUSPENDED STRIP U-0"A.F.F. SOUND ATILES).PROVIDE SIZE AND SPACING) IN 4. ALL CEILING GRIDS ARE CENTERED ON ROOM OR CORRIDOR,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. FIXTURE U.N.O. SOUND BATTS ON TOP OF WALL MOUNT LED FIXTURE PER ELEC. TILES. 5. COORDINATE ACCESS PANEL LOCATIONS WITH LOCATIONS OF OTHER CEILING MOUNTED ITEMS. SURFACE MOUNTED LED CLG. PREFINISHED METAL PANEL PER 8' 0"AFF JX PENDANT MOUNT FIXTURE PER ELEC. LIGHT; AC12: PER SOFFIT BY AWNING/ PLAN 6. SEE ELECTRICAL&MECHANICAL DWGS.FOR FIXTURE TYPES. COLRD PLACEMENT W/FAN 2X4 SUSPENDED LAY-IN PLAN CANOPY MFR. WALL MOUNT LED FIXTURE PER ELEC. COIL ZONE IN WALK-IN HARD 7. EMERGENCY LIGHTING SHALL REMAIN FUNCTIONAL DURING AND AFTER CONSTRUCTION. FREEZERS -WIPE VINYL ACOUSTIC TILE OPEN 8' 0"AFF N ui TRACK LIGHTING; PER ELEC. CEILING(WHITE STANDARD HORIZONTAL PATTERN PER TO Z 8. SEE SHEET A11.2 FOR TYP.GYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT LAYOUT. TRACK SHALL BE LENGTH OF EXTERIOR BUILDING EXPOSED"T'&WHITE TILES). o ��~ SHELVING BEING SIGNAGE;COORD STUB-OUT PROVIDE SOUND BATTS ON CARBONIZED 3 15/16"X 3/8" PLAN BELOW W M BAMBOO FLOORING ON 3/4" 8'-0'AFF Ln M 9. TERMINATE ALL PARTITIONS 8"ABOVE HIGHEST ADJACENT CEILING PER 8/A11.2,UNLESS ILLUMINATED. LOCATIONS WITH TENANT'S TOP OF TILES EXCEPT IN W UJ 00 PLYWOOD AT TO OTHERWISE NOTED. MINIMUM;RE:ELEC FOR TYPE SIGN CONTRACTOR PRODUCE ROOM. ry 0 AND NUMBER OF FIXTURES ACT-3: PER UNDERSIDE OF STEEL O 0_. 10. PARTITIONS WITHOUT ADJACENT CEILINGS SHALL EXTEND TO STRUCTURE PER 7/A11.2&8/A11.2, 2X4 SUSPENDED LAY-IN PLAN JOISTS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. EXIT ® EXIT SIGN ABOVE SUPPLY DIFFUSER CLG. GYPBD PANEL CEILING 11. EXIT SIGNAGE MUST BE TACTILE PER IBC 1011.3. 2X4 LED LAY-IN FIXTURE CDLOG.R (STANDARD EXPOSED"T") WALK-IN COOLER/ PER A F- LL LL PAINT TILE AND GR MATCH ADJACENT GYPBD ID TO ADJACENT TENANT Z RETURN DIFFUSER CLG. FREEZER CEILING PANELS PLAN m Z Q 12. REFER TO MECHANICAL FOR ALL AIRIUS FAN AND SIDEWALL DIFFUSER LOCATIONS. ❑ 2X2 LED LAY-IN FIXTURE CLG. SOFFIT. +/-47'-9"V.I.F. Z AIRIUS THERMAL EQUALIZER RE:6/A-29 1LU - 1 1 1 13. COORDINATE(E)EXTERIOR LIGHTING WITH THE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS. SUSPENDED HIGH BAY 1'-O"BELOW FAN-SUSPENDED PER PLAN r1 (E)WALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN(E) z W ■ . ■ FIXTURE JOISTS SEE DETAILS 1&2/A11.3 INDICATES PARTITIONS TO L STAIRWELL TO BE REMOVED. W NO ITEMS SHALL BE SUSPENDED FROM/ATTACHED TO THE ROOF DECK EXHAUST FAN CLG. ROOF DECK INCLUDING SUSPENDEDICEILIN S UNE E S 3P CIIFICALLQY NIOTED ON(DRAWINGS. AND EXTERIOR WALL PACK LIGHT PER.ELEC. 2 RCP PLAN - MEZZANINE LEVEL %to-V SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" ^ T T T 4 T T � o r a' s• 16' v J +/-200'-V V.I.F. +/-24'-7"V.I.F. +/-24'-5"V.I.F. +1-34'-6"V.I.F. +/-34'-6"V.I.F. +/-34'-4"V.I.F. +/-47'-9"V.I.F ADJACENTTENANT EQ 2XEQ EQ w d 1 2'-10"3' 4'3'-4"-3' 4'3'-4'-3'-11" 3'-11" w — � _ _ o I I SIDEWALL 1 PR TO OVIDE NEW COAT u CCOORDINATE 11 1 I - I MATCH BUDIFFUSERS KHEAf� 1 _ STUCCO SOFFIT TO -_ _—_—_—_ —_J_—_—_—_—_—_J_- O o > EXTERIOR ■ T w EQ` 12'-0" EQ COLOR-SEE 1 MATCH(E)COLOR LIGHTING MECH.DWGS.�1 WITH THE _ MOUNTING HEIGHT E 2XEQ E ___ _______ ____ I I 1 N EXTERIOR OF HIGH BAY LIGHT ---- 1 ELEVATIONS FIXTURES TO BE _ w 1 - 10'-O"A.F.F.,TYP.- ---- ® SEE ELECT.DWGS. o I I 8 0 i - "AFF 1 1 LICENSED O w 1 I 3 1 A ECT AR987 1110 E COL E COL O O------ _ _ — I A11.2 - - - - - - - j - - - - - - - - I - - - 1 - - - COL 71 (E)CO 4—_—_—_#_—_—_ (E)COL 21-8 a I I L-LIGHTS TO BE EQ EQ EQ EQ SURFACELUNA MOUNTED AND o ,S ATE OFED.0 CENTERED ON v UL ISLES @ HABA 2023.04.13 1•_0" cW7 —_ —_—_ i+, I (E)WALL 10'-0" E 0" EO -- o —_— _ BCD NCE, _�_— #—_—_— _—_—r�_- N 8'-2" EQ I EQ �_—_—EQ EQ /I —_ 1 1 \ —.—.—.— .— .—.—.—.—.— .—_—_—� MOUNTI BAY tHT OF HIGH BAY LIGHT T T ro c 10._0. FIXTURES TOE I _ SEE A.F.F.,T I I I SEE ELECT.DWGS. I (E)COL (E)COL ,y� I w _—_—_—_+_—_—_—T _—_— —_—_- _— I � aQ � LL C - __ - ----- - (E)COL - - - - — -I (E)COIL (E)COL — Q d d OPEN TO > I STRUCT COORDINATE(E) ! ABOVE� 1 N 9 0 EXTERIOR LIGHTING U I v I w o 2 WITH THE EXTERIOR _ _—_—_ _ _____ ____ ____ __ 1 = o0O ELEVATIONS _ �� — I (E)CEILING A6.1 O A6.1 OPEN TO -- ------ -----STRUCTLIGHT CD 3 + m ABOVE I I I I FIXTURE TO I N - ------�'} 'i REMAIN. _—_—_— RELAMP(E) 11.2 LGHT FIXTURES V Z-Z Owry -------.—. W/LED'S, —. ------ ----- — .—. + Eo SO A —. ._ CURTAIN- I o TYP _ c r����������� 0 SEE ME CH. ` _ d s DWGS.— ._ Q c o (E)COL E)COL (E)COL 1 v (E)COIL = J (E)ACCESS V PANEL TO BE (�A I I 1 \\ SERVICED TO N (E)COL (E)COL BE IN GOOD COORDINATE(E) Iy i v ° WORKING CD LIGHTING r_ --�--- -------� -------- -- �^ ------�----- --- 1'° 8' 0" ORDER DATE: ISSUE: 8: N WITH THE EXTERIOR - I 1 a ELEVATIONS ® 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT Z3' > > B.O.LIGHTS @ 8'-0"A.F.F.IN PRODUCE AREA (E)M N 0 Q EQ 1 -0 16'-0" V-6" 16'-0" 16'-0" W 16-0" b o 44 - - t ----- F -■ --- -■ � DATE: 04.07.2023 LL z o o ® w, (E)WOMEN DRAWN: GC W w O ° CHECKED: SCL d v p w w ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 w REFLECTED CEILING PLAN 0 ADJACENT TENANT 8'-o"AFF (E)WALL LIGHT FIXTURES IN(E) (E)GYP.BD.CEILING TO STAIRWELL TO BE REMOVED. REMAIN.REPLACE(E)INSET U- r`°j LIGHT FIXTURES W/(N)LED A LIGHT FIXTURES. Q x W REFLECTED CEILING PLAN CITY APPROVED PLANS A4.0 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" ReviewedJorCodeComplianae —�g A4 . 0PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 0 2' 4 8' 76' FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 14 of 341 ROOF LEGEND ROOF PLAN NOTES SLOPE 1. ROOFING CONTRACTOR SHALL CONFIRM EXISTING ROOF SYSTEM PRIOR TO BEGINNING 9. ROOF CURBS SHALL HAVE THE CURBS SET BY THE MECHANICAL OR REFRIGERATION X. /1'-0" WORK.ALL NEW WORK MUST MAINTAIN ALL(E)WARRANTIES THAT ARE IN PLACE IF CONTRACTOR.G.C.SHALL ENSURE ALL CURBS ARE INSTALLED LEVEL AND VERIFY 15. ALL MEMBRANES,ADHESIVE,SEAM PLATES,COVER BOARDS,ETC.TO BE COMPATIBLE AND SLOPE OF STRUCTURE O VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF (AS INDICATED) SEE DTL.6/A5.2 APPLICABLE&MUST BE CERTIFIED BY THE ROOFING MFR. PLACEMENT PER THE DRAWINGS.FLASHING,COUNTER-FLASHING,NAILERS,TO BE APPROVED BY ROOFING MEMBRANE MFR.FOR USE TOGETHER. INSTALLED BY ROOFING CONTRACTOR. SLOPE SLOPE OF INSULATION O EF EXHAUST FAN-SEE 2. REFER TO STRUCT.&MECH.DWGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT AND CURBS. 16. ROOF DETAILS(SEE DWGS.A5.2 THRU A5.3)ARE PROVIDED TO INDICATE DESIGN INTENT ® 10. NEOPRENE FLASHING IS NOT PERMITTED. ONLY.ALL ROOFING DETAILS ARE TO BE APPROVED BY THE ROOFING MFR.FOR USE WITH X12^ (AS INDICATED) MECH.DWGS. 3. ENSURE(N)EQUIPMENT CURBS OVERHANG JOISTS BELOW EQUALLY ON EACH SIDE AND THIS PROJECT TO COMPLY WITH A 20 YEARS WARRANTY.DETAILS BY THE ARCHITECT DO IV INTAKE CENTER EQUIPMENT ACCORDINGLY. 11. ALL(N)SINGLE-PLY FLASHING TO BE REINFORCED OR AS PER MFR RECOMMENDATIONS. NOT OVERRIDE THE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE VENTILATOR-SEE MEMBRANE MFR.NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCY. MEMBRANE ROOFING 4. THE PLACEMENT OF ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT IS CRITICAL.IF ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT IS UNABLE 12. ALL WOOD USED ON ROOF FOR NAILERS.CURBS,BLOCKING ETC..SHALL BE PRESSURE MECH.DWGS. TREATED EXCEPT THAT PROVIDED BY TENANT.ENSURE FASTENERS ARE APPROVED FOR Z uj SYSTEM-SEE SPECS. TO BE LOCATED AS INDICATED,NOTIFY ARCHITECT BEFORE EQUIPMENT IS INSTALLED IN A 17. PAINT ALL EXPOSED GAS PIPING(INCLUDING EXISTING)BRIGHT YELLOW.TREAT ALL EXISTING DIFFERENT LOCATION. PRESSURE TREATED WOOD.IF PT.WD.IS IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH OTHER METALS, RUST PRIOR TO PAINTING WHERE APPLICABLE. M PROVIDE MEMBRANE BARRIER TO PREVENT CORROSION OF METAL BY CHEMICALS 5. INSTALL CRICKETS AT ALL(N)ROOFTOP EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN. USED IN THE PT.PROCESS.NAILS ARE NOT PERMITTED AT ANY LOCATION ON THE ROOF 18. PROVIDE PIPE FLASHING @ PARAPET BRACING ROOF PENETRATION;SEE DTL 6/A5.2 SIM. > re 0 CRICKET(TAPERED ABOVE OR BELOW THE MEMBRANE. Ql< 0_. INSULATION) 6. ENSURE ALL EXHAUST VENTS AND AIR INTAKES AREA MINIMUM OF 10'-0"APART. 19. MAINTAIN A MINIMUM SLOPE OF 1/4"PER FOOT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2 07 13. G.C.TO ENSURE THAT ALL LOOSE ITEMS THAT COULD PUNCTURE THE(N)ROOF MEMBRANE (L J J 7. DO NOT LOCATE(N)EQUIPMENT LESS THAN 10'-0"FROM PARAPET WALLS,UNLESS NOTED (NAILS,SCREWS,SCRAP SHEET METAL)ARE REMOVED IMMEDIATELY.G.C.TO WALK ROOF OTHERWISE. WITH A MAGNET EVERY WEEK. EQUIPMENT PLATFORMS SHALL BE INSTALLED LEVEL. Z WALKWAY MAT-SEE Q M? SPECS. 8. SEALANT POCKETS&PITCH POCKETS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR ANY PENETRATION. 14. PROVIDE FULLY ADHERED WALKWAY PADS TO ENSURE A PROTECTED AREA AROUND ALL LU rn MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. I- I I I H ui W 0. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 U' 24'-7"V.I.F. 24'-5"V.I.F. 34'-6"V.I.F. 34'-6"V.I.F. 34'-4"V.I.F. 47'-9"V.I.F. ADJACENT TENANT E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - T.O(E)PARAPET (N)GENERATOR UNIT ON(N) 10'-0" 125'-0" STEEL FRAME (N) FRAME SUPPORT FRAMEME-SEE T.O(E)PARAPET STRUCT.DWGS.PROVIDE ROOF PENETRATION FLASHING @ EACH PIPE CITY APPROVED PLANS SUPPORT PER vurvs musT eE ory roe T. -WALKWAY PADS FOP ALL INSVERIONS AROUND(N)CURBS (E)MEMBRANE ROOF TO EI 1 RTU-4 REMAIN.PATCH&REPAIR AS ELF RTU-2 REQUIRED FOR(N)WORK. ENSURE ALL(N)WORK WILL (E)RTU ON(E)CURB- (E)RTU ON(E)CURB- MAINTAIN(E)WARRANTIES SEE MECH DWGS. SEE MECH DWGS. CURRENTLY IN USE. ❑ ALICENSED RCHITECT (E)WALKWAY PADS III (E)WALKWAY PADS AR9.7110 D AROUND(E)CURBS AROUND(E)CURBS - - 240 (E)ROOF DRAIN 5 NOTE: A5.2 CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A COMPLETE INSPECTION REPORT OF THE(E)ROOF BURN G.ABRIEL LUNA PRIOR TO BEGINNING ANY(N)WORK TO STATE OF IDAHO DETERMINE EXTENT OF ANY REQUIRED (E)ROOF SLOPE REPAIRS&WARRANTY ISSUES. 2023.04.13 I I (E)RTU ON(E)CURB- SEE MECH DWGS. L---__ (E)ROOF SLOPE ------__ - F 1/4"/1'-0" - E RTU-1 (E)WALKWAY PADS ALL ROOF CURBS AROUND(E)CURBS O T.O(E)PARAPET - REQUIRING ADAPTORS TO I I I m d SOLELY BE THE 129-0" RESPONSIBILITY OF THE G.C. o n d W as UL 10-0" Q � o a � (E)ROOF SLOPE ( 1 o°c DASHED LINE 1/4"/V-0" V 2 INDICATES 1 w = U A6.1 F LIMIT OF EQUIPMENT A6.1 u INSTALLATION TO(E)PARAPET SEE NOTE 7 (D i 128'-0" �' p Z aE _ 'o U � d y Z EI )RTU- 0 3 A5.3 EI 1 RTU-5 Q J c (E)RTU ON(E)CURB- o p - - _ E)ROOF bRAIN- - - SEE MECH DWGS. U o III (E)WALKWAY PADS (E)RTU ON(E)CURB- :0 8 A AROUND(E)CURBS ON CO SDENS ER FRAUNITSMES I I I SEE MECH DWGS. ; EXHAUSTHOOD- U (PAINT)-SEE STRUCT. (E)WALKWAY PADS (E)WALKWAY PADS SEE MECH.DWGS. (M� DWGS.PROVIDE ROOF AROUND(E)CURBS AROUND(E)CURBS (V PENETRATION FLASHING (E)ROOF SLOPE @EACH PIPE SUPPORT E!)RTU-6 1/4"/1'-0" PER 2/A5.3 (E)RTU ON(E)CURB- DATE: ISSUE: #: N FSEE MECH DWGS. III ❑ 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 0 A THROUGH ROOF PIPE ENCLOSURE,SEE DETAIL 4/A5.2. ■ CONFIRM EXACT LOCATION W/ [rtl T.O(E)PARAPEt REFRIGERATION DWGS. C_ � I G F 126'-6" (N)EXHAUST HOOD- (N)AIR INTAKE HOOD- (E)ROOF HATCH DATE: 04.07.2023 li SEE MECH.DWGS. SEE MECH.DWGS. z ❑ DRAWN: GC W CHECKED: SCL d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 ADJACENT TENANT ROOF PLAN 0 LL Lu A ROOF PLAN A5.1 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-O" _i 0 2' 4 u A5 . 1 cn cn d ' 8' 16' Page 15 of 341 PIPE/CONDUIT 4 X 4 PT WOOD PIPE. EQUIPMENT SUPPORT-SEE PLUMB.&ELECT.DWGS. SLOB MECHANICAL ANCHOR ADDITIONAL ROOFING MEMBRANE FASTENED TO LAPPED ROOFING MEMBRANE SUPPORT W/SCREWSWS 6" PROTECTION LAYER MIN. 2"CONTINUOUS WELD 2 ADHERED TO ROOFING 2' 2" MEMBRANE MIN. (E)MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM r H ui L U J LUM re 0 1" " 12" 18 GA.GSM ENCLOSURE a DO V LL FASTENER THRU C)MTL.DECK (E)MEMBRANE ROOFING Q M Z SYSTEM Z TYP. LAP SPLICE DETAIL 2 PIPE SUPPORT DETAIL ~ Lu LV A5.2 SCALE: 6"=l'-O" A5.2 SCALE: 3"=l'-O" ^ 0 1" 3" 6" 0 3' G" 2' 11 li ALL REFRIGERATION PIPING AND WIRING TO CONDENSERS TO BE ROUTED THROUGH BOX 4" 4" 12" 18 GA.GSM ENCLOSURE. 01" SLOPE TO DRAIN CONT.DRIP EDGE GSM OR FLEX TUBE COLLAR TERMIIN IONBARAND CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT PER ROOFING CITY APPROVED PLANS MFR. MEMBRANE ADHERED W/ R—i—df.,Code Compliance BONDING ADHESIVE PER WOOD Z - I ROOFING MFR. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE NAILERS AND PIPE(MIN.2"CLEARANCE - SPRAY FOAM BY G.C.-TYP. CURB - BTWN MULTIPLE PIPES) CONT.BEAD OF I I FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 6"MIN.@ I I OVER SCREWS @E2"'O CT ALL SIDES z I GASKETED FASTENERS,MIN. AND UNDER EDGE OF CURB 2 PER SIDE FLANGE GENERATOR EQUIPMENT-SEE ELECT.DWGS. _ 14 GSM COUNTER- 3 I I LAP SPLICE-SEE FLASHING W/DRIP EDGE MIN. DETAIL 1/A5.2 STL.SPRING ISOLATORS PER MFR STANDARDS. z MEMBRANE OVER BONDING - -- LICENSED i ADHESIVE-CONT.MEMBRANE 1'-6" ARCHITECT EXPANDED SHEET METAL MOUNTED TO STL.FRAME TO EXTEND UP AND OVER CURB AR987110 TO ALL FRAME EDGES OF THE GENERATOR AREA ONLY. I (E)MEMBRANE ----------=------ -- I ROOFING SYSTEM I SEE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS LAP SLICE-SEE 1/A5.2 -..�FOR STL.RACK STRUCTURE. W.R.B. JUPN GABRIEL W NA PROVIDE INTERMIDIATE STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS STATE OF IDAHO FOR GENERATOR SUPPORT PER STRUCTURAL 2023.04.13 COMMENDATIONS-SEE STRUCT.DWGS. PT.WD.NAILERS TO EQUAL (E)ME BRANE HEIGHT OF ROOF INSULATION EXPANDED SHEET METAL MOUNTED TO ROOFING SYSTEM &C RE OVER BOARD STL.FRAME TO EXTEND TO ALL FRAME B.O.ANGLE EDGES OF THE MAINTENANCE } STEEL ANGLE-SEE STRUCT. 2 FRAME PLATFORM STEEL METAL DWGS. SPRAY FOAM BY G.0-TYP. POUR STOP- - SHEET METAL I I I O ro 2'-0" Ll V.B. POUR STOP - 7 m � PIPE ENCLOSURE DETAIL 4 CONDENSER PIPE ENCLOSURE DETAIL w �t --------------------------------if---------_---= SCALE 3"=9-0 SCALE 3"=1-0 dQ — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — - - 0 3' 2' 0 3' 6" 2' Q < � A5.2A5.2 � STANDARD OF PROCEDURE MAINTENANCE PLATFORM // / N c M STRUCTURE TO BE LOCATED ON COORDINATE WITH TENANT EACH LONGITUDINAL SIDE OF U E c ON MAXIMUM ALLOWED GENERATOR(2 SIDES)FOR / / / w 2 GENERATOR RUN TIME / r w = u DINATE WITH MAINTENANCE.COORDINATE / / GENERATOR EQUIPMENT / / RTU OR CURB MOUNTED EXHAUST FAN ` GASKET0 Z0 G E CONTINUOUS BEAD OF SEALANT PER ROOFING MFR. _ u PIPED VENT PIPE MFR'S STANDARD L U (� ,g d / PENETRATION SINGLE PLY CAULK(AT GALV.SCREWS @ 8"O.C.MAX.IN 5/4"X 4"PT. Z m' TOP OF CLAMP- WD.NAILER 1.-L n STAINLESS STEEL CLAMP AND SCREW �^I I" SLOPED TO SHED W / WATER I L GASKETED FASTENER 12"O.C.MAX. Q H PRE-MOLDED PIPE BOOT ) @ J c 14 GA.GALV.SHEET METAL COUNTER MFR'S STANDARD I FLASHING W/DRIP EDGE.4"FACE Q c o WATER-CUT/SEALING J ; SELF ADHERING MFR'S.VAPOR MASTIC(BETWEEN PIPE MEMBRANE ADHERED W/BONDING 3 1/2"DIA.STL.PIPE POST,PAINT BARRIER MEMBRANE-EXTEND UP 14GA PRE- ADHESIVE PER MFR. V A / PT-12&SEE STRUCT.DWGS. THRU PENETRATION AND NECK OF BOOT) FABRICATED M (E)MEMBRANE ROOFING (E)MEMBRANE GALV.CURB RIGID INSULATION (V R CONT.SEALANT PER ROOFING MFR. SYSTEM ROOFING SYSTEM PER RTU MFR. Fry I CONT.BEAD OF SEALANT OVER SCREWS @ ('V A S.STL.CLAMPING RING SET IN SEALANT 12"O.C.AND UNDER EDGE OF CURB FLANGE DATE: ISSUE: #: 3" LAP SPLICE-SEE DETAIL 1/A5.2 Ey CONT.MEMBRANE FLASHING 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 0 ADHERED TO PIPE Q CONTINUOUS WELD (E)MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM PT.WD.NAILERSTO EQ AL 0 (E)MEMBRANE ROOFING SYSTEM HEIGHT OF ROOF 0 INSULATION& [ry COVER BOARD C 3 " STEEL ROOF DECK-SEE STRUCT.DWGS. MFR.'S APPROVED FASTENER E AND PLATE MIN.4 AROUND PIPE DATE: 04.07.2023 I.fi (� PROVIDE SEALANT AT PERIMETER.ALLOW PENETRATION DEPENDENT ON DRAWN: GC W SMALL OPENINGS TO ACT AS WEEP DECK MATERIAL(S).SEE MFR'S. AA HOLES. SPECIFICATIONS CHECKED: SCL li NOTES: ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 1.PIPE SURFACE MUST BE FREE OF ALL RUST,GREASE,INSULATION,ETC. (1)LAYER OF 1/2"GP DENSEDECK STL.ANGLE- 2.PIPE MUST BE SECURELY ANCHORED. ROOF BOARD/THERMAL SEE STRUCT. NOTES: ROOF DETAILS O BARRIER.MECHANICALLY DWGS. 1.INSTALL COUNTER-FLASHING AND RELIEVER BEFORE SETTING UNIT. 3.F OLLOW ALL ROOFING MFR RECOMMENDATIONS. 2.NO PENETRATION OF CURB SIDEWALL ALLOWED. w 4.PIPE BOOT NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR CONDUIT,SEE DETAIL 2&3/A5.2 FASTENED TO TOP OF STEEL LL FLUTES ONLY. Q O Lu i 5 GENERATOR FRAME DETAIL 6 TYPICAL ROOF PENETRATION DETAIL TYPICAL ROOF CURB DETAIL A5.2 SCALE: 3"=l'-0" A5.2 SCALE: 3"=V-0" A5.2 SCALE: 3"=l'-0" co0 3' 6" 6" 2' 0 3' 6" 2' A5 . 2 Page 16 of 341 LAP ROOFING MEMBRANE OVER BOX OUT 2X6 TREATED WOOD BLOCKING ui SEAL SEE STRUCT.DWGS. PENETRATION H- J (BOTH SIDES OF w M T.O.FRAME AllPARAPET) ELECT.CONDUIT 3'-0°ABOVE ROOF - - STUBOUT _ ----- ---11 w ry 0 _w CONT.SEALANT PER ROOFING MFR. LOCATION PER p SIGN CONTR. .- a 2 U) (E)MEMBRANE ROOF BOTTOM OF ANGLE S.STL.CLAMPING RING SET IN SEALANT ` J J SYSTEM-SEE ROOF PLAN FRAME ■ li a STEEL FRAME rn a (PAINT)-SEE - STEEL POST,RE: -I Z STRUCT.DWGS. STRUCT DWGS I- CCONE.MEMBRANE FLASHING 2X12 WOOD STUD ADHERED TO PIPE W FRAMING-SEE _ _ STRUCT.DWGS. CONTINUOUS WELD '\� i FILL GAP W/ (E)MEMBRANE SIGN BY (E)ROOF STRUCTURE FOAM ROOFING SYSTEM TENANT-yl SEALANT L - (1)ROOF PENETRATION PER SIGN I . I . (E)ROOF STRUCTURE (E)WALL CONDITION A 2 CONSTRUCTION A5.3 TYP. CONDENSER SECTION 2 CONDENSER FRAME DETAIL CONDUIT THROUGH ROOF I A5.3 SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" A5.3 SCALE: 3"=T-O" A5.3 SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" 0 6" 1' 2' 0 3' 6" 2' 0 3" 6" 1' LICENSED ARCHITECT SEAL PENETRATION -) AR937110 11 STUB OUT LOCATIONPER SIGN i fj BURN—EL LUNA CONTRACTOR STATE OF IDAHO 2023.04.13 SIGN BY TENANT--► I ELECT. (E)ROOF STRUCTURE i CONDUITS F I ii p M d I' � A Ii SIGN BY TENANT �4 p n L Lu N aQ i V MAX.OPENING IN �- - (E)ROOF SEAL PENETRATION -- CENTER 1/3 OF BEAM WEB FOR CONDUIT Q rn I� STRUCTURE - SEE STRUCT.DWGS. � N Ii ELECT. V w o - II I� CONDUIT L-L_I = V CONDRION B STUB OUT `I l ~ LOCATION PER - 0 EXISTING WALL I - SIGN = Z o f CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR O I i EXISTING WALL U U �- I I CONDITION C = CONSTRUCTION (IF APPLICABLE) 0 1^� Z m w d C F� J C � CONDUIT THROUGH WALL CONDUIT THROUGH BEAM nI Ca A5.3 SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" A5.3 SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" U 9 M 0 3" 6" 1' 0 3" 6" 1' N m O w N O DATE: ISSUE: #: 7F 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT i0 C V Q 0 ry m W F DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: GC Lu Z CHECKED: SCL d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 o ROOF DETAILS 0 w CITY APPROVED PLANSLL U O r� Reviewed for Code Compliance Lu PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONSA5 . 3 Cn y 7 Page 17 of 341 EXTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES 1. STANDING SEAM METAL ROOFING,FASCIA AND FLASHING AT AWNING SHALL BE KYNAR FINISH:FIRESTONE MEDIUM BRONZE,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. PRE-FINISHED FLASHING,COPING,SCUPPERS,CONDUCTOR HEADS, \/y DOWNSPOUTS,FACADE MOUNTED VENTS&UTILITY BOXES SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT MATERIALS. 3. ALL EXTERIOR RAILINGS,HIM DOORS&FRAMES AND EXPOSED STEEL SHALL BE PAINTED(PT-12),UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Uj 4. ALL EXPOSED PIPING AND CONDUIT SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH ADJACENT WALL MATERIAL. W o UJ Q J in oo M 5. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING IN WALL FOR BUILDING MOUNTED FIXTURES j ry p AND SIGNAGE AS REQUIRED.SEE ELECT.DWGS.FOR BUILDING MOUNTED O 0_. FIXTURE HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS. (L J J J ADDRESS IDENTIFICATION-IAW20181FC505.1 6. FUTURE SIGNAGE CONDUIT STUB-OUT LOCATIONS TO BE INSTALLED AND ■ LIL SEALED BY G.C.-SEE ELECT.DWGS.REFER TO APPROVED SIGNAGE Z V Z 12 14 2 12 PACKAGE FOR FINAL SIGN LOCATIONS.COORDINATE EXACT STUB-OUT Q New and existing buildings shall be provided with LOCATIONS WITH TENANT's SIGN CONTRACTOR.ALL FINAL EXTERIOR w ■ approved address identification. SIGNAGE ELECT.CONNECTIONS SHALL BE MADE BY ELECTRICIAN. I- PET A B C D E r.o PARAPET ____ __ The address identification shall be legible and ELEVATION KEYNOTES +/-ao-3" — — — — a< N a placed in a position that is visible from the street or o W J ri I w road fronting the property. ' T.O PARAPET a r _ z 1 (E)MASONRY WALL FINISH,PROVIDE CRACK SEALER AT ALL LOCATIONS V♦) 35'-0" w O WHERE CRACKING IS PRESENT. I Characters shall contrast with their background. +I+ Q g Address identification shall be Arabic numbers or O TENANT SIGNAGE TO BE PERMITED UNDER SEPERATE SUBMITTAL.GC TO o REUSE EXISTING CONDUIT PENETRATIONS FOR(N)TENANT SIGNAGE. T.O PARAPET < letters.Numbers shall not be spelled out. +/-28'-0" O(E)OVERHEAD DOOR&DOCK SEALS TO REMAIN,GC TO SERVICE AS REQUIRED Numbers shall be a minimum of 4 inches high with a TO BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. [,nimum stroke width of.5 inches.Address size is 4O(E)METAL AWNING TO REMAIN,PROVIDE(N)COAT OF PAINT TO MATCH ed on distance from the street:up to 50'is 4 in., ADJACENT MASONRY COLOR. 100'is 6 in., 101-150'is 8 in., 151-200'is 10 in. (E)EGRESS LIGHTING TO REMAIN,GC TO CONFIRM TO BE IN GOOD WORKING B.O.SOFFIT ORDER OR REPLACE AS REQUIRED. +/1&6" greater is 12 in.Bigger is generally better. O(E)TRASH ENCLOSURE METAL PANELS AND GATE HINGES TO BE PRIMED AND PAINTED PT-12.SERVICE HARDWARE TO BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER. O7 (E)HANDRAILS TO REMAIN.PRIME&PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT MASONRY COLOR. Og (E)HIM DOOR&FRAME TO REMAIN.PRIME&PAINT TO MATCH ADJACENT MASONRY COLOR. ❑ / 9 (E)ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT.PRIME&REPAINT(E)CABINETS TO MATCH 10�1 ❑ ` ADJACENT MASONRY COLOR.SEE ELECT.DWGS. ❑ � i 01 10 (E)GAS METER LOCATION,SEE PLUMB.DWGS. T.O MAIN LEVEL EL.100'-0" 77 D STOREFRONT SLIDING DOOR SYSTEM TO REMAIN.GC TO SERVICE(E) LICENSED DOORS TO BE IN GOOD WORKING ORDER, 6STATE 11 13 i6 8 15 1 12 REPAIR(E)STUCCO SYSTEM AS NEEDED&PRIME/PAINT TO MATCH(E) STUCCO COLOR. CLEAN(E)1 NORTH ELEVATION 13 PERIMETER SEALANT.STOREFRONT SYSTEM AND REPAIR AS NEEDED.PROVIDE NEW A6.1 SCALE: 1/8"=V-0" is REPAIR(E)STUCCO SYSTEM AS NEEDED&PRIME/PAINT.COLOR:PT-11. Fire Riser Room/Fire Pump Access: 8' 16' 15 (E)WALL PACK FIXTURES TO BE CLEANED,SERVICED AND RELAMPED TO LED, 2023.04.13 TYPICAL OF ALL(E)EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES. IAW 2018 IFC 901.4.6.2,Markings on access i6 (N)FROST-PROOF EXTERIOR HOSE BIBB-SEE PLUMBING DWGS. doors:Access doors for automatic sprinkler systems risers'rooms and fire pump rooms shall 17 CONFIRM LOCATION OF(E)DOCK DRAIN AND SERVICE TO REMOVE ALL DEBRIS ro be labeled with an approved sign. AND CLOGS. I I I =:) 2 0 The lettering shall have a minimum height of 2 LLJ ,, r inches with a minimum stroke of 3/8 inch. a a ~ a � Red sign with white letters."Fire Riser Room" Q EXTERIOR FINISH LEGEND U w LLI = 3 O PT-9 COLOR: PT-9 CARIBBEAN SPICE COLORANT: BX-28;GX-11 Y;MX-18;WX-24 0(D = Z GE w w PT-10 COLOR: BROWN BAG _ o wF z z z F COLORANT: BX-30;CX-4Y+12;HX-1Y+12;WX-1Y+44 an d d Uz w owl w 15 75 w�oz Z ry d PT-11 COLOR: GUILD GREEN Z 4 4 1 15 4 COLORANT: BX-1Y+30;CX-5Y-12;DX-1Y+13;WX-3Y y < 5 PT-12 fu COLOR: BARK � Q C. 5 c o d � COLORANT: BX-4Y;CX-3Y;HX-4Y;WX-1Y '- T.O.E PARAPET J ; 3 M N CD r N O DATE: ISSUE: #: B: 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT i0 YYYYYYY C V Q 0 I-y m � W 1102 YYY F DATE: 04.07.2023 LPL T.O.MAIN LEVEL DRAWN: GC LLI CHECKED: SCL d d; 10 9 8 7 6 (E)DOCK AREA O ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 C 8 7 16 CITY APPROVED PLANS EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 0 w 2 SOUTH ELEVATION 7 ACCE SRAMP Reviewedfor Code Compliance LL A A6.1 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" x DICK'SSG o z' a' 6 16' PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE W o FIRE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS RISER A6 . 1 n Page 18 of 341 DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE DOOR FRAME (W) (H) DETAILS # DOOR FINISH ROOM MARK WIDTH HEIGHT THK MAT. FIN. TYPE HW MAT. TYPE FIN. SILL JAMB HEAD REMARKS HDA MAIN FLOOR OFFICE DOORS/MANAGER DOOR ` HINGES:(1 112)PR`YES 5BB1 41/2 X41/2 BUTT HINGES 626 T RETAIL 101A 14'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) - - 1,3,5,6 RETAIL 101B 3'-0" 7'-0" 13/4" (E) PT (E) HD.12 (E) (E) PT 6,11 LOCKSET:SCHLAGE ND53JD RHO 626 (E)MEN 103 3'-0" T-0" 13/4" (E) PT (E) HD.5 (E) (E) PT 6,11 STOP:IVES WS406/407-112 US32D (E)WOMEN 104 3'-0" T-0" 1 3/4" (E) PT (E) HD.5 (E) (E) PT 6,11 CLOSER:LCN 4040XP Rw/PA 689/AL COUNT 105 T-0" T-0" 13/4" HM PT A HID.2 HM B PT - 5/A11.2 5/A11.2 - BREAK ROOM 108 T-0" T-0" 13/4" PT PFCC B HD.4 HM B PT 5/A11.2 5/A11.2 8 HD.2 COUNT ROOM RR 109 T-0" T-0" 1 3/4" HM PT A HID.7 HM B PT - 5/A11.2 5/A11.2 - HINGES:(1 1l2)PR IVES 5B61 41/2 X41/2 BUTT HINGES 630 Z NUTR 110 T-0" T-0" 13/4" WD PFCC A HD. HM B PT - 5/A11.2 5/A11.2 - W H M CLOSET 111 5'-0.. 7'-0" 1 3A" HM PT A HD.8 HM B PT - 5/A11.2 5/A11.2 12(PR OF DR LOCKSET:SCHLAGE L9480J W/INTEGRAL DEADBOLT 626 J(q M W LU 00 STOCK 112 T-0" T-0" 13/4" (E) PT (E) HD.12 (E) (E) PT 6,11,15 CLOSER:LCN 4040XP Rw/PA 6891 AL > ryp STOCK 112A 6'-0" 8'-0" 1 3/4" ALUM 2 MFR. C - HM C PT - 14/Al 1.2 14/A11.2 9(PR OF DRS) Q Q- STOP:IVES WS406/407-1/2 US320 IY STOCK 112E 3'-0" 7'-0" 13'.. (E) PT (E) HD.12 (E) (E) PT 6,11 IL STOCK 112C 8'-0" 8--0" 1 3/4" (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) PT 6,11 DOOR VIEWER:PRIME-LINE PRODUCTS U-10314(160"RANGE) US15 J STOCK 112D 3'-0" 7'-0" 13/4" (E) PT (E) HD.9 (E) (E) PT 6,11,15 OFFSET ASTRAGAL:NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS 1392SP STL F- LLLL STOCK 112E 4'-0" 4'-0" 1 3/4" (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) (E) 13 Z �,Mj Z PRODUCE 113 5'-0" T-0" 0" - - - - HM C - 14/A11.2 14/A11.2 10 HD.3 IT ROOM Z 0� COMPRESSOR 114 4'-6" 8'-0" 1 3/4" HM PT A HD.6 HM B PT - l/Al l.2 1/Al l.2 14(PR OF DRS)STC-41 HINGES:(1 112)PR IVES 5BB1 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 BUTT HINGES 626 LU I I I H W WIR 120 4'-0" T-0" 4" - - - - - - 4 LOCKSET:SCHLAGE ND80JD RHO 626 WIF 121 4' 0" 7' 0" 4" - - - - - - - - - q WIR 122 4'-0" 7'-0" 4" - - - - - - q CLOSER:LCN 4040XP R./PA 689/AL IT 201 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" HM PT A HD.3 (E) (E) PT 7,16 STOP:IVES WS406/407-1/2 US32D MANAGER 202 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" (E) PT D HD.1 (E) (E) PT 6 OFFSET ASTRAGAL:NATIONAL GUARD PRODUCTS 1392SP STL BUYERS 203 3'-0" 7'-0" 1 3/4" (E) PT D HD.1 (E) (E) PT 6 HD.4 BREAK ROOM HINGES:(1 1/2)PR IVES 5BB1HW 41/2 X41/2 BUTT HINGES 626 LOCKSET:SCHLAGE ND10S RHO 626 CLOSER:LCN 4040XP Rw/PA 689/AL DOOR HANDLES,PULLS,LATCHES, STOP:IVES WS406/407-1/2 US32D � MWIN LOCKS,AND OTHER OPERATING KICKPLATE:IVES 840010"X34" US321) DEVICES ON DOORS REQUIRED TO BE ACCESSIBLE SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT HD.5 TOILET ROOMS GRASPING,PINCHING,OR TWISTING OF HINGES:EXISTING - THE WRIST TO OPERATE.(IBC SECTION LOCKSET:DL4100IC126D 626 1010.1.9.1) DOOR SCHEDULE NOTES STOP:EXISTING - ANY EXIT DOOR WITH A KEYED LOCK TO KICKPLATE:EXISTING - BE READILY DISTINGUISHABLE AS BEING 1. G.0 TO SERVICE&REPAIR(E)STOREFRONT DOOR SYSTEM AS REQUIRED.DOOR SYSTEM TO BE IN GOOD WORKING HD.6 COMPRESSOR I MECHANICAL ROOM(DOUBLE DOOR) LOCKED OR PROVIDE A PANIC, ORDER. PUSH-PAD,OR LEVER THAT 2. REFER TO DOOR TYPE ELEVATIONS FOR OPENING SIZE. HINGES:(8)PR IVES 5BB1HW 41/2 X41/2 BUTT HINGES 626 DEACTIVATES LOCK IN A SINGLE 3. "DOORS TO REMAIN UNLOCKED DURING BUSINESS HOURS"TO BE POSTED WITH 1"LETTERS. LOCKSET:SCHLAGE ND80B RHO 626 4. DOOR PROVIDED WITH WALK-IN REFRIGERATION UNIT. MOTION. 5. DOOR ABLE TO BE SWITCHED FROM HOLD OPEN MODE TO AUTOMATIC MODE. LOCKSET:FLUSHBOLT W/24"ROD - 6. EXISTING DOOR&FRAME TO REMAIN,SERVICE&REPAIR AS REQUIRED. ANY DOOR OTHER THAN MAIN EXIT 7. UNDER-CUT DOOR 2". CLOSER:LCN 4040XP R./PA 689/AL 8. NARROW VISION LITE. STOP:IVES WS406/407CCV 630 DOOR TO HAVE DOOR HARDWARE THAT 9. SCHEDULED FRAME SHALL PROVIDE A 6'A"CLEAR WIDTH OPENING. UNLOCKS LOCK IN A SINGLE MOTION. 10. EMPTY FRAMED OPENING. THRESHOLD:PEMKO 1665A - 11. EXISTING DOOR HARDWARE TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PER HARDWARE DESIGNATION.SERVICE&REPAIR LICENSED PROVIDE SIGN ON MAIN EXIT DOOR, AS REQUIRED. PERIMETER GASKETING:PEMKO S88BL - AR6T.ME CHIIITECT 12. ACTIVE LEAF SHALL BE T-0"WIDE. DOOR SWEEP:PEMKO 1810OCNB - "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED 13. DOOR TO BE BOLTED SHUT. WHEN BUILDING IS OCCUPIED." 14. ACTIVE LEAF SHALL BE Z-6"WIDE. AUTOMATIC DOOR BOTTOM:PEMKO 412CNBL - 15. PROVIDE DOOR VIEWERS.PRIME LINE PRODUCTS U-10314160 DEGREE RANGE. 16. NEW DOOR IN EXISTING FRAME TO REMAIN,SERVICE&REPAIR AS REQUIRED. WEATHERSTRIP:PEMKO 379CS - HD.7 EMPLOYEE RESTROOM (2)HINGES:(1 1/2)PR IVES 5BB1 41/2 X 4 1/2 BUTT HINGES US32D (1)HINGE:(1 112)PR IVES 3SP1 4 1/2 X 4 112 SPRING HINGES US32D 2023.04.13 DOOR AND FRAME TYPE NOTES LOCKSET:SCHLAGEL944006A626 626 SILENCER:HAGAR 307D 689/AL A. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE FOR DOOR HEIGHT(H)AND WIDTH(W)AT INDIVIDUAL OPENINGS. STOP:IVES WS4061407-1/2 US32D B. ALL HOLLOW METAL DOORS ARE V-3/4"THICK,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. HD.8 CLOSET 0 ro 6 C. ALL HOLLOW METAL FRAME PROFILES HAVE A FACE WIDTH OF 2"UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.FRAMES WITHIN HINGES:(3)PR IVES 5BB1 4 1/2 X41/2 BUTT HINGES 626 I I I � m d MASONRY WALLS SHALL HAVE A 4"HEAD FACE. Cy LHR DOOR TO BE ACTIVE LEAF W/SCHLAGE ND80JD RHO 626 "'u D. STOREFRONT GLAZING IS V LOW-E INSULATED GLASS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.DOOR GLAZING IS AS LOCKSET �J SCHEDULED,UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED ON ELEVATIONS.REFER TO LEGEND FOR GLAZING TYPES. h t E. ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE ADA COMPLAINT.DOOR HANDLES,PULLS,LATCHES,LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING �RHR DOOR TO BE INACTIVE LEAF W/IVES F457 FLUSH BOLT US32D = d Q DEVICES SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TYp. HD.9 RECEIVING I STOCK ROOM y y 2 5 4 PINCHING OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE.DEVICES SHALL BE INSTALLED 34"MINIMUM AND 48"MAXIMUM - Q o rn REINFORCED CORNERS&BASE HINGES:EXISTING 626 0 A11 2 A10 1 All 2 Al 1.2 A.F.F.LOCKS USED ONLY FOR SECURITY PURPOSES AND NOT USED FOR NORMAL OPERATION ARE PERMITTED AT ANY W HEIGHT. PANIC DEVICE:VON DUPRIN LD-99-L-NL-99 US26D 4'-6" W W `A� F. ALL EXIT DOORS TO SWING IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL. DOOR VIEWER:PRIME-LINE PRODUCTS U-10314(160"RANGE) US15 w c NOTE:CLIP SASH G. ALL EXTERIOR DOORS TO RECEIVE THRESHOLDS&WEATHER STRIPPING. w = U OO FRAMES SHALL BE ( H. EGRESS DOORS SHALL BE READILY OPENABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL CLEAR ANODIZED KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. e o ALUMINUM,U.N.O. I. ALL THRESHOLDS TO HAVE BEVELED EDGE W/SLOPE OF 50%OR LESS AND NO MORE THAN 1/2"LEVEL CHANGE. _ (� 0I Z � E J. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY LEAF SHALL NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. e o 9 i A10.1 i A11.2 i - _ G7 A11 2 3 14 K. PANIC AND FIRE EXIT HARDWARE MUST HAVE A MAXIMUM UNLATCHING FORCE OF 15 LBS.AND THE ACTUATING ( 1 d d Al 1.2 PORTION OF THE RELEASING DEVICE SHALL EXTEND AT LEAST ONE-HALF OF THE DOOR LEAF WIDTH. `l '- Z m d Al .1 5 - L. RESTROOM DOORS TO HAVE SIGN OF THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY. HD.10 STOCK ROOM = A11.2 M. REINFORCE FRAMES AT HARDWARE LOCATIONS. HINGES:(8)PR IVES 5BB1HW 41/2 X41/2 BUTT HINGES 626 y N. G.0 TO VERIFY WALL THICKNESS PRIOR TO ORDERING FRAMES. PANIC DEVICE:VON DUPRIN LD-99-L-NL-99 US26D c 6B.- A © © O O. G.0 TO VERIFY WALL THICKNESS PRIOR TO ORDERING FRAMES. CLOSER:LCN 4040XP R./PA 689/AL Q c o p HOLLOW METAL INTERIOR REINFORCED STEEL PLATE P. G.0 TO VERIFY WITH STOREFRONT MFR,THAT EXTERIOR WINDOWS MEET LOCAL WIND LOADING REQUIREMENTS. = J STOP:IVES :PEMKO 630 9 33 � CLIP SASH (NOT USED) HOLLOW METAL OPENING (NOT USED) FIELD VERIFY DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO ORDERING STOREFRONT. U 3 A FRAME BY DOOR MFR. Q. SEE FINISH NOTES(SHEET Al2.1)AND EXTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES(SHEET A6.1)FOR DOOR AND FRAME PAINT THRESHOLD:PEMKO 1665A (� MWINDOW FRAME TYPES DOOR FRAME TYPES COLORS. DOOR SWEEP:PEMKO181000NE - O A9.0 SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" @40SCALE: 1/4"=1'-O" I R. ALL HM FRAMES SHALL HAVE RUBBER JAMB BUMPERS.ALL DOOR BUMPERS/SILENCERS SHALL BE PROVIDED AND HD.11 CLOSET FTi INSTALLED BY G.C.AS PART OF DOOR HARDWARE PURCHASE CV 0 1' 2' 4' 8' 1' _2" 4' 8" HINGES:(1 1/2)PR IVES 5BB1 4 1/2 X 4 1/2 BUTT HINGES 626 DATE: ISSUE: #: • S. ASTRAGALS SHALL BE CUT TO 6'-6"AND CENTERED ON THE HEIGHT OF THE DOOR;CONTINUOUS WELD TO DOOR IN 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT I� FLIEU OF SCREWS.PAINT ASTRAGAL TO MATCH DOOR. LOCKSET:SCHLAGE ND80JD RHO 626 0 Q, T. DOOR VIEWERS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT&-0"AFF.CONTRACTOR'S OPTION TO PROVIDE EITHER DEFENDER U-9896 STOP:IVES WS406/407-1/2 US32D i OR U-10314 WHERE DOOR VIEWER IS SCHEDULED. V C W W W HD.12 SECONDARY EGRESS (� U. ALL WOOD DOORS SHALL BE SOLID CORE PRE-FINISHED BIRCH ROTARY CUT VENEER,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. W V. DOUBLE-ACTING TRAFFIC DOORS SHALL BE ELIASON MODEL LWP-3. HINGES:EXISTING 626 itl VISION LITE VISION LITE ALARM PANIC DEVICE:VON DUPRIN LD-99-L-NL-99-ALK US32D Gz, W. ALL DOOR CLOSERS ARE TO BE MOUNTED ON FLUSH SIDE OF DOOR. ADA _ F X. ALL CYLINDERS SHALL BE SCHLAGE SMALL FORMAT INTERCHANGABLE CORE(SFIC)COMPATIBLE. • r_____ \ � F COMPLIANT _ VISION G3 o DATE: 04.07.2023 L'S LIGHTS DRAWN: GC W o _ o LEGEND CHECKED: SCL d ELEVATIONS MATERIALS STL STEEL ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 CITY APPROVED PLANS DOOR&WINDOW (----- T TEMPERED GLASS PANEL AS SCHEDULED G3 1/4"TEMPERED GLASS(CLEAR) ALUM EXTRUDED ALUMINUM WD SOLID CORE BIRCH ROTARY CUT O _T.O.FIN FLR SO SWINGOUT SIDELIGHT G4 3/16"TEMPERED PRIVACY GLASS.INSTALL ALUM2 SHEETALUMINUM VENEERED DOOR SCHEDULES Reviewed for Cade Compliance LL SX SLIDE/SWING PANEL TO ALLOW VISION INTO THE COUNTING CVGF CLEAR VERTICAL GRAIN FIR FINISH O O O O PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE O FIXED SIDELIGHT ROOM FROM THE MANAGERS OFFICE HM DOOR:HOLLOW METAL STEEL DOOR, PFCC PRE-FINISHED CLEAR COAT Q A FULL FLUSH NARROW DOUBLE ACTION IMPACT (E)HM DOOR W/ G5 1"TEMPERED INSULATED SPANDREL GLASS REINFORCE FOR CLOSER(INSULATED CLEAR CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM DOOR LIGHT TRAFFIC DOOR VISION LITE GLAZING TYPES (WHITE) IN EXTERIOR CONDITIONS) DK BRZ DARK BRONZE ANODIZED ALUMINUM Lu FOR ALL INSPECTIONS G6 1"TEMPERED LOW-E INSULATED GLASS FRAME:WELDED HOLLOW METAL FRAME, FF FACTORY FINISH DOOR TYPE ELEVATIONS Gl MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD -a (TINTED) REINFORCE ALL FRAMES FOR CLOSER. MD BRZ MEDIUM BRONZE ANODIZED ALUM. ♦�//��Y , TEMPERED GLAZING TO MEET ENERGY G7 3l8"TEMPERED GLASS OH INSULATED SECTIONAL STEEL OVERHEAD MFR MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD A9.0 SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" CODE REQUIREMENTS DOORV 2" A9 . 0 ¢' 8" G2 1"TEMPERED LOW-E INSULATED GLASS SOUND HM DOOR&FRAME TO BE SOUND RATED P7 PAINTED •A Page 19 of 341 V/ INTERIOR ELEVATION NOTES FIRE EXTINGUISHER MOUNTING IAW 620 = 63 <=> 2018 IFC 906.9 1. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ON ENLARGED PLANS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS ARE FROM FINISHED FACE OF WALUPARTITION, 650 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. ` (EWEN Extinguishers weighing 401bs or less \T shall be installed So that the top is not 2. SEE EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE SCHEDULE(G3.1)FOR KEY TO more than 5 feet above the floor and EQUIPMENT IDENTIFIERS. ALL FIXTURES ARE EXISTING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. bottom IS n0 IeSS than 4 inches from the 3. SEE FINISH LEGEND(Al2.1)FOR KEY TO FINISH IDENTIFIERS. floor.The extinguisher must be mounted 4. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING BEHIND ALL WALL MOUNTED FIXTURES. in a conspicuous location unobstructed 5. REFER TO SHEETS G4.0 FOR ADDITIONAL ACCESIBILITY PATCH&REPAIR FLOOR&WALL from view In the normal path of egress. REQUIREMENTS Z C AT REMOVED TOILET PARTITION W M AREAS AND ANY LU M)M ACCESSORIESES A AREAS j LU re 0 CLEARANCE KEYNOTES CL 2U) J J 610 OA 60"CLEAR DIAMETER CIRCULAR FLOOR SPACE a LL LL O ORY/DRINKING FOUNTAIN OR URINAL CLEAR FLOORS ACE W LU rn` FS OC 56"x 60"TOILET CLEAR FLOOR SPACE H ■ ■ O Uj 60"x 48-'FRONT APPROACH PULL SIDE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE W _ - (DO NOT PROVIDE CLOSERS) OE 48"x 48"FRONT APPROACH PUSH SIDE CLEAR FLOOR SPACE N (DO NOT PROVIDE CLOSERS) ''■■r` OF 30"x 48"CLEAR FLOOR SPACE 610 NOTES: 1. TOILET ROOMS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT ANSI 7R \ 630 3a0 117.1 ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS AND 2010 ADA STANDARDS. BFD 2. DIMENSIONS ARE FROM/TO OUTSIDE FACE OF FINISH UNLESS _ ® NOTED OTHERWISE. E � PATCH&REPAIR FLOOR&WALL It 4B AT REMOVED TOILET PARTITION, LIBERTY 3-9/16"CHROME REMOVED WATER CLOSET C ' AREAS,AND ANY REMOVED EQAMOUN ED PERVY DUTY HOOK OR A11.1 ac (E)WOMENACCESSORIES AREAS MANUF.REQ.TYP.OF 2 F + ATrAGHTQWALLSTDDS. EQUIPMENT KEYNOTES 4D ALL FIXTURES ARE EXISTING 1'-0" ATTACHCOUNT TO WA SCREWS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. - W/DOWEL CAPS,TYP.OF A / 650 4 1 <= LAVATORY <= TOILET TISSUE DISPENSER D 1X4(NOMINAL) 650 =J' CLEAR SEALED 340 WATER CLOSET <620 PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER Ong620 n 630 600 (-yy MAPLE n1- 350 URINAL 630 SOAP DISPENSER 600 BABY CHANGING <640 MIRROR STATION ENLARGED EMPLOYEE RR PLAN ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLANS 3 COAT HOOK DET. LICENSED 1 2 I 3 I 50 PAIR OF HOOKS-SEE 3/A11.1 ARAR918TEOT0 11.1 SCALE: 318"=V-0" 11.1 SCALE: 3/8"=1'-0" �A1 L1/ SCALE: 1 1/2"=T-0" 0 1' 2' 4' �� 0 1' 2' 4' 0 3" 6" 1' GYP.BOARD S.STL.FRAMED �uarv-RiEuuNA (PT-1) MIRROR 20"X 36"MIN. GYP. STATE OF IDAHO COAT HOOKS TOWEL DISP.TO BE BOARD 2,-0„ SEE S/A11.1 2023.04.13 / COMPLETELY ON THE FRP / ® FRP PROVIDE PIPE DASHED LINE OFLi 2'-6" T-0" 3"BU TIL BLOCKING WITHIN WALL TRIM ONN 4"4"TILE PROTECTION FOR DRAIN ( -1)- LINES UNDER BASE CT SINK g yo T 0.CABINET_ _______ ___________ I I I 7 m TYP. T-0"AFF FINISHED END PANEL 0 I ❑A © IC ❑D COFFEE DISPENSER $ y CONTROLS NOT TO LLi v1 A L 4 EMPLOYEE RR ELEVATIONS EXCEED48"AFF 11.1 SCALE: 1/4„=1'-0" --------------------- 0 do 4"BLACK PEARL Q a rn GRANITE BACK SPLASH ALL O ° Z' 4' �o CABINETS AS SCHED. WITHITHER WALLS U N BREAK ROOM PROVIDE BLOCKING IN WALL FOR SPRAYER T.O_.10"AFFCOUN_TER w 2 O TO RECEIVE 3" - - U-j = U 2' 24"W X 18"D BULLNOSE TILE ABOVE PLYWOODCHED 4"CUT TILE BASE(CT-1) FRP BLACK PEARL GRANITE --- TO LOWERSHEATTALF COUNTER GYP.BOARD PT-1 MAINTAIN MINIMUM ROUTE INDIRECT WASTE WITHIN = Z e E 6"SULLNOSE BORDER ( ) 12"BETWEEN SINKS MATCHING 0 TILE CT-1 -TYP. MAINTAIN MINIMUM CABINET TO FLOOR SINK BELOW. END PANEL - ( ) PROVIDE REMOVABLE PANEL IN U ry d CABINET,B.O.TILE 12"BETWEEN SINKS WALL MOUNTED DRY ® BOTTOM FOR ACCESS TO FLOOR LL 'b 3r 1TrAFF RACK.PROVIDE SINK Z B.O.TILE L J BLOCKING IN WALL J GC TO CUT TOE KICK 3'-7"AFF NOTE:CHILDPROOF LOCKS ON SINK TO MEET COUNTER Q c 12"X 12"FIELD TILE 4"RESILIENT ALL DOORS&DRAWERS BY 2'-6" 3'-0" 2'-6" z. START WALL TILE W/ (CT-1)-TYP. BASE(RB-1) HEIGHT OF 34"MAX. Q C. ( CUT TILE BASE c o d PROVIDE PIPE '- � (CT-1) PROTECTION FOR DRAIN = J 3�3 LINES UNDER SINK-TYP. ❑A © V 3 M CABINETS & SINK AREA c W �P�ll SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" #: N r 5 BREAK ROOM ELEVATION 6 DATE: ISSUE: PRODUCE ROOM ELEVATION z' a' DATE:04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT ti F 11.1 SCALE: 1/4"=V-0' 11.1 SCALE: 1/4"=V-0" O 4' 8' A. LEGEND INDICATES RECOMMENDED MOUNTING HEIGHTS,CONTRACTOR O Q 9"MAX SHALL COORDINATE SPECIFIC ® DIMENSIONED HEIGHT OF DECK WHEN CONTROLS 42"MIN 48"MIN MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH TO OPERABLE CHANGING STATION IS I 1, 3„ r--CL OF FIXTURE ON W IDE w PART OPEN SIDE OF 12"MIN 3'-4" OR HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY. EQ LAV,DFMINIMUM ,EEWC,NCE TOILET ARE _ RAB BARTALLED W SHALL BE B. ACCESSORIES SHALL NOT PROJECT F -—————————— --------- --_------ - --CBT-- -�-- ——— ——— ---- -------- 8 AND URINALS x Q GRIPPING SURFACE MORE THAN 4"FROM THE WALL IFSo cL lz� w M 33"MIN.&36"MAX. THEIR LEADING EDGE IS BETWEEN DATE: 04.07.2023 I.L U r S.U AFF 27"&80"ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR. DRAWN: GC AW1� o o o C. OPERABLE PARTS(CONTROLS) CHECKED: SCL d' _ z v O v a SHALL BE LOCATED A MINIMUM OF d: T.O FINISH FLOOR O r '"' w vi N T.O FINISH FLOORh 15"AND A MAXIMUM OF 48"ABOVE ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 N ai ` THE FINISH FLOOR. ENLARGED PLANS& O C ELECTRICAL ELECTRICAL FIRE ALARM FIRE HORN FIRE THERMOSTAT SOAP PAPER N CHANGING MIRROR COAT COAT KNEE SPACE LAVATORY DF OR URINAL WATER "''z c� D. PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING BEHIND RECEPTACLE SWITCH PULL STROBE EXTINGUISHER DISPENSER TOWEL STATION UNIT HOOK HOOKADA REQ.0)LAV.DF EWC ADA CLOSET ADA �� ALL WALL HUNG FIXTURES. INTERIOR ELEVATIONS LL in DEVICE DISPENSER &EWC p E. INCLUDE ONE COAT HOOK @ ADA C MOUNTING HEIGHT EVERYWHERE Q x AMOUNTING HEIGHT LEGEND CITY APPROVED PLANS COAT HOOKS ARE PROVIDED A11.1/ SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" eeo;ewed)o,code Compliance Al 1 y c 0 1' 2' 4' 8' (n PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE — FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 20 of 341 COMPRESSOR ROOM (E)METAL DECK PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING AS REQUIRED PARTITION AS SCHEDULED PINE BOARDS TO MECH.PLENUM BOX- JAMBANCHOR-3 PER JAMB CONTINUE US BOTTOM SEE MECH.DWGS. 1/2" 2" MAX. t OF JOIST -- - ------- 5/8 GYP BOARD 2 FINISH NAILS PER BOARD PARTITION A @ EA STUD LOCATION& SCHEDULEDS EVENLY SPACED -- PER ' STRUCT.DWGS. FRAMING6 O.C. LATERAL BRACING 6"20 GA.STEEL STUD @ 1 " HANG BULKHEAD FROM iX8 KNOTTY PINE BOARD - ROOF DECK&BRACE- w FINISHED W/(2)COATS OF a _ a -- CONT.2 X 6 WOOD STUD- I l 5/8"GYP BOARD SEE STRUCT.DWGS. WALNU ,PROM OIL DARK SEE STRUCT DWGS. WALNUT,PROVIDE 1'GAP - z z BETWEEN BOARDS,TYP. GYP.BOARD EXTENDS TO z a (INSTALL UP TO B.O.OF -- Lu B.O.DECK WHEN NO IZ C iv w JOIST) B.0 CEILING__ _ ____ ADJACENT CEILING v)M w MFR:CAPITOL CITY LUMBER 2 X 6 WOOD STUDS @ 24"O.C., pER RCP W oo _ CO.OR APPROVED EQUIV. HANG FROM ROOF DECK& - CONT.GYP.BOARD re 0 -- BRACE-SEE STRUCT.DWGS. 3/4"PLYWOOD ATACHED TO ABOVE CEILING O STUD FRAMING PER - (r / STRUCTURAL DWGS. 0- ^ 2 U) 5/8"GYP BOARD PAINT AS -- BAMBOO FLOORING PER RCP- li SCHEDULED 4 1/2"UNO CONTINUALLY NAIL FACE 2 x 6 CONT.PINE BOARD - -- GLUE&NAIL THROUGH WALK-IN COOLER F- LL BOARD INTO 2X6 @ 8"O.C. TONGUE-NO EXPOSED AS OCCURS Q M Z FASTENERS SUSPENDED CEILING SYSTEM Z rn CONT.SEALANT'TYP. B.0 BULKHEAD PER RCP UJ B. B LKHEAD _jIIpB. BULKHEAD - AROUND PERIMETER O U 8 0 AFF MECH DIFFUSER WHERE OW W HEAD JAMB �8'-0"AFF INDICATED-SEE MECH. PER RCP F------- ----------------------- SCALE: 1 1/2"_ - DWGS. - 1;. DOOR IFRAME COMPRESSOR RM 1;2 BULKHEAD PRODUCE 1; BULKHEAD HABA 1;2 rW'NTYPICAL'BULKHEAD � n/ SCALE: 3" U U ^ LL 0 3' 6" 2' 0 3" 6" 1' 0 3" 6" 1' 0 (E)METAL DECK ADD WOOD @ FLUTE (E)METAL DECK LOCATIONS PARTITION AS SCHEDULED JAMB ANCHOR-3 PERJAMB 2"SLIP TRACK W/1 1/2"ALLOWABLE - DEFLECTION WHERE WALL IS ATTACH STUD WALL ABOVE CONTINUOUS TO ROOF DECK OR SLIP TRACK TO B.O.ROOF - STRUCTURE a DECK-SEE STRUCT.DWGS.- ` LATERAL BRACING TO ROOF - CONSTRUCTION TO MATCH - STOP DRYWALL BELOW SLIP TRACK - PARTITION TYPE BELOW DECK EVERY 4'-0"&AT ENDS - OF WALL-ATTACH TO T.O. m WALL AND B.O.ROOF DECK- d a SEE STRUCT.DWGS. z z \ - � w i � CONT.GYP.BOARD ABOVE w CEILING JL a i _J PARTITION AS SCHEDULED 5/8"GYP.BOARD ATTACHED STUD WALL ABOVE BUT NOT BELOW SLIP TRACK OVERLAP WALL BELOW BY 2"MIN. PAINT AS 4 1/2"UNO 2"SLIP TRACK W/1-1/2"ALLOWABLE SCHEDULED PARTITION AS SCHEDULED DEFLECTION WHERE WALL IS CONTINUOUS TO B.O.ROOF DECK-SLIP TRACK TO BE ATTACHED TO UNDERSIDE OF ROOF JOIST LICENSED CONT.SEALANT-TYP. I kARCHITECT HEAD JAMB AROUND PERIMETER - PARTITION AS SCHEDULED AR987110 5 TYP. HOLLOW MTL DOOR FRAME ATYPICAL HEAD @ CEILING 7 PTN. PARALLEL TO JOIST PTN. PERPENDICULAR TO JOIST1 11. SCALE: 3"=1'-0" 11.2 SCALE: 1 1l2"=1'-0" 11. SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" 11.2 SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" uarvc eRieuurvA 0 3' 6" 2' �� 0 3" 6" 1' �� 0 3" 6" 1' 0 3" 6" 1' STATE OF1.0 PARTITION AS EXISTING SLAB FACE OF ADJACENT 2023.04.13 SCHEDULED PARTITION AS OCCURS - 3l4"PLYWOOD BUCK NON-SHRINK GROUT OR EPDXY - AROUND FRAMED #3 DOWEL I'-0"@ REFRIGERATED SPACE 16"OC OPENING-TYP TRENCH CUT TO BE AS 4"MIN.AIR SPACE NON-REFRIGERATED SPACE T.O.OPENING_ MINIMAL AS POSSIBLE CONT.SEALANT AND CCBR O M c PER MAIN LEVEL SLAB PLAN 4" rt� ALUM CLIP-SASH 6"MIN.LAP 6"MIN.LAP V XPS INSULATION-RECESS I I I m FRAME(FIELD SEE SHEET A3.3 2" 1/2"BELOW T.O.SLAB FABRICATED) CONCRETE SLABBUILDING FLOOR SLAB $ PLACE ZINC OR VINYL SLIP 6" 6" VAPOR BARRIE 6" 6" JOINT WHERE BULKHEAD L ij GLAZING AS SCHEDULED T.O SLAB _—__ MEETS U WALL THAT IS =2 METAL CORNER BEAD $100'-0" CONTINUOUS TO THE Q METAL EXPOSED GROUND - INSULATED SLAB B.O.BULKHEAD A11.2 Q n o EDGES CONSTRUCTION-SEE ON STRUCT.DWGS. o°n PLACE ZINC OR VINYL . .. _ 6"REINFORCED CONCRETE SLAB CONTROL JOINT WHERE U w oN —III— III—III- WALL IS LONGER THAN INSULATION(HEAVY DUTY) 30'-0" U-J = U III—III- I A ivillIII—III—III _ 4"CONCRETE"MUD"SLAB EDGE OF WALL c V.B. I-III-III -III-I I-III-III-III-III-I V.B. - - 30'_0"MAX III—III—III III III—III—III a 15 MIL.VAPOR BARRIER(TYP.) 'OPEN TO BEYOt D Z _rTI1=III=III= 1=III=III=1I U = y WIF FLOOR BRACKETS SHALL BE FASTENED TO '- 'tl V.B. INSULATED SLAB NOT BUILDING FLOOR SLAB Z d o HEAD AND SILL JAMB 9 TYP. BORROWED LIGHT JAMB 1D TRENCH PATCH SAND 11 INSULATED SLAB WIF 12 GYP. BOARD CONTROL JOINTS0 o a+ I 1 0 Q d 11. SCALE: 3"=1'-0" ,1.2 SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" 11. SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" 11.2 SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" 3' 6" 2' �� 0 3" 6" 1' 0 3" 6" 1' �� 0 3" 6" 1' U r� PARTITION AS SCHEDULED _7�L.-_ ry (E)WOOD DECKING (� PARTITION AS SCHEDULED JAMB ANCHOR-3 PER CN 3/4"PLYWOOD BUCK AROUND JAMB(REINFORCED @ rRy FRAMED OPENING-TYP 4 1/2"UNO CORNERS&BASE) D DATE: ISSUE: #: N T.O.OPENING 2" PARTITION AS O4,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT E. - �Yl} SCHEDULED -► Q O MANAGER'S ALUM CLIP-SASH FRAME i (FIELD FABRICATED) HANG BULKHEAD FROM METAL FRAMING V Q OFFICE PRODUCE SIDE ROOF DECK&BRACE- 1/4" RE:WALL TYPES 0 COUNTING ROOM SEE STRUCT.DWGS. 5/8"GYP BOARD 1 .`". EACH SIDE-FINISH WGLAZING AS SCHEDULED a a CONT.GYP.BOARD AS SCHEDULED CITY APPROVED PLANS ~ METAL CORNER C .�' BEAD ON ALL Z z ABOVE CEILING G r 3 EXPOSED EDGE Reviewed Jor Code Compliance L� a E w DATE: 04.07.2023 I.fi z m SUSPENDED ABOVE CEILING BOARD PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE DRAWN: GC W CEILING SYSTEM FOR ALL INSPECTIONS:,........• PER RCP CHECKED: SCL d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 ' 7L_ c� PAINT �0 WALK-IN COOLER BATT INSULATION PARTITION AND CEILING 0 :,: SCHEDULED WHERE IND IC DETAILS MANAGER'S OFFICE B.O BULKHEAD o CONT.SEALANT TYP. VERIFY W/COOLER HEIGHT RE:WALL TYPES AROUND PERIMETER ZINC OR VINYL CONTROL Y HEAD AND SILL JAMB HEAD JAMB JOINT EACH SIDE W ,3 CLIP SASH COUNTING TYP. H.M. FRAMED OPENING BULKHEAD @COOLER ,6 CONTROL JOINT I Al1 . 2 U) �4�ti SCALE: 3"=1'-0" 411.2/ SCALE: 3"=1'-0" ,P112/ SCALE: 1 1/2"=1'-0" 1A11.2/ SCALE: 3"=1'-0"0 3 6 2 0 3' 6" 2' � 0 3" 6" 1' �� 0 3' 6 2 Page 21 of 341 4 WOOD BUMPER-CLEAR 2" 11.3 SEALED SOLID MAPLE ZIP TIE ROOF ROOF STRAP JOIST JOIST ROOF JOIST (2)1/8"THICK SQUARE ZIP TIE (2)1/8"THICK SQUARE STEEL WASHERS LARGE STRAP STEEL WASHERS ENOUGH TO SPAN LARGE ENOUGH TO BETWEEN FLANGES - H SPAN BETWEEN ui OUTLET FOR AIRUS FAN FLANGES _ W v M TO BE ATTACHED TO OUTLET FOR AIRUS WOOD BUMPER-CLEAR J a)M 3"X 1/8"ANGLE SCREWED OT B.O.JOISTS BEYOND FAN TO BE 1,� SEALED SOLID MAPLE UU re 0 TACK WELDED TO JOIST ATTACHED TO B.O. O- CHORDS(INSTALLED BY G.C.) JOISTS �-AIRUS FAN PER AIRUS FAN PER a 0 MECHANICAL-ATTACH MECHANICAL-ATTACH LL f--AIRUS FAN PER SECURELY TO ANGLE W/ SECURELY TO ANGLE W/ `E: MECHANICAL-ATTACH DOUBLE NUTS AND LOCK DOUBLE NUTS AND LOCK SECURELY TO ANGLE W/ WASHER ON 60 LB RATED WASHER ON 60 LB RATED Q z DOUBLE NUTS AND LOCK BRIDAL RING-INSTALLED BY BRIDAL RING-INSTALLED Z . ■ , WASHER ON 60 LB RATED G.C.OR E.C. BY G.C.OR E.C. uJW BRIDAL RING-INSTALLED BY ■ G.0 OR E.c. SIDE VIEW FRONT VIEW W ALT.3FAN MOUNTING �TYP3 FAN MOUNTING 3 BUMPER ELEVATION n/ �i31 SCALE: 00 6 0 6" 1• 2. -� 0 3"6„ 1' 2' U) L.L PER FIXTURE PLAN SUPPORT SPACING 32"O.C. AND AT ENDS-SCREW TO MULLIONS AT STOREFRONT PROVIDE SOLID BLOCKING GROCERY a IN WALL FOR ATTACHMENT SHELVING UNIT ENDCAP UPRITE FLUSH TO WALL PER FIXTURE PLAN n _LL B• 8" F1 LICENSED ARCHITECT v 3 1/4" 3 1/4" AR987110 4 BUMPER SECTION r5zNSHELVING LAYOUT TEMPLATE FLOOR SINK @ PARTITION 11.3 SCALE: 1"=V-0" 11.3 SCALE: 1/2"=V-0" � 11.31 SCALE: 3/16"=T-O" �/ �/ 0 1' 2' 4' \-/ JUPN GABRIEL WNA STATE OF IDAHO 2023.04.13 NOTE:CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM NOTED CASE ID O ro NOTE:CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM NOTED CASE ID DIMENSIONS FROM FACE OF ADJACENT 102B 109A - NOTE:CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM NOTED CASE ID DIMENSIONS FROM FACE OF ADJACENT 100A WALL ARE ACHIEVED PRIOR TO POURING 106B 109B I I m d DIMENSIONS FROM FACE OF ADJACENT 103C WALL ARE ACHIEVED PRIOR TO POURING 100B SLAB. SLAB 106 110 ('� WALL ARE ACHIEVED PRIOR TO POURING 104C1 n SLAB. 104C2 . 108 111 112A L1J REFRIGERATOR WITH DOORS = Q FREEZER WITH DOORS PRODUCE CASE a r � o PARTITION AS PARTITION AS PARTITION AS SCHEDULED o 0 SCHEDULED SCHEDULED U REFRIGERATED I Z aE PRODUCE/ CASE-SEE ' ` REFRIGERATED/ REFRIGERATED EQUIPMENT v y FREEZER CASE- CASE-SEE SCHEDULE C SEE EQUIPMENT EQUIPMENT Z d �.i SCHEDULE SCHEDULE 0 , !• d c � q Q _ 2. :3 3 A v � M L N DATE: ISSUE: #: B FLOOR SINK-SEE 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT EF PLUMB.DW GS. FLOOR SINK-SEE 0 C'3 ° FLOOR SINK-SEE SEE DETAIL PLUMB.DW GS. c PLUMB.DWGS. 10/A11.2 FOR 0 Q SEE DETAIL 101A11.2 I-y TRENCH PATCH SEE DETAIL 10/A11.2 ° FOR TRENCH PATCH 1 ,y DETAIL FOR TRENCH PATCH DETAIL 4 O DETAIL (E)CONC. (E)CONC. C L'. SLAB (E)CONIC. SLAB G I SLAB nG/ F I _ DATE: 04.07.2023 LL z - ., ,.• — — — — — DRAWN: GC W Eru:::: _ - - - - - CHECKED: SCL I-III-III-III=I I I -1 =III III=III=III=III =III=III III III III III CITY APPROVED PLANS ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 INTERIOR DETAILS O 3" EXTENT OF CUT LINE w T-6 3/8" EXTENT OF 3,2" EXTENT OF CUT LINE 3'-2"HOLD Revie wed for Code Compliance u_ T-6 3/8"@CASE 102(B)&109(A&B) Q A HOLD � CUT LINE HOLD PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 7 FLOOR SINK FREEZER 6 FLOOR SINK @ PRODUCE CASE 9 FLOOR SINK REFRIGERATO FOR ALL INSPECTIONS N 1P 11 31SCALE: 3/4"=V-0" 1111 3 SCALE: 3/4"=V-O" 3 SCALE: 3/4"=V-0" Al 10 6" 1' 2' 0 6 1' 2' 0 6" V 2' Page 22 of 341 FINISH NOTES FINISH SPECIFICATIONS 1. IT IS THE D'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE ALL MANUFACTURERS'SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION 2. ALL WALLS AND PARTITIONS WITHOUT A DESIGNATED FINISH ARE TO BE PAINTED. FLOORS 3. ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS TO OCCUR UNDER CENTER OF DOOR,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CONCRETE CONC-1 HARDENER:L&M FGS HARDENER PLUS(2 COATS) 4. ALL FLOORING MATERIALS TO CONTINUE UNDER CASEWORK TO TOE KICK AND UNDER OPEN CONCRETE COUNTERS TO WALL. CONC-2 UNFINISHED 5. APPLY ALL SEALANTS AND NON-SLIP AGENTS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 6. PRIME AND PAINT ALL GRILLES,ELECTRICAL PANELS AND COVER PLATES TO MATCH ADJACENT MANUFACTURER:THAW CONTRACT VCT-1 VINYL COMPOSITE TILE ui SURFACES. STYLE:COMPOUND 5.0MM(4077) Z 7. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILED PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS. o COLOR:THRESHOLD 77515 �cM-1 8. ALL WALLS AND PARTITIONS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT BASE(RB-1),UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.BASE TO W W oo BE CONTINUOUS IN STOCKROOM AND EXTEND 6"BEHIND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT AND � re 0 SHELVING IN THE RETAIL AREAS. WALLS 0 O 9. ALL INTERIOR COLUMNS SHALL BE PAINTED(PT-2),UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. a DO PT-1 PAINT(INTERIOR)-TYPICAL U.N.O. J 10. ALL INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE PAINTED(PT-8),UNLESS OTHERWISE MANUFACTURER:GLIDDEN/PPG LL< NOTED. STYLE:LOW VOC;SEMI-GLOSS#1406-XXXG 11. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING FINISHES. COLOR:BM214440 SOFT FERN Q OPEN TO BELOW PRIMER:GLIDDEN HI HIDE WALL PRIMER SEALER#1000-2000G Z ■ . ■ 12. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL FINISHES. W W PAINT(INTERIOR,-HIGH WALL ABOVE/COLUMNS I- ■ 13. SEE 121A11.2 FOR TYP.GYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT LAYOUT. PT 2 MANUFACTURER:GLIDDEN/PPG W VCT-1 BUYERS STYLE:LOW VOC;SEMI-GLOSS#90-1130 14. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NO LESS THAN CLASS'C'PER COLOR:#AO532 BARK 2015 IBC TABLE 803.11. RB-1 203 PRIMER:GLIDDEN HI HIDE WALL PRIMER SEALER#1000-2000G PT-1 VCT-1 ACT-1 RB-1 PAINT(INTERIOR)-EXPOSED STRUCTURE MANAGER T-1 PT 3 MANUFACTURER:LANNING CHEMICAL 202 ACT-1 STYLE:LW-256 FLAT WATERBASED DRY FALL FINISH LEGEND VCT COLOR TO MATCH GLIDDEN#AO532 BARK RB-1 _,_ PAINT(INTERIOR)-ACCENT WALL)CASEWORK)EDU.CENTER) OPEN A T-0 PT-0 MANUFACTURER:GLIDDEN/PPG ROOM NAME TO STYLE:LOW VOC:SEMI-GLOSS#1406-XXXG ROOM NAMt�- VCT-1 COLOR:#AO970 SERENGETI PLAINS C#s ROOM NUMBER BELOW DN RE-1 PRIMER:GLIDDEN HI HIDE WALL PRIMER SEALER#1000-2000G FLOOR FINISH PT-1 BASE FINISH IT ACT-1 PT-5 PAINT(INTERIOR)-)NOT USED) WALL FINISH 201 CEILING FINISH T-6 PAINT(INTERIOR)-ACCENT WALLMALLWAY MANUFACTURER:GLIDDEN/PPG ADJACENT TENANT STYLE:LOW VOC:SEMI-GLOSS#1406-XXXG COLOR:#AO504 ORANGE MINERAL PRIMER:GLIDDEN HI HIDE WALL PRIMER SEALER#1000-2000G pT-7 PAT(INTERIOR,. ACCENT WALL MANINUFACTURER:-GLIDDEN/PPG STYLE:LOW VOC:PPG ULTRA HIDE 250 SEMI-GLOSS #1406-XXXG FINISH PLAN - MEZZANINE LEVEL COLOR: 964 VERTIGO PRIMER:GLIDDEN HI HIDE WALL PRIMER SEALER# I 1000-2000G � 12.11 SCALE: 1/8"=V-0" �i 0 2' 4- 8' 16' pT_g PAINT(INTERIOR)-INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES MANUFACTURER:GLIDDEN/PPG STYLE:LOW VOC:PPG DEVGUARD DTM SEMI-GLOSS F1 LICENSED #4306-XXXX I kARCHITECT COLOR:#AO532 BARK AR987110 PRIMER:GLIDDEN HI HIDE WALL PRIMER SEALER# ADJACENT TENANT 1000-2000G O T-9 PAINT(EXTERIOR)-CORNICEENTRY 7 II MANUFACTURER:GLIDDEN/PPG STYLE:PPG FORTIS 450 SATIN EXTERIOR 6403-XXXX �uary c.AeaieL wO NA WIR EDUCATION BULKHEAD ABOVE HABA COLOR:#A0515 CARIBBEAN SPICE STATE OF IDAHO A11.1 CENTER 1018 PAINT(EXTERIORI-INSIDE TRASH ENCLOSURE&STUCCO(FIELD) 2023.04.13 NA STRIPE CLEARANCE 101E CONC-1 Ii PT-10 36"MIN.FROM ELEC RB_7 CONC-1 MANUFACTURER:GLIDDEN DEN/PPG PANELS& VITAMINS RB-1 STYLE:PPG FORTIS 350 SATIN EXTERIOR 2402-XXXX TRANSFORMERS WIF PT1 101D ii .-Al2.2 COLOR:#A1804BROWN BAG c BAM-1 (E)ROOF ABOVE,TYP. PAINT(EXTERIOR)-SIDING PT-11 J-DN INSULATED SLAB- II MANUFACTURER:GLIDDEN/PPG SEE STRUCT.DWGS. PT-7 STYLE:PPG FORTIS 350 SATIN EXTERIOR 2402-XXXX O R NUT COLOR:#A1000 GUILD GREEN � m f 110 PT-2 1 L� PT-12 PAINT(EXTERIOR)-STUCCO IACCEN71.COPING CAP I I I 0 (E)COL (E)COIL�- CLOSET n &TRASH GATES $ y 111 E P S (E)COL O (E)COL MANUFACTURER:GLIDDEN/PPG LLJ WIR EXPOSED Al2.3 (E)DOOR STYLE:PPG FORTIS 350 SATIN EXTERIOR 2402-XXXX d Q STL.COLS. COLOR:#A0532 BARK m RETAIL CERAMIC TILE-RESTROOM.BREAK ROOM WALL TILE A oSTOCK pT-1 01 MANUFACTURER:DAL-TILECT-1 STYLE:MODERN HEARTH V1 c M CONC-1 O °RB 1 1 O COLOR:MANTEL PIECE / 1 o 1 Al2.2 A72.2 2 CHECKOUT SIZE:12"X12" w ,� RB-1 SEE Al2.2 101A GROUT:MAPEI SANDED GROUT#11 SAHARA BEIGE = 2 O pT 1 PT3 TEE RCP LLJ O FRP-1 FRP PANELS ~_ wa p Al2.2 MANUFACTURER: 0 (E)COL (E)COL J J FIR IDEFULLHEIGHT STYLE:PEBBLE = Z o (E)COL (E)COL 3 (E)COL SHADES AT(E) COLOR:WHITE l 1 _ y 6A A11.1 6B STOREFRONT WINDOWS- ► WC-1 WALL COVERING FIVE FOUNDING PRINCIPLES IMAGE V C� CONC-1 Z m FRP-1 A61 RB-1 PRODUCE A6.1 RB-1 RESILIENT BASE 0 w H ACT-1 MANUFACTURER:JOHNSONITE J c STYLE:COVE AT HARD FLOORING,STRAIGHT AT CARPET Q c o O GE)FOOTLLE SZEO4:BURNT UMBER = 3 ; d FRP TO 48"ABOVE MOP SINK&48"WIDE V M A ON BOTH SIDE WALLS ST-1 WOOD STAIN MANUFACTURER:WATCO DANISH OIL(2 COATS) N E TILE MAIN COLOR:DARK WALNUT O (E)COL lug ��NI_I 5 Al2.2 f E TILE �ENTRANCE O 1/ (E)COLT (E)COL J E TILE,PT-1 N (E)COL J pT-6 I PT_i WC-1 CEILING DATE: ISSUE: #: 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT Ea EX AL .I P.e° PRODUCE 11 ACT-1 ACOUSTIC CEILING TILE 0 EXPOSED 101C 2X4 SUSPENDED LAY-IN ACOUSTIC TILE CEILING FDN C GYP.BD. BUMPER- (E)COL (WHITE STANDARD EXPOSED"T"&WHITE TILES). BULKHEAD ABOVE SEE DETAILS PROVIDE SOUND BATTS ON TOP OF TILES. O Q 3/A11.3 (E 1MEN ACT-2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE: PT 6 0 2X4 SUSPENDED LAY-IN HARD-WIPE VINYL ACOUSTIC W UP OO TYP.@ TILE CEILING(WHITE STANDARD EXPOSED"T"& EXPOSED 0 WHITE TILES).PROVIDE SOUND BATTS ON TOP OF BREAK ROOM GYP.BD. TILES EXCEPT IN PRODUCE ROOM. COMPRESSOR 5 l08 N E 114 DATE: 04.07.2023 Lf� COUNT gqM-1 BAMBOO FLOORING: DRAWN: GC W z 7Rin 105 (E)WOMEN MFR: STRAND (LUMBER LIQUIDATORS) AA SOLID STRAND BAM80051/8"X3/8"FLOORING CHECKED: SCL li UP 104 OF STUD FRAM NGATTACHED TO UNDERSIDE y __ ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 ADJACENT TENANT COLOR:NATURAL WOOD FINISH FINISH PLAN 0 ALTERNATE: u_ in MFR:AMBIENT FLOORING SOLID STRAND BAMBOO 5 5/8"X 9/16"FLOORING (a CO -2 CONC-1 CONC-1 CONC-1 E TILE COLOR:NATURAL WOOD FINISH PT-1 PT-1 SEE A11.1 SEE A11.1 Lu PT-1 E TILE IE a L T-1 �MAIN LEVEL FINISH PLAN ADT-2 PT-1 ACT-1 T-LEVEL FINISH PLAN ACT-2 PT-1 ACT-1 PT-1 t12 1 SCALE: 3132"=V-01 SCALE: 3132"=V-0" a CITY APPROVED PLANS Al 2 . 1 0 2' 4' 8 16' ..,<ww�o.coe<comPuo"« PLANS MUST BEJOB SITE Page 23 of 341 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS FINISH NOTES I 1. IT IS THE D'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE ALL MANUFACTURERS'SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION I I I I EXISTING 2. ALLWALLSAND PARTITIONS WITHOUT A DESIGNATED FINISHARETOBE PAINTED. (E)ROOF PT-3 i j j i STRUCTURE STRUCTURE I I I I 8,DECK 3. ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS TO OCCUR UNDER CENTER OF DOOR,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8 DECK I I I >- 0� 4. ALL FLOORING MATERIALS TO CONTINUE UNDER CASEWORK TO TOE KICK AND UNDER OPEN I I I I pT-2 COUNTERS TO WALL. 5. APPLY ALL SEALANTS AND NON-SLIP AGENTS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. I I 6. PRIME AND PAINT ALL GRILLES,ELECTRICAL PANELS AND COVER PLATES TO MATCH ADJACENT I I I ui SURFACES. Z j I I j 7. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILED PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS. w PTfi vi 8. ALL WALLS AND PARTITIONS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT BASE(RB-1),UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.BASE TO < U1 I w J I TYP?@ _ a p SE CONTINUOUS UOUS IN RETAIL AREAS.OM AND EXTEND 6"BEHIND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT AND 0 0 PT-8 I 2 DO TOP OF WALL 7'-9" EXPOSED J 9. ALL INTERIOR COLUMNS SHALL BE PAINTED(PT-2),UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. LL � I I PROVIDE 6"X16"CHASE STL.COLS. - z w Q P.DOOR I I pT-6 < w �� ► 10. ALL INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE PAINTED(PT-8),UNLESS OTHERWISE FRAMES 112 I� �I a w � NOTED. ZQ U Z I I 5 RB-I F 11. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING FINISHES. Z I I Al2.2 x W 'I I TYP. C7 12. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL FINISHES. h . _ ■ I I 1 ui 3. SEE 121A11.2 FOR TYRGYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT LAYOUT. W RETAIL — NORTH ELEVATION 14. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NO LESS THAN CLASS'C'PER 1Al2.21 SCALE: 3/16"=V-0" 2015 IBC TABLE 803.11. � FINISH SPECIFICATIONS SEE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS ON SHEET Al2.1 II II II II PT-2 II PT-2 II PT-3 I FINISH LEGEND k TVP.@EXPOSED 1 1 STRUOCOTURE I STL COLS. 8 DECK ROOM NAME-ROOM NAME I I C#--3—ROOM NUMBER [j_FLOOR FINISH 3 BASE FINISH A11.2 (E)STOREFRONT WALL FINISH CEILING FINISH AIR CURTAIN I I vi 3 ► ► Z w /� \ LICENSED a w RB-1 101 ARCHITECT \101 AR987110 a \f / rYP. MR TAIL - SOUTH ELEVATION NTATERN EL LUNA OFIDAHO STATE OF ID.0 12.2 SCALE: 3/16"=V-0" 2023.04.13 -� 0 1'2' 4' 8' Al2 2 I I I O uO1i � w n u rn n.- .L ��► EXISTING ROOF ~ N pT-2 STRUCTURE PT-3 I Q o (E)ROOF STRUCTURE I I ~ m x \/ o o v w o OO I I W = Lj ------ 3'-10" 1'-4" Z u 0 Ur-�� PT-2 � < lu d OA11 ST-1 PT-6TYP.~ EXPOSS EDOPEN -Z w STL.COLS. J o PT-4 PT-7 PT-4 n 6'-6" Q I I PT-4 PT-6 = o RB-1 J --- ------ RB-1 = I I V '$ A ` N BUMPER-SEE 31A11.3 w N F RETAIL - WEST ELEVATION- WEST ELEVATION WALL DETAIL DATE: ISSUE: ><. c 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT �221 SCALE: 3/16"=V-0" '12. SCALE: 3/16"=T-0" 0 1'2' 4' 8' 0 1'2' 4' 8' 0 A r. m W F DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: GC W Z CHECKED: SCL d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 o INTERIOR FINISH CITY APPROVED PLANS Q ELEVATIONS LL OReviewed for Code Compliance x PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE LLu w c FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Al 2 . 2 Cn y Page 24 of 341 Q1.2022 REV.0 FINISH NOTES 1. IT IS THE D'S RESPONSIBILITY TO ENSURE ALL MANUFACTURERS'SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION 2. ALL WALLS AND PARTITIONS W ITHOUT A DESIGNATED FINISH ARE TO BE PAINTED. 3. ALL FLOORING TRANSITIONS TO OCCUR UNDER CENTER OF DOOR,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. ALL FLOORING MATERIALS TO CONTINUE UNDER CASEWORK TO TOE KICK AND UNDER OPEN COUNTERS TO WALL. 5. APPLY ALL SEALANTS AND NON-SLIP AGENTS AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 6. PRIME AND PAINT ALL GRILLES,ELECTRICAL PANELS AND COVER PLATES TO MATCH ADJACENT uj SURFACES. Z 7. REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR DETAILED PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS. M 8. ALL WALLS AND PARTITIONS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT BASE(RB-1),UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.BASE TO a0 BE CONTINUOUS IN STOCK ROOM AND EXTEND 6"BEHIND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT AND 0'0 SHELVING IN THE RETAIL AREAS. x 9. ALL INTERIOR COLUMNS SHALL BE PAINTED(PT-2),UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. Z J 10. ALL INTERIOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE PAINTED(PT-8),UNLESS OTHERWISE 0 LL 1¢i NOTED. 11. SEE REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING FINISHES. UJ m— 12. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR ADDITIONAL WALL FINISHES. Z 13. SEE 121A11.2 FOR TYRGYPSUM BOARD CONTROL JOINT LAYOUT. W 14. ALL INTERIOR FINISHES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NO LESS THAN CLASS'C'PER 2015 IBC TABLE 803.11. FINISH SPECIFICATIONS V) SEE FINISH SPECIFICATIONS ON SHEET Al2.1 FINISH LEGEND ROOM NAMe ROOM NAME (_#--3—ROOM NUMBER FLOOR FINISH BASE FINISH WALL FINISH CEILING FINISH LICENSED ARCHITECT AR987110 J NGABRIEL-A PT-3 STATE OF IDAHO (E)ROOF ��► 2023.04.13 ROOF STRUCTURE& STRUCTURE 8. PT-2 DECK DECK 3 I I I O ro i? 7 A11.2 _—._._. _. A11.1 q ' L� n u I a -J a ro PT-8 w ¢ PT-6 ► ~ w N ( 1 Le o � I RB-1 ai V w �+ r —O i LI_I = O I TYR r ----------- _ (D RETAIL - EAST ELEVATION U N� � 1231 SCALE: 3/16"=1'-0" z 1'2' 4' 8' 0 2 Q w H � d J c = Q o = J3 u go � M N O N DATE: ISSUE: #: 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 0 0 nG/ DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: GC Lu CHECKED: SCL d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 CITY APPROVED PLANS INTERIOR FINISH 0 ELEVATIONS LL Reviewed for Code Compliance Q PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Lu FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A 12 . 3 Cl) Page 25 of 341 GENERAL DESIGN CRITERIA FOR TWIN FALLS,ID: 013200—SUBMITTALS—SHOP DRAWINGS&PRODUCT DATA: 020000—FOUNDATIONS 033100—REINFORCING STEEL 054000—COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING >= All construction,unless specifically identified otherwise,shall conform to: The review of shop drawings and other submittals is only for review of general The structural engineer is not responsible for an eotechnical aspects of this Reinforcing steel deformed bars shall conform to ASTM A615, rode 60 f 60 All cold—formed steel framing shall be fabricated and erected in accordance with P Y P 9 Y 9 9 P Y9 P 9 9 (Y= 9 compliance with the desi n conce t of the project and the information provided in project.Owner shall employ a Geotechnical Engineer licensed in the State of ksi. Reinforcing to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706 rode 60 f =60 the manufacturer's recommendations and in accordance with the latest edition of P 9 P P 1 P P 1 P Y 9 9 9 (Y — perform i f I' I ksi low alloy deformed bars. Welded wire fabric per ASTM A185 wire per ASTM the"Specification for the Design of Cold—formed Steel Structural Members"b the International Building Code(IBC) 2018 Edition the contract documents. It is the General Contractor's responsibility to review the Jurisdiction to per o m necessary testing and inspections or quality contra and to y p p p g y Minimum Design Loads for Building and Other Structures—ASCE 7-16 shop drawings prior to submitting to the Architect. The General Contractor is ensure that the requirements of the geotechnical report are complied with. Test A82.Welding of reinforcing shall be according to AWS 01.4.No tack welding of American Iron and Steel Institute. F UJ Risk Category of Building—II responsible for confirming and correlating all quantities and dimensions,selecting reports shall be submitted directly to the Architect and Engineer from the reinforcing bars allowed. Z Authority Having Jurisdiction—City of Twin Falls,ID fabrication processes and techniques of construction; coordinating the work with geotechnical engineer,with copy to Contractor. All studs,joists,tracks and other cold formed steel framing members shall be that of all other trades; and performing the work in a safe and satisfactory All reinforcing steel shall be detailed and placed in conformance with the latest fabricated from rolled sheet steel conforming to ASTM A-1 03 Type IT,,Grade 33 2 J rn co w � manner. Filled excavations or buried structures such as cesspools,cisterns,existing editions of ACI 318 and the CRSI"Manual of Standard Practice for Reinforced (typical)and Grade 50 for 16go studs or thicker,and shall be galvanized G60. oo foundations,etc.,or any unusual soils conditions encountered during site clearing Concrete Construction',and as modified by the drawings.All reinforcing bar bends Ow O Shop drawings shall be submitted for all structural items in addition to any items or excavation shall be brought to the attention of the Architect immediately. Do shall be made cold. All clips and other accessories to be fabricated from material conforming to ASTM STRUCTURAL LIVE LOADING: required by the specifications. The Submittals,Testing&Inspection matrix is not proceed until written instructions to remedy are received. A-653,zinc coated structural steel,Grade 50,with G90 galvanized coating. a provided as a guide only,and may not be all—inclusive. Construction documents All reinforcing steel, including welded wire fabric in slabs on grade,shall be Q The structure has been designed in accordance with the building code and/or more shall not be reproduced for use as shop drawings. Abandoned footings,new or existing utilities,etc., that interfere with new accurately placed and supported by plastic or metal chairs,spacers or hangers. Studs or joists shall not be spliced without prior approval of structural engineer. ILLw restrictive requirements for loads as given below unless specific areas of the construction shall be rerouted or removed as directed by the Architect. For concrete surfaces exposed to view,where legs of bar supports are in contact Z Mj Z drawings indicate different loading criteria. Refer to drawings for load schedules. The General Contractor shall review and stamp all shop drawings and product data with forms,use plastic protected wire or stainless steel bar supports. Steel stud construction for non—bearing curtain wall systems shall have vertical slip Q for conformance with the construction documents prior to submittal. Any shop Slope all exterior finished grades away from the building to ensure no ponding of connections as detailed. Do not attoch the studs to the structure in any way Z Gravity Loading Uniform Live Load drawings or product data not reviewed and stamped by the General Contractor will water occurs around buildings. Provide the following minimum clear concrete coverage: that would prevent the framing from deflecting under superimposed loads. H be returned without review. The Contractor shall cloud or flag all items not in cast against and permanently exposed to earth................. 3° UJ Offices 50 psf accordance with the contract documents. Contractor is responsible for all shoring,cribbing,sheet piling,etc.as required to exposed to earth or weather: Unless noted otherwise,provide double studs at all jambs,corners,intersections Partition Allowance(offices) 15 psf safely retain excavations and trenches during construction. Contractor shall retain #6 and larger......................................... 2" beam bearings and joist bearings. Provide double joists around all floor and roof Light Storage 125 psf Any changes,substitutions,or deviations from the original contract drawings shall a professional engineer licensed in the State of Jurisdiction to design all shoring, #5 and smaller...................................... 1 openings which interrupt one or more members unless noted otherwise. All Stock Rooms 200 psf be clouded by the manufacturer or fabricator. The Structural Engineer reserves tie backs,etc. Where shoring is to be permanent,the design must meet all columns(to ties).................................................................. 1 " permanent bridging shall be installed and anchored in bearing wall construction a the right to allow or not allow any changes to the original contract drawings at requirements of the building code. beams(to stirrups)_...._..._...._............................................ 1Y2 prior to application of floor or roof dead loads. any time before or after shop drawing review. suspended slobs...................................................................... -%" all others per latest edition of ACI 318. Bridging shall be installed per manufacturer's recommendations and project The shop drawings do not replace the original contract drawings. Items omitted or specifications with the following minimum requirements: SNOW DESIGN DATA(IBC 1603-1.3): shown incorrectly and which are not noted as allowed by the Structural Engineer or BAR SPLICES Architect are not to be considered changes to the original contract drawings. Bar rze: oncre a tc: Masonry: Non bearing walls:Provide bridging equally spaced at 4'-0"o.c. The structure and its components have been designed in accord with the building 3ksi 4ksi 5ksi 1—La er 2—La ers maximum,and where deflection track is required, Shop drawings will be returned for resubmittol if major errors or omissions are SPREAD FOOTINGS „ to row of bridging shall occur within 12 inches of to code for a ground snow load of 15 psf. The following design criteria components P 9 1 3 _ _ _ _ _ P 9 9 P are provided for reference. found during review. Spread footing design is based on an allowable bearing pressure of 1,500 et. 4 2'-4" 2'—l"2'-0' 2'-0" 2'-0" Bearing walls: Provide bridging equally spaced at 4'-0"o.c. P 9 9 9 P P maximum. Flat Roof Load: P =25 psf Exposure: C = 1.0 Submit not more than five(5)sets for any one submittal. One copy will be Minimum footing widths,unless otherwise indicated,shall be 16 inches for 5 _ _ _4 _ '-11" Importance Factor:1 f=1.0 Thermal Factor: Ce=1.0 retained b the Structural Engineer and the balance returned. Electronic submittals continuous footings and 24 inches for isolated pad footings. Bearing elevation 6 In addition,bridging shall be provided at roof lines,floor lines,and elsewhere as p Y 9 3'-6" 3'-1"2'-9" 3'-7" 5'-6° 9 9 s t are not permitted without prior approval of Structural Engineer. shall be a minimum of 24 inches below adjacent exterior grade. noted on drawings.Solid blocking shall be installed in lieu of bridging where noted �Z $ P P PP 9� 7 5'-2" 4'-6"4'-1" 4'-10" T 6" 9 9 9�9 8 on the drawings. $r Allow a minimum of five working days for review of shop drawings by the Structural Bearing capacity of r registered shall the verified in the field by a qualified N o F Geotechnical Engineer re istered in the State of Jurisdiction. 9 6'-8" 5'-9"5'-2" 9'-3" 14'-3" Engineer. 9 9 Steel stud walls shall be 18 gage at 16"o.c. unless noted otherwise on plans. w 'w 10 T— " —" 11'—" 1 '-1" steel stud wall tracks and blocking shall be the same size and gage as the studs. p WIND DESIGN DATA(IBC 1603-1.4) 11 ,_ , ,_ „ —„ — 9 9 a L �Z ' " " Track anchor bolts shall be 1/2"diameter placed not to exceed 4-0"o.c. unless r The structure and its components have been designed in accordance with the Note: —Provide 2'-0"min lap splice noted otherwise. Anchor bolts shall be placed within 8"of all jambs,corners, buildingcode for a wind load criteria as follows. —14&18 bars can not be la sliced. intersections and wall ends. All tracks shall have a minimum of 2 anchor bolts. 013300— SUBMITTALS—STRUCTURAL DESIGN REQUIRED: # P P V=115 mph ult,Exposure"B", 1 =1.0 033000— CAST—IN—PLACE CONCRETE SPECIAL INSPECTION REQUIRED Stagger alternate splices a minimum of one lap length.Lap welded wire fabric so All welding shall be performed by welders experienced in light gage steel framing v P ( ) P w Submittals under this section pertain to supplier or sub—contractor designed ( )- that the overlap between outermost cross wires of each sheet is not less than the work. r' components or systems. Where specific loading criteria is not outlined on the cross wire spacing but not less than 6 inches.All splice locations subject to U o structural contract drawings,designer shall follow applicable requirements outlined in Concrete work shall conform to all requirements of ACI 301,"Specifications for Oapproval and shall be made in accordance with the drawings.Extend all horizontal Cold formed members are designated as follows: � the referenced codes above. Structural Concrete for Buildings' and ACI 318,"Building Code Requirements for w Reinforced Concrete",except as modified by the contract documents. reinforcing continuous around corners and intersections or provide bent corner bars r m o All engineering designs and layouts performed b others shall be sealed b a Civil to match and lap with horizontal bars at corners and intersections of footings and 60OS162-54(Reference Example Only) vn SEISMIC DESIGN DATA(IBC 1603-1.5 9 9 9 Yo P Y y Concrete shall be read mixed concrete in accordance with ASTM C94. Minimum 28 walls. _ or Structural Engineer registered in the State of Jurisdiction. Complete design Y With the above example, For reference only, calculations,erection Ions,and fabrication details,as applicable shall be included day compressive strength shall be 4000 psi except as follows: The structure and its components have been designed in accordance with the p PP Reinforcing bar spacings given ore maximum on centers.Dowel all vertical buildingcode for a seismic load criteria as follows. in the submittal process. reinforcing to foundation.Skew hooks as required for concrete cover. Securely tie "600"—section depth slab on grade 4,000 psi 9 q" Y p footings,stem walls and grade beams 3,000 psi all bars in position before placing concrete. Wet sticking"of dowels is not "S" —section type 33 20(structural) Site Class: D permitted. 162"— flange width 43 18 Seismic Design Category: B Cement shall conform to ASTM C150,Type 1,Type 11,or Type V if recommended by "54" —material thickness(mils) 54 16 AL. N Basic Seismic Force Resisting System: Existing Perimeter Shear Walls 014000—SPECIAL INSPECTIONS&QUALITY CONTROL Geotechnical Engineer for foundation elements. Aggregate per ASTM C33. Lightweight Spliced bars shall be placed at the some effective depth unless noted otherwise. 68 14 F. NSpQ cf2 Method of Analysis: Equivalent Lateral Force Method aggregate per ASTM C330. Maximum 4 slump for all concrete. Do not tamp slabs Reinforcing bars noted continuous"or with length not shown shall be fully 97 12 Fin Importance Factor: 1 =1.0 Special inspections shall be performed b a qualified inspector retained b the use roller bu vibratin screed or bull float only). Concrete containin continuous and spliced only as shown,or where approved by the Engineer. c p e P P P Y 9 P Y ( bug,vibrating Y) 9 15538 Owner and approved b the Architect and the Building Official. su er lasticizin admixture shall have field—verified 3"maximum slum prior to adding Spectral Acceleration 1 see): S1 =0.082 g PP Y 9 admi Pure and 8"maximum slump at placement. Mix designs shall be esigned by Reinforcing bar hooks shall be standard ACI hooks unless noted otherwise. ,� p Spectral Acceleration(short): S 0.193 g S Special ins inspections shall be performed b a ualified ins inspector under the direct the concrete production facility m accordance with ACI 301 and approved b the '� P� s P P P Y. q P P Y PP Y p TF EOF LD G� supervision of a professional engineer registered in the State of Jurisdiction.Final Structural Engineer prior to construction. Provide air—entraining admixture at all N� ELDR1� inspection reports shall be signed and sealed by the supervising Engineer. The concrete exposed to freeze/thaw cycles at a rate adequate to provide 6.0%air at Contractor shall be responsible for providing a minimum of 24 hours notice to the point of placement. Do not allow air content of interior trowel finished slabs to 04.06.2023 special inspector and the testing laboratory prior to beginning any work for which exceed 3.0%. special inspection or testing is required. Concrete shall be free of chloride. No fly ash additives shall be permitted in concrete 013100—COORDINATION: Duties and responsibilities of the special inspector: flotwork or architecturally exposed concrete. When used, fly ash shall conform to 051200—STRUCTURAL STEEL ASTM C618,class F or C.Fly ash shall not replace more than 25%of cement by The contract structural drawings and specifications represent the finished structure. The special inspector shall observe the work assigned for conformance with weight. Structural steel construction shall conform with the latest AISC 303"Code of They do not indicate the means or method or sequence of construction. The the approved design drawings and specifications. Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges".AISC 360"Specification for 0 Contractor shall be responsible for and provide all measures necessary to protect Provide sleeves for utility openings in concrete before placing concrete.Do not cut Structural Steel Buildings—Allowable Stress Design and Plastic Design",including the structure during construction. These measures shall include,but not be limited The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the building official any conflicting reinforcing. commentary,and applicable provisions of AWS 01.1 'Structural Welding Code". I I I to: bracing,shoring of loads due to construction equipment,etc. The Contractor and to the Engineer or Architect of record. All discrepancies shall be shall be responsible for the design and implementation of all scaffolding,bracing brought to the immediate attention of the Contractor for correction,then,if No construction joints other than those shown on the drawings shall be installed Where connections are not fully detailed in drawings include all steel—to—steel a and shoring. Observation visits to the site by the Structural Engineer shall not uncorrected, to the Engineer or Architect of record and the Building Official. without approval of the Structural Engineer. Provide 3/4 chamfer at all exterior connections and steel—to—steel portion of all connections to other materials. �/ y include inspection of the above items. The Structural Engineer will not be corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. Design connections for specific forces where shown on the drawings. Where > `o responsible for the Contractors means,methods,techniques,sequences or Upon completion of the assigned work,the Special Inspector shall complete specific forces are not shown,design shall be for maximum conditions based on r a procedures of construction,nor will the Structural Engineer be responsible for and sign a final report certifying w g that to the best of the inspectors Do not subject concrete to any procedure that will cause segregation. Deposit capacities of connecting members. Q construction site safety,or the safety precautions and the programs incident knowledge,the work is in conformance with the approved plans and concrete as near as practicable to the final position to avoid segregation. o Oo thereto. specifications,and the applicable workmanship provisions of the code. Structural steel W shapes shall be ASTM A992.Channels,angles,S shapes,plates F Concrete footings and pads may be poured against neat excavations provided the and bars shall be ASTM A36.Structural square or rectangular tube shapes shall be H Contractor shall verify all dimensions and coordinate site conditions with the Special inspection is required during the following operations per IBC Section 1704: required concrete coverage for reinforcing is maintained. ASTM A500,grade B(fy=46 ksi). Steel pipe shall be ASTM A53, Type E or S, w w drawings prior to construction. Any discrepancies and omissions shall be resolved grade B(fy=35 ksi). with the Architect prior to construction and prior to proceeding. Do not use Grading,excavation and filling: During earthwork excavations, radio and filling Mechanically vibrate all concrete when laced,except that slabs on grade need be = 9 9 grading 9 Y P P scaled dimensions. Where any discrepancies occur between plans,details,structural as required to satisfy requirements of the eotechnical report and IBC Chapters 17, vibrated aril around embedded items and underfloor ducts,etc. Mechanicall vibrate 9 Y 9 9 P P Y y Bolts shall be ASTM A32def All high—strength bolts shall er tightened to the notes and specifications,the greater requirements shall govern. Where no specific 18&33 and Appendix J and Burin placement of engineered fill. aril the to 5 feet of drilled ter concrete. Revibrate to of drilled ter 15 minutes detail is shown,construction shall conform to similar work on the project. PP 9 P 9 Y P P P P snug—tight condition as defined by AISC unless noted otherwise. P 1 after placing concrete. Drilled Piers: During drilling and placement of all concrete and reinforcing steel. Anchor bolts and plain threaded rods and anchors shall be ASTM A36 or A307, Z Not all openings,blackouts,inserts,curbs,pads,piping,ductwork,equipment,or Mixing and delivery as measured from batch time to completion of discharge from Grade A. U — o sitework items and dimensions pertaining thereto are shown on the structural Reinforcing steel: Verify size,quantity and placement of all reinforcing steel rior truck shall not exceed 90 minutes.When air temperature is above 90 deg F(32 deg w' drawings. Refer to Architectural,Mechanical,Plumbing,Electrical and Civil drawings to placing of any concrete. Review both permit drawings and shop drawings mild C),reduce mixing,delivery time and discharge to 60 minutes. Bolts,anchor bolts,expansion bolts,etc.,shall be installed with steel washers. ^' where applicable. It is the General Contractors responsibility to coordinate with steel and post tension shops)for rebar requirements. L.L Z 2 other disciplines and the subcontractors and equipment suppliers/manufacturers. Water is not permitted to be added to the concrete truck. All concrete tickets are Welding electrodes shall conform to AWS 01.1,Grade E70xx.E90 series electrodes im w t Equipment being supported by or suspended from the structure shall be Concrete: During taking of specimens and placement of all concrete. Unless required to be submitted to the owner. shall be used for ASTM A706 reinforcing bars.All welding shall be done by welders o a` coordinated with the manufacturer of any pre—engineered framing or components. noted otherwise,special inspection of non—structural slabs on grade is not Where equipment wet ht is not shown on the Structural Drawings,verify actual P P 9 holding valid certificates issued by on accepted testing agency and having current 9 9 Y required. See general structural notes and/or project specifications for frequency Cure exposed concrete fora minimum of 7 days in accordance with ACI 308.1 experience in type of welds shown on the drawings or notes.All welding per Q weight and provide to Structural Engineer for confirmation of the structure's of testingand strength requirements. procedures in order to prevent cracking. Cure with curio and sealing compound, J capacity. All openings shall be properly reinforced as approved b the Engineer. 9 q P P g' 9 9 P American Welding Society standards. Contractor may shop weld or field weld at P P Y PP Y 9 moist curing,moisture—retaining cover curing,or combinations thereof. If curing their discretion.Shop welds or field welds shall be shown on shop drawings.Full U Dry Pack: During installation to ensure compliance with structural drawings. compound is used,apply at a rate specified by the manufacturer. Concrete shall be penetration welds shall be tested and certified by an independent testing laboratory. ry M Construction materials shall be spread out if placed on framed Floors or roofs so maintained above 50 degrees F and in a moist condition for a minimum of 7 days as not to exceed the design live load per square foot. Welding: All structural field welding and shop welding(including welding of after placement. Beams,columns and braces shall not be spliced without prior approval of N reinforcing steel),except welding performed in the shop of a building Structural Engineer. 0 All pre—engineered/prefabricated items and materials shall be installed in strict official—approved fabricator,as required by Section 1704.3 of the IBC. All concrete shall be tested by an independent testing agency and results reported to N accordance with the manufacturers requirements and alterations are allowed only the Architect. Headed studs shall be Nelson granular Flux—filled headed anchor studs or approved DATE: ISSUE: #: with written permission from the manufacturer. Third party engineer's stamp may Expansion bolting: Review torque of all bolts to ensure that installation and equivalent,made from cold finished low carbon steel,and shall conform to ASTM 04.06.2023 PERMITSET (� be required. embedment requirements have been met. Slab on grade shall be constructed with floor Flatness,FF=40 and levelness,FL=30. A108,Grades 1015 or 1020 with a minimum tensile strength of 60,000 psi. Stud 0 All details shown shall be incorporated into the project at all appropriate locations, Floor Flatness to be measured and confirmed in accordance with ASTM E 1155. welding inspection and testing shall conform to AWS D1.1. p p jEpoxy bolting: During installation of all bolts to ensure that installation and whether specifically indicated or not. Typical details may or may not be cut on embedment requirements have been met. Deformed bar anchor studs shall be Nelson D21 granular Flux—filled rebar studs or the drawings,and details may or may not be cut at all specific locations,but shall approved equal made from low carbon cold rolled steel with a minimum tensile 0 apply unless noted otherwise. Anchor bolts: Prior to and during placement of concrete. strength of 70,000 psi. Stud welding inspection and testing shall conform to AWS NOTE TO GC AND CONCRETE SUB—CONTRACTOR: DOT. For clarity,all roof,Floor and wall openings may not be shown on structural WATER WILL NOT BE PERMITTED TO BE ADDED TO CONCRETE IN THE FIELD OR ON drawings. For exact size,number and location of openings,see architectural, THE DELIVERY TRUCKS.CONCRETE BATCH TICKETS FROM THE TRUCKS WITH Drypack grout for column base plates and bearing plates shall be nonmetallic mechanical,electrical and plumbing drawings. For framing at openings,see typical INDICATION IF WATER WAS ADDED,AND THIRD PARTY TESTING REPORTS,FOR ALL shrinkage—resistant grout with a minimum 28 day compressive strength of 5000 structural details. Verify all sizes,weights and location of mechanical and CONCRETE MUST BE PROVIDED TO NGVC ON ALL PROJECTS.THIS IS A CONDITION psi. electrical equipment,ducts,etc.with mechanical and electrical engineers through DATE: 04.06.2023 FOR PAYMENT ON THE CONCRETE LINE ITEM ON PAY APPLICATIONS. N Architect. Provide fabricator's standard rust—inhibiting primer shop paint for all steel surfaces except surfaces encased in concrete,or to receive spray—applied fireproofing. DRAWN: JE W CHECKED: JE a ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 CITY APPROVED PLANS Q Reviewed for Code Compliance UL PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE GENERAL NOTES a FOR ALL INSPECTIONS W S1 . 0 Ito Cn Page 26 of 341 I I I I I I I A >= - - - - - - -I - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - 1t - -- - U z W W -- �r Q J BULKHEAD CONSISTING Lu -- -- OF 600S162-33 STUDS __ 306 p SPA® 16"O.C. 'y sIM J 1 Of g J LL WALK-IN FREEZER PER ARCH. - + Z V <' REMOVE EXIST SLAB AND 306 rn INSTALL NEW FREEZER SLAB LD 1r BELOW PER DETAIL 301. ❑ i Y-- i I __ H o — — — — — — — — — — — — — uu — — — — — — M B a W I I I I I I INTERMEDIATE HANGER SUPPORT OF CEILING JOISTS CONSISTING OF 600S162-33 STUDS SPA® 16"O.C. VI z w w >o � — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — H- O U o I.i~ SRE H BULKHEAD CONSISTING 311 - AL OF 2x6 WO D STUDS VVV �F, NSp6 C.t1 SPA®24"O.C. � Fm —— ——— ` 1553E a 9OF T pP tA, \J 2 �\ Li 04.06.2023 311 I I I I I I c PEI � m m LI..I N EXISTING MEZZANINE STRUCTURE TO = r n N REMAIN,FIELD VERIFY 7,$ UN W U Mw c V o Z O L Z Q W y V J o 7 6 Y 4 3 2 1 ry x � U M N O DATE: ISSUE: #: N UPPER LEVEL STRUCTURAL PLAN N 04.06.2023 PERMITSET 6 SCALE: 1/8"-1'-O" CD PLAN NOTES: 14 O 1. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CEILING JOIST SCHEDULE COUNG JOIST SPAN JOIST DESIGNATION MAX JOIST SPACING REMARKS C PLAN KEYNOTES: ncN/ 0'-0'TO 10'-0° 362SI62-33 STUDS 16°o.c. DATE: 04.06.2023 I.f O7 SUPPORT HARD CEILING W/STUD C-JOISTS PER SCHEDULE THIS SHEET.SUPPORT JOISTS AT PARTITION WALLS PER DETAIL DRAWN: JE W 303 AND SUPPORT FROM ADJACENT BULKHEADS HUNG FROM ROOF PER DETAIL 306.COORD W/ARCH DWG'G. 10'-1"To 14'-0' 60OS162-33 STUDS 16"O.C. CHECKED: JE a 14'-1"TO 16'-0" 10005162-33 STUDS 16'o.C. ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O2 PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL-COORD W/ARCH DWG',.PROVIDE 600T125-43 CONT TOP TRACK WITH FULL HEIGHT STUD PACK CONSISTING OF(3)-6005162-43 STUDS AT EA END OF WALL. ATTACH TRACK TO STUD PACK WITH 16ga CLIP ANGLE WITH 'COORDINATE W/ARCH DWG'S FOR REQUIRED LOCATIONS OF CEILING JOISTS. CITY APPROVED PLANS (3)-#10 TEK EA LEG,AND ATTACH STUDS WITHIN STUD PACK TOGETHER PER DETAIL 309. NOTE:CEILING JOIST DESIGN BASED ON THE FOLLOWING CEILING LOAD CRITERIA: O AIR DOOR PER MECH/ARCH.SUPPORT FROM EXIST ROOF STRUCTURE W/UNISTRUT HANGERS OR STL FRAMING PER DETAIL 308. DEAD LOAD--6 PSI Reviewed for Code Compliance STRUCTURAL LIVE LOAD 0 PSF Q GC TO FIELD VERIFY EXIST CONSTRUCTION AND CONTACT DESIGN TEAM W/ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND. DEFLECTION LIMIT-L/360 PLAN PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Lu FOR ALL INSPECTIONS S2 ■ 0co Page 27 of 341 I I I I I I I v A --v A v A >= li ii z -- II II > w > Do LLL z z II II z W(E)-RTU I I I W GENERATOR(1400 LBS), ——�——— CENTERED ON FRAME kW' (n z 8`fR V� >om J - - - - - Cd Ed U Ed N It N EdEd a� CONDENSERS 980 LBS). AL N ��Q, NSp� _ __ r ---- --------�\ ` 15536 a � 9T Pyp — __ __ __ ____ B 'SON FOR 1 1 (E) RTU I J _ __ \\\ 3 U.ELDRl \\\ 04.06.2023 I jl u (E)-RTU - - - - � w xEd Lu w w x Lu w w r `a Q e U - o � Z N � r 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 ry � - o U � M N O ROOF FRAMING PLAN JN DATE: ISSUE: #: N SCALE: 1�8"-1'-0" 04.06.2023 PERMITSET (� PLAN NOTES: PLAN KEYNOTES: CD 1. COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL O1 PROVIDE STEEL FRAME FOR NEW CONDENSER RACKS PER DETAIL 325.CONDENSER FRAME LOCATION MAY BE SHIFTED UP TO O DIMENSIONS AND EXISTING CONDITIONS AND SHALL REPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES TO 1'-0"ALONG JOISTS IN ORDER TO ALIGN ONE SIDE OF FRAME WITH EXIST JOIST PANEL POINTS PER DETAIL 325.TOP OF THE ARCHITECT BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. FRAME MUST BE COMPLETELY LEVEL-FIELD VERIFY SLOPE OF EXIST JOIST PRIOR TO FABRICATION OF FRAME AND ADJUST FRAME POST LENGTHS ACCORDINGLY.MAINTAIN 4'-0"CLR BETWEEN CONDENSERS,COORD W/ARCH AND MECH DRAWINGS. O2 PROVIDE STEEL FRAME FOR GENERATOR PER DETAIL 341.FRAME TO BE GENERALLY CENTERED ABOVE EXISTING BUILDING COLUMN,HOWEVER LOCATION MAY BE SHIFTED UP TO 1'-0"ALONG JOISTS IN ORDER TO ALIGN ONE SIDE OF FRAME WITH N EXIST JOIST PANEL POINTS.TOP OF FRAME MUST BE COMPLETELY LEVEL-FIELD VERIFY SLOPE OF EXIST JOIST PRIOR TO DATE: 04.06.2023 N FABRICATION OF FRAME AND ADJUST FRAME POST LENGTHS ACCORDINGLY.COORD W/ARCH AND MECH DRAWINGS. LI /'` DRAWN: JE L O3 BULKHEAD BELOW SUPPORTED BY ROOF STRUCTURE.SEE SHEET S2.0 AND CORRESPONDING DETAILS. CITY APPROVED PLANS CHECKED: JE a ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 Reviewed for Code Compliance 0 LL PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE ROOF FRAMING Q PLAN W FOR ALL INSPECTIONS S2 . 1 to Page 28 of 341 TT REFRIGERATED SPACE >= WALK� FREEZER BY OTHERS NOTE: COORD W/ARCH AND MECH DWG's FOR LOCATIONS OF NEW UTILITIES SIMPSON L30 ANGLE REQUIRING EXIST SLAB TO BE PATCHED AS REQ'D FOR INSTALLATION. EA JOIST TO TRACK Lu #4®12 E.W. 1"XPS INSULATION, CENTERLINE OF 6°CONCRETE SLAB SEE ARCH DWG'S Z OF CONDE41TEM ENERATOR PANEL POINT CURB ABOVED W/ "p" 2' PLAN&CURMAX STEEL JOIST Lu o EXIST CONIC SLAB CONT 20go TRACK. UJ R o FIELD VERIFY ATTACH W/(4)-#10 > w #3 DOWELS®18"O.C.,EA SCREWS,EA STUD 3"MAX O O WAY.DRILL AND EPDXY IN a q NEW CONCRETE SLAB WHERE 1/2"m MINIMUM DRILLED "U"BOLT HANGERS g MATO FOR UTILITY TRENCHES. HOLES IN EXIST GONG EACH END -TYPICAL DO NOT ILL II II -II -TYP HELD ANY HANGERS Z � III III III MATCH SLAD THICKNESS OF TO BOTTOM CHORD Q 0 �Z EXIST SLAB,4'"MIN Ti= 6' GYP CEILING PER I-- EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB ARCH DWGS AUXILIARY SIST WEB Lu 4°CONCRETE"MUD" L 1 1/2 X 1 1/4 REQUIRED D CENTERLINE OF uj SLAB,UNREINFORCED CEILING JOIST PER PLAN WHEN D E6 PANEL POINT (TROWEL FINISH NOT REQ'D) _ WALL ARCHRDWG's VAPOR BARRIER b 6- _ PIPE,DUCT ER ITEM4"XPS INSULATION, bQ�° �—� SUPPORTED TOMCHORD OF SOIST SEE ARCH DWG'S NOTE: GC TO CONFIRM EXIST SLAB IS NOT A STRUCTURAL SLAB ON VOID W PRIOR TO REMOVING EXIST SLAB AS REQ'D FOR FREEZER SLAB. TYPICAL AUXILIARY 301 SECTION AT WALK-IN FREEZER SLAB INTERIOR SLAB PATCH DETAIL (AS REQ'D) 0 CEILING SUPPORTED BY WALLS 0 JOIST WEB MEMBER AND HANGER Z g� SCALE: 3/4-1'-0" V "= ' '= ' "SCALE: 1 1 2 1'-0 SCALE: 3 4 1-O SCALE. 3�4"=1'-0" � / AUX WEB MEMBER AT JOIST PER � ROD TIE BACK TO EA WALL TYP DTL,FIELD VERIFY STUD OR HEADER PER MANF, L4x4xY,SPANNING L` 8 TYP EA SIDE OF AIR DOOR BETWEEN JOISTS(ALT: v UNISTRUT CHANNEL) O U m MIN�is'0 THREADED ROD z (2)-60OS162-54 STUDS CENT HANGERS ATTACHED VIA w ABOVE STUD HANGERS.ATTACH WITH SIZE W/AIR DOOR MANF ROD INSERTS,CONFIRM ROD a H �� (2)-#10 TEK EA SIDE OF STUD HANGER EXIST ROOF JOISTS TOP CHORD OF Li PLATE WASHER W/ EXISTING JOIST #10 TEK SCREW,EA STUD,TYP DOUBLE NUTS AT AIR DOOR PER TOP OF EA ALL STEEL ANGLE-COPE TYPIC HORIZONTAL LEG AS ——— — ————————————————— ARCH/MECH DWGS THREAD HANGER /1 6 AL EACH END REQUIRED AT SUPPORT qL " ---�— ---- ———————————— ATTACH TO JOIST TOP SECTION HANGER ATTACHMENT AT ROOF Ns Ncf X SECTION [CHORE W/16ga CLIP X SCALE:N.T.S. O� FO y� ATTACH EA STUD TO ANGLE W/(4)-#10 TEK 1^ TYP JOIST BOTTOM CHORD (2)-60OS162-54 STUDS BETWEEN SCREWS EA LEG a 15536 F W/16go CLIP ANGLE JOISTS-LOCATE AT EA JOIST PANEL X /#10 TEK SCREW POINT.THIS CROSS MEMBER CAN BE W ,��9T PLO XISnNG JOIST LEG,TYPICAL REMOVED IF ROOF JOISTS RUN MIN�6"m THREADED ROD ON P OR l0 OG� OPEN PERPENDICULAR TO BULKHEAD i HANGERS ATTACHED VIA J,ELD ROD INSERTS,CONFIRM ROD STUD BRACING TO ADJACENT EXIST ROOF L 3 X 3 X 1/4-TYPICAL /�/� SIZE W/AIR DOOR MANF 04.06.2023 / 60OS162-33 JOIST TOP CHORD AT WALL ENDS / JOISTS AIR DOOR PER STUD HANGERS AND SPA®4'-0"MAX,TYP ARCH/MECH DWGS ®16"O.C. - EXISTING OVERLAP STUDS AND CONN F STEEL DECK W/(4)-#10 TEN SCREWS, `STOREFRONT OR OH DOOR OPENING x TYP EA END of EA JoIST BRACING ATTACHMENT I I I O WELD EXISPNG STEEL DECK TO ANGLES AT EDGE OF NEW OVERLAP STUDS AND OPENING WITH 1/2'm PUDDLE WELDS AT 12"O.C. CONN W/(4)—#10 TEK — ELEVATION VIEW w C'1 2 SCREWS(TYP) I' ; a` -------------- NOTES: 1)DO W/ARCH&MECH DWG'S FOR AIR DOOR LOCATIONS. t 2)GC TO REVIEW EXIST CONDITIONS ABOVE AIR DOOR AND CONTACT CEILING JOISTS PER PLAN. DESIGN TEAM W/ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND. U F N O TYPICAL FRAMING UNDER RTU CURB & h AT NEW OPENING IN EXISTING ROOF CEILING SUPPORTED BY BULKHEAD AIR DOOR SUPPORT DETAIL (IF REQ'D) SCALE: 3/4"=1'-0" 0 SCALE: N.T.S. v SCALE: N.T.S. F o r Z �_ BEAR CROSS MEMBERS FULLY ON U E JOIST CHORD ANGLE AND PROVIDE STEEL ROOF STEEL ROOF ATTACH EA VERT STUD STRUCTURE STRUCTURE y 2x BLOCKING BETWEEN EA END W/SIMPSON A35 ANGLE, Z - OF CROSS MEMBER. BOTH SIDES,TYP 2 0 y t e ry U � M EXIST ROOF DECK N •I 0 DATE: ISSUE: #: N () 04.06.2023 PERMIT SET i6ga CLIP ANGLE W/ 2x6 CROSS MEMBERS SPA BETWEEN JOIST 0 #10 SCREWS SPA (3)-#10 TEK AND AT 24"O.C., CHORDS,ONE ®16"O.C.,TYP STUD MFR'S VERTICAL ATTACH TO CONC W/ STUD PACK EA SIDE OF 0 SLIDE CLIP W ikz" (3)-TITEN SCREWS EA OVER-LAP STUDS VERTICAL STUDS. / AND ATTACH W/ BEAR FULLY ON VERT DEFLECTION LEG.INSTALL CLIP BOTH (4)-SDS SCREWS,TYP CHORD ANGLE ALLOWANCE.ATTACH W/ SIDES OF STUD PACK. 2x6 LATERAL BRACING TO 2x6 LATERAL BRACING TO (3)-#10 TEK EA LEG. STUD PACK CONT BOLT TRACK ROOF SPA®6'-0"O.C.MAX CROOF SPA®6'-0'O.C.MAX C STUDS WITHIN INSTALL CLIP BOTH AND AT WALL ENDS. AND AT WALL ENDS. G CENT TRACK STUD PACK SIDES OF STUD PACK. PER PLAN DATE: 04.06.2023 :4 cONT 2x6 W/(2)-SDS WOOD CONT 2x6 W/(2)-SDS WOOD DRAWN: JE W SCREWS INTO EA VERT 2x SCREWS INTO EA VERT 2x ^ WOOD BOARDS - WOOD BOARDS CHECKED: JE Li ® PER ARCH DWG's ® PER ARCH DWG's PLAN VIEW SECTION AT TOP SECTION AT BOTTOM ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 2x6 WOOD STUDS AT 2x6 WOOD STUDS AT 24"O.C.-LAP W/ 24"O.C. O CROSS MEMBERS ABOVE LL BULKHEAD PARALLEL WITH ROOF JOISTS BULKHEAD PERPENDICULAR TO ROOF JOISTS DETAILS 301-320 0 W PARTIAL HEIGHT WALL - STUD PACK CONNECTIONS CITY APPROVEDPLANS PRODUCE BULKHEAD DETAIL neviewedJor code complianreS3 . 0 cn0SCALE. N.T.S PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE SCALE'. 3/4-l'—O FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 29 of 341 JOIST C JOIST Q JOIST C JOIST C JOIST L3x3x-6 DRAG STRUTS 3Y° JOISTS BENEATH FRAME.0 STD PIPE,LOCATED BELOW DECK,TYR BETWEEN 3Y"0 STD PIPE,LOCATED 3Y°0 STD PIPE,LOCATED AT JOIST PANEL POINTS SEE SECTION FOR AT JOIST PANEL POINTS AT JOIST PANEL POINTS ATTACHMENT TO DECK. >= L5x5xY L5x5ey _______LSx5&- _____ _______ L5x5xY________ I I I I PIPE POST� L3x30(6 DRAG STRUTS W BELOW DECK,TYP BETWEEN 4 4 JOISTS BENEATH FRAME. SEE SECTION FOR -N` N o LLI F M ATTACHMENT TO DECK. ao > M M o 3?m Lu OOf p- B TYR — F Q �LL II Z M Z ILILSxSxYa ) L5x5xyi L5x5xYi L5x5xY PIPE POST Z_---- -- ---------- A -— --__ -___- --___------ W 3Y"0 STD PIPE,ADD AUXILIARY W 3Y"0 STD PIPE,ADD AUXILIARY WEB MEMBER TO JOIST BELOW 3Y"0 STD PIPE,ADD AUXILIARY WEB MEMBER TO JOIST BELOW TYR IF LOCATED MORE THAN 6" TYR WEB MEMBER TO JOIST BELOW IF LOCATED MORE THAN 6" FROM JOIST PANEL POINT IF LOCATED MORE THAN 6" FROM JOIST PANEL POINT FROM JOIST PANEL POINT CONDENSER RACK LENGTH-COORD W/PLAN&CONFIRM W/FINAL CONDENSER RACK SUBMITTAL CONDENSER FRAME (PLAN VIEW) I CONDENSER RACKS J BY OTHERS(NOT SHOWN) 8�R VI (2)-L2x2 CROSS MEMBERS CONS BOTH L2x2 CROSS MEMBERS Q YP $ OF F T SIDES OF FRAME o F a/Is u w ------------ CONT LSxS ANGLE FRAME NOTES: j o 1)FIELD-VERIFY STEEL ROOF JOIST LOCATIONS AND a r SPACING PRIOR TO FABRICATING CONDENSER FRAME Q 2)CONNECTIONS OF CONDENSER RACK TO STEEL FRAME j 8 IS PER CONDENSER MANE F, ? 3)TOP OF FRAME TO BE COMPLETELY LEVEL.FIELD-VERIFY O u JOIST SLOPES AND ADJUST FRAME POST LENGTHS TO 3Y"O PIPE POSTS,LOCATE z. COMPENSATE FOR SLOPE ACCORDINGLY. ONE SIDE DIRECTLY ABOVE m"' 3Y"0 STD PIPE JOIST PANEL POINT ^^ _ BASEJE%x6x0'-6"CENTERED ON JOIST TOP CHORD METAL DECK L3x3 DRAG STRUTS PER PLAN AL N NSPO (2)-L2x2 CROSS MEMBERS 15536 a L3x3xY6 DRAG STRUT BETWEEN 3/ts Tm _3x3x�6 DRAG JOISTS BENEATH STRUT RAME,A EACH PIPE POST J�9TF OF JOISTS BENEATH FRAME,ATTACH TO DECK W/WELDS OR SCREWS N-7 ELDR1� TO DECK W/WELDS OR SCREWS ®6"O.C.COPE ENDS AND WELD ®6"O.C.COPE ENDS AND WELD TO JOIST TOP CHORDS L5x5 ANGLE FRAME TYP 04.06.2023 3/16 ADD AUXILIARY JOIST WEB TO JOIST TOP CHORDS ��ADD AUXILIARY JOIST WEB MEMBER IF LOCATED MORE MEMBER IF LOCATED MORE THAN THAN 6"FROM JOIST PANEL 6"FROM JOIST PANEL POINT STEEL ROOF JOISTS � � s STEEL ROOF JOISTS m SECTION PLAN VIEW SECTION W^' SCALE: N.T.S. B SCALE:N.T.S. SCALE:N.T.S. CONDENSER FRAME DETAILS o 0 r `a ~ ° 2 N SCALE: N.T.S. U � W W U F r U E � Z Q W y V ry I J U � M N CD DATE: ISSUE: #: N 04.06.2023 PERMITSET 6 CD 14 0 G CITY APPROVED PLANS DATE: 04.06.2023 Lu DRAWN: JE W CHECKED: JE a Reviewed for Code Compliance ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE UL DETAILS 321-340 0 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS W S3 . 1 Page 30 of 341 PERIMETER FRAME CONSISTING OF W6x8.5 BEAMS EXPANDED SHEET METAL(10ga MIN),SEE ARCH DWG's >= INTERMEDIATE L4x4xYa ANGLES SPA®24"O.C. H uj TYP 3/16 MAX ALONG LENGTH OF FRAME.ALIGN ANGLES z W/GENERATOR DIMENSIONS AND COORD Lu 31"0 STD PIPE LOCATED ATTACHMENT W/GENERATOR MANE.ALL ANGLE W 111 AT EA JOIST/BEAM,FIELD ENDS TO BE FULLY WELDED W/Yis"FILLET WELD, O O VERIFY,TYP 6 PLACES. ALL AROUND,COPE AS REQ'D. o �J EXPANDED SHEET METAL ILL LL (10ga MIN),SEE ARCH DWG's �z LuMAINTENANCE PLATFORM CONSISTING \ CONT L3131%s ALONG EXTERIOR FRAME 2 O.C. WHERE REQ'D FOR MAINTENANCE PLATFORM, uj OF 4"O.C.LOCATE PLATFORM ON xLy(MIN)STEEL FRAMES SPA �� FULLY WELDED TO EA PIPE POST EACH LONGITUDINAL SIDE OF � GENERATOR(2 SIDES),COORD W/ BASEIPYsx60'-6"CENTERED ON JOIST TOP CHORD, ARCH DWG's AND GENERATOR MANE WELD W/�(s'FILLET WELD,ALL AROUND Cn I/►Z 8�2 V�l7 ADD AUXILIARY JOIST WEB MEMBER IF LOCATED MORE THAN 6"FROM JOIST PANEL 'c J ROOF JOIST, FIELD VERIFY O V 341 FRAME UNDER GENERATOR d SCALE: N.T.S. O AL FN ��4rai�VCENSp10 C`'ly�ta 15538 a �O 9T f OF lDpa(a2 N�•ELDR�� 05.16.2023 21 L^^ GENERAL SHELVING NOTES: WALL MOUNT BRACKET 1)COORDINATE WITH ARCH DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL SHELVING SECTIONS. PER LOZIER(AS REQ'D). ANY REQUIRED WALL ATTACHMENTS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY EXCALIBUR ATTACH W1 3"SELF- f IN ACCORDANCE W THE DRILLING SCREWS(TYP) SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS OF O d / I F ` THE APPLICABLE BLDG CODES SIMPSON A66 ANGLES W/(2)-3/8"0 x 3-3/4" HILT]WEDGE ANCHORS TO SLAB&SD SCREWS TO _- SHELVING STRUCTURE WOOD BASE STRUCTURE.LOCATE ANGLES WITHIN w a BY LOZIER 1'-0"FROM SHELF ENDS&SPA®5'-0"MAX, c/ SHELVING STRUCTURE BOTH SIDES(TYP ALL RJM SHELVING SECTIONS). WOOD SHELVING STRUCTURE a BY EXCALIBUR ABOVE BASE.ATTACH `a N PER SHELVING MANE. —a WOOD SHELVING BASE MD 1.— Q e � STRUCTURE BY RJM c CONC SLAB GONG SLAB N m r—__————— ———— —————— ——— u 0 W U CONC SLAB W = ANCHOR R's PER LOZIER. ANCHOR IF's PER EXCALIBUR. BEYOND r 1. ATTACH ALL P's TO CONC SLAB ATTACH ALL VF TO CONE SLAB o W/(2)-3/8"0 x 3-3/4" W/(1)-3/8"0 x 3-3/4" HILTI WEDGE ANCHORS(TYP) HILT]WEDGE ANCHOR(TYP) Z m E O N Z O COZIER SHELVING EXCALIBUR SHELVING L- Q N (ELEVATION VIEW) (ELEVATION VIEW) RJM CABINETRY SHELVINGfy u I L6 (PLAN VIEW) O SHELVING ANCHORAGE TO FLOOR (SHELVES OVER 5'-9" TALL) IL °+ SCALE N.T.S. DATE: ISSUE: #: : 04.06.2023 PERMIT SET 05.16.2023 REVISION 1 Z _0 Lu w DATE: 05.16.2023 Z DRAWN: JE CHECKED: JE 0 ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 CITY APPROVED PLANS V D Reviewed for Code Compliance DETAILS 341-360 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Z S3 . 2 Page 31 of 341 SHEET LIST Current MECHANICAL SYMBOLS GENERAL SYMBOLS Sheet Number Sheet Name Revision Current Datevision Current Descrptionion M0.1 MECHANICAL COVER SHEET Room name M0.2 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES 12"x12" RECTANGULAR DUCT ANNOTATION 101 ROOM NAME ROOM TAG M0.3 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES EXHAUST DIFFUSER,GRILLE OR REGISTER 12"/12" FLAT OVAL DUCT ANNOTATION ROOM NUMBER M0.4 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS i 12"0 ROUND DUCT ANNOTATION SIM VIEW NUMBER ENLARGED VIEW TAG M0.5 MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS VAV-1 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT TAG ■ 1 SHEET NAME M0.6 MECHANICAL VENTILATION J W 1 A701 M0,7 MECHANICAL 3D VIEW z MD1.1 MECHANICAL DEMO FLOOR PLAN w M 200 AIR FLOW CFM MARK GRILLE,REGISTER,OR DIFFUSER TAG SIM VIEW NUMBER SECTION VIEW TAG MD1.2 MECHANICAL DEMO ROOF PLAN w Lu 00 1ry 8"0,NP.(3) NECK SIZE,TYPICAL COUNT SHEET NUMBERA1o1 M1.1 MECHANICAL FLOOR PLANS O �O_. M2.1 MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN IL RETURN DIFFUSER,GRILLE OR REGISTER RS) TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1/A101 VIEW NUMBER/SHEET NUMBER VIEW REFERENCE M3.1 MECHANICAL DETAILS LL a Z M Z OT THERMOSTAT < 0 O ® Z rn T C CARBON MONOXIDE SENSOR SHEET NOTE H MECHANICAL GENERAL NOTES ^ w CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE SENSOR Uj 0 _ POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING 0 OCCUPANCY SENSOR 1.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. TO OTHER SENSOR-SEE PLANS FOR DESCRIPTION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION 2.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE WORK INDICATED HEREON W/PLUMBING,ELECTRICAL&FIRE PROTECTION /\ CONTROL WIRE/CONNECTION SECTIONS.SUBMIT''/."SCALE SHOP DRAWINGS FOR DUCT SYSTEMS,DIMENSIONED TO INCORPORATE THE WORK V J■ i SUPPLY DIFFUSER,GRILLE OR REGISTER.SEE AD A R FOIL DOOR OF OTHER TRADES.INDICATE SPACES RESERVED FOR FIRE SPRINKLER,PIPING&ELECTRICAL CONDUIT MAINS. GRILLE,REGISTER AND DIFFUSER SCHEDULE FOR HWS- HEATING WATER SUPPLY AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR THROW DIRECTION(S), 3.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE,BRANCH DUCTS TO INDIVIDUAL TERMINALS,DIFFUSERS AND GRILLES SHALL BE HWR HEATING WATER RETURN APD AIR PRESSURE DROP SAME SIZE AS NECK INLET. HWS- CHILLED WATER SUPPLY BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM 4.PROVIDE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULED OR INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS BUT NOT INCLUDED WITHIN THE SPECIFICATIONS.INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS AND APPLICABLE #22 274 CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY CODES.PROVIDE SUBMITTALS. CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN CV CONSTANT VOLUME 5.ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE VERIFIED WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS m . CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY PRIOR TO EQUIPMENT ORDER RELEASE.ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL WORK RESULTING FROM EQUIPMENT >=O m 1 FIRE OR FIRE/SMOKE DAMPER.SEE DRAWINGS FOR HWR CONDENSER WTER RETURN CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN SUBSTITUTION IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THIS CONTRACTOR. h Q of Q ADDITIONAL INFORMATION. (D) DEMO'D 6.LENGTH OF FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK SHALL BE LIMITED TO 5-0"MAX.HORIZONTAL RUN WITH ONLY ONE 90 DEG. PIPE UP DOC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL ELBOW PERMITTED.SECURE FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK WITH SCREWS&DRAW BANDS. o R c. J PIPE DOWN DIFF DIFFUSER o MANUAL BALANCING DAMPER 7.DUCT SIZES INDICATED ARE NET INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. 3 l v (E) EXISTING PIPE TEE DOWN EA EXHAUST AIR 8.PROVIDE CEILING OPERATIONS FOR INACCESSIBLE M.V.D:S WHERE INDICATED,EQUAL TO YOUNG REGULATOR, D MITERED DUCT ELBOW EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM REMOTE FEAR OPERATED,WITH CEILING ESCUTCHEON. ] PIPE CAP ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE PIPE ELBOW 9.ITEM DESIGNATIONS INDICATED HEREON ARE FOR PURPOSES OF THESE DOCUMENTS ONLY.CONTRACTOR RADIUSED DUCT ELBOW T FC FORWARD CURVED SHALL VERIFY W/OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE ACTUAL"TAGGING"INFORMATION TO BE PROVIDED FOR EACH ITEM FD FLOOR DRAIN OF MECHANICAL EQUIP.PRIOR TO NAMEPLATE ORDER RELEASE. p PIPE REDUCER FS FLOOR SINK f� MITERED ELBOW WITH SINGLE THICKNESS TURNING VANES 's' PIPE TEE GR GRILLE 10.CEILING DIFFUSERS SHALL BE 36"MIN.FORM CEILING MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS.COORD.W/ELECTRICAL u DIVISION. s THREE-WAY VALVE HWR HEATING WATER RETURN 11.SECURE DIFFUSERS&GRILLES TO T-BAR CEILINGS,WHERE APPLICABLE.SUBMIT SHOP DWG.FOR APPROVAL StONAL E . MITERED ELBOW WITH DOUBLE THICKENSS TURNING VANES . BUTTERFLY VALVE HWS HEATING WATER SUPPLY PRIOR TO BEGIN.WORK. I� MA MIXED AIR 12.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANS FOR ACTUAL LOCATION OF GRILLES&DIFFUSERS IN BALL VALVE (N) NEW CEILING,AS WELL AS ACCESS DOORS. 2085 x PLUG VALVE NG NATURAL GAS 13.COORDINATE EQUIP.DIMENSIONS AND LAYOUT W/PLUMBING SECTION WHERE FLOOR SINKS ARE INDICATED. H dd BALANCING VALVE OBD ON-BOARD DAMPER 14.PIPES PASSING THRU FIRE RATED WALLS&FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED WITH U.L.LISTED MATERIAL EQUAL TO plc; MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE OSA OUTSIDE AIR 3M FIRE BARRIER,CAULK OR PUTTY.SEALANT'S RATING SHALL MATCH THE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLY. �NEY OST OVERFLOW STORM Y-STRAINER 15.PROVIDE VALVE TAGS AND PIPE IDENTIFICATION BANDS.TAGS SHALL BE BRASS W/CHAIN.IDENTIFICATION (R) RELOCATED BANDS SHALL BE LOCATED EVERY 25 FEET AND ON EITHER SIDE OF INTERMEDIATE BARRIER. RA RETURN AIR p PRESSURE GAUGE 16.PROVIDE 18"X 18"MIN.ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS AND WALLS FOR EQUIP.REQUIRING ACCESS OR ADJUSTMENT. SA SUPPLYAIR COORDINATE LOCATIONS AND SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK. THERMOMETER Sp STATIC PRESSURE F ST STORM 17.TURNING VANE RUNNERS SHALL HAVE A VANE IN EVERY SLOT IN STRICT CONFORMANCE WITH MFR.'S INSTRUCTIONS AND SMACNA DUCT CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. 06 T-STAT THERMOSTAT S TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD 18.VERIFY FIT DUCTWORK AND PIPING PRIOR TO FABRICATION. ' = m m TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE 19.INSULATED PIPING EXPOSED TO VIEW(THROUGHOUT THE FACILITY)SHALL BE COVERED FINISHED W/PVC VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME JACKET EQUAL TO MANVILLE PVC/PERMA-WELD PIPE JACKETING SYSTEM USING 30 MIL THICK JACKET.FITTINGS, LU /4 ^.t VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE FLANGES VALVES&ACCESSORIES SHALL BE JACKETED.INSTALL PER MFRS.INSTRUCTIONS W/SEAM ON TOP OF �/ a Q PIPE SO AS NOT TO BE VISIBLE FROM OCCUPIED SPACE. -m WC WATERCOLUMN y WP WORKING PRESSURE 20.DUCTWORK LOCATED BEL.7'-6"IN MECHANICAL ROOMS SHALL BE EQUIPPED W/PADDING MATERIAL ON ALL Q e o WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP CORNERS,EDGES&OTHER SURFACES WHICH MAY BE HAZARDOUS. I-- ~ m w, U " 9N 21.COORDINATE&VERIFY ACTUAL APPROVED EQUIP.DIMENSIONS PRIOR TO POURING EQUIP.PADS E N w s. 22.DUCT MOUNTED SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE ZERO VELOCITY TYPE WHERE INDICATED ON DRAWINGS LU 2 U 23.DRAIN PIPING FROM A/C EQUIPMENT SHALL BE ROUTE SO AS NOT TO CREATE A TRIPPING HAZARD. COORDINATE ACTUAL DRAIN CONNECTIONS WITH PLUMBING SECTIONS.COORDINATE FLOOR SINK LOCATIONS 0 G ACCORDINGLY. Z E �o x 24.CONDENSATE DRAIN TRAPS SHALL BE 3"DEEP,MINIMUM. - o U W25.COORDINATE ALL CHASE,SLEEVE AND SLAB BLOCK OUT REQUIREMENTS BEFORE CONCRETE IS POURED OR Z�1 �+ BLOCK IS SET. n L w ` A 26.PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN DUCTWORK UPSTREAM OF EACH REHEAT COIL.DUCTMATE METU ROUND DUCT 0 Q s ACCESS DOOR. c a ao 27.DUCTWORK VISIBLE BEHIND DIFFUSERS,RESISTERS,OR GRILLES SHALL BE PAINTED FLAT BLACK. n/ _ 33 G" 28.REFER TO EQUIPMENT DRAWINGS,SPECS,&SHOP DRAWINGS FOR CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT. V m 3 M CODES & DESIGN CRITERIA F 29.MANUAL VOLUME DAMPERS AND VALES ON INSULATED DUCTWORK AND PIPING SHALL HAVE EXTENDED STEMS N TO ALLOW FOR THE INSULATION THICKNESS.PROVIDE MIN.12"LONG RED RIBBON QUADRANT LOCATOR ON 0 JURISDICTION: CITY OF TWIN FALLS VOLUME DAMPER HANDLES. C9 MECHANICAL CODE: 20181MC N �. ENERGY CODE: 2018 IECC 30.CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY INCORRECT ASSUMPTIONS PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK. DATE: ISSUE: 9: LOCAL AMMENDMENTS: AS AMMENDED IN 2018 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT n CLIMATE ZONE: 56 31.HVAC EQUIPMENT SHALL BE SEALED OFF,KEPT FREE FROM DEBRIS,AND SHALL REMAIN UNOPERATIONAL O C`1 PROJECT ELEVATION: 3616' DURING CONSTRUCTION FOR ANY REASON.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TEMPORARY HEAT AS REQUIRED. WINTER DESIGN DB: 6.4 DEG.F SUMMER DESIGN DBNVB: 93.5/63.3 DEG.F A 0 32.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BRING ERRORS AND OMISSIONS WHICH MAY OCCUR IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DB DESIGN FOR AIR COOLED 95 DEG.F TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT VERBALLY AND IN WRITING.WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE OBTAINED w BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE RESULTS OF ANY ERRORS,DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,OF WHICH THE CONTRACTOR r� FAILED TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CONSTRUCTION AND/OR FABRICTION OF THE WORK. C^. a n/ F+ DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: ERK LU z CHECKED: JCAA d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 c MECHANICAL COVER 0 SHEET LL CITY APPROVED PLANSLU 0 yReviewed Jor Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE cn Mo . FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1 co Page 32 of 341 AIR HANDLER SCHEDULE (NATURAL GAS HEATING - DX COOLING) COOLING CAPACITY HEATING CAPACITY SUPPLY FAN TAG MANUFACTURER/ LOCATION/ �MB.TAL SENSIBLE EAT LAT CONDENSERAMB. EFFICIENCY INPUT OUTPUT EAT LAT TOTAL OUTDOORAIR SUPPLYESP MAXFAN MIN.MOTOR MCA MOCP VOLT/PH/HZ SCCR WEIGHT OVERALL NOTES ` MODEL SERVICE MBH (DB/WB) (DB/WB) AIR TEMP(DEG.F) (EER) (MBH @ S.L.) (MBH @ S.L.) CFM CFM (IN W.C.) MOTOR RPM HP (k) (LBS) DIMENSIONST E( )RTU-1 LENNOX/ ROOF/ 152 - - - 95 12 260 208 - - 5200 650 - - - 30 35 460/3/60 - EXISTING EXISTING 1-4 LGH156H4MS2G EXISTING E( )RTU-2 LENNOX/ ROOF/ 118 - - - 95 12 240 192 - - 4000 500 - - - 24 30 460/3/60 - EXISTING EXISTING 1-4 ■ LGH120H4MH3G EXISTING W E( )RTU-3 LENNOX/ ROOF/ 118 - - - 95 12 240 192 - - 4000 0 - - - 24 30 460/3/60 - EXISTING EXISTING 1-4 J LGH120H4MH3G EXISTING W o E( )RTU-4 LENNOX/ ROOF/ 152 - - - 95 12 260 208 - - 5200 1000 - - - 30 35 460/3/60 - EXISTING EXISTING 1-4 2 j M W u,00 LGH156H4MS2G EXISTING O ry 0 E( 1RTU-5 LENNOX/ ROOF/ 120 - - - 95 12 240 192 - - 4000 500 - - - 24 30 460/3/60 - EXISTING EXISTING 1-4 0' LGH120H4MH3G EXISTING (L _J E( )RTU-6 LENNOX/ ROOF/ 60 - - - 95 12.7 150 120 - - 1900 240 - - - 15 20 460/3/60 - EXISTING EXISTING 1-4 LGH060H4EH4G EXISTING Q M Z m— NOTES: LU 1.ROOFTOP UNITS ARE(E)TO REMAIN. 2 CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SERVICE TO FUNCTIONAL UNITS.SERVICE SHALL INCLUDE AT MINIMUM:BLOWING OUT CONDENSATE LINE,REPLACING BELTS,CLEANING COILS,LUBRICATION OF BEARINGS AND MOTOR,CHECKING TIGHTNESS OF ALL BOLTS AND FASTENERS INCLUDING FAN WHEEL AND HOUSING,AND INSPECTION OF FAN IMPELLER AND HOUSING FOR ANY FATIGUE,CORROSION,WEAR OR DAMAGE. 3.BALANCE(E)UNITS TO PROVIDE CFM VALUES SHOWN ABOVE. )/ 4.VERIFY(E)THERMOSTATS,SENSORS AND CONTROLS WITH OWNERSHIP AND PROVIDE REPLACEMENTS PER BRAND STANDARD IF DESIRED. V EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE GRILLE, DIFFUSER, AND REGISTER SCHEDULE #22.274 TAG I MANUFACTURER/ LOCATION/ CFM ESP POWER VOLT/HZ/ WEIGHT NOTES TAG USE PATTERN ACCESSORIES FINISH MAKE&MODEL REMARKS mon MODEL SERVICE (IN.WC) HP PHASE (LBS) r Ef )EF-1 EXISTING ROOF/ 275 - - - _ 4 SD-1 CEILING DIFFUSER SURFACE VOLUME DAMPER. BYARCH PRICE BCD 12"xl2"FACE N U o RESTROOMS PRIMED NECK SIZE VARIES,SEE DRAWINGS 'a rn 3Ra RAF4 GREENHECK/ CEILING/ 260 0.25 135W 120/60/1 23 1,2,3,5 SD-2 CEILING DIFFUSERS LAY-IN - BY ARCH PRICE SCD 24"x24"FACE o SP-A390 IT PRIMED NECK SIZE VARIES,SEE DRAWINGS y 3 EF-5 GREENHECK/ INDOOR INLINE/ 700 0.375 1/4 120/60/1 70 1,2,5,6 SD-3 CEILING DIFFUSERS LAY-IN VOLUME DAMPER. BY ARCH SHOEMAKER 24"x24"FACE SO-99-VG MEZZANINE W/BOWTIE PRIMED FfD-BD NECK SIZE VARIES,SEE DRAWINGS EF-6 GREENHECK/ INDOOR INLINE/ 1364 0.375 3/4 120/60/1 90 1,2,5,7 SD-4 CEILING DIFFUSERS SURFACEIDUCT O.B.D. BY ARCH PRICE 520 NECK SIZE VARIES,SEE DRAWINGS SQ-140-VG MEZZANINE PRIMED NOTES: SD-5 CEILING/SIDEWALL DUCT AIR SCOOP BYARCH PRICE SDGE NECK SIZE VARIES,SEE DRAWINGS 1:GREENHECK IS ONLY ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER. SUPPLY GRILLE PRIMED 2:PROVIDE WITH BACKDRAFT DAMPER. RG-1 CEILING RETURN GRILLE LAY-IN - BYARCH PRICE 535 NECK SIZE VARIES,SEE DRAWINGS 3:FAN WILL BE CONTROLLED BY LINE VOLTAGE REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT. PRIMED 4:(E)FAN TO REMAIN.REBALANCE TO PROVIDE THE CFM SHOWN ABOVE.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE SERVICE TO UNIT AS NECESSARY. 5\ONAL f 5:PROVIDE SCR CONTROLLER. RG-2 CEILING RETURN GRILLE SURFACE VOLUME DAMPER. BYARCH PRICE 90D NECK SIZE VARIES,SEE DRAWINGS �t4'S ENS NC/ 6:THE FAN IS ACTIVATED BY REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT,WHEN THERE IS A RISE IN TEMPERATURE ABOVE 80 DEGREES.MAKEUP AIR FOR NORMAL PRIMED VENTILATION AND HEAT RISE IS BEING PROVIDED THROUGH A TRANSFER DUCT THAT COMMUNICATES WITH THE STOCK ROOM AND RETAIL SPACE. Q - p INTERLOCK EF-5 WITH TRANSFER DUCT MOTORIZED DAMPER.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY ALL CONTACTORS AS REQUIRED.COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICIAN. SP-1 SUPPLY PLENUM - - BYARCH RUSKIN REFER SHEET 3.1,DETAIL#8 20855 7:THE EXHAUST WILL BE ACTIVATED UPON ACTUATION OF THE REFRIGERANT LEAK DETECTION SYSTEM.THE MAKEUP AIR DURING THIS EMERGENCY PRIMED DLD-2010 - CONDITION IS PROVIDED WITH A DUCT EXTENDED THROUGH THE ROOF WITH A INTAKE HOOD IH-1 PROVIDING 100%OUTSIDE AIR.THE 100%OUTSIDE SP-2 SUPPLY PLENUM - - BYARCH RUSKIN REFER SHEET 3.1,DETAIL#8 AIR DUCT IS PROVIDED WITH A NORMALLY CLOSED DAMPER THAT OPENS UPON ACTIVATION OF THE REFRIGERANT DETECTOR.A NORMALLY CLOSED PRIMED DLD-1506 'Y DAMPER IS PROVIDED ON THE NORMAL VENTILATION TRANSFER DUCT(FROM STOCK ROOM)THAT REMAINS CLOSED WHEN REFRIGERANT IS DETECTED.CONTRACTOR SHALL SUPPLY ALL CONTACTORS AS REQUIRED.COORDINATE WITH ELECTRICIAN.ALL CONTACTORS SHALL BE EG-1 CEILING EXHAUST GRILLE SURFACE VOLUME DAMPER. BYARCH PRICE 80 NECK SIZE VARIES,SEE DRAWINGS COORDINATED WITH REFRIGERANT MONITORING SYSTEM ALARM OUTPUT VOLTAGE.COORDINATE INFIELD. PRIMED - - OR EQUIVALENT BY TITUS. NOTES: F 1:PROVIDE OPPOSED BLADE DAMPER IN ALL IN-ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS. 2:PROVIDE WITH BOWTIE DAMPER AND HANDLE FOR ACTUATOR. C) U 3:UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON PLANS,ALL DIFFUSERS SHALL HAVE THROATS/NECKS TO MATCH RUN-OUT SIZING.SEE RUNOUT SCHEDULE BELOW. s 4.ALL DIFFUSERS SHALL BE PRIMED(WHITE)AND PAINTED PER FINISH COLOR AS SHOWN ON ARCH. ry `a CEILING DIFFUSER HOOD/ROOF CAP SCHEDULE a e o R U N O U T SCHEDULE TAG MANUFACTURER/ LOCATION/ CFM THROAT WEIGHT NOTES MODEL SERVICE (IN) (LBS) v �N RUNOUT/NECK SIZE CFM RANGE IH-1 GREENHECK/ ROOF/ 1364 24 24 1,2,3,4 w s GRSI-24 COMPRESSOR RM W 60/6"x6" 0-100 CFM RH-1 GREENHECK/ ROOF/ 1364 20x20 58 1,2,3,4 FGR EF-5, VO) 080/8"x8" 101-210 CFM = c RC-1 BRAAN/ ROOF/ 375 10 - 2,3 0 Z a 100/10"xl0" 211-360 CFM 612CM EFEF�23 / 1 d W120/12"xl2" 361-600 CFM NOTES Z ur d 1:GREENHECK IS ONLY ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER. w t 140/14"x14" 601-800 CFM 2:PROVIDE WITH 14"ROOF CURB. H A 3:PROVIDE BIRDSCREEN. 4:ALUMINIUM INSECT SCREEN OVER THROAT. a � o w 3 U M F CV O zDATE: ISSUE: #: N 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT ti 0 c1 cl A 0 w Fz+ C^. a n/ F+ DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: ERK W z CHECKED: JCAA d CITY APPROVED PLANS ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES 0 Reviewed for Code Compliance LL o PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Q x FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Lu a N MO . 2 Page 33 of 341 AIR DOOR SCHEDULE - ELECTRIC HEAT TENANT PROVIDED TRANE HVAC EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION AD-1 PACKAGE AND CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY LIST MANUFACTURER BERNER TENANT ESTABLISHED A NATIONAL ACCOUNT AND WILL BE PURCHASING THE ROOF TOP UNITS,AIR DOOR DIRECTLY FROM TRANE. MODEL NO. AHC10-2096EX-190 INQUIRY AND COORDINATION INFORMATION FOR ROOFTOP UNITS AND ACCESSORY PACKAGE: AIRFLOW 2834 CFM EXECUTIVE,JUSTIN BARNES,AT TRANE NATIONAL ACCOUNTS:(800)729-9115; FAX:(303)228-2828:EMAIL:jdbarnes@trrene.com z DIMENSIONS 12.25"x 21.19"x 99.50" W H M OWNER PROVIDED ROOFTOP UNITS AND ACCESSORY PACKAGE: j r0 Cl) MOTOR QUANTITY 2 INCLUDES ALL ROOFTOP A/C UNITS AND ACCESSORIES AS SPECIFIED ON THE PLANS ANS SPECIFICATIONS. LU LU 0 MOTOR HP 1/2 HP EACH OWNER PROVIDED WARRANTY PACKAGE: O O p TRANE TO PROVIDED 1 YEAR PARTS WARRANTY OF ALL TRANE PROVIDED EQUIPMENT. a- 2,0 r MOTOR SPEED 3 Z MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY LIST ELECTRIC HEAT(KW) 19.0 z M z CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING: Z pMj` TEMPERATURE RISE 22"F 1)COORDINATION OF EQUIPMENT DELIVERIES TO MAINTAIN CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS. LI FS 2)INSTALLATION OF TRANE PROVIDED EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES. H W WEIGHT 157 3)COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF DUCTWORK DISTRIBUTION AND ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS. ui 4)STARTUP OF TRANE EQUIPMENT PACKAGE. CIRCUIT 1 CIRCUIT 2 5)AIR BALANCE OF SYSTEMS. 6)1ST YEAR LABOR AND MATERIAL WARRANTY OF CONTRACTOR INSTALLED ITEM AND 1 YEAR LABOR WARRANTY OF EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY TRANE. PANEL&CIRCUIT C-17,19,21 C-23,25,27 7)COORDINATION OF ACCESSORIES,ORIENTATION,ACCESS AND CLEARANCES REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE FIELD CONDITIONS. 8)PROVIDE NEW CURBS CAPATIBLE WITH EQUIPMENT.IF CURB ADAPTOR IS REQUIRED,IT SHALL BE PURCHASED FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY GC. F MINIMUM CIRCUIT AMPACITY 42.OA 33.OA 9)CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE A TOTAL OF THREE SETS OF PLEATED FILTERS FOR TRANE PROVIDED EQUIPMENT.ONE SET OF CONTRUCTION,ONE SET Z FOR BALANCING AND A FINAL FILTER CHANGE BEFORE OWNER OCCUPANCY.PROVIDE PLEATED FILTERS ONLY. 0 WIRE&CONDUIT (3)#6,1#10G.,1-1/4"C. (3)#6,1#10G.,1-1/4"C. r w VOLTAGE/PHASE 208/3 208/3 w OVERCURRENT DEVICE 45A-3P 35A-3P DISCONNECT INTEGRAL INTEGRAL DUCTWORK SCHEDULE #22.274 CONTROL SEQUENCE SMACNA REQUIREMENTS m m REFERENCE DRAWING/DETAIL M1.1/M3.1 SERVICE OTHER 3 O DUCTSHAPE CLASSIFICATION SEAL CLASS LEAKAGE CLASS REQUIREMENTS 9vM NOTES: 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9 3 6. NOTES: RECTANGULAR 112"LINER o 2"WG POSITIVE B 12 (ACOUSTIC PURPOSE ONLY) <3 1:PROVIDE A 24 VOLT COMFORT PLUS CONTROL PACKAGE PART NUMBER 91STR208-PH-M-24 SUPPLY AIR DUCTWORK ROUND' INSULATED-SEE SCHEDULE 2:DESIGNED FOR EXPOSED ABOVE THE DOOR MOUNTING UNIT TO BE SUPPLIED WITH PROVISIONS FOR WALL MOUNTING OR RETURN AIR DUCTWORK (CONCEALED) 2"WG POSITIVE B 3 OR SPECIFICATION THREADED ROD SUSPENSION. TRANSFER AIR DUCTWORK ROUND"" q^WG POSITIVE B 3 3:CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINIUM EXTERIOR COVER HOUSING W/REMOVABLE BOTTOM ACCESS PANEL FOR MAINTENANCE AND (EXPOSED) SPIRAL SEAM SERVICE BOTTOM ACCESS PANEL AND WASHABLE AIR INLET FILTER. EXHAUST DUCTS TO THE INLET RECTANGULAR 2"WG NEGATIVE B-RECTANGULAR 12-RECTANGULAR 4:SUPPLY AIR CURTAIN WITH FACTORY MOUNTEDMIRED NON FUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH(ONE PER CIRCUIT). OF THE FAN OR ROUND A-ROUND 3-ROUND 5:SUPPLY AIR CURTAIN WITH A V ALUMINIUM AIR INLET AIR FILTER CONCEALED ON THE BACKSIDE OF THE AIR INLET SCREEN. NOTE:SEE DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE FOR REQUIREMENTS ON DUCT INSULATION. 6:PROVIDE THERMOSTATIC HEATER CONTROL WITH REMOTE SENSOR AND DOOR LIMIT SWITCH.THERMOSTAT WILL BE MOUNTED *NOTE:ALL BOH OR CONCEALED DUCTWORK SHALL BE RECTANGULAR.NO ROUND DUCTWORK ALLOWED IN BOH OR CONCEALED AREAS WITHOUT 4�5510 NEAR DOORS. O ED Y WRITTEN OWNER APPROVAL. P 7:AIR DOOR WILL BE PURCHASED BY OWNER AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR.SEE CONTACT INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET. **NOTE:ALL SALES FLOOR DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXPOSED ROUND DUCTWORK.NO RECTANGULAR OR EXTERNALLY WRAPPED DUCTWORK 2085 ALLOWED IN SALES FLOOR(EXPOSED).ANY RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK OR EXTERNALLY WRAPPED DUCTWORK INSTALLED IN SALES FLOOR 8:AIR CURTAIN TO REMAIN ON FOR 90 TO 120 SECONDS AFTER DOOR CLOSES. 7 (EXPOSED)WILL BE RIPPED OUT AND REPLACED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 9:MECHANICAL CONTROLS,NOT DIGITAL. Mty DUCTWORK INSULATION SCHEDULE SERVICE INSULATION F DUCTWORK AS FOLLOWS: ' O OUTSIDE AIR 1-1/2',1 LB RIGID FIBERGLASS BLANKET,VAPOR BARRIER FACED. m d GENERAL SERVICE SUPPLYAIR(ROUND) DO NOT INSULATE EXPOSED DUCTWORK. W rn ry„od, r`L CONCEALED SUPPLY DUCT(RECTANGULAR) WRAP OR LINE WITH R-6 INSULATION. a Q NOTES: ~ N 1:SEE DUCTWORK SCHEDULE FOR ITEMS THAT ARE TO BE LINED. a e o 2:DUCT SIZES ARE INSIDE CLEAR DIMENSIONS. I--. 0: H oM U O o� W N s. LJJ = u� ~ 'e x = O ° Z E°u x Uas �w z "y F W `U A o 0 ry x U M F CV O ZDATE: ISSUE: #: N 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT ti 0 c1 cl A 0 w Fz+ a F CITY APPROVED PLANS DATE: 04.07.2023 z DRAWN: ERK W Reviewed for Code Compliance CHECKED: JCAA d PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 c MECHANICAL SCHEDULES O FOR ALL INSPECTIONS LL A x W M0 . 3 Page 34 of 341 PART 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS-MECHANICAL 1.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING 2.5 MOTORS AND STARTERS 1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CUTTING OF WALLS,FLOORS,CEILINGS AND ROOFS A.ALL ELECTRIC MOTORS SHALL BE FURNISHED FOR OPERATION ON ELECTRICAL SERVICES AS DESIGNATED REQUIRED FOR PERFORMANCE OF HIS WORK. AND SHALL HAVE STARTING TORQUE CHARACTERISTICS SUITABLE FOR THE EQUIPMENT SERVED.ANY A.THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIRE THE FURNISHING AND INSTALLING OF COMPLETE FUNCTIONING CHANGES TO THE ELECTRICAL WIRING DUE TO EQUIPMENT BEING FURNISHED,OTHER THAN THAT MECHANICAL SYSTEMS,AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF,AS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT B.NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT. SPECIFIED,IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. DOCUMENTS OR REASONABLY INFERRED,TO COMPLETELY CONSTRUCT AND LEAVE READY FOR OPERATION THE SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND HEREIN DESCRIBED INCLUDING EVERY ARTICLE DEVICE C.PATCH ALL OPENINGS TO MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION IN BOTH MATERIAL AND FINISH. B.ACROSS-THE-LINE MANUAL STARTERS AND MAGNETIC STARTERS SHALL BE CUTLER-HAMMER PRODUCTS ` OR ACCESSORY,WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR BY ITEM.ELEMENTS OF THE WORK INCLUDE OR APPROVED EQUAL,UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED,OF SIZES REQUIRED FOR THE MOTOR HORSEPOWER MATERIALS,LABOR,SUPERVISION,SUPPLIES,EQUIPMENT,TRANSPORTATION,AND UTILITIES. D.ALL CUTTING OF EXISTING CONCRETE FLOORS/SLABS ON GRADE IN THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING SHALL AND PHASE SERVED.STARTERS LOCATED IN EQUIPMENT AREAS AND UNFINISHED SPACES MAY BE SURFACE BE PERFORMED BY"SAW CUTTING"AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. MOUNTED TYPES WITH FUNCTIONS IDENTIFIED BY ENGRAVED PLASTIC PLATES. B.SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS ARE COMPLEMENTARY AND WHAT IS CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING AS IF CALLED FOR BY BOTH. 1.12 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL C.THE MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH TO THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR ALL STARTERS AND STARTER OVERLOADS,ALL NECESSARY WIRING DIAGRAMS AND INSTRUCTIONS TO FACILITATE THE C.ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER BY A.ALL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK SHALL BE THE INSTALLATION OF POWER AND CONTROL WIRING TO ALL EQUIPMENT. EXPERIENCED MECHANICS OF THE PROPER TRADE. COMPLETE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 2.6 SHEET METAL DUCTWORK 1.2 COORDINATION,MEASUREMENTS AND LAYOUTS B.NO EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL SHALL BE DONE WITHIN DRIP LINE OF TREES TO REMAIN.NO TREE SHALL w o BE REMOVED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. A.DUCTWORK SHALL BE GALVANIZED SHEET METAL INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SMACNA STANDARDS. 2 j M A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE SITE WHERE THIS WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND FULLY INSTALL TURNING VANES IN ALL ELBOWS.ALL SPIN-IN FITTINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH MANUAL VOLUME UJ LU 0 FAMILIARIZE HIMSELF WITH ALL CONDITIONS RELATED TO THIS PROJECT. C.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR TREES WITHIN 15 FEET OF UTILITY EXCAVATION. DAMPERS.ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE SPIRAL AND SUITABLE FOR FIELD PAINTING.RUNOUTS MUST ` _ BE SPIRAL ALL THE WAY TO THE GRID. 0 O B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A COMPETENT FOREMAN ON THE JOB TO SEE THAT WORK IS DONE IN D.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL TRENCH AREAS AND MAINTAINING A DRY 2,0 j ACCORDANCE WITH THE BEST PRACTICES AND IN A SATISFACTORY AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER.THE EXCAVATION.ANY DEWATERING OF TRENCHES/EXCAVATION SHALL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY B.DUCT SIZES GIVEN ARE NET INSIDE FREE AREA. J LL FOREMAN SHALL KEEP INFORMED AS TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF MATERIAL. `E: THE PROJECT,AND SHALL EXECUTE HIS WORK IN SUCH A MANNER AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH OR DELAY C.PROVIDE EQUIPMENT WITH FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK CONNECTION NOT TO EXCEED 10"IN LENGTH WITH A Z M THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES. E.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BARRICADES,FENCING,BRACING, MAX.25 FLAME/50 SMOKE INDEX. m Q Z SHEET PILING,SHORING,WARNING SIGNS,PUMPS,ETC.,FOR THE PROTECTION OF WORKERS,GENERAL IZ - C.DRAWINGS SHOW THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF ALL SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS COVERED UNDER PUBLIC,AND PROPERTIES.EXCAVATION WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ASA STANDARD A10.2"SAFETY CODE D.FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK TO AIR DEVICES SHALL HAVE A MAXIMUM STRETCHED LENGTH OF 6 FEET.SUITABLE LU THIS SECTION.WHERE LOCAL CONDITIONS NECESSITATE A REARRANGEMENT,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FOR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION"AND AGC STANDARD"MANUAL OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION IN CONSTRUCTION" FOR RETURN AIR PLENUM. w PREPARE,AND SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL,DRAWINGS OF THE PROPOSED REARRANGEMENT.BECAUSE OF THE AND THE DEPARTMENT OF LABOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH(OSHA)STANDARDS. SMALL SCALE OF THE DRAWINGS,IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INDICATE ALL OFFSETS,FITTINGS,AND E.SHEET METAL DUCTWORK LOCATED RETURN AIR PLENUM SHALL BE SEALED WITH SMACNA SEAL CLASS ACCESSORIES THAT MAY BE REQUIRED.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY INVESTIGATE THE F.LOCATE EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN AREAS OF EXCAVATION WORK.SHOULD UNCHARTED,OR "A"DUCT SEALANT. STRUCTURAL AND FINISH CONDITIONS AFFECTING ALL OF HIS WORK AND SHALL ARRANGE SUCH WORK INCORRECTLY CHARTED,PIPING OR OTHER UTILITIES BE ENCOUNTERED DURING EXCAVATION,CONSULT ACCORDINGLY,FURNISHING SUCH OFFSETS,FITTINGS AND ACCESSORIES AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO MEET UTILITY OWNER IMMEDIATELY FOR DIRECTIONS. F.ALL FLUE GAS DUCTWORK TO BE METALBESTOS TYPE B VENTING OR EQUAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED SUCH CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL ON PLANS. DIMENSIONS.DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED TO DETERMINE DIMENSION. G.ALL TRENCHES SHALL BE UNIFORMLY GRADED AND BE FREE OF SOFT SPOTS AND STONE.PROVIDE A 4 INCH SAND BED. 2.7 DUCTWORK SUPPORTS 1.3 PERMITS AND FEES H.BACKFILL SHALL NOT BEGIN UNTIL INSTALLATION HAS BEEN TESTED AND INSPECTED.CONTRACTOR SHALL A.ALL HORIZONTAL DUCTS SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH HANGERS SPACED NOT MORE THAN 8'-0"APART. A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND LICENSES AND SHALL MAKE CONSULT WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO HANGERS FOR DUCTS SMALLER THAN 31 INCHES SHALL CONSIST OF 22 GUAGE GALVANIZED STEEL STRAPS ALL DEPOSITS AND PAY ALL FEES REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK UNDER THIS SECTION, BACKFILLING. SECURELY FASTENED TO THE DUCT AND THE BUILDING CONSTRUCTION.DUCTS OVER 31 INCHES IN WIDTH OTHER THAN THOSE DEPOSITS OR FEES WHICH ARE FULLY REFUNDABLE TO THE OWNER. SHALL BE HUNG WITH 114 INCH STEEL ANGLE ON THE BOTTOM OF THE DUCT SUPPORTED WITH STEEL RODS 1.INITIAL BACKFILL SHALL BE SAND TO A POINT 6 INCHES ABOVE TOP OF INSTALLED WORK. OF APPROPRIATE SIZE SECURELY FASTENED TO THE BUILDING STRUCTURE.ALL SUPPORTS TO MEET #22.274 1.4 SUBMITTALS,MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SMACNA STANDARDS.ALL SUPPORT SHALL BE FROM STRUCTURE;NOTHING TO BE SUPPORTED OR 2.FINAL BACKFILL SHALL BE INSTALLED IN LAYERS NOT EXCEEDING 12 INCHES.FILL SHALL BE WELL ATTACHED TO DECK. A.ALL ITEMS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN,FREE TAMPED BEFORE ADDITIONAL BACKFILL MATERIAL IS PLACED.BACKFILL SHALL CONSIST OF EARTH r°$N FROM DEFECTS AND OF THE BEST QUALITY NORMALLY USED FOR THE PURPOSE IN GOOD COMMERCIAL OR SAND FREE OF STONE,BRICKS,OR FOREIGN MATTER. 2.8 INSULATION r O°o PRACTICE. 3 O m I.ALL EXCESS EARTH AND OTHER MATERIAL RESULTING FROM THE EXCAVATION SHALL BE REMOVED FROM A.ALL ROUND CONCEALED RIGID SUPPLY DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY WRAPPED WITH NOMINAL 1-1/2" v rnM B.AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER THE AWARD OF THE CONTRACT,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR SITE BY THE CONTRACTOR OR MAY BE PILED AT A LOCATION DESIGNATED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER. THICK(MINIMUM R-6)FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH FIRE RETARDANT VAPOR BARRIER. 3 6. REVIEW ONE COPY OF SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED FOR THIS PROJECT. ALL DEBRIS,ROCK AND TRASH SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S NAME,MODEL NUMBER,DESCRIPTIVE ENGINEERING DATA THE SITE.STREETS,ROADWAYS AND PRIVATE PROPERTY SHALL BE KEPT IN A CLEAN CONDITION. B.IN DRY ENVIRONMENTS(GENERALLY 1%SUMMER DESIGN MCWB<74 DEGREES F):WHEN LOCATED IN li AND ALL NECESSARY INFORMATION AS TO FINISH,MATERIAL GAUGES AND ACCESSORIES.AFTER SUCH UNCONDITIONED SPACES ALL RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE LINED WITH 1"THICK,2-POUND DENSITY SHOP DRAWINGS ARE PROCESSED,ONE COPY WILL BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR.THE CONTRACTOR J.WHEN THE EXCAVATION IS WITHIN THE AREA WHERE FINISHED SITE WORK IS TO BE DONE UNDER THE (MINIMUM R-5.0)FIBERGLASS ACOUSTIC DUCT LINER.ALL DUCTWORK EXPOSED TO OUTDOOR AMBIENT TYPE SHALL,UPON RECEIPT OF REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS PROCEED WITH THE PROCUREMENT AND GENERAL CONTRACT WORK,BACKFILL TO THE HEIGHT OF ROUGH GRADE.FINAL SURFACING WILL BE UNDER CONDITIONS(UNCONDITIONED ATTICS,ETC.)SHALL BE EXTERNALLY WRAPPED OR INTERNALLY LINED IN INSTALLATION OF SUCH EQUIPMENT. GENERAL CONTRACT WORK. 2-2.5"NOMINAL INSULATION(MINIMUM R-8.0).ALL OUTDOOR DUCTWORK SHALL BE 2-2.5"DUCT LINER (MINIMUM R-8.0)AND THE DUCT BE SEALED WEATHERPROOF PER SMACNA GUIDELINES.RECTANGULAR 1.5 CODES,LAWS,AND STANDARDS K.WHEN THE EXCAVATION IS BEYOND THE AREA OF GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK,FINAL SURFACE AND DUCTWORK IN RETURN AIR PLENUM SHALL BE LINED WITH 1/2"THICK 2-POUND DENSITY(MINIMUM R2.1)MAT- ADJACENT DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE RESTORED TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL CONDITION BY SODDING, LACED ACOUSTIC DUCT LINER. A.ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH ALL GOVERNING CODES,APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS, SEEDING,ASPHALT PAVING,CONCRETE,ETC.,AS REQUIRED.WORK SHALL CONFORM TO APPLICABLE REGULATIONS,ORDINANCES OR STATUTES OF REGULATORY BODIES HAVING JURISDICTION.THE WORK SECTIONS OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. C.IN HUMID ENVIRONMENTS(GENERALLY 1%SUMMER DESIGN MCWB>74 DEGREES F):WHEN LOCATED IN SHALL BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SAID LAWS,REGULATIONS,ORDINANCES,STATUES OR CODES, UNCONDITIONED SPACES ALL RECTANGULAR DUCTWORK SHALL BE EXTERNALLY WRAPPED WITH 1" WITHOUT INCREASED COST TO THE OWNER.ANY POINT IN QUESTION SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE L.WHEN THE EXCAVATION IS ON PUBLIC PROPERTY,RESTORATION OF SURFACE CONDITIONS SHALL MEET (MINIMUM R-5.0)FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH FIRE RETARDANT VAPOR BARRIER.ALL DUCTWORK EXPOSED ENGINEER FOR APPROVAL.WORK INDICATED ON THE DOCUMENTS THAT IS IN EXCESS OF CODE THE REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. TO OUTDOOR AMBIENT TYPE CONDITIONS(UNCONDITIONED ATTICS,ETC.)SHALL BE EXTERNALLY WRAPPED REQUIREMKNTS SHALL NOT BE REDUCED IN QUALITY AND/OR QUANTITY. M.WHEN SERVICES ARE TO BE RUN SIDE-BY-SIDE,A COMMON TRENCH MAYBE USED PROVIDING THE IN 2-2.5"NOMINAL INSULATION INSULATION(MINIMUM R-8.0)AND I SEALED WEATHERPROOF O PER SMACNA EXTERNALWORK SHALL HAVE 2-2.5"CNA GUIDELINES.RECTANGULAR 4�S51Q O fp y B.COMPLY WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC UTILITIES AND MUNICIPAL DEPARTMETNS AFFECTED REQUIRED VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN THE VARIOUS SERVICES ARE MAINTAINED AND DUCTWORK IN RETURN AIR PLENUM SHALL BE EXTERNALLY WRAPPED WITH 1/2'THICK(MINIMUM R-2.1) BY CONNECTIONS OF SERVICES. PROVIDING THE METHODS OF BEDDING AND BACKFILL MEET THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER. FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH FIRE RETARDANT VAPOR BARRIER. CONTRACTORS INVOLVED SHALL MAKE THEIR OWN AGREEMENT AS TO THE SHARING OF THE COST OF THE 2085$ _2 1.6 RECORD DOCUMENTS COMMON TRENCHING AND BACKFILL WORK. D.CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING SHALL BE 1/2"THICK INSULATION WITH AN ALL-SERVICE JACKET. '� - A.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A COMPLETE"AS-BUILT"SET OF DRAWINGS INCORPORATING ALL 1.13 TEMPORARY HEAT E.INSULATE REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINES WITH 1/2"FOAM PLASTIC CLOSED CELL INSULATION. CHANGES MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION.LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND PIPING SHALL BE LOCATED BY DIMENSION FROM COLUMN LINES. A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY HEAT F.CHILLED AND HEATING WATER PIPING SHALL BE 2"THICK FIBERGLASS INSULATION WITH AN ALL-SERVICE AS SOON AS POSSIBLE FOR USE DURING CONSTRUCTION IF TEMPORARY HEAT IS REQUIRED.AIR HANDLING JACKET. B.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE THREE BOUND SETS EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE OPERATED AT ANY TIME WITHOUT FILTERS IN PLACE AND ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL - OF OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS INCLUDING FINAL COPIES OF EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE.OPERATING THE EQUIPMENT FOR TEMPORARY HEAT SHALL NOT START THE G.CHILLED AND HEATING WATER PIPING EXPOSED TO WEATHER SHALL BE 2"WEATHERPROOFED MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE PROJECT SHOWING ALL DETAILS OF WARRANTY PERIOD OF THE EQUIPMENT USED. INSULATION BOUND WITH ALUMINUM WRAPPING. EQUIPMENT,REPLACEMENT PART DATA AND MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.MANUALS SHALL INCLUDE COPIES OF ALL EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES,INCLUDING OWNER/TENANT/TRANE SUPPLIED 1.14 DEMOLITION AND NEW WORK H.RESIDENTIAL UNITS:SUPPLY DUCTWORK SHALL NOT BE LINED.RETURN AIR DUCTS SHALL HAVE 1/2"DUCT EQUIPMENT. LINER IN DRY CLIMATES AND NO DUCT LINER IN HUMID CLIMATES. 12 A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL DEMOLITION,ALTERATIONS AND REWORK INDICATED AND/OR REQUIRED O 1.7 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES TO MAINTAIN THE OPERATION OF ALL EXISTING HVAC SYSTEMS AND TO INTEGRATE THE NEW SYSTEMS IN 2.11 GRILLES,REGISTERS,DIFFUSERS AND LOUVERS c THE RENOVATED BUILDING AS REQUIRED.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL WORK WHICH MAY BE M A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE COMPLETE SYSTEM OPERATION AND THAT THE MATERIAL AND REQUIRED TO ALTERATIONS AND DEMOLITION WORK.THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REMOVAL,RELOCATION AND A.FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL GRILLES,REGISTERS,DIFFUSERS AND LOUVERS AS SHOWN AND DESCRIBED ' m m EQUIPMENT FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WILL BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS REWORKING OF PIPING,ITEMS OF HVAC EQUIPMENT,ETC.EXISTING SYSTEMS AND NEW SYSTEMS SHALL BE ON THE DRAWINGS OR COMPARABLE PRODUCTS OF TITUS OR PRICE. AND WILL GIVE SATISFACTORY SERVICE UNDER THE SPECIFIED OPERATING CONDITIONS.THE CONTRACTOR COMPLETELY INTEGRATED AS INTENDED AND AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. W rn 2 AGREES TO REPLACE,WITHOUT EXPENSE TO THE OWNER,ANY PART OF THE APPARATUS WHICH PROVES B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INFORM THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF THE REQUIREMENTS FOR OPENING r OR BECOMES DEFECTIVE WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE SYSTEM IS ACCEPTED.NO EQUIPMENT WARRANTY B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES AND DISPOSE OF PROPERLY ALL EXISTING SIZES AND FRAMING FOR ALL EQUIPMENT AND SHALL COORDINATE THE INSTALLATION OF ALL SUCH m a Qu OR GUARANTEE SHALL START UNTIL THE TIME OF BUILDING ACCEPTANCE. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT WHICH NO LONGER SERVES A PURPOSE IN ALTERED AREAS.THE CONTRACTOR EQUIPMENT WITH THE STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PROJECT. h - SHALL REMOVE UNUSED DUCTWORK AND PIPING.REMOVE PIPING CONNECTED TO EQUIPMENT BACK TO Q a B.ALL WARRANTIES ISSUED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE FILLED OUT IN THE OWNER'S NAME MAIN AND CAP.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN SERVICES TO ALL EXISTING 2.12 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS e 0 AND GIVEN TO THE OWNER PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION. AREAS REQUIRING SUCH SERVICES.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE AS REQUIRED SUCH SERVICES I-' WHERE ARE DISRUPTED DUE TO ARCHITECTURAL CHANGES IN THE EXISTING STRUCTURE.ANY EQUIPMENT A.THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER SHALL FURNISH THE OWNER THREE BOUND SETS OF OPERATING AND N o°N 1.8 FINAL INSPECTION WHICH IS DESIGNATED TO BE REUSED AND WHICH IS DAMAGED IN THE PROCESS SHALL BE REPLACED BY MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL SYSTEMS. U w c N THE CONTRACTOR WITH NEW EQUIPMENT OF LIKE KIND AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. W = U p A.AFTER COMPLETION OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUEST FINAL INSPECTION OF 2.13 START-UPITESTING,ADJUSTING,BALANCING THIS PROJECT IN WRITTEN FORM ADDRESSED TO THE ARCHITECT ALONG WITH A STATEMENT TO THE 1.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES EFFECT THAT ALL INSTALLATIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED,CHECKED,ADJUSTED AND BALANCED IN A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLETE ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS,CHECK ALL CONTROL WIRING, e ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PROJECT.UPON RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTIFICATION OF A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE ANY SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS TO THE EXISTING BUILDING WITH THE START UP AND ADJUST ALL EQUIPMENT AND PLACE ALL SYSTEMS IN OPERATION. 0 p' COMPLETION AND REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION THE ENGINEER WILL PERFORM A FINAL INSPECTION OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.SUCH INTERRUPTIONS SHALL BE PLANNED SO AS TO BE AT TIMES TO CAUSE = Z E THIS WORK AND,IF ALL INSTALLATIONS ARE AS REPRESENTED BY THE CONTRACTOR,THE ENGINEER WILL THE LEAST INCONVENIENCE AND INTERRUPTION TO THE FACILITY'S SCHEDULE. B.AFTER COMPLETION AND START-UP OF ALL SYSTEMS THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ARRANGE FOR TESTING, _ °u SUBMIT WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION OF ACCEPTANCE. ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL AIR SYSTEMS. U d d U 1.16 EXISTING CONDITIONS _ 3 W 1.8 CLEANING C.TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING OF ALL AIR SYSTEMS SHALL BE PERFORMED IN COMPLETE Z rn d ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THIS ACCORDANCE WITH NEBB OR SMACNA STANDARDS. w t A.DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK SHALL BE REMOVED TO KEEP THE PROJECT HAVE BEEN DETERMINED FROM AVAILABLE DRAWINGS AND FIELD INVESTIGATIONS.CONTRACTORS y A PREMISES REASONABLE CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. MAKING PROPOSALS FOR THIS WORK SHALL INVESTIGATE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND BASE THEIR D.UPON COMPLETION OF TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING,A COMPLETE REPORT OF ALL FINDINGS c of0i PROPOSALS ON THEIR OBSERVATIONS TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING INSTALLATIONS IN SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ENGINEER PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROJECT.THREE COPIES OF B.AFTER COMPLETION OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THIS SPECIFICATION AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE DRAWING AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THIS PROJECT AND ALL THE REPORT SHALL BE PROVIDED. Q c o THE CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EXPOSED SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT,REMOVE ALL APPLICABLE GOVERNING CODES,RULES,REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES.FAILURE TO DETERMINE EXISTING n/ 2 ; W DIRT,DEBRIS,CRATING,CARTONS,ETC.,AND LEAVE ALL INSTALLATIONS FINISHED AND READY FOR CONDITIONS WHICH CAUSE ADDITIONAL WORK W ILL NOT CONSTITUTE GROUNDS FOR ADDITIONAL 2.14 CURBS u f. OPERATION. COMPENSATION. M '3 A.CURBS FOR EXHAUSTERS AND DUCTWORK THROUGH ROOF SHALL BE PATE TYPE PC AS REQUIRED BY F 1.10 OPENINGS AND SLEEVES PART 2"HEATING.VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ROOF CONSTRUCTION,OR COMPARABLE THYCURB PRODUCTS OF THE THYBAR CORP.ALL CURBS AND CNI SUPPORTS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED AS REQUIRED TO COMPENSATE FOR SLOPES OF THE ROOF 0 A.ALL PIPING THROUGH EXTERIOR OR FOUNDATION WALLS SHALL PASS THROUGH SCHEDULE 40 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS STRUCTURE TO PROVIDE LEVEL SUPPORT OF EQUIPMENT.CURB HEIGHTS AT THE HIGH POINTS OF THE N GALVANIZED STEEL SLEEVES WHICH SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ALLOW FOR PIPE SEAL MATERIAL. BUILDING STRUCTURE SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 14 INCHES. DATE: ISSUE: 9: SLEEVES IN NEW CONSTRUCTION SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 21NCH WATERSTOP IN THE CENTER OF THE A.SEE PART 1 FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT I� SLEEVE.NO SLEEVES ARE PERMITTED THROUGH CONCRETE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. B.CURBS FOR ROOF MOUNTED HEATING,VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING UNITS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY O 2.2 BELT DRIVES AND GUARDS THE EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AND SHALL BE DESIGNED TO COMPENSATE FOR SLOPES OF STRUCTURAL cl 1.SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND SLEEVE IN EXTERIOR UNDERGROOUND WALLS SHALL BE SEALED WITH STEEL TO PROVIDE LEVEL SUPPORT OF EQUIPMENT.CURBS SHALL BE INSULATED TYPE WITH 1-1/2 INCH � LINK-SEAL,FLEXICRAFT OR METRAFLEX LINK STYLE PIPE SEALS. A.ALL BELT DRIVES SHALL BE OF THE MULTIPLE"V"TYPE,DAYTON,GATES OR EQUAL.STANDARD SLIDE RAILS THICK INSULATION AND A MINIMUM DENSITY OF 3 POUNDS O A OR OTHER MEANS OF BELT ADJUSTMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH MOTOR USED WITH A BELT DRIVE. m 2.IN ABOVE GRADE EXTERIOR WALLS PACK THE SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND SLEEVE WITH MINERAL 2.15 DAMPERS 1 WOOL AND THEN COMPLETE SEAL WITH APPROVED CAULKING COMPOUND FLUSH WITH FINISHED B.REMOVABLE STEEL GUARDS WITH EXPANDED METAL SCREENS OF ACCEPTABLE DESIGN SHALL BE iE SURFACE.PROVIDE PIPE COLLAR ON INTERIOR SIDE OF WALL. PROVIDED OVER ALL EXPOSED BELT DRIVES AND COUPLINGS. A.VOLUME BALANCING DAMPERS SHALL BE RUSKIN CD-35/CDR-25 OR APPROVED EQUAL.THE DAMPERS �+ SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 16 GAUGE GALVANIZED STEEL,6 INCH WIDE OPPOSED BLADES AND THE C^. B.ALL PIPING THROUGH FLOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE SLEEVES, 2.3 FILTERS LINKAGE CONCEALED IN FRAME. .a EXTENDING 1 INCH ABOVE THE FLOOR. Fy A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ONLY RUN ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS IN THE BUILDING DURING THE TESTING B.FIRE DAMPERS SHALL BE PROVIDED WHERE SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND ELSEWHERE AS REQUIRED DATE: 04.07.2023 N C.IN FIRE RATED WALLS:CAULKING SHALL BE A PURE CERAMIC FIBER MADE OF ALUMINA-SILICA, PERIOD PRIOR TO COMPLETION OF THE WORK.UNITS SHALL NOT BE RUN WITHOUT FILTERS IN PLACE. BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION AND SHALL BE RUSKIN TYPE IBD2,STYLE B,OR COMPARABLE DRAWN: ERK W .� "CERAFIBER-FS"BY JOHNS-MANVILLE.SEALANT SHALL BE GUN GRADE.AN ACRYLIC 2-PART GUN APPLIED, PRODUCTS OF VENT PRODUCTS COMPANY,INC.,CURTAIN TYPE HAVING 100%FREE AREA WITH 212 DEGREES A FIRE RETARDANT ELASTIC SEALANT,"DYMERIC"BY TREMCO OR EQUAL BY PERMATITE NO.1113FR. B.FILTERS SHALL BE AS MANUFACTURED BY AMERICAN AIR FILTER,CAMFIL FARR OR CAMBRIDGE. F.FUSIBLE LINK APPROVED FOR USE IN PARTITIONS WITH TWO HOUR RATING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. CHECKED: JCAA A yi ACCESS PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN DUCTS AND IN THE STRUCTURE FOR ALL FIRE DAMPERS. d' 1.LIMIT THE SIZE OF THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL OR FLOOR AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE OR C.CONTRACTOR TO REPLACE WITH PLEATED MERV 8 FILTER AT TURNOVER. INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 N DUCTTO 1 INCH MAXIMUM.THIS SPACE IS SUFFICIENT TO ALLOW SOME MOVEMENT OF THE PIPES OR MECHANICAL 0 DUCT WITHOUT CRACKING THE CAULKING OR SEALANT. 2.4 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS 2.16 EXHAUST FANS 2.FOR OPENINGS IN WALLS,THE CAULKING SHALL BE APPLIED TO A MINIMUM OF 3 INCH TOTAL A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL FLEXIBLE DUCT CONNECTIONS BETWEEN EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT A.EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.EACH EXHAUSTER SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A SPECIFICATIONS u_ O DEPTH.SEALANT SHALL THEN BE APPLIED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WALL OPENING A MINIMUM OF 1/2 HAVING A FAN,AND ITS SHEET METAL SUPPLY AND RETURN DUCTWORK CONNECTIONS,WHICH,WHEN DISCONNECT SWITCH,BACKDRAFT DAMPER AND BIRDSCREEN. Q A INCH IN DEPTH,FINISHED FLUSH WITH THE WALL. COMPLETED SHALL BE AIRTIGHT. B.ROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH I4"CURB. CITY APPROVED PLANS W m D.FOR OPENINGS IN FLOORS,THE CAULKING SHALL BE APPLIED FROM THE UPPER SIDE TO A MINIMUM OF 3 B.CONNECTORS SHALL PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 21NCHES BETWEEN METAL TO INSURE AGAINST IN-LINE EXHAUST FANS SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH RIS ISOLATORS. INCH TOTAL DEPTH RECESSED 1/2 INCH BELOW THE FINISHED FLOOR.THIS 1/2 INCH RECESS SHALL THEN BE TRANSMISSION OF VIBRATION FROM THE FAN UNIT TO THE DUCTWORK. "p Reviewed for Cade Compliance Y FILLED WITH SEALANT TO FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR. '^ Q PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE v+ FOR ALL INSPECTIONS MO .4 Page 35 of 341 2.17 PACKAGE ROOFTOP HVAC UNITS:25 TON AND SMALLER 6.THE UNIT IS TO BE INSTALLED IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS,SHOP DRAWINGS,AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.PROVIDE REFRIGERANT PIPING AND WIRING DIAGRAMS WITH A.UNITS SHALL BE DEDICATED DOWNFLOW.OPERATING RANGE SHALL BE BETWEEN 115 DEGREES F AND 0 DEGREES SPECIALTIES,SIZES AND CONFIGURATION.COORDINATE CONTROLS WITH CONTROL CONTRACTOR.PROVIDE F.COOLING AS STANDARD FROM THE FACTORY FOR ALL UNITS.COOLING PERFORMANCE SHALL BE RATED IN ALL DEVICES REQUIRED TO ENSURE A FULLY OPERATIONAL AND FUNCTIONAL COOLING SYSTEM.LEAK TEST, ACCORDANCE WITH DOE AND/OR ARI TESTING PROCEDURES.ALL UNITS SHALL BE FACTORY ASSEMBLED, EVACUATE AND CHARGE SYSTEM WITH PROPER CHARGE OF REFRIGERANT AND OIL.PROVIDE TESTING,AND INTERNALLY WIRED,FULLY CHARGED WITH R-410A OR R-407C,AND 100%RUN-TESTED BEFORE LEAVING THE STARTING OF EQUIPMENT,AND INSTRUCT THE OWNER IN ITS PROPER OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE. ` FACTORY.WIRING INTERNAL TO THE UNIT SHALL BE COLORED AND NUMBERED FOR SIMPLIFIED IDENTIFICATION. UNITS SHALL BE UL LISTED AND LABELED,CLASSIFIED IN ACCORDANCE TO THE LATEST ANSI AND UL STANDARDS FOR 7.UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE,CAPACITIES SHALL BE AT 105 DEG.F AMBIENT TEMPERATURE.THE GAS-FIRED CENTRAL FURNACES AND CENTRAL COOLING AIR CONDITIONERS.UNITS SHALL BE TRANE. CONDENSING UNIT SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE ASSOCIATED FURNACE/BLOWER COIL UNIT AND EVAPORATOR COIL.THE SYSTEM CAPACITY SHALL BE EQUAL TO THAT SPECIFIED/SCHEDULED FOR B.UNIT CASING SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF ZINC COATED,HEAVY GAUGE,GALVANIZED STEEL.EXTERIOR SURFACES THE ASSOCIATED AIR HANDLING UNIT. SHALL BE CLEANED,PHOSPHATIZED AND FINISHED WITH A WEATHER-RESISTANT BAKED ENAMEL OR ACRYLIC ■ POLYURETHANE FINISH.UNITS SURFACE SHALL BE TESTED 500 HOURS IN A SALT SPRAY TEST IN COMPLIANCE WITH 8.FURNISH AND INSTALL PATE,OR APPROVED EQUAL,MODEL ES2 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS FOR W ASTM B117.CABINET CONSTRUCTION SHALL ALLOW FOR ALL MAINTENANCE.SERVICE PANELS SHALL PROVIDE A CONDENSING UNIT MOUNTING. WATER AND AIR TIGHT SEAL. Z I. LU 0 C.THE TOP COVER SHALL BE ONE PIECE OR WHERE SEAMS EXIST,IT SHALL BE DOUBLE HEMMED AND GASKET C.FURNACE M SEALED TO PREVENT WATER LEAKAGE. W W 00 1.AGA APPROVED,NATURAL GAS FIRED,INTERMITTENT SPARK IGNITED 100%SAFETY SHUT OFF. MINIMUM > D'0 D.ALL UNITS SHALL BE DIRECT-DRIVE SCROLL TYPE COMPRESSOR(S)WITH CENTRIFUGAL OIL PUMP PROVIDING AFUE EFFICIENCY SHALL BE 92%.PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE FOR DIRECT INDUCTION OF COMBUSTION AIR POSITIVE LUBRICATION TO MOVING PARTS.MOTOR SHALL BE SUCTION GAS-COOLED AND SHALL HAVE A VOLTAGE AND DISCHARGE OF FLUE GASES FROM OUTSIDE THE BUILDING.SYSTEM SHALL INCLUDE FAN AND LIMIT a UTILIZATION RANGE OF PLUS OR MINUS 10%OF UNIT NAMEPLATE VOLTAGE.CRANKCASE HEATER,INTERNAL CONTROL,CONTROL POWER TRANSFORMER,BLOWER COOLING RELAY,FLEXIBLE GAS LINE CONNECTOR, J TEMPERATURE AND CURRENT-SENSITIVE MOTOR OVERLOADS SHALL BE INCLUDED FOR MAXIMUM PROTECTION.THE VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTING PADS AND CONDENSATE DRIP LEG.MOTOR TO BE PERMANENT SPLIT li LL COMPRESSORS HALL HAVE INTERNAL SPRING ISOLATION AND SOUND MUFFLING TO MINIMIZE VIBRATION CAPACITOR TYPE,120 VOLTS,MULTI-SPEED. TRANSMISSION AND NOISE.EXTERNAL HIGH PRESSURE CUTOUT SHALL BE PROVIDED.LOW PRESSURE SWITCHES Q M SHALL BE STANDARD.INTERNAL TEMPERATURE AND CURRENT SENSITIVE MOTOR OVERLOADS SHALL BE INCLUDED 2.FURNACE INTAKE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC PIPE,FURNACE FLUE SHALL BE DOUBLE WALL SS OR AS Z FOR MAXIMUM PROTui ECTION.EXTERNAL DISCHARGE TEMPERATURE LIMIT,WINDING TEMPERATURE LIMIT AND RECOMMENDED BY THE FURNACE MANUFACTURER,AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH C OMPRESSOR OVERLOAD SHALL BE PROVIDED. MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. E.EACH REFRIGERANT CIRCUIT SHALL HAVE INDEPENDENT FIXED ORIFICE EXPANSION DEVICES,SERVICE PRESSURE 3.FURNACE SHALL HAVE CAPACITIES AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. ui PORTS AND REFRIGERANT LINE FILTER DRYERS FACTORY INSTALLED AS STANDARD.AN AREA SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR REPLACEMENT SUCTION LINE DRIERS. D.EVAPORATOR COIL F.INTERNALLY FINNED MINIMUM 3/8 INCH COPPER TUBES MECHANICALLY BONDED TO CONFIGURED ALUMINUM PLATE 1.EVAPORATOR COIL SHALL BE MATCHED WITH THE FURNACE/BLOWER COIL AND CONDENSING UNIT. FIN SHALL BE STANDARD.COILS SHALL BE LEAK TESTED AT THE FACTORY TO ENSURE PRESSURE INTEGRITY. PROVIDE FACTORY FABRICATED AND INSULATED COIL PLENUM.COIL TO BE COPPER TUBE WITH G.GAS HEAT SHALL BE AGA OR U.L.APPROVED AS APPLICABLE AND ALL SAFETY FEATURES SHALL COMPLY WITH THE MECHANICALLY BONDED ALUMINUM FINS.THERMAL EXPANSION VALVE SHALL BE PROVIDED. REQUIREMENTS OF ALL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION.BURNERS SHALL BE INDUCED OR FORCED DRAFT 2.EVAPORATOR COIL SHALL HAVE CAPACITIES AS SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS. COMBUSTION TYPE BLOWER WITH DIRECT SPARK IGNITION SYSTEM AND REDUNDANT MAIN GAS VALVE.THE HEAT EXCHANGER SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF CORROSION-RESISTANT STEEL SIMILAR TO ALUMINIZED OR STAINLESS 2.19 REFRIGERANT PIPING STEEL. A.REFRIGERANT PIPING SHALL BE TYPE K COPPER,ACR WITH WROUGHT COPPER FITTINGS AND SILVER SOLDER OR #22.274 H.THE OUTDOOR FANS SHALL BE DIRECT-DRIVE,STATICALLY AND DYNAMICALLY BALANCED,DRAW THROUGH IN THE BRAZED JOINTS. VERTICAL DISCHARGE POSITION.THE FAN MOTOR(S)SHALL BE PERMANENTLY LUBRICATED AND HAVE BUILT-IN THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION. B REFRIGERANT LIQUID PIPE HANGERS SHALL BE ANVIL#CT65 COPPER PLATED CARBON STEEL ADJUSTABLE SWIVEL F.m . RING HANGERS. r O w I.UNITS SHALL HAVE BELT-DRIVEN,FC CENTRIFUGAL FANS WITH ADJUSTABLE MOTOR SHEAVES.UNITS SHALL HAVE 3 O mi AN ADJUSTABLE IDLER-ARM ASSEMBLY FOR QUICK-ADJUSTMENT TO FAN BELTS AND MOTOR SHEAVES.ALL MOTORS C.REFRIGERANT SUCTION PIPE HANGERS SHALL BE ANVIL#260 ADJUSTABLE CLEVS HANGER WITH SHIELD. SHALL BE INTERNALLY PROTECTED.OVERSIZED MOTORS SHALL BE AVAILABLE FOR HIGH STATIC OPERATIONS.UNITS 3 c. SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PROVIDING A MINIMUM OF 1 INCH EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE AT SCHEDULED UNIT CFM.SEE D.SPACING FOR REFRIGERANT PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE: S115 CHEDULE FOR REQUIRED E.S.P. 1.6 FEET ON CENTER FOR PIPING 1-1/4"AND SMALLER. v 3 J.UNIT($)SHALL BE COMPLETELY FACTORY WIRED WITH NECESSARY CONTROLS AND CONTACTOR PRESSURE LUGS OR TERMINAL BLOCK FOR POWER WIRING.UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A FACTORY MOUNTED FUSED 2.10 FEET ON CENTER FOR PIPING 1-1/2"AND LARGER. DISCONNECT SWITCH OR CIRCUIT BREAKER FOR SINGLE POINT WIRING. E.INSULATION FOR REFRIGERANT SUCTION LINES SHALL BE ARMAFLEX AP OR EQUAL,CLOSED CELL FLEXIBLE FOAM K.ACCESSORIES: INSULATION,1"THICK WITH SEAL STRIP.PROVIDE GALVANIZED PIPE SHIELD AT HANGER LOCATIONS. 1.MOTORIZED OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER:FIELD INSTALLED RAIN HOOD AND SCREEN SHALL PROVIDE UP TO SCHEDULED QUANTITY OF OUTSIDE AIR. 2.20 PAINTING:(SEE ARCHITECTURAL SECTION"PAINTING") 2.OVERSIZED MOTORS:FIELD INSTALLED OVERSIZED MOTORS SHALL BE AVAILABLE IF NECESSARY TO A.PAINTING,EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED HEREIN,SHALL BE DONE BY OTHERS. ACHIEVE THE SCHEDULED STATIC PRESSURE. B.EQUIPMENT WHICH HAS DAMAGED FINISH SHALL BE REPAINTED TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL FACTORY FINISH. 3.120 VOLT RECEPTACLE WIRED AHEAD OF UNIT DISCONNECT.PROVIDE DISCONNECT SWITCH AND S�ONAL E TRANSFORMER,IF REQUIRED,FOR THE SERVICE RECEPTACLE. C.ALL EXPOSED XPO SHALL RODS METAL ONE COAT OF TNE GRAY PRIM R UNDER CT,SUCH AS HANGERS,STRUTS,STRUCTURAL STEEL 4.COIL GUARDS:COIL GUARDS SHALL BE FIELD-INSTALLED FOR CONDENSER COIL PROTECTION ON ALL UNITS. 2.21 DELEGATED-DESIGN SUBMITTAL FOR VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR HVAC: 2085e. A 5.INSULATION KIT:PROVIDE A COMPLETE KIT FOR ALL UNITS TO PREVENT HIGH HUMIDITY CONDENSATION INCLUDE DESIGN CALCULATIONS AND DETAILS FOR SELECTING VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS FORMING ON BOTTOM OF UNIT WHEN MOUNTED ON A DOWNFLOW CURB. COMPLYING WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS,DESIGN CRITERIA,AND ANALYSIS DATA SIGNED AND SEALED BY Pj4jE D p �� 6.DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES:THIS FIELD-INSTALLED OPTION ALERTS ON INDIVIDUAL FAN FAILURE. THE QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. THE FAN FAILURE SWITCH WILL DISABLE ALL UNIT FUNCTIONS AND"FLASH"THE SERVICE LED ON THE ZONE A.COMPLY WITH SEISMIC-RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS IN THE IBC UNLESS REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION ARE SENSOR. MORE STRINGENT.RETAIN"WELDING QUALIFICATIONS"PARAGRAPH BELOW IF SHOP OR FIELD WELDING IS REQUIRED.IF RETAINING,ALSO RETAIN"WELDING CERTIFICATES"PARAGRAPH IN"INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS" TA COUNTER BALANCED BAROMETRIC RELIEF DAMPER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR SPACE PRESSURE ARTICLE. CONTROL. B.WELDING QUALIFICATIONS:QUALIFY PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL ACCORDING TO AWS D1.1/D1.1 M, 8.7-DAY PROGRAMMABLE SPACE THERMOSTAT WITH REMOTE SENSOR SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR "STRUCTURAL WELDING CODE-STEEL." F TEMPERATURE CONTROL DURING OCCUPIED AND UNOCCUPIED TIMES.THERMOSTAT SHALL HAVE AUTOMATIC CHANGEOVER.SEE FLOOR PLANS. C.SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES SHALL HAVE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOAD TESTING AND ANALYSIS AND SHALL O 6 BEAR ANCHORAGE PREAPPROVAL OPA NUMBER FROM OSHPD,PREAPPROVAL BY ICC-ES,OR PREAPPROVAL BY - 9.ECONOMIZER CONTROL PACKAGE WITH OUTDOOR/RETURN/RELIEF DAMPER PACKAGE,AUTOMATIC ANOTHER AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION,SHOWING MAXIMUM SEISMIC-RESTRAINT g DAMPER OPERATOR,MIXED AIR CONTROLLER AND CHANGEOVER THERMOSTAT. RATINGS.RATINGS BASED ON INDEPENDENT TESTING ARE PREFERRED TO RATINGS BASED ON CALCULATIONS.IF ' CI 1 0 PREAPPROVED RATINGS ARE UNAVAILABLE,SUBMITTALS BASED ON INDEPENDENT TESTING ARE PREFERRED. W 10.FURNISH AND INSTALL UNITS COMPLETE WITH ALL OPERATIONAL AND SAFETY CONTROLS FOR CALCULATIONS(INCLUDING COMBINING SHEAR AND TENSILE LOADS)TO SUPPORT SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DESIGNS H t SATISFACTORY OPERATIONS.PROVIDE PHASE REVERSAL PROTECTION ON ANY UNITS WITH SCROLL MUST BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. �/ m d Q COMPRESSORS. -m a � 11.FURNISH ALL UNITS WITH 100%OUTDOOR AIR ECONOMIZER PACKAGE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. e o 0: 12.FURNISH ALL UNITS WITH 14"ROOF CURBS. ( \ N o°N v N 13.FURNISH UNITS WITH 3 SETS OF FILTER CHANGES,1 FOR CONSTRUCTION,1 FOR BALANCING,AND A FINAL W s. SET WHEN BUILDING IS TURNED OVER TO THE OWNER. Lu = �j 2.18 SPLIT SYSTEM HVAC UNIT A.SPLIT SYSTEM HVAC UNIT SHALL CONSIST OF AN OUTDOOR CONDENSING UNIT,INDOOR FURNACE/BLOWER COIL = G WITH EVAPORATOR COIL.SPLIT SYSTEM SHALL BE BY TRANE. Z e UB.CONDENSING UNIT 6 = 5 N U 1.AIR COOLED CONDENSING UNIT CONSISTING OF COMPRESSOR(S),CONDENSER COILS,FANS AND Z t CONTROLS ALL ENCASED IN A GALVANIZED STEEL CASING WITH BAKED ENAMEL FINISH.COILS SHALL BE w A PROTECTED WITH WIRE GRILLES OR LOUVERS. � c 2.THE COMPRESSORS SHALL BE SCROLL TYPE WITH SUCTION AND DISCHARGE SERVICE VALVES, Q c o CRANKCASE OIL HEATER AND SUCTION STRAINER.COMPRESSORS SHALL BE MOUNTED ON RIS VIBRATION = W ISOLATOR PADS. V ; 3.THE CONDENSER COILS SHALL CONSIST OF 3/8 INCH SEAMLESS COPPER TUBES MECHANICALLY BONDED 3 M F INTO RIPPLED PLATE TYPE FINS.CONDENSER FANS SHALL BE PROPELLER TYPE ARRANGED FOR VERTICAL N AIR DISCHARGE AND INDIVIDUALLY DRIVEN BY DIRECT DRIVE FAN MOTORS.EACH FAN SHALL BE EQUIPPED 0 WITH A HEAVY-GAUGE VINYL COATED FAN GUARD.FAN MOTORS SHALL BE WEATHER PROTECTED,DIRECT- DRIVE,OPEN DRIP-PROOF TYPE.EXTERIOR COIL SURFACES SHALL BE PROTECTED BY COIL GUARDS. DATE: ISSUE: #: N 4.A UNIT MOUNTED WEATHERPROOF CONTROL PANEL SHALL CONTAIN THE FIELD POWER CONNECTION 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT I� n POINTS,CONTROL INTERLOCK TERMINALS,AND CONTROL SYSTEM.CAPACITY CONTROL FOR COMPRESSOR O STAGING SHALL BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED BY THE CONTRACTOR.UNIT SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ONE POINT POWER CONNECTION. 0 A 5.THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE TO BE INCLUDED WITH THE UNIT:HOT GAS BYPASS ON ALL CIRCUITS(FIELD w INSTALLED),WIRE MESH GUARDS FOR BASE SECTION PROTECTION,FACTORY MOUNTED REFRIGERANT PRESSURE GAUGES FOR EACH CIRCUIT,FIELD INSTALLED NONFUSED DISCONNECT SWITCH. C^. a n/ E+ DATE: 04.07.2023 N z DRAWN: ERK LLI CHECKED: JCAA d CITY APPROVED PLANS ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 MECHANICAL Reviewed for Code Compliance O SPECIFICATIONS 0 uLL ca PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE p x LLI FOR ALL INSPECTIONS M0 . 5 d N Page 36 of 341 (E)RTU-1,(E)RTU-2,(E)RTU-5:OUTDOOR AIR VENTILATION SCHEDULE(2018 IMC)CONSTANT VOLUME SYSTEM Rp Az OCCUPANT EXHAUST Ra Pz E. Vor-(Rp'Pz+Ra'Az)/Fs MINIMUM CFM ROOM DENSITY CODE:TOTAL SPECIFIED ON REQUIRED BASED CFM SPECIFIED CFM/PERSON SO FT (#/1000 SQ.FT AREA CFM #People ZONE AIR DISTANCE EXHAUST(CFM) DRAWINGS Minimum Outside Air ON PERCENT ON DRAWINGS EFFECTIVENESS Required OUTSIDE AIR 101 RETAIL 7.5 10629 8 0.06 86 0.8 0 0 1603.4 12827.4 13200 Total CFM Outside Air H 10629 86 Required: 1603.4 w I.,o M Percent Outside Air For Total Outside w Lu Q Equipment: Air Specified: 12.50% 1650 Total Unit CFM: 13200 0 0 7 d J J (E)RTU-6:OUTDOOR AIR VENTILATION SCHEDULE(2018 IMC)CONSTANT VOLUME SYSTEM <[L-< z 0 Rp Az Ra Pz E. Voz-(Rp"Pz+Ra`Az)/Ez MINIMUM CFM Q rn Z OCCUPANT EXHAUST Z CODE:TOTAL REQUIRED BASED CFM SPECIFIED W W ROOM CFM/PERSON SO FT DENSITY S AREA CFM #People ZONE AIR DISTANCE EXHAUST(CFM) SPECIFIED DRA W NGS N Minimum Outside Air ON PERCENT ON DRAWINGS (#/ ~ T) EFFECTIVENESS Required OUTSIDE AIR 203 BUYERS 5 352 5 0.06 5 0.8 0 0 57.7 456.4 400 102 HALLWAY 0 264 0 0.06 0 0.8 0 0 19-8 156.8 200 200 HALLWAY 0 248 0 0.06 0 0.8 0 0 186 147.3 200 108 BREAK ROOM 5 422 50 0.06 8 0.8 0 0 81.7 646A 450 109 EMPLOYEE RR 0 55 0 0 0 0.8 70 75 0.0 0-0 50 105 COUNT 5 50 5 0.06 1 0.8 0 0 10.0 79.2 125 202 MANAGER'S OFFICE 5 202 5 0.06 2 0.8 0 0 27-7 218.9 375 107 WOMEN 0 118 0 0 0 0.8 140 150 0.0 0.0 50 #22�74 106 MEN 0 ill 0 0 0 0.8 140 150 0.0 0.0 50 E'i o Total CFM r o Outside Air 3 o62 m 1822 Note 1 Required: 215.4 3Ca Percent Outside Air For Total Outside v Equipment: Air Specified: 12.63% 240 Total Unit CFM: 1900 IE)RTU-4RTU-4:OUTDOOR AIR VENTILATION SCHEDULE(2018 IMC)CONSTANT VOLUME SYSTEM Rp Az OCCUPANT Ra Pz Ez EXHAUST Voz--(Rp'Pz+Ra`Az)IEz MINIMUM CFM CODE:TOTAL REQUIRED BASED CFM SPECIFIEDROOM CFM/PERSON SO FT DENSITY AREA CFM #People ZONE AIR DISTANCE EXHAUST(CFM) SPECIFIED ON Minimum Outside Air ON PERCENT ON DRAWINGS (#/1000 SQ.FT) P EFFECTIVENESS DRAWINGS Required OUTSIDE AIR 112 STOCK 0 5463 0 0.12 0 0.8 0 0 819.5 4261.1 3175 �S510NA(f�,C 113 PRODUCE 5 294 5 0.06 2 0.8 0 0 34-6 179.7 300 art � Fd 1y - 110 NUTR 5 109 5 0.06 1 0.8 0 0 14A 75-0 125 101E EDUCATION CENTE 7.5 520 1 8 0.06 5 1 0.8 1 0 0 85.9 446-6 1600 2085 R, Total CFM - Q. Outside Air 5463 8 Required: 9543 NEy Percent Outside Air For Total Outside Equipment: 19 23% Air Specified: 1000 Total Unit CFM: 5200 NOTE 1:OCCUPANT COUNT BASED ON SEATING CAPACITY PLEASE NOTE THAT(E)RTU-3 DOES f NOT PROVIDE ANY OUTSIDE AIR AND IS NOT REPRESENTED ON THE I I ( O VENTILATION CALCULATIONS. - m uj ry N aQ ~ o Q ry o ~ o U0 1 LL = � o U ci c � E Z o 0 fy z % a Q J ry I J J 3 CN 3 F c� N DATE: ISSUE: #: 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT CD ci cu Q r w C 3 F DATE: 04.07.2023 DRAWN: ERK LLI z CITY APPROVED PLANS CHECKED: JCAA a ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 o Reviewed for Code Compliance MECHANICAL VENTILATION O PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE A 0 d FOR ALL INSPECTIONS LU MO . 6 N Page 37 of 341 I ....J W 0 LU J A M w LU00 Ory 0 g 2 Q _ Q..0 M LL LU ~ w Lij 4e #22.274 - \ - - r0. �d NAL uv , l /'110 lAl3 i o4�S5f y��y . =\ v v SOB 5 a if O 2 y - •,,Q i, �' v! OM xj, / E x !� U c y J s .. u O DATE: ISSUE: 9: 04.07.2025 ISSUED FOR PERMIT a .: a DATE: 04.07.2023 LL '- DRAWN: ERK W z CHECKED: JCAA d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 CITY APPROVED PLANS MECHANICAL 3D VIEW 0 LL Reviewed for Code Compliance A MECHANICAL 3D VIEW PLANS musT BE ON jog slrE w ro M SCALE: FOR ALL INSPECTIONS � MO . 7 Page 38 of 341 I GENERAL NOTES: 1.ALL DUCTWORK AND ALL ASSOCIATED ACCESSORIES SHOWN DASHED r 1 5 SHALL BE DEMOED. PLAN NOTES: `1 1.ALL SUPPLY DUCTWORK AND ALL ASSOCIATED GRILLES/DIFFUSERS SHALL / ®--- d h - - h J BE DEMOED BACK TO RTU UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.LEAVE DUCT DROPS r FROM RTU FOR CONNECTION TO NEW WORK.REFER TO NEW WORK FOR 1 MORE INFORMATION.TYPICAL. Li \\ -_ 2.(E)EXHAUST DUCTWORK/DIFFUSERS TO REMAIN. \\ 2 8 �_I 3.(E)RTU SENSOR TO REMAIN UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. Z o p 4.DEMOLISH(E)AIR CURTAIN AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. U M w w 00 5.RETURN DUCTWORK AND ALL ASSOCIATED GRILLES/DIFFUSERS SHALL BE > p DEMOED BACKTO RTU UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.LEAVE DUCT DROPS O Y� FROM RTU FOR CONNECTION TO NEW WORK.REFER TO NEW WORK FOR or:a 2� MORE INFORMATION. (L J J 6.RETURN AIR DUCT/TERMINATION TO REMAIN. z Z 7.(E)RTU SENSOR TO BE RELOCATED.REFER TO NEW WORK FOR MORE Z INFORMATION. / &DEMOLISH(E)UNIT HEATER AND ALL ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT. PERMANENTLY CAP ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH ROOF. ui 2 UPPER LEVEL DEMO FLOOR PLAN LL n/ Dl. SCALE: 1/8"=P-0" r ) I I I I I I I N22.274 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - m0. roL6 30m 3a rTf l nn l-I L I II I I I I I I I 3 II I I II I I II I I rYP.- __l• Fa_a___ ______�� _______ - Ga y ---------�-- -P. ----�"' F------ - ---- ------- ------- �_ �L------��7 L;j TY� �SStONA1fN� - - - - - - - 6 ITl R P 2085 9��4TE 0 0 2� I I �NEy �O I I I'� I I�j F � --------------� I ' C) I I � � W �, r� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - III - - - I I I In f-- I Le o W = �� Z 'U x U z dd w IT w �r - - - J c - - - - - L------ - - - - ��----- ---- - ------��— �� 4 III ° m - �r-----------� ------- -------- LJ ----- I ------- -�---- t7 I A _ w LJL iU M 3 TYR (V N z DATE: ISSUE: 9: - -- ® 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT Q IL C l'1'P II li F = DATE: 04.07.2023 LL ° DRAWN: ERK Lu - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 'u - - - - — CHECKED: JCAA d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 c MECHANICAL DEMO FLOOR O PLAN 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 LL. x + W d MAIN CITY APPROVED PLANS MD1 . 1 1 M IN LEVEL DEMO FL R PL N SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" � PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE d FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 39 of 341 ® PLAN NOTES: 1.(E)RTU TO REMAIN.REFER TO MECHANICAL SCHEDULES FOR MORE INFORMATION. 2. EXHAUST FAN SHALL BE ABANDONED.CAP EXHAUST DUCT TIGHT TO STRUCTURE BELOW. 3.(E)EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN.REFER TO MECHANICAL SCHEDULES FOR MORE INFORMATION. . ■ H j W O wQ JLUM w W� > �ry0 0 - 0- LL _j J � ♦ 1 �Q F- v M LL Z Z m— Z 2 W F H ui ui U #22.274 mon r0� 30rn o�n _ v3 E( )RTU-4 III C� O CD NAL R p q 2085 Q MEy EL)RTU-1 F ry W n- - `a 1— —0 o I-- U H E �o (D — ' LLJO o E( 1RTU-3 III Z E aO E( )RTU-5-e U U' w O Zry y� x E( 1RTU-6 V F ® 0 ZDATE: ISSUE: #: N 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT ti 0 c1 cl A 0 w Fz+ C C^. C 1 MECHANICAL DEMO ROOF PLAN �• - 72023 DRAWN: ERK W z Dl. SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" I` CHECKED: JCAA d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 CITY APPROVED PLANS MECHANICAL DEMO ROOF O PLAN LL °o Reviewed for Code Compliance A 0 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Lu MD1 . 2u) FOR ALL INSPECTIONS N Page 40 of 341 ® PLAN NOTES: 14.PROVIDE NORMALLY CLOSED MOTORIZED DAMPER ON THE 18"0 MAKEUP AIR DUCT THAT INTERLOCKS WITH EF-6 AND POWERS OPEN WHEN EF-6 IS GENERAL NOTES: 1.UNDERCUT DOOR 314". ENGAGED.EXTEND DUCT DOWN FROM CEILING TO TERMINATE 18"AFF. REFRIGERANT CALCULATIONS: 1.DUCTWORK SHALL BE INSTALLED TIGHT TO BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE 2.FLUE AND COMBUSTION AIR UP THROUGH ROOF FROM WH-1.SIZE PER 15.RTU SENSORS ON COLUMNS IN RETAIL AREA TO REMAIN IF ACCEPTABLE BY MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE REFRIGERANT IS 24 POUNDS PER 1000 UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. OWNER.VERIFY CURRENT MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER/ARCH AND CUFT.AT A ROOM VOLUME OF 2583 CUFT.THE ALLOWABLE RELOCATE AS NECESSARY.PROVIDE REPLACEMENT IF DESIRED BY OWNER. ` REFRIGERANT VOLUME IS 61.9 LBS(TABLE 1103.1 FOR 448A 2.ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK SHALL BE FIELD PAINTABLE UNLESS NOTED 3.THERMA-STOR LOCATION NO FLUE REQUIRED. \T REFRIGERANT).THERE IS A 300 LBS CHARGE OF 448A IN THE OTHERWISE NOTED. 16.INSTALL DUCTWORK TIGHT TO JOIST. A' MED TEMP SYSTEM AND 300 LBS CHARGE OF TYPE 448A IN THE 4.ROUTE DUCT BETWEEN/THROUGH JOIST. ! V LOW TEMP SYSTEM.300 LBS,REGARDLESS OF WHICH SYSTEM, 3.TIME CLOCK CONTROLLING EF'S SHALL BE LOCATED NEAR ELECTRICAL 17.PROVIDE NORMALLY CLOSED MOTORIZED DAMPER ON THE 18"x14"MAKEUP ,'■■r` LSD- Rc,-1 IS THE LARGEST QUANTITY OF REFRIGERANT.THE AIR FLOW PANELS.LABEL TIME CLOCK"FOR BATHROOM EXHAUST". 5.RELOCATE RTU SENSOR TO NEW LOCATION SHOWN.WIRE SENSOR BACK TO AIR DUCT THAT INTERLOCKS WITH EF-5 AND POWERS OPEN W HEN 375 CFM 22"x12" TO EVACUATE THIS VOLUME IS 1732 CFM(100 X SQUARE ROOT THERMOSTAT IN MANAGER'S OFFICE.MOUNT HARD WIRED REMOTE EF-51S ENGAGED. ■ ■ 40'CFM OF 300)(IMC 1105.6.3.2).NORMAL VENTILATION REQUIRED 4.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL PLENUM RATED MATERIAL,UL LISTED TEMPERATURE SENSORS 6-6"A.F.F.PROVIDE REPLACEMENT IF DESIRED BY W WHEN THE ROOM IS OCCUPIED IS 143.5 CFM(243 SOFT X 0.5 25150 FLAME/SMOKE SPREAD WITH IN THE PLENUM SPACE. OWNER. 18.REFER TO HABA DIFFUSER DETAIL. 16"x16" CFM/SQFT)(IMC 1105.6.3).AIR FLOW REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN H T T 10 THE MAXIMUM 18 DEGREE RISE IN THE ROOM IS 682 CFM.THIS 5.ALL EXPOSED DUCTWORK IN THE SALES FLOOR SHALL BE ROUND/SPIRAL 6.UNDERCUT DOOR 2". 19.TOP OF DLD DIFFUSER SHALL BE INSTALLED FLUSH WITH BOTTOM CHORD Z `o 20 S IS BASED IN 11,644 BTU'S OF HEAT REJECTED FROM THE WITH LINER PAINTED PER OWNER.ALL RECTANGULAR OR EXTERNALLY OF JOIST. LU cn T T 2p S 9 EQUIPMENT.(CFM=BTU/0.948 X DELTA T)(CFM=11644/0.948X18) WRAPPED DUCTWORK INSTALLED IN EXPOSED SALES FLOOR SHALL BE 7.20"x20"EXHAUST UP THROUGH ROOF.TERMINATE WITH RH-1. U 00 T T RG 1 RG-1 (IMC 1105.6.3). RIPPED OUT AND REPLACED AT CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 20.PROVIDE AVERAGING TEMPERATURE SENSORS IN BUYERS AND MANAGER'S 22"x12" 8 8.8"0'EXHAUST DUCT ROUTED TO RETURN AIR DUCTAS SHOWN. OFFICE.SENSORS SHALL BE COMPATIBLE WITH MAIN THERMOSTAT LOCATED O O 22 k12 200 CFM OPERATION: 6.ALL BOH OR CONCEALED DUCTWORK SHALL BE RECTANGULAR/SQUARE INTO MANAGER'S OFFICE. 2' ■■■■� 375 CFM SD 2 AND EXTERNALLY WRAPPED.ALL ROUND OR LINED DUCTWORK INSTALLED 9.(E)EXHAUST UP THROUGH ROOF. EL J 400 CFM REFER SHEET NOTES AND EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE FOR IN BOH OR CONCEALED SHALL BE RIPPED OUT AND REPLACED AT 21.18"0 MAKEUP AIR DUCT UP TP IH-1 ON ROOF. Q 18:x10^ SEQUENCE OF OPERATION AND CONTROLS OF EXHAUST FAN. CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE. 10.LABEL THERMOSTATS AS FOLLOWS: F- LL LL RTU-1 FRONT GROCERY 22.REFRIGERANT MOINTORING SYSTEM PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY Z Z F-4 7.ALL DIFFUSERS TO BE PAINTED WHERE INDICATED ON ARCHITECTS RTU-2 NE GROCERY REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR. Z rn SD-2 PLANS. RTU-3 STOCK U 00 CFM© RTU-4 ED CENTER/STOCK 23.INSTALL EXHAUST FANS TIGHT TO STRUCTURE. I- -=1 (�/�\\ RTU-5 SE GROCERY 2y - - - - - - /••L / RTU-6 OFFICE/BOH 24.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SIDEWALL SUPPLY DIFFUSER WITH GRAPHICS. ui 11.TRANSITION/CONNECT(E)RTU DUCT DROPS TO NEW WORK AS 2 UPPER LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - CHANICAL NECESSARY. 25.CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE SIDEWALL RETURN GRILLE WITH GRAPHICS. M1.1 SCALE: 1/BII=1'-O" 12.OPEN ENDED DUCT WITH BIRDSCREEN.CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE 1/4" MESH AT THE END OF DUCT OUTLET. 26.CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL TRANSITION PRIOR TO THE WALL AND TRANSITION TO BE TIGHT TO THE WALL. 13.LINED 18"X14"TRANSFER DUCT TERMINATE 7'AFF IN COMPRESSOR ROOM I AND INSIDE JOIST SPACE TIGHT TO STRUCTURE IN STOCK ROOM AS SHOWN. 27.(E)EXHAUST GRILLES SHALL BE REBALANCED TO PROVIDE CFM SHOWN. 28.LEAVE TRANSFER DUCT OPEN TO STOCK ROOM. N22 274 m�M - row E - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - '- - 36� -5 CI n mM S RG-2 18 i1 on 24'x16^ / 1600 CFIt MI'L y c 28 25 I I SD4 O 3 i 14=.V t 12"x12" ❑ TYP(3� SD4 SD-4 12"x8'• 24"x16" 400 CFM 11 1600 CFM SP-1 18 f is f TYP.(7) 24 20'x10" TYP.(4) II 14"x14" 1B.-B^ lll"x24 III 181'x18" �� 19 18 RG-1 NAL ® 125 CFMTM 1 11 SS NC/yam 125 CFM I I I 1o°x1o" y��?�tEO'H���- i2^x12^ STOCK L 15 b- 5 9 �08 0112 .MEy y SDr 12"x8" 375 CFM SPA 14"m 20"x10" P.(4) F I I I I 1 I SD-3 i 7 m ai 14"x14„ P 300 CFCFM L u �, r - - - - - - - - - - - - - s - - - - - -a 1 ~ a 0 RG-1 22"x12 � Q " e 300 CFM U W EN O y _ ` Lu = 8 x (D Z eo u W U AIR CURTAIN IN U m � LIEU OF VES IBULE Z rn Fr---------------------�I`, w r 11 15 / T^` SP-1 AD-1 Q --' m 24„�„ 19 i ry 2 Fy -- -// 11 O o M N o [C)' \ RG-1 50S CFM N z 2W CFM O 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT # SD-0 27 14"x8" EF 12"112" 3 E EG --- STYP. 12"x12" 23 2 22 1 100CFM () A i6 T R ❑ 2 OOFM BDD 14 12"x10" "x6^ 0 RG-1 _ 8"x8" 1 E 12 �\ ---r 14"x14" 7 �,/I 22"x12" (Ej00 F 18"x16" EF- / _ 450 CFM '°III ' 100 CFM 18"x16° I u I 1 I I RG-1 E. 23 0 2z^x 27 DATE: 04.07.2023 Lfi SD-2 125 CFM EG-1',i DRAWN: ERK Lu z 450 CFM 9D-4 75 CFM I3D-4 SD-4io AA 17 13 OCFM 125CFM SO CFM CHECKED: JCAA li U -I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 MECHANICAL FLOOR 0 PLANS LL ca MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - MECHANICAL CITY APPROVED PLANS cn QIi `SCALE: 1/8"=F-0'I PLANS MUST BE•ON JOB^SITE m 1 ■ 1 ,N^^ V/ FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 41 of 341 GENERAL NOTES: 1.PAINT ALL PVC PIPING ON ROOF TO PROVIDE UV PROTECTION.REFER TO PLUMBING PLANS FOR ALL PIPING. 2.ALL GAS PIPE INSTALLED ON ROOF SHALL BE PAINTED YELLOW.REFER TO PLUMBING PLANS FOR ALL PIPING. \T ® PLAN NOTES: 1.(E)EXHAUST FAN TO BE SERVICED AND REBALANCED. 2.FOR REFERENCE ONLY.PROVIDED BY OTHERS. W co, 3.ABANDONED EXHAUST FANS TO REMAIN. W W Cl) 4.PROVIDE FLUE AND COMBUSTION AIR OF WATER HEATER UP THROUGH O O ROOF TO TERMINATE WITH 45°VENT CAP.SIZE PER MANUFACTURER'S a 2,0 RECOMMENDATIONS. . ` J Q 5.18"0 MAKEUP AIR DUCT FROM BELOW TO TERMINATE WITH INTAKE HOOD IH-1. 6.REFER TO PLUMBING PLAN FOR GAS AND CONDENSATE PIPING. H 7.20"x20"EXHAUST FROM BELOW TO TERMINATE WITH RELIEF HOOD RH-1. Z ui ui . U #22.274 mon r0� 3015 3�a v3 E� I I I I �S51ONAL fNc ESJRTU-2 R� - P 61 . .q 2085 a Q 2 •,�Q�4TE 0 0 � MEy 0 m E RTU-1 ' C! ._6_i rW/ a 1 I— ~ OF H cm U O o� W N s. (D L1J f— > x = Z Z E °u x U 6 w z A -- Qry W N J 0 w III a J3 E( 1RTU-3 EE)RTu 5 F N® © p z' III 3 Q DATE: ISSUE: 9: N 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT E RTU-6 ❑Ef,EF-1 (6)� � O� 0 RH-1 ) r o 2 'a �/ F+ DATE: 04.07.2023 W z DRAWN: ERK W CHECKED: JCAA a ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 c MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN O o CITY APPROVED PLANS MECHANICAL ROOF PLAN o M2.1 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" Reviewed for Code Compliance W PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE M2 . 1 d FOR ALL INSPECTIONS (/) Page 42 of 341 AIR DOOR SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: COMFORT PLUS CONTROL O 1.WHEN FAN SWITCH IS TURNED ONAND SPEED IS SET TO LOW, OR HIGH TURN H THE AIR CURTAIN WILL TURN ON WHEN THE DOOR OPENS AND REMAIN.ON AIR DOOR HEATING UNTIL THE TIME DELAY ELAPSES. THERMOSTAT LOCATE NEAR ENTRY IN SHADED LOCATION 2.THE THERMOSTAT TURNS THE AIR J DOOR LIMIT SWITCH. APPROXIMATELY 4-6 FT FROM CURTAIN ON LOW WITH HEAT ON N H . - ■ AIR DOOR SHALL RUN DOOR.SET HEATING TO 60°F A CALL FOR HEAT AND KEEPS R ON W CONTINUOUSLY (ADJ).PROVIDE LOCKING UNTIL THE THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED. WHEN COVER. IF THE DOOR OPENS,THE AIR CURTAIN DOOR IS OPEN AND SWITCHED TO SPEED SET ON THE Z CONTINUE TO RUN 90 SELECTOR SWITCH. LU H M '0TO SECONDS LU LU M AFTER DOOR HAS 3.WHEN THE DOOR CLOSES AND THE O CLOSED STOREFRONT TIME DELAY ELAPSES.THE AIR > ry 0 DOOR OPENS � 0 CURTAIN RETURN TO LOW SPEED UNTIL 0. AND CLOSES �M THE THERMOSTAT IS SATISFIED.THE 0. AUTOMATICALLY J J UNIT WILL THEN SHUTOFF. � ' ` JLL V LL 4.SEE ARCH AND STRUCTURAL Z M LL DRAWINGS FOR INSTALLATION LU >Z JDETAILS. LUU > '02 CONDENSATE TRAP DRAIN DETAIL AIRDOOR DETAIL AND CONTROL DIAGRAM NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE SPACE TEMPERATURE CONTROL OPERATION: AIRFLOW DIRECTION GENERAL: WILL BE EITHER 10"0 CONTROL OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE VIA THE LOCAL OR SUP TURN 6^ OR SUPPLY THERMOSTAT.PROVIDE A THERMOSTAT CAPABLE OF #21.211 ALL SEQUENCES BELOW.THE THERMOSTAT SHALL CONSTRUCTION BEAM EXH OR SIGNAL THE RTU FOR COOLING AND HEATING CALLS m 53,6 N RETURN y AND OPERATION MODES(*OCCUPIED AND O 14X6 OR JOISTS SUPPLY an PLENUM 30° IRFLOW AIRFLOW UNOCCUPIED). 30, gBgIf2DTO 14X6 BOX IN MAX A HONEYWELL 8320 SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL v mM DI TAP 10"AND RTUS INCLUDING EXISTING NO SUBSTITUTIONS. 12 n BE DIFFUSER AIRFLOW AIRFLOW THE STAT SHALL HAVE OCCUPIED/UNOCCUPIED 365 INSTALLED DIRECTLY ~ 1/4W(4"MIN) _m DUCTWORK 45° DAY PROGRAMING,3 STAGE HEAT OUTPUT, .. BELOW H INTO PLENUM VOLUME DAMPER TWO-STAGE COOLING,REMOTE HARD WIRED 3 CEILING BOX SENSOR,KEYPAD LOCKOUT,AND SETPOINT �x OVERRIDES.INFORM ENGINEER OF ANY W LIMITATIONS OF THE STAT TO ACHIEVE THE MAINTAIN SAME CROSS SECTIONAL SEQUENCES PRIOR TO ORDERING. AREA AS BEFORE TRANSITION THE FOLLOWING CONTROL STRATEGIES SHALL BE _ EMPLOYED: MORNING WARM-UP: - IF AVAILABLE A MORNING WARM-UP SEQUENCE ' SHALL BE EMPLOYED.THE BLOWER SHALL RUN SS�ONAL EN 6 EQUIPMENT CURB DETAIL HABA DIFFUSER DETAIL DUCT OFFSET DETAIL BRANCH DUCT DETAIL NL OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER SHALL CLOSETHE HEATING STAGES ENERGIZE O4�v! ED CAS NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE 4 NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE PROVIDE HEAT TO THE SPACE UNTIL THE OCCUPIED C' SETPOINT HAS BEEN REACHED. I ,9 2085.I _2 a I{�P OCCUPIED: THE BLOWER SHALL RUN CONTINUOUSLY. �4TEA Y� i NEy HONEYWELL 8320 AVERAGING SENSOR WIRING DURING HEATING,THE HEATING STAGES SHALL ENERGIZE TO MAINTAIN COMFORT AND THE OA In some applications,one remote temperature sensor does not give good representation of zone temperature so DAMPER SHALL BE CONTROLLED TO A MINIMUM multiple temperature sensors can be wired as shown below to provide an average input into the thermostat.It is POSITION.THE HEATING CYCLE SHALL HAVE A P I I I to provide the Correct resistance to the SAFETY TO DRIVE THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPERS thermostat. CLOSED IF THE MIXED AIR TEMPERATURES DROP BELOW 40F-WHEN THE MIXED ARE RISES ABOVE Honeywell 8320 Thermostat 43F THE SEQUENCE SHALL RETURN TO NORMAL. ■ 'iUfUFI1Idt7S """iCC(/21ttrT�7tt ry ' I 0 S t t})yp�}jyr53 : yyy{gg(yyy{yffflf STANDARD COOLING. ®II 1 *NOTE: FRONT PROFILE* ROOF MOUNTED RTU THE OUTSIDE AIR DAMPER SHALL OPEN TO = m ry CONTRACTOR TO ORDER DUCT TRANSITIONS FROM PROVIDED TABLE& REF.SHEET M1.0 FOR SIZE. PRESET POSITION AS NEEDED TO O/A PER u+ n q.. "." TYPICAL DUCT DROPS.REF.MANUFACTURE CUT SHEET FOR SCHEDULE.IF COOLING IS REQUIRED THEN c U DUCT DROP&ROOF CURB PENETRATION SIZES. THERMOSTAT CALLS FOR STAGE 1&2(AS W FLEX DUCT AS REQUIRED. APPLICABLE)SHALL BE MADE AND THOSE N n STAGES ACTIVATED IN THE RTU. d Q Honeywell C7189U remote temp sensors FACTORY SUPPLIED ROOF CURB. ~ TYPICAL JOISTS FILED COORDINATE&INSTALL. UNOCCUPIED: Q a ,A = REF.STRUCTURA e o on ROVIDE SHOE TAP OFF RECTANGULAR DROP. THE BLOWER SHALL BE OFF AND THE OUTSIDE AIR �. 1- m lY BA CUT RETURN AIR BRANCH DUCT AT 45° DUCT TRANISITION FROM DAMPERS CLOSED.IF THE SPACE ` v! o N SECTION. RTO GLE AND PROVIDE WITH 1/4"WIRE MESH TYPICAL DROPS TO 0 DUCT. FALLS BELOW A SETBACK TEMPERATURE SETTING J O PFF OrFOR FINAL 0 SIZE. `/ N GREEN.BEFORE FILTER REFE (CONTROLLED BY LOCAL STAT)THEN THE UNIT W o PLANS FOR SIZE. DUCT TRANISTION ®® SHALL START TO MAINTAIN THE SETBACK W = U FROM 0 TO SQUARE. USE TWISTED SHIELDED PAIR WIRE ROOF MOUNTED RTU TEMPERATURE.ONCE THE SETBACK TEMPERATURE SQUARE DUCT TO BE SAME SIDE PROFILE* A NEEDED TO Connect the Shield wire(drain wire)from Shielded cable t0 terminal C AS RUSKIN OLD CAP SIZE. REF.SHEET M1.0 FOR SIZE. ACHIEVE VENTILATION HAS BEEN MET THE UNIT WILL SHUT DOWN. REF DLD SCHEDULE PER SCHEDULE FILTER (BELOW)FOR CAP SIZE. U COO LING COIL E PLENUM FLUSH WITH p ONE SENSING POINT: TWO SENSING POINTS: 0 DUCTWORK AS REQ. FLEX DUCT AS REQUIRED. + Z Only one sensor required Install(2)sensors side by side at sensing point#1 RUSKIN OLD DIMENSIONS TO KEEP TOP OF SUPPLY BLOWER HEATING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION(E)RTU 1.2,3.4.S.6: - U y ry and(2)sensors side by side at Sensing point#2. BOTTOM OF JOISTS FACTORY SUPPLIED ROOF CURB. MODEL# A B C D E WEIGHT CAP F FILED COORDINATE&INSTALL. V W u (LBS) SIZE o IF THE SPACE TEMP FALLS BELOW.-POINT THEN THE GAS Z `? i] DLD-1506 24.625 24.625 22.5 22.5 9.0 47.0 20X20 200 HEATING SECTION SHALL ENERGIZE TO MAINTAIN W L DUCT NISITL FROM / TYPICAL DROPS TO 0 DUCT. RELIEF SETPOINT.THE UNIT CONTROLLER SHALL MODULATE GAS <I y DLD-2010 29.625 29.625 27.5 27.5 13.0 53.0 24X24 240 REF.DIM TABLE BELOW FOR FINAL 0 SIZE. INPUT APPROPRIATE TO MAINTAIN CAT. ` N DLD-2510 34.625 34.625 32.5 32.5 13.0 62.0 28X28 280 REFER DRAWINGS FOR ® SUPPLY AIR Q u o CONTINUATION. EXTERNAL INSULATION PER SPECS _ DLD-3012 39.625 39.625 37.5 37.5 13.0 73.0 30X30 300 WITH SHEET METAL SLEEVE. 'OCC/UNOCC = 3 THREE SENSING POINTS: DLD-3510 44.625 44.625 42.5 42.5 13.0 91.0 36X36 360 RUSKIN D.REF TABLE BELOW FOR SIZE rHARD U 3 Install(2)sensors side by side at sensing point#1, DUCT TRANISTION OF SUPPLY PLENUM BASED UPON MD#.DLD-401049.625 49.625 47.5 47.5 13.0 124.0 42X42 420 FROM 0 TO SQUARE. SUPPLY PLENUM TO REMAIN HIGH&TIGHT TO(1)sensor at sensing point#2,and(1)sensor at sensing point#3. SQARE DUCT TO BE SAMEF]GISTS.DLD-5010 59.625 59.625 57.5 57.5 13.0 151.0 44X44 440 AS RUSKIN DLD CAP SIZE. NREF DLD SCHEDULE(LEFT)FOR CAP SIZE. DATE: ISSUE:04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT FOUR SENSING POINTS:Install(1)sensor at each sensing point. SENSORi 1AT IS LOCATED 0 REMOTELY. 1 CONDITIONED SPACE C` nrC/ DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: ERK LU CHECKED: JCAA d 9 LL AVERAGING SENSOR WIRING DETAIL Q RTU DETAIL CONTROL DIAGRAM ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 W NOT TO SCALE �.J NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE MECHANICAL DETAILS O CITY APPROVED PLANS M3 . 1 LU Feviewedfor Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE (n FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 43 of 341 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES SHEET LIST 1. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. A AMPS,AIR(COMPRESSED) HTG HEATING SD SUPPLY DIFFUSER,SMOKE DAMPER Sheet 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT PLUMBING FIXTURE LOCATIONS AND MOUNTING HEIGHTS. A/C AIR CONDITIONING HTR HEATER SDCW SOFT DOMESTIC COLD WATER Number Sheet Name Current Revision Current Revision Date Current Revision Description OBTAIN EXACT LOCATIONS OF F.D.AND F.S.BAR&KITCHEN ROUGH IN LOCATIONS FROM ARCHITECTURAL AD AREA DRAIN,ACCESS DOOR HVU HEATING AND VENTILATING UNIT SDHW SOFT DOMESTIC HOT WATER PO.1 SYMBOLS&ABBREVIATIONS-PLUMBING DRAWINGS. AFC ABOVE FINISH CEILING HW DOMESTIC HOT WATER PO.2 SPECIFICATIONS PLUMBING SDRHW SOFT DOMESTIC RECIRCULATION HOT WATER 3. V.T.R.'S SHALL BE MIN.10'-0"FROM O.A.INTAKES.COORDINATE WITH A.C.SECTION. P0.3 PLUMBING SCHEDULES AFG ABOVE FINISH GRADE HWR HOT WATER RETURN SF SQUARE FEET 4. VERIFY LOCATION OF ALL FIXTURES WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT HWS HOT WATER SUPPLY PO.4 PLUMBING DETAILS SP STATIC PRESSURE P2.0 UNDERSLAB FLOOR PLAN-PLUMBING 5. PROVIDE CHROME PLATED ESCUTCHEONS AT PIPE SLEEVES FOR EXPOSED BARE PIPE. AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR IE INVERT ELEVATION SR SUPPLY REGISTER P2.1 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN-PLUMBING ui 6. PROVIDE A.P.'s IN GYP.BOARD CEILINGS AND INACCESSIBLE WALLS FOR VALVES AND C.O.'S. BD BACKDRAFT DAMPER,BLOWDOWN IG ISOLATED GROUND ST STORM P3.0 ROOF PLAN-PLUMBING BFP BACKFLOW PREVENTER KCMIL 1000 CIRCULAR MILS ~ 7. PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDER ST/O STORM OVERFLOW P4.0 PLUMBING ISOMETRICS w o BKR BREAKER KV KILOVOLT cn RELEASE.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY PLUMBING FIXTURES W/ARCHITECT PRIOR TO BID. STM LOW PRESSURE STEAM P4.1 GAS ISOMETRIC L BOD BOTTOM OF DUCT KVA KILOVOLT AMPS W W 00 8. AT HANDICAP LAVATORIES&SINKS,COVER OFFSET WASTE,P-TRAP,HOT&COLD WATER ANGLE STOPS& SWBD SWITCHBOARD PD2.0 DEMO PLAN-PLUMBING > o SUPPLIES WITH WHITE SKAL GUARD MODEL SG-102,103&104.(EQUAL BY PROWRAP). BOP BOTTOM OF PIPE KW KILOWATT O TSTAT THERMOSTAT 2' � 9. ARRANGE W.H.'S TO PROVIDE EASE OF DISASSEMBLY&MAINTENANCE. BOS BOTTOM OF STRUCTURE KWH KILOWATT HOUR TU TERMINAL UNIT ' ` J J BTU BRITISH THERMAL UNIT LAT LEAVING AIR TEMPERATURE TW TEMPERED WATER 10. PIPES PASSING THRU FIRE RATED WALLS&FLOORS SHALL BE SEALED WITH U.L.LISTED MATERIAL EQUAL TO Z 3M FIRE BARRIER,CAULK OR PUTTY.SEALANT'S RATING SHALL MATCH THE RATING OF THE ASSEMBLY. C CONDUIT LDB LEAVING DRY BULB UH UNIT HEATER CAN CABLE TELEVISION SYSTEM LP LIQUIFIED PETROLEUM LU Z rn 11. EQUIPMENT START-UP SHALL BE BY MFR'S.AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES. UL UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC. CB CIRCUIT BREAKER LRA LOCKED ROTOR AMPS I.- ui 12. SHOWER HEAD ESCUTCHEONS SHALL BE RIGIDLY ATTACHED TO THE WALL USING"POLYSEAM SEAL" UNO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CODES & DESIGN CRITERIA CAULKING MATERIAL. CCTV CLOSED CIRCUIT TELEVISION LV LOW VOLTAGE UPS UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY 13. FLOOR SINKS SHALL BE LOCATED SO AS NOT TO CREATE TRIPPING HAZARD WHEN ROUTING DRAIN LINES @ CFM CUBIC FEET PER MINUTE LWB LEAVING WET BULB V VENT PIPE JURISDICTION: TWIN FALLS,IDAHO FLOOR LEVEL.VERIFY EXACT DRAIN LINE ROUTING PRIOR TO FLOOR SINK ROUGH-IN. CHWR CHILLED/HOT WATER RETURN LWT LEAVING WATER TEMPERATURE VAC MEDICAL VACUUM PLUMBING CODE: 20171DAH0 STATE PLUMBING CODE 14. PLUMBING RISER ISOLATION&DRAIN VALVES,AS WELL AS HWR THROTTLING VALVES SHALL BE LOCATED CHWS CHILLED/HOT WATER SUPPLY MA MEDICAL AIR VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME V J\ WITHIN EASY REACH OF CEILING,WHERE CEILINGS OCCUR BELOW&DROPPED TO WITHIN A MAX.10'-0"OF CKT CIRCUIT MAU MAKE UP AIR UNIT FUEL GAS CODE: 20181FGC WITH AMENDMENTS FIN.FLOOR WHERE NO CEILING OCCURS. VD VOLUME DAMPER 15. PIPING SHALL BE SEISMICALLY BRACED IN ACCORDANCE W/SMACNA GUIDELINES FOR SEISMIC RESTRAINT. CO CLEANOUT,CARBON MONOXIDE MBH 1000 BTU PER HOUR VTR VENT THROUGH ROOF IECC: 20181ECC WITH AMENDMENTS CO2 CARBON DIOXIDE MC MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR W WIRE,WATT(S) 16. WHERE HANDICAPPED WATER CLOSET INDICATED(VERIFY W/ARCH.DWGS.),LOCATE FLUSH VALVE ON WIDE CTR COOLING TOWER RETURN MCA MINIMUM CIRCUITAMPACITY SIDE OF STALL PER A.D.A.STANDARDS. W/ WITH #21 162 CTS COOLING TOWER SUPPLY MCC MOTOR CONTROL CENTER W/O WITHOUT -6 17. INSULATED PIPING EXPOSED TO VIEW THROUGHOUT THE FACILITY SHALL BE COVERED AND FINISHED W/PVC CU COPPER,CONDENSING UNIT MD MOTORIZED DAMPER m JACKET EQUAL TO MANVILLE PVC/PERMAPIPE JACKETING SYSTEM USING 30 MIL THICK JACKET.INSTALL WB WET BULB PER MFR.'S INSTRUCTIONS W/SEAM ON TOP OF PIPE SO AS TO NOT BE VISIBLE FROM OCCUPIED SPACE. r O CUH CABINET UNIT HEATER MDP MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL WCO WALL CLEANOUT °3 O, 18. PROVIDE WALL CLEANOUTS AT SINKS AND URINALS IN ACCORDANCE W/APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE CW DOMESTIC COLD WATER MFR MANUFACTURER WH WALL HYDRANT APPLICABLE PLUMBING CODE. PLUMBING SYMBOLS GENERAL SYMBOLS a `� CWR CHILLED WATER RETURN MH MANHOLE o n WP WEATHERPROOF 19. TRAP GUARDS(SURE SEAL)SHALL BE INSTALLED AT FLOOR SINKS&FLOOR DRAINS IN MECHANICAL ROOMS, CWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY MLO MAIN LUGS ONLY AND TOILET ROOMS.PIPE PER MFR.'S.INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. XFMR TRANSFORMER 20. PROVIDE S.M.DRAIN PAN UNDER SOIL&WASTE PIPING WHERE PIPING OCCURS ABOVE KITCHENS.PIPE 3/4DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL MTD MOUNTED XP EXPLOSION PROOF L-1 PLUMBING FIXTURE TAG ® SHEET NOTE " D.FROM DRAIN PAN TO OVER NEAREST F.S.. DO DECK DRAIN MU MAKE UP ON DOWN - DOMESTIC COLD WATER POINT OF CONNECTION TO EXISTING 21. PROVIDE A 6 MIL.POLYETHYLENE SLEEVE SYSTEM EQUAL TO IPS WATER-TITE FOR COPPER DOMESTIC WATER PIPE BELOW SLAB. DX DIRECT EXPANSION MUAF MAKE UP AIR FAN - - DOMESTIC HOT WATER 22. HOT&COLD WATER S.O.V.'S&HOT WATER RETURN T.V.'S SHALL BE LOCATED TO BE EASILY ACCESSED. EA EXHAUST AIR MV MIXING VALVE - - - DOMESTIC HOT WATER CIRCULATION ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION 23. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS&SCHEDULES FOR KITCHEN&BAR LAYOUTS,PLUMBING EAT ENTERING AIR TEMPERATURE NITROGEN WASTE/SANITARY SEWER AD ACCESS DOOR REQUIREMENTS AND DETAILS.GC TO PROVIDE PIPING,VALVES,FIXTURES,INDIRECT WASTE,P.R.V.'S& EC ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR,EMPTY CONDUIT N/A NOT APPLICABLE _________ AF AIR FOIL BACKFLOW PREVENTER.ETC AS REQUIRED TO MAKE A COMPLETE AND OPERABLE SYSTEM(INCLUDING VENT AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR S\O NA HOOD DRAIN PIPING,VENTILATOR CONTROL PANEL PIPING,REFRIGERANT PIPING,BEER AND SYRUP LINE EF EXHAUST FAN N/C NORMALLY CLOSED G APD AIR PRESSURE DROP kES �CENSffNC/ RACEWAYS,DRAIN PIPING FROM REFRIGERATION FAN COILS,ETC.).EXPOSED GAS PIPING IS NOT NATURAL GAS O L D yin ACCEPTABLE.PROVIDE R.P.TYPE BACKFLOW PREVENTER AT CARBONATORS.COORDINATE WATER EM INDICATES EMERGENCY CIRCUIT N/O NORMALLY OPEN ST BAS BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM 4� FILTERS,PRV AND BACKFLOW PREVENTER W/KITCHEN EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED.. EPO EMERGENCY POWER OFF NF INDICATES NON-FUSED DEVICE STORM 2085S OST CHWS CHILLED WATER SUPPLY v ER EXHAUST REGISTER NI NOT IN CONTRACT 24. GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR ARE TO BE WITH VENT LIMITING. C OVERFLOW STORM CHWR CHILLED WATER RETURN ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN NIL NIGHT LIGHT __0 CV CONSTANT VOLUME OF 25. PROVIDE SELF-REGULATING HOT WATER TEMPERATURE MAINTENANCE SYSTEM FOR EACH TEMPERED PIPE UP CWS CONDENSER WATER SUPPLY C�(' WATER SYSTEM,FROM TEMPERING STATION,TO THE POINT OF USE.SYSTEM SHALL BE EQUAL TO RAYCHEM EWB ENTERING WET BULB NO NITROUS OXIDE -0 CWR CONDENSER WATER RETURN NEV IL HWAT-B FOR 105"F DESIGN TEMP.STRAIGHT LACED AND INSTALLED UNDER PIPE INSULATION.PROVIDE PIPE DOWN POWER CONN.KIT,TEE CONN.KITS AS REQ'D.,END SEAL KIT AND SPLICE KIT AND SPLICE KITS AS REQ'D. EWC ELECTRIC WATER COOLER CA OUTSIDE AIR (D) DEMO'D INSTALLATION AND TESTING SHALL COMPLY IN ALL RESPECTS W/MFR.'S INSTALLATION AND TESTING EWH ELECTRIC WATER HEATER,ELEC.WALL HTR. ORD OVERFLOW ROOF DRAIN PIPE TEE DOWN DDC DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL PROCEDURES.SUBMIT TEST REPORT TO ARCHITECT FOR REVIEW.SYSTEM SHALL BE FOR 208V/1 PH DIFF DIFFUSER SERVICE.PROVIDE RAYCHEM HWAT-R FOR 140°F DESIGN TEMP.W/INSULATION,ETC.,AS DESCRIBED EXH EXHAUST OX OXYGEN PIPE CAP ABOVE FOR GREASE WASTE PIPING WHERE INDICATED ON PLANS. F/S COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPER PD PUMP DISCHARGE (E) EXISTING PIPE ELBOW EA EXHAUST AIR G 26. MOTORS 1 H.P.&LARGER SHALL BE PREMIUM EFFICIENCY. FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL PH PHASE b EMS ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM O c PIPE REDUCER ESP EXTERNAL STATIC PRESSURE 2T CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY SIZE&LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES.COORDINATE WITH OTHER FAACP FIRE ALARM ANNUNCIATOR CONTROL PANEL PIV POST INDICATOR VALVE hP ro TRADES AND MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. PIPE TEE FC FORWARD CURVED m FCO FLOOR CLEANOUT PNL PANEL RQ FD FLOOR DRAIN 2& PROVIDE WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS EQUAL TO WATTS REGULATOR NO.15 SERIES.PROVIDE ON HOT& FCU FAN COIL UNIT PRV PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE THREE-WAY VALVE FS FLOOR SINK W COLD WATER PIPING SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION RECOMMENDATIONS.DEVICES SHALL BE PDI CERTIFIED AND ANSI APPROVED. FD FIRE DAMPER,FLOOR DRAIN CITY QUANTITY FLA FULL LOAD AMPS RA RETURN AIR I�j BUTTERFLY VALVE GR GRILLE BALL VALVE �/ a Iw ~ $' 29. PLUMBER SHALL MAKE FINAL CONNECTIONS TO ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES,INCLUDING LAB FAUCETS AND HWR HEATING WATER RETURN a TURRETS.(NOTE:FAUCETS,GAS AND AIR FITTINGS IN WOOD CASEWORK ARE NOT IN DIVISION 15). FLR FLOOR RD ROOF DRAIN HWS HEATING WATER SUPPLY Q e o 6L1 PLUG VALVE1� 30. TRAP GUARDS SHALL BE INSTALLED FOR FLOOR SINKS IN MECHANICAL ROOMS&FLOOR DRAINS IN TOILET FOR FUEL OIL RETURN REV REVISION MA MIXED AIR ~ rn ao N ROOMS.EQUAL TO SURE SEAL TRAP GUARDS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE AND INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S C�1 BALANCING VALVE E OO REQUIREMENTS. FOS FUEL OIL SUPPLY RG RETURN GRILLE (N) NEW w o FP FIRE PROTECTION RH RELATIVE HUMIDITY �"-I MOTORIZED CONTROL VALVE NG NATURAL GAS uuj = u 31. WATER PIPING SHALL BE ROUTED"AROUND"ELECTRICAL ROOMS. I- - FPB FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT RHW DOMESTIC RECIRCULATION HOT WATER A Y-STRAINER OBD ON-BOARD DAMPER FPVAV FAN POWERED TERMINAL UNIT RL REFRIGERANT LIQUID OSA OUTSIDEAIR Vw0iiII1 32. CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY ENGINEER OF ANY INCORRECT ASSUMPTIONS PRIOR TO STARTING ANY WORK. PRESSURE GAUGE DST OVERFLOW STORM = Z e E FS FLOOR SINK RLA RUNNING LOAD AMPS $ 33. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BRING ERRORS AND OMISSIONS WHICH MAY OCCUR IN THE CONTRACT THERMOMETER (R) RELOCATED r 1 ar ai DOCUMENTS TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT VERBALLY AND IN WRITING.WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS G GAS(NATURAL),GROUND RPM REVOLUTIONS PER MINUTE RA RETURN AIR SHALL BE OBTAINED BEFORE PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK.THE CONTRACTOR WILL BE HELD RESPONSIBLE GCO GRADE CLEANOUT IRS REFRIGERANT SUCTION Z ur FOR THE RESULTS OF ANY ERRORS,DISCREPANCIES OR OMISSIONS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS,OF PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE SA SUPPLY AIR -c WHICH THE CONTRACTOR FAILED TO NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT BEFORE CONSTRUCTION AND/OR FABRICATION GFI/GFCI GROUND FAULT CIRCUIT INTERRUPTER RTN LOW PRESSURE CONDENSATE RETURN SP STATIC PRESSURE w OF THE WORK. DOUBLE CHECK BACKFLOW PREVENTER ST STORM Q c GND GROUND RTU ROOF TOP UNIT c GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE SA SUPPLY AIR T-STAT THERMOSTAT Q c o TDH TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD = 3 HB HOSE BIBB SAN SANITARY DESIGN CRITERIA TSP TOTAL STATIC PRESSURE V 3 HOA HAND OFF AUTOMATIC 3 VAV VARIABLE AIR VOLUME M VFD VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE (V DOMESTIC WATER: WC WATER COLUMN WP WORKING PRESSURE N TOTAL FIXTURE UNIT NEW-EXISTING 51 CWFU WPD WATER PRESSURE DROP 51 CWFU=APROX 35 GPM PER IDAHO STATE PLUMBING CODE 51 CWFU/35 GPM TDL OF 250'PRESSURE RANGE OF 46-60 DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 A V TAP WITH A 1-1/2"BUILDING DISTRIBUTION IS REQUIRED,THEREFORE THE EXISTING 2" 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT TAP,AND METER WITH 2"BUILDING DISTRIBUTION CAN SUPPLY THE NEW DESIGN SANITARY SEWER: Q TOTAL DRAINAGE FIXTURE UNITS=65 1 THEREFORE THE EXISTING 4"SAN SERVING THE BUILDING CAN ACCOMMODATE THE NEW L DESIGN. r_ NATURAL GAS: PER SITE VISIT THERE IS AN EXISTING GAS METER WITH A GAS PRESSURE OF 14"WC.JCAACE BASIS OF DESIGN WILL BE 14"WC. GREASE INTERCEPTION DATE: 04.07.2023 W DRAWN: RDB Li NO COOKING TO TAKE PLACE,THEREFORE A GREASE INTERCEPTOR IS NOT REQUIRED. CHECKED: ATB CITY APPROVED PLANS ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 Reviewedfor Code Compliance SYMBOLS& LL PLANS MUST BE ON 10B SITE ABBREVIATIONS- QPLUMBING Lu FOR ALL INSPECTIONS PO . 1 Page 44 of 341 PART 3-PLUMBING 3.9 GAS PIPING 3.16 PLUMBING FIXTURES 3.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.SCHEDULE 40 BLACK STEEL PIPING:2"AND SMALLER WITH SCREWED JOINTS AND 150 LB.MALLEABLE IRON SCREWED FITTINGS.PIPE 2-1/2"AND A.ALL FIXTURES SHOWN OR SCHEDULED ON THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED,SET FIRM AND TRUE, A.SEE DRAWING M4.1,PART 1 FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. LARGER SHALL USE STANDARD WEIGHT BLACK STEEL WELDING FITTINGS WITH WELDED JOINTS. CONNECTED TO ALL REQUIRED PIPING SERVICES,THOROUGHLY CLEANED,AND LEFT READY FOR USE. 3.2 TRAPS B.GAS VALVES 2"AND SMALLER SHALL BE MILWAUKEE BB2-100,BUTTERFLY VALVE,BRONZE,VITON SEATS AND PACKING,175 LBS.AGA/UL LISTED. B.ALL EXPOSED FITTINGS AND PIPING AT THE FIXTURES SHALL BE CHROME PLATED.SUPPLY PIPING SHALL BE VALVED AT VALVES 2-1/2"AND LARGER SHALL BE ROCKWELL 142/143 LUBRICATED COCK. EACH FIXTURE. A.ALL FLOOR DRAINS AND FIXTURES WITH WASTE CONNECTIONS SHALL BE SEPARATELY TRAPPED WITH A WATER SEALED TRAP PLACED AS CLOSE TO THE OUHOUT PIT HOLES OR BLEMISHES,AND THE .TLINES SHALL BE GENERALLY TRUE.ALL FIXTURES OF THE SAME TYPE SHALL FIXTURE OR DRAIN AS POSSIBLE.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL TRAPS REQUIRED INCLUDING TRAPS NOT FURNISHED IN COMBINATION C.GAS PIPING ON ROOF SHALL BE PAINTED WITH YELLOW SAFETY PAINT. C ALL CHINA FIXTURES SHALL BE NEW,OF THE BEST GRADE VITREOUS WARE,WITHOUT OF ONE MANUFACTURER THROUGHOUT WITH FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT.ALL EXPOSED TRAPS IN FINISHED SPACES SHALL BE CHROMIUM PLATED BRASS.PROVIDE DEEP SEAL TRAPS AND RUNNING THE ENTIRE INSTALLATION.THE ENGINEER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REJECT ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH,IN HIS OPINION,H TRAPS WHERE REQUIRED. D.GAS PIPING EXPOSED ON SIDE OF BUILDING SHALL BE PAINTED TO MATCH EXTERIOR WALL CONSTRUCTION. IS FAULTY.ALL FIXTURES AND FLANGES ON SOIL PIPE SHALL BE MADE ABSOLUTELY GASTIGHT AND WATERTIGHT.RUBBER B.IN LIEU OF DEEP SEAT TRAPS,FLOOR DRAINS CAN BE PROVIDED WITH PROSET SYSTEMS TRAP GUARD OR EQUAL. 3.10 INSULATION GASKETS OR PUTTY WILL NOT BE PERMITTED FOR THIS CONNECTION.CLOSET BOLTS SHALL BE STAINLESS STEEL AND NOT LESS THAN 1/4"IN DIAMETER AND SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH CHROMIUM PLATED NUTS AND WASHERS.FIXTURES WITH 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A.ALL COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH CERTAIN-TEED 1/2"THICK GLASS FIBER PIPE INSULATION IN MOLDED SECTIONS WITH FACTORY OUTLET FLANGES SHALL BE SET AT THE PROPER DISTANCE FROM FLOOR OR WALL TO MAKE A FIRST CLASS JOINT WITH THE APPLIED ALL SERVICE VAPOR BARRIER JACKET OR APPROVED EQUAL.THE END JOINT STRIPS AND OVERLAP SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED WITH A VAPOR CLOSET SETTING COMPOUND OR GASKET AND THE FIXTURES USED. I ' I A.ENDS OF PIPE SHALL BE REAMED AND ALL BURRS REMOVED BEFORE INSTALLATION.PIPING SHALL BE CUT ACCURATELY TO MEASUREMENTS TAKEN ON THE BARRIER MASTIC AND STAPLED WITH OUTWARD CLINCHING STAPLES SPACED NOT TO EXCEED 4"CENTERS.STAPLES AND SEAMS SHALL BE SEALED D.PLUMBING FIXTURES SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED,NO SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED.ALL WATER CLOSETS,LAVATORIES,URINALS W JOB AND SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH AMPLE CLEARANCE FOR INSTALLATION OF COVERINGS. WITH A COAT OF VAPOR BARRIER MASTIC.JOINTS SHALL BE COVERED BY JOINT TAPE. Z AND SINKS SHALL BE PRODUCTS OF ONE MANUFACTURER.FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED COMPLETE WITH ALL NECESSARY W I. o B.PIPING PASSING THROUGH WALLS OR FLOOR SHALL BE RUN FREE,USING PIPE SLEEVES AND SHALL NOT BE GROUTED IN PLACE.SLEEVES FOR PIPING TO BE B.ALL DOMESTIC HOT WATER PIPING SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1"THICK CERTAIN-TEED GLASS FIBER PIPE INSULATION IN MOLDED SECTIONS WITH ACCESSORIES AND TRIM.INSTALLATION OF COUNTERTOP SINKS SHALL BE COORDINATED W ITH THE COUNTERTOP SUPPLIER. 2 J/n M INSULATED SHALL BE SIZED TO ALLOW FOR INSULATION THICKNESS.PIPING SHALL BE INSTALLED CONCEALED IN FINISHED ROOMS AND WHEREVER POSSIBLE. FACTORY APPLIED ALL SERVICE JACKET OR APPROVED EQUAL.THIS INSULATION SHALL BE CLOSELY BUTTED TOGETHER AND SECURED BY JOINT TAPE LU W W EXPOSED PIPES,WHERE PASSING THROUGH FLOORS,FINISHED WALL,OR FINISHED CEILINGS SHALL BE FITTED WITH CHROMIUM PLATED ESCUTCHEON PLATES. MATCHING THE INSULATION COVER. E.DRAINS AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED OR EQUIVALENT PRODUCTS OF WADE,JAY R.SMITH,OR JOSAM. >O ry 0 PLATES SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO COMPLETELY CLOSE THE HOLES AROUND THE PIPES AND SHALL BE ROUND,NOT LESS THAN 1-1/2"LARGER THAN THE 0' INSULATE EXPOSED LAVATORY"P"TRAP ON ADA LISTED FIXTURES WITH PLUMBEREX TRAP GEAR OR EQUAL. DIAMETER OF THE PIPE.PLATES SHALL BE SECURELY FASTENED IN PLACE. C.ALL PIPING SURFACES TO BE INSULATED SHALL BE CLEAN AND DRY AND PIPING SHALL HAVE BEEN TESTED AND APPROVED BEFORE THE INSULATION F. IS APPLIED. J J C.AT LEAST ONE PIPE UNION SHALL BE INSTALLED ADJACENT TO ALL VALVES THAT ARE SCREWED.HOT AND COLD SUPPLIES TO EACH FIXTURE AND WATER 3.17 PAINTING(SEE ARCHITECTURAL SECTION"PAINTING") LL LL HEATER SHALL BE VALVED SEPARATELY AT THE FIXTURE.ALL SUPPLY PIPES TERMINATING AT VALVES OR FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A WATER HAMMER D.ALL VALVES,FITTINGS AND FLANGES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH CERTAIN-TEED GLASS FIBER PIPE INSULATION,OR APPROVED EQUAL.INSULATION Z U M Z ARRESTOR OF SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TO PREVENT WATER HAMMER. SHALL BE SECURELY HELD IN PLACE AND COVERED WITH ZESTON PRE-MOLDED PVC FITTING COVERS.FITTING COVERS MAY BE PROVIDED WITH A.PAINTING,EXCEPT AS SPECIFIED HEREIN,SHALL BE DONE BY OTHERS. Z FIBERGLASS INSULATION INSERTS. B.EQUIPMENT WHICH HAS DAMAGED FINISH SHALL BE REPAINTED TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL FACTORY FINISH. W D.ALL HOT AND COLD WATER BRANCH LINES SHALL BE VALVED IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION. E.HORIZONTAL ROOF DRAIN PIPING AND ROOF DRAIN BODIES SHALL BE INSULATED WITH 1"THICK CERTAIN-TEED GLASS FIBER PIPE INSULATION IN C.ALL EXPOSED FERROUS METAL FURNISHED UNDER THIS CONTRACT,SUCH AS HANGERS,STRUTS,STRUCTURAL STEEL, E.ALL HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING SHALL BE ARRANGED TO DRAIN THE LOWEST POINT AND DRAIN VALVES WITH HOSE THREADS SHALL BE PROVIDED SO THAT MOLDED SECTIONS WITH FACTORY APPLIED ALL SERVICE JACKET OR APPROVED EQUAL.THIS INSULATION SHALL BE CLOSELY BUTTED TOGETHER AND ETC.SHALL SE GIVEN ONE COAT OF FURNISHED NEMEC GRAY PRIMER. w THE ENTIRE SYSTEM CAN BE EMPTIED. SECURED BY PASTING THE CANVAS LAP. 3.4 PIPING JOINTS F.ALL PIPE INSULATION SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER BY AN INSULATION CONTRACTOR REGULARLY ENGAGED IN INSULATION WORK. PART 4-FIRE PROTECTION A.THREADED JOINTS SHALL BE CUT FULL AND CLEAN,WITH NOT MORE THAN THREE THREADS EXPOSED BEYOND FITTINGS.JOINTS SHALL BE MADE UP TIGHT //���\ JOINTS. WITH GRAPHITE BASE PIPE JOINT COMPOUND APPLIED TO MALE THREADS ONLY.EXPOSED THREADS OF FERROUS PIPE SHALL BE PAINTED WITH ACID-RESISTING G.PROVIDE HEAVY DENSITY RIGID FOAM INSERTS AT ALL HANGER LOCATIONS ON LINES 2"AND LARGER TO BE INSULATED,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED 4.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS / , PAINT AFTER PIPING HAS BEEN TESTED AND PROVEN TIGHT.NO CAULKING,LAMP WICK OR OTHER MATERIAL WILL BE ALLOWED FOR CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE OR SPECIFIED. A.SEE PART 1 FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. v , B.SWEAT OR SOLDERED JOINTS IN COPPER WATER PIPING SHALL BE MADE BY THE APPROPRIATE USE OF APPROVED BRASS WATER FITTINGS PROPERLY 3.11 WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS 4.2 SUMMARY SWEATED OR SOLDERED TOGETHER.FLARED JOINTS WHERE SPECIFIED FOR SOFT COPPER TUBING SHALL BE MADE WITH FITTINGS MEETING APPROVED A.WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL QUICK CLOSING VALVES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DRINKING FOUNTAINS, STANDARDS.SURFACES TO BE SOLDERED OR SWEAT SHALL BE CLEANED BRIGHT,PROPERLY FLUXED WITH APPROVED NONCORROSIVE PASTE TYPE FLUX AND DISHWASHERS,FAUCETS,FLUSHOMETER VALVES,ICE MAKERS,SELF-CLOSING VALVES,SPRING LOADED VALVES,AND WASHING MACHINES AND AS A.THIS SECTION INCLUDES PROVIDING A COMPLETE WET PIPE FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM INCLUDING SERVICE LINE FOR MADE WITH 95-5 OR 94-6 SOLDER.THE USE OF SELF-CLEANING FLUXES,50-50 SOLDER OR PASTE TYPE SOLDER IS PROHIBITED.FLARED JOINTS SHALL BE MADE By REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL INSPECTION AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. THE BUILDING. #21 162 EXPANDING THE TUBE WITH A PROPER FLARING TOOL.ALL TUBES SHALL BE PROPERLY REAMED. -6 ro o B.WATER HAMMER ARRESTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURES SPECIFICATIONS AND SHALL CONFORM TO ASSE 1010 AND PER STANDARD B.THIS SECTION INCLUDES MODIFICATION AND EXTENSION OF THE EXISTING WET PIPE FIRE-SUPPRESSION SYSTEM INSIDE m m C.JOINTS IN BELL AND SPIGOT CAST IRON SOIL PIPE SHALL BE OF SOFT PIG LEAD AND OAKUM WITH LEAD NOT LESS THAN 1"DEEP,AND INSTALLED IN ONE POUR PDI-WH-201. THE BUILDING. OR TYLER TY-SEAL GASKETS UNDERGROUND ONLY. r O m C.WATER HAMMER ARRESTOR SHALL BE SIOUX CHIEF MODEL OR APPROVED EQUAL.AIR CHAMBERS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 4.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ti 0, D.JOINTS FOR NO-HUB PIPE SHALL BE NEOPRENE WITH STAINLESS STEEL BANDS. v eg 3.12 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A.FURNISH AND INSTALL A COMPLETE WET PIPE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM FOR FIRE PROTECTION.ALL ELEMENTS AND n F.JOINTS FOR PLASTIC PIPE,WHEN PERMITTED,SHALL BE SOLVENT WELDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PIPE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA PAMPHLET 13,"STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF A.ALL NON-INSULATED COPPER PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ANVIL FIGURE CT65 COPPER PLATED CARBON STEEL HANGERS. SPRINKLER SYSTEMS",AND ALL CODES AND STANDARDS REFERENCED. d 3.5 DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING 3 B.NON-INSULATED STEEL PIPING 2"AND SMALLER SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ANVIL FIGURE 108 SPLIT PIPE RING HANGER WITH FIGURE 114 TURNBUCKLE B.NEW AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS WILL BE ATTACHED TO OR EXTENDED FROM EXISTING PIPING CONTAINING WATER AND A.ALL DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING WITHIN THE BUILDING SHALL BE COPPER.UNDERGROUND WATER SERVICE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING MAY BE ADJUSTER.NON-INSULATED STEEL PIPING 2-1/2"AND LARGER SHALL BE SUPPORTED BY ANVIL 260 HANGERS WITH TURNBUCKLE ADJUSTERS. THAT IS CONNECTED TO WATER SUPPLY.THE SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA PAMPHLET 13, TYPE"K"SOFT TEMPER COPPER OR DUCTILE IRON OR CAST IRON PIPE WITH SUPER BELL-TITE,MECHANICAL OR FLANGED JOINTS. STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS",AND ALL CODES AND STANDARDS REFERENCED. B.COPPER PIPING INSTALLED UNDERGROUND SHALL BE SOFT TEMPER TYPE"K"AND INSTALLED WITHOUT JOINTS. C.ALL CAST IRON PIPE SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH ANVIL FIGURE 260 CLEVIS HANGERS WITH TURNBUCKLE ADJUSTERS. 4.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS C.ALL OTHER COPPER PIPING SHALL BE HARD TEMPER TYPE"L".ALL COPPER PIPING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM-B-88 REQUIREMENTS.SERVICE PIPING OF CAST D.ALL SCHEDULE 40 SOLID PLASTIC PVC PIPING SHALL BE SUPPORTED WITH ANVIL FIGURE 260 ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGERS WITH#168 SHIELD. A.FIRE-SUPPRESSION SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN FOR THE PROJECT AREA SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO AND APPROVED BY THE IRON OF DUCTILE IRON PIPE SHALL CONFORM TO USASI,AW WA AND FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. E.ALL INSULATED PIPING SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH ANVIL FIGURE 260 ADJUSTABLE CLEVIS HANGER WITH#168 SHIELD.HANGER SHALL BE INSTALLED AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. D.FITTINGS FOR USE WITH TYPE"WAND"L"COPPER PIPING SHALL BE WROUGHT COPPER SOLDER-JOINT.UNIONS SHALL BE GROUND JOINT TYPE AND SHALL BE EXTERIOR TO INSULATION UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR SPECIFIED. B.FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED UNDER THE FOLLOWING APPLICABLE STANDARDS: INSTALLED WHERE NECESSARY TO PROVIDE EASE OF DISCONNECTION OF THE PIPING SYSTEM.PRESS FITTINGS FOR COPPER WATER PIPING ARE ACCEPTABLE F.ALL HANGERS SHALL UTILIZE THREADED RODS.NO PERFORATED STRAP IRON HANGERS OR WIRE HANGERS WILL BE ALLOWED.WHERE PERMITTED BY GOVERNING CODES. G.HANGERS AND SUPPORTS SHALL BE SPACES AS FOLLOWS: 1.NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION(NFPA)2.INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE AND ALL REFERENCED MATERIAL. OF�SSLOESfp�c�y�� E.WHEN A CONNECTION BETWEEN COPPER PIPE AND FERROUS PIPE IS NECESSARY,SAID CONNECTION SHALL BE MADE BY USING BRASS CONVERTER FITTING. 4Q F.DRAINS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AT LOW POINTS IN CONNECTION WITH THE HOT AND COLD WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SHALL CONSIST OF 1/2" 1.COPPER PIPE:1-1/4"AND SMALLER-6 FEET,1-1/2"AND LARGER-10 FEET. 3.REQUIREMENTS OF THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 20855 FAUCET WITH HOSE THREADS.DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT LOW POINTS IN THE HOT AND COLD WATER PIPING AND ALL PIPING SHALL GRADE TO DRAIN. 2.STEEL PIPE:1"AND SMALLER-8 FEET,1-1/4"AND LARGER-10 FEET. 4.REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER'S INSURING AGENCY. v�1P 3.6 VALVES FOR DOMESTIC WATER 3.CAST IRON PIPE:ALL SIZES-5 FEET.(10 FEET WITH 10'LENGHTS OF PIPE.MINIMUM ONE HANGER AT EACH JOINT.) �C qTF OF C.SPRINKLER HEAD SPACING,PIPE SIZING AND FLOW CALCULATION SHALL BE HYDRAULICALLY CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE OF A.FOR PIPING 1/2"-2":MILWAUKEE BA-150 BALL VALE,BRONZE,TEFLON SEATS AND PACKING,400 LBS W.O.G.,SOLDER END. 4.PVC PIPE:4 FEET. WITH NFPA STANDARD 13.CALCULATIONS SHALL INCLUDE OUTSIDE AND INSIDE HOSE REQUIREMENTS. B.FOR PIPING 2-1/2"AND LARGER:MILWAUKEE ML224E BUTTERFLY VALVE,FULL LUG BODY,EPDM SEATS,STAINLESS STEEL DISC,LEVER OPERATOR. H.PROVIDE ANVIL FIGURE CT-121 RISER CLAMP FOR COPPER PIPING UP THROUGH 4".PROVIDE VERTICAL SUPPORT EVERY 10 FEET. 1.MARGIN OF SAFETY FOR AVAILABLE WATER FLOW AND PRESSURE:10 PERCENT IN EXCESS OF BASE REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING LOSSES THROUGH WATER-SERVICE PIPING,VALVES,AND BACKFLOW PREVENTERS. 3.7 CROSS CONNECTIONS AND INTERCONNECTIONS I.STEEL AND CAST IRON PIPE PROVIDE ANVIL FIGURE 261 RISER CLAMP FOR PIPING 1-1/2"AND SMALLER AND FIGURE 40 RISER CLAMP FOR PIPING ABOVE 2 SPRINKLER OCCUPANCY HAZARD CLASSIFICATIONS:AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. 2".PROVIDE VERTICAL SUPPORT EVERY 15 FEET.SUPPORT FROM STRUCTURE;NO SUPPORT FROM DECK. A.NO INSTALLATION SHALL BE MADE OF PLUMBING FIXTURE,DEVICE OR PIPING THAT WILL PROVIDE A CROSS CONNECTION OR INTERCONNECTION BETWEEN A 3.MINIMUM DENSITY FOR AUTOMATIC-SPRINKLER PIPING DESIGN:AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. DISTRIBUTING WATER SUPPLY FOR DRINKING OR DOMESTIC PURPOSES AND A POLLUTED SUPPLY SUCH AS A DRAINAGE SYSTEM OR A SOIL OR WASTE PIPE THAT 3.13 TESTING WILL PERMIT OR MAKE POSSIBLE A BACKFLOW OF SEWAGE,POLLUTED WATER OR WASTE INTO THE WATER SUPPLY SYSTEM. O c 9 A.ALL PLUMBING SYSTEMS INSTALLED UNDER THIS SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS SHALL BE TESTED AND APPROVED AS HEREIN DESCRIBED AND 4.MAXIMUM PROTECTION AREA PER SPRINKLER:AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 13. ro 3.8 SOIL,WASTE,DRAIN AND VENT PIPING AS REQUIRED BY THE LOCAL INSPECTION AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. I I � 5.A HAZEN AND WILLIAMS COEFFICIENT"C"OF 120 SHALL BE USED FOR ALL ABOVE GRADE PIPING AND ANY EXISTING m� A.UNDERGROUND SOIL,WASTE,DRAIN AND VENT PIPE AND FITTINGS,THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING BELOW THE BASE SLAB TO THE LOCATIONS NOTED OUTSIDE B.THE NEW DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM SHALL BE TESTED BY PLUGGING ALL OPENINGS WITH TEST PLUGS,EXCEPT THOSE AT THE TOPS OF STACKS, UNDERGROUND PIPING.A COEFFICIENT"C"OF 140 MAY BE USED FOR NEW UNDERGROUND SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING. OF THE BUILDING,SHALL BE COATED HUB-AND-SPIGOT SERVICE WEIGHT CAST IRON.SCHEDULE 40 PVC SOLID PLASTIC PIPE MAY BE USED WHERE PERMITTED BY AND FILLING THE SYSTEM WITH WATER.TEST RESULTS WILL BE SATISFACTO 4.5 SUBMITTALS RY IF THE WATER LEVEL REMAINS STATIONARY FOR NOT LESS THAN ONE W n ✓� GOVERNING CODES.NO-HUB PIPE WILL NOT BE PERMITTED UNDERGROUND. HOUR WHEN ALL PARTS OF THE SYSTEM ARE SUBJECTED TO A PRESSURE OF AT LEAST 10 FEET OF WATER.IF LEAKS DEVELOP,THEY SHALL BE REMEDIED AND THE TEST REPEATED AFTER THE SYSTEM IS MADE TIGHT. B.SOIL,WASTE,DRAIN,VENT PIPE,AND FITTINGS ABOVE GROUND INSIDE OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE SERVICE WEIGHT HUB-AND-SPIGOT OR NO-HUB CAST IRON A.INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM PIPING SHALL NOT PROCEED UNTIL APPROVED SUBMITTALS ARE RECEIVED BY THE PIPE.SCHEDULE 40 PVC SOLID PLASTIC PIPE MAY BE USED WHERE PERMITTED BY GOVERNING CODES.PVC PIPING RUN IN RETURN AIR PLENUM SPACE SHALL BE C.THE WATER SYSTEM TEST PROCEDURE SHALL CONSIST OF CHARGING THE ENTIRE SYSTEM TO OPERATING PRESSURE AND THEN ISOLATING THE INSTALLER.SUBMITTALS SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: Q a INSTALLED WITH A 1 HOUR RATED COVERING OVER ALL PIPE,FITTINGS AND VALVES. :D SYSTEM FROM ITS SOURCE.THE SYSTEM SHALL REMAIN CLOSED FOR A PERIOD OF 24 HOURS WITH NO FIXTURE BEING USED.THE PRESSURE e DIFFERENTIAL FOR THIS 24-HOUR PERIOD SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 PSIG. 1.SPRINKLER PIPING SYSTEM LAYOUT DRAWINGS AND HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS.ALL WORKING DRAWINGS SHALL BE rn o 0 C.CHANGES IN PIPE SIZE ON SOIL,WASTE,AND DRAIN LINES SHALL BE MADE WITH REDUCING FITTINGS.CHANGES IN DIRECTION IN DRAINAGE PIPING SHALL BE PREPARED ACCORDING TO NFPA 13 AND BE STAMPED BY A CERTIFIED FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER.THE SUBMITTALS SHALL ( a N MADE BY THE APPROPRIATE USE OF 45 DEGREE Y'S,LONG OR SHORT SWEEP QUARTER BENDS,SIXTH,EIGHTH,OR SIXTEENTH BENDS,OR BY A COMBINATION OF D.THE INSPECTION AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE ARCHITECT SHALL BE NOTIFIED AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO PERFORMANCE OF ALL HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION,INCLUDING HYDRAULIC CALCULATIONS. U w E THESE OR EQUIVALENT FITTINGS.SINGLE AND DOUBLE SANITARY TEES AND SHORT QUARTER BENDS MAY BE USED IN DRAINAGE LINES ONLY WHERE THE TESTS SO THAT THE TESTS MAY BE WITNESSED IF DEEMED NECESSARY. 2.APPROVED SPRINKLER EQUIPMENT AND ACCESSORIES. W = U DIRECTION OF FLOW IS FROM THE HORIZONTAL TO THE VERTICAL.QUARTER BENDS MAYBE USED IN SOIL AND WASTE LINES ON THE DISCHARGE FROM WATER CLOSETS IN SLAB ON GRADE AREAS. E.ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ACCESSORIES SHALL BE TESTED,ADJUSTED AND MADE FREE OF LEAKS. 4.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE i ~ D.SEWER LINES SHALL BE LOCATED IN GENERAL AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS.THE EXACT LOCATIONS SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTOR IN SUCH A F.NATURAL GAS SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED WITH COMPRESSED AIR PER THE LOCAL PLUMBING CODE REQUIREMENTS. % O G MANNER AS TO MAINTAIN PROPER CLEARANCES AND SUFFICIENT SLOPE TO INSURE DRAINAGE. A.INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS:INSTALLER'S RESPONSIBILITIES INCLUDE DESIGNING,FABRICATING,AND INSTALLING FIRE- = Z E 3.14 WATER SYSTEM FLUSHING AND STERILIZATIONSUPPRESSION SYSTEMS AND PROVIDING PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING SERVICES NEEDED TO ASSUME ENGINEERING HYDRANT FLOW TEST CALCULATIONS SHALL BE BASED ON RESULTS OF FIRE- . r 1 ar ai E.HORIZONTAL SOIL,WASTE,AND DRAIN PIPES SHALL BE GIVEN A GRADE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/4"PER FOOT FOR SIZES UP TO 3"UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN ON RESPONSIBILITY. `/ .. THE DRAWINGS OR APPROVED IN WRITING BY THE ENGINEER.HORIZONTAL SOIL,WASTE,AND DRAIN PIPES SHALL BE GIVEN A GRADE OF NOT LESS THAN 1/8"PER A.IMMEDIATELY UPON COMPLETION OF THE NEW WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM AND PRIOR TO PLACING THIS SYSTEM IN SERVICE,THE ENTIRE NEW 1 ENGINEERING RESPONSIBILITY:PREPARATION OF WORKING PLANS CALCULATIONS AND FIELD TEST REPORTS BY ^/ FOOT FOR SIZES 4"AND LARGER WHEN FIRST APPROVED BY THE ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY. SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED AND STERILIZED. . , , ry Z ur A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER.B.NFPA STANDARDS:FIRE-SUPPRESSION-SYSTEM EQUIPMENT,SPECIALTIES, w t F.VENT STACKS SHALL BE EXTENDED FULL SIZE THROUGH THE ROOF AND FLASHED WITH 4 POUND LEAD SHEETS TURNED DOWN INTO THE STACK AT LEAST 2" B.THIS SYSTEM SHALL BE FILLED WITH WATER SLOWLY AND CAREFULLY SO THAT AIR MAY READILY ESCAPE THROUGH OPEN DRAINS AND FIXTURE ACCESSORIES,INSTALLATION,AND TESTING SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING: < y u AND EXTENDED 12"IN ALL DIRECTIONS FROM THE PIPE AT THE ROOF LINE.VENTS THROUGH ROOF SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 3".ALL PVC PIPING USED FOR VENT VALVES.ALL DRAINS AND FIXTURE VALVES SHALL BE OPENED,STARTING WITH VALVES NEAREST THE WATER SERVICE ENTRY,AND WATER RUN UNTIL IT PIPING THROUGH THE ROOF OR ABOVE ROOF SHALL PAINTED FOR UV PROTECTION. HAS RUN CLEAR FROM ALL OUTLETS FOR NOT LESS THAN 10 MINUTES. 2.NFPA 13,"INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS." Q o G.WHERE APPLICABLE FOR THE ROOFING SYSTEM USED,PROVIDE FLASHING VIA PLEATED EPDM CONE IN LIEU OF LEAD. C.AFTER THIS ENTIRE WATER SYSTEM HAS BEEN THOROUGHLY FLUSHED,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL STERILIZE THE ENTIRE SYSTEM AS REQUIRED BY 4.7 MANUFACTURERS = ; LOCAL CODES AND THE STATE BOARD OF HEALTH.IN THE EVENT THAT LOCAL CODES OR THE STATE BOARD OF HEALTH DO NOT HAVE SPECIFIC A THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS APPLY TO PRODUCT SELECTION: V A.H.VENTS SHALL BE AIR AND WATER TIGHT. REQUIREMENTS FOR WATER SYSTEM STERILIZATION,THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE SHALL BE EMPLOYED: M I.VENT CONNECTIONS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO SOIL AND WASTE SYSTEMS AND ALL FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE 1.A CHLORINE WATER MIXTURE OF A CHLORINE BEARING COMPOUND SUCH AS HIGH TEST CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE OR SODIUM 1.MANUFACTURERS:SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH PROJECT REQUIREMENTS,ALL PRODUCTS AND MATERIAL SHALL BE (V VENTED OR CONNECTED TO A VENTED LINE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY CODE. HYPOCHLORITE SHALL BE INTRODUCED INTO THE SYSTEM AT THE BEGINNING OF THE BUILDING WATER SERVICE. LISTED IN FM APPROVAL GUIDE AND IN UL PUBLICATIONS FOR THE SERVICE. 0 J.ALL VENT STACKS IN OR AT OUTSIDE WALLS SHALL BE OFFSET 1'-6"MINIMUM FROM OUTSIDE WALLS BEFORE GOING THROUGH THE ROOF,TO FACILITATE 2.IF A CHLORINE GAS WATER MIXTURE IS USED,IT SHALL BE FED INTO THE SYSTEM BY MEANS OF A SOLUTION FEED CHLORINATING DEVICE N FLASHING. WHICH MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH MEANS FOR PREVENTING THE BACKFLOW OF WATER INTO THE CHLORINE CYLINDER. 5.1 DELEGATED-DESIGN SUBMITTAL FOR VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING,AND FIRE PROTECTION: DATE: ISSUE: #: K.RISERS SHALL BE INSTALLED ABSOLUTELY PLUMB AND STRAIGHT.BRANCHES SHALL BE RUN IN STRAIGHT LINES AND PITCH UNIFORMLY TO MAINS. 3.IF CHLORINE BEARING COMPOUND SUCH AS A HIGH TEST CALCIUM HYPOCHLORITE OR SODIUM HYPOCHLORITE IS USED,THE POWDER SHALL INCLUDE DESIGN CALCULATIONS AND DETAILS FOR SELECTING VIBRATION ISOLATORS AND SEISMIC RESTRAINTS COMPLYING 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 0 FIRST BE MADE INTO A PASTE AND THEN THINNED TO APPROXIMATELY 1%CHLORINE SOLUTION(10,000 PPM). WITH PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS,DESIGN CRITERIA,AND ANALYSIS DATA SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE QUALIFIED L.RISERS,BRANCHES AND MAINS SHALL BE CONCEALED IN THE CONSTRUCTION EXCEPT WHERE SHOWN OTHERWISE.BRANCHES FOR CLOSETS SHALL BE PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. FINISHED AT THE WALL LINE WITH PROPER FLANGE TO RECEIVE THE FIXTURE WHEN SET,AND THEY SHALL BE TRUE AND LEVEL SO THAT CLOSET BASE WILL HAVE 4.THE RATE OF CHLORINE MIXTURES FLOW INTO THE SYSTEM SHALL BE PROPORTIONED TO THE RATE OF WATER ENTERING THE PIPE SO THAT FULL BEARING ON THE WALL. A CHLORINE DOSE OF NOT LESS THAN 10 PPM WILL BE PRODUCED THROUGHOUT THE SYSTEM.THIS SOLUTION SHALL BE RETAINED IN THE A.COMPLY WITH SEISMIC-RESTRAINT REQUIREMENTS IN THE IBC UNLESS REQUIREMENTS IN THIS SECTION ARE MORE SYSTEM FOR NOT LESS THAN 24 HOURS AND SHALL PRODUCE NOT LESS THAN 10 PPM OF CHLORINE AT THE END OF THE RETENTION PERIOD. STRINGENT.RETAIN"WELDING QUALIFICATIONS"PARAGRAPH BELOW IF SHOP OR FIELD WELDING IS REQUIRED.IF M.ALL SOIL AND VENT STACKS SHALL OFFSET WHERE REQUIRED TO MISS OBSTRUCTIONS AND AS REQUIRED TO CLEAR FLOOR BEAMS AND SPANDREL BEAMS AT RETAINING,ALSO RETAIN"WELDING CERTIFICATES"PARAGRAPH IN"INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS"ARTICLE. FLOOR LINES AND HUG WALL CONSTRUCTION ABOVE FLOOR. 5.THE SYSTEM BEING STERILIZED SHALL BE ISOLATED FROM THE WATER SUPPLY SOURCE SO AS TO POSITIVELY ASSURE THAT TREATED WATER WILL NOT BACKFLOW INTO THE SUPPLY LINE.SYSTEM STERILIZATION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN COOPERATION WITH THE SERVING UTILITY B.WELDING QUALIFICATIONS:QUALIFY PROCEDURES AND PERSONNEL ACCORDING TO AWS D1.1/D1.1M,"STRUCTURAL C N.PROHIBITED FITTINGS.THE DRILLING AND TAPPING OF BUILDING DRAINS,SOIL,WASTE OR VENT PIPE AND THE USE OF SADDLE HUBS OR BANDS IS PROHIBITED. AND SHALL COMPLY IN ALL RESPECTS WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS. WELDING CODE-STEEL." G ANY FITTING OR CONNECTION WHICH HAS AN ENLARGEMENT CHAMBER OR RECESS WITH A LEDGE,SHOULDER OR REDUCTION OF THE PIPE AREA THAT OFFERS AN OBSTRUCTION TO THE FLOW IS PROHIBITED. 6.AFTER STERILIZATION IS COMPLETED THE ENTIRE SYSTEM SHALL BE FLUSHED AND TESTED.TEST RESULTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE C.SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DEVICES SHALL HAVE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOAD TESTING AND ANALYSIS AND SHALL BEAR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR REVIEW PRIOR TO ACCEPTANCE OF THIS PROJECT. ANCHORAGE PREAPPROVAL OPA NUMBER FROM OSHPD,PREAPPROVAL BY ICC-ES,OR PRE APPROVAL BY ANOTHER W O.PROHIBITED CONNECTIONS.NO FIXTURES,DEVICES OR CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE INSTALLED WHICH WOULD ALLOW A BACKFLOW CONNECTION BETWEEN A AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION,SHOWING MAXIMUM SEISMIC-RESTRAINT RATINGS.RATINGS DATE: 04.07.2023 A DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM OF WATER FOR DRINKING AND DOMESTIC PURPOSES TO THE DRAINAGE SYSTEM,SOIL OR WASTE PIPING SO AS TO PERMIT OR MAKE BASED ON INDEPENDENT TESTING ARE PREFERRED TO RATINGS BASED ON CALCULATIONS.IF PREAPPROVED RATINGS ARE DRAWN: RDB Li POSSIBLE THE BACKFLOW OF SEWAGE OR WASTE INTO THE WATER SYSTEM. 3.15ACCESS DOORS UNAVAILABLE,SUBMITTALS BASED ON INDEPENDENT TESTING ARE PREFERRED.CALCULATIONS(INCLUDING COMBINING CHECKED: ATB SHEAR AND TENSILE LOADS)TO SUPPORT SEISMIC-RESTRAINT DESIGNS MUST BE SIGNED AND SEALED BY A QUALIFIED P.ALL BELOW GRADE PIPIING SHALL BE BEDED IN GRADED SAND SAND.SAND SHALL BE AT LEAST 3"FOR PIPE OF 10"DIAMETER OR LESS.ADDITIONAL MINIMUM A.THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REVIEWING THE ARCHITECTURAL PLANS/SPECIFICATIONS AND ADVISING THE GENERAL PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER. ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O THREE INCHES OF BEDDING SAND SHALL BE PLACED IN CONTACT WITH AND BENEATH ALL PIPE JOINTS AND COUPLINGS.BEDDING SAND MUST PROVIDE UNIFORM CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO BIDDING OF THE NEED FOR ACCESS DOORS IN SHEETROCK OR PLASTERED CEILINGS AND WALLS AND ALL OTHER LOCATIONS SUPPORT TO A WIDTH OF AT LEAST 60%OF PIPES EXTERNAL DIAMETER.PIPING BEDDING SHALL BE UNIFORM THROUGHOUT ITS LENGTH.IF EXISTING SOIL IS TOO WHERE ACCESS IS REQUIRED FOR PLUMBING COMPONENTS. SPECIFICATIONS U- POROUS TO HOLD SAND,4"OF OF CRUSHED AGGREGATE SHALL BE PLACED ON THE TRENCH BOTTOM PRIOR TO SAND BEDDING. B.ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE FLUSH-MOUNTED OF A STYLE SPECIFICALLY SUITED FOR THE TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION IN WHICH THEY ARE TO BE USED, PLUMBING Q AND SIZES AND COLORS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT FOR APPROVAL.IN AREAS WHERE THERE ARE REMOVABLE CEILINGS,ACCESS DOORS CITY APPROVED PLANS MAY BE OMITTED,PROVIDED CEILING PANELS USED FOR ACCESS ARE CLEARLY MARKED.THE TYPE OF ACCESS DOOR USED SHALL BE MILCOR,OR AN Lu APPROVED EQUAL. Reviewed for Code Compliance ♦� C.ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE FURNISHED BYTHE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FOR INSTALLATION BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE V+ D.IN THE EVENT THAT THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR FAILS TO ADVISE THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR OF REQUIRED ACCESS DOORS PRIOR TO BIDDING, PO . 2 THE COST TO FURNISH AND INSTALL ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE PLUMBING CONTRACTOR. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 45 of 341 HEAT RECLAIM PUMP SCHEDULE PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE PIPING CONNECTION DESIGNATION HR-1 DESIGNATION CPA TAG MFGR./MODEL DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER DESCRIPTION NOTES CW HW SAN VENT &MODEL >- [)� TOTO DRAKE II FLOOR MOUNTED,TANK TYPE,VITREOUS CHINA,ELONGATED BOWL,17-1/4"HIGH,JETTED MANUFACTURER/ COMMERCIAL SEAT,SOLID PLASTIC,OPEN FRONT SEAT LESS COVER,STAINLESS STEEL MANUFACTURER MULLER-FRE MANUFACTURER TACO BOWL,1.28 GPF,FULLY GLAZED 2-18"TRAPWAY,12"ROUGH-IN,ANGLE STOPS,FLEX TUBE MODEL: CHECK HINGES. 1,3,4,5 3/4" - 4" 2" WC-1 CST454CF WATER SUPPLYLINE AND WALL ESCUTCHEON.PROVIDE TANK LEVER TO ACCESSIBLE SIDE TOILET SEAT: 6 LOCATION EQ.PLATFORM LOCATION COMPRESSOR ROOM OF FIXTURE. HO STRONG HOLLDD 4731 Uj MODEL NO. D2-120 MODEL NO. 2400-205 w LU M KOHLER KINGSTON VITREOUS CHINA,20-1/4"X1 8-1/8",FRONT OVERFLOW,FITTING LEDGE,SEALANT,SINGLE FAUCET:MOEN METERING FAUCET.ADA LEVER HANDLE,CAST BRASS BODY,BRASS SHELL CARTRIDGE, 1,3,4,5,6 1l2" 1/2" 2" 2" w �00 LAV 1 FAUCET HOLE.PROVIDE ZURN Z-1231 CONCEALED ARM CARRIER. MODEL 8884 WATTS MMV MIXING VALVE.4-3/4"SPOUT,0.5 GPM AERATOR,FLEXIBLE TUBE WATER SUPPLY PART# 8823820 SERVICE DOM HW RECIRC K-2007 LINES,1/4"TURN LEVER STOPS,(NO KEYED STOPS)OPEN GRID DRAIN WITH 1-1/4"X6,18 O O- GAGE SEAMLESS BRASS TAIL PIECE,JR SMITH MODEL 2698 TRAP EZE TRAP PRIMER AND 2 Co G #OF CIRCUITS 2 O TRUEBRO TRAP WRAP OR SIMILAR. EL PUMP TYPE INLINE J Z Z O REFRIG.CON.SIZE 1-1/8 O GPM 10 PROFLO TWO COMPARTMENT SINK,SATIN POLISHED FINISH,STAINLESS STEEL,SELF RIMMING, FAUCET:MOEN Z 2 THOROUGHLY SOUND DEADENED. 7365CSL 1,3,4,5,6 1/2" 1/2" 2" 2" 111 F WEIGHT 475# PUMP HEAD(FT) 29 SK 11 PFSR3322 Uj REMARKS REMARKS MOTOR HORSEPOWER 1/16 w ELKAY ADA ACCESSIBLE STAINLESS STEEL ANTI-SPLASH BASIN WITH STRAINER.HEAVY GAUGE FAUCET SINGLE LEVER WITH 3 HOLE ESCUTCHEON DURALAST CARTRIDGE,GOOSE NECK 1,3,4,5 NOTES: VOLTAGE/PHASE 110/1 6, 1/2" - 2" 2" 1: INSTALL UPSTREAM OF WATER EWC-1 STAINLESS STEEL WEEP AROUND CABINET,WALL MOUNTED WITH STEEL BACKING PLATE. SPOUT,SINGLE LEVER HANDLE,O GPM AERATOR,PLATE,ME F STAINLESS STEEL BASKET LZSTL8WLP SINGLE DRAIN AND SUPPLY,FRONT AND SIDE PUSH PADS.CONNECT WITH ANGLE STOP AND STRAINER,1-1/2"17G TUBULAR CONTINUOUS WASTE,CHROME FINISH WALL ESCUTCHEON HEATER. FLEX TUB SUPPLY CONNECTION.1-1/2"17 GAUGE BRASS P-TRAP AND WALL ESCUTCHEON PLATE,ANGLE STOPS AND FLEXIBLE TUBE SUPPLY LINES.MIXING VALVE SET TO MAXIMUM 2: PURCHASED&INSTALLED BY PLUMBER PANEL&CIRCUIT A-33 PLATE.CAPACITY 8.0 GPM @ 50 DEGREE WATER,4.6 FLA.120/1/60 20A GROUNDED 105 DEGREES 3: COORDINATE REFRIGERATION CIRCUIT w RECEPTACLE WITH EZ H2O BOTTLE FILLING STATION TIE WITH NG REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR. WIRE&CONDUIT (2)#12,#12G,1/2"C K #21.162 = OVERCURRENT DEVICE 20 A. 1,3,4,5 NE,STAINLESS STEEL DRAIN,DOME STRAINER AND STAINLESS STEEL LINT FAUCET:FIAT WALL MOUNTED 24"ABOVE TOP LEDGE OF BASIN,ALL BRASS SUPPLY FAUCET,10"SPOUT 1/2" 1/2" 3" 2„ m m Q BASKET,STAINLESS STEEL GUARDS ON ALL SIDES. 830AA W ITH WALL BRACE AND PAIL HOOK,%"MALE HOSE THREADED OUTLET AND VACUUM 6' r O� j SS-1 MSB-2424 BREAKER,LEVER HANDLES,INTEGRAL STOP ARMS,WALL FLANGES,''/V FEMALE THREADED U M DISCONNECT 20A/NF/NEMA 1 3 w INLETSAND ADJUSTABLE CENTERS. eg CONTROL NOTE 1&2 v� REFERENCE DETAIL 3/POA FS CECO 906-2 12"X12"X6"CAST IRON BODY WITH ACID RESISTANT ENAMELED FINISH,WHITE NO-HUB COVER:CECO (2-PIECE)12"X12"HALF COVER TOP GRATE WITH CAST IRON BODY WITH ACID RESISTANT 1,2,3,4,5 _ _ SEE o REMARKS 1,2 OUTLET,AND WITH ALUMINUM ANTI-SPLASH INTERIOR BOTTOM DOME STRAINER,FLASHING 912-2(2-PIECE) ENAMELED FINISH. 6' PLANS 2" ALTERNATE:PROFLO COLLAR. NOTES: PF906K/PF912S 1: CONNECT PUMP TO BUILDING TIME CLOCK PROVIDED BY EC. 2: PROVIDE HONEYWELL AQUASTAT L6006B WITH IMMERSION WELL DOMESTIC WATER HEATER - GAS HB-1 WOODFORD ANTI-SPHON,VACUUM AL FINISH,BRONZE CASING AND,INTER OR PARTOS,COMBINATION 3NATE WHEEL D"FEMALE OROSE KEY,R1"STRAIGRHT P OUGH BASS 1 3 3/4 oFESS�OCE SfpNc/y 24BR INLET.PROVIDE A WATTS 007M3QT DOUBLE CHECK ASSEMBLY BEFORE HOSE BIB MOUNTED ON WALL. DESIGNATION WHA v 20855 0 �C qTF OF �N£VIL MANUFACTURER STATE HB-2 WOODFORD ANTI-SIPHON,VACUUM BREAKER,LOOSE TEE KEY,CHROME PLATED FINISH,BRONZE CASING AND INTERIOR PARTS,COMBINATION%"FEMALE OR 1"STRAIGHT IP INLET.FREEZE PROOF. 1,3 - B65 PROVIDE WITH14"SLEEVE. MODEL SDV7576NE 210 NOTES: CAPACITY(GALLONS) 75 1 1:CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE FINAL SELECTIONS OF ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES WITH TENANT/FRANCHISE PRIOR TO ORDERING. c c F 2:FLOOR DRAINS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH TRAP PRIMER(AS REQUIRED)USING JR SMITH MODEL 2698 TRAP EZE TRAP PRIMER FROM ADJACENT SINK. O ,',�ti RECOVERY 100-F RISE GPH 75 3:ALL FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT ARE OWNER STANDARDS AND NO ALTERNATES WILL BE ACCEPTED. UPON PIPE SIZING AND EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE INLET/OUTLET SIZING BEING DIFFERENT SIZES THEN @ ( ) I � 4:PROVIDE CHROME PLATED BRASS TAILPIECE AND GRID DRAIN. PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE PER PLAN AND THEN TRANSITION TO INLET/OUTLET SIZE AS 5:PROVIDE QUARTER TURN LEVER STOPS AND FLEXIBLE RISERS. REQUIRED.TRANSITION TO INLET/OUTLET SIZE SHALL BE DONE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO "'d OUTLET TEMP.(°F) 130 6:INSULATE EXPOSED TAILPIECE,P-TRAP AND WATER RISERS.REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSULATION METHODS. CONNECTING TO OUTLET/INTLET AND WITHIN 4". W INPUT(BTUH) 76,000 a 3 VOLTAGE/PHASE 120/1 Q 00 0' ~ N :D F_ PANEL&CIRCUIT A-31 PIPE INSULATION SCHEDULE - PLUMBING U W 1 ALL SEWER LINES SHALL BE SCOPED WITHIN 48 HOURS OF BEING ON LJJ = Q p SERVICE PIPE SIZE INSULATION SITE.VIDEO FOR SCOPING SHALL BE PROVIDED TO OWNER.REPORT H WIRE&CONDUIT (2)#12,12 G,1/2"C ANY BELLIES IN SERVICE LINE,INVERT DEFICIENCIES TO OWNERSHIP& Z DESIGN TEAM IMMEDIATELY (D (� G UDOMESTIC COLD WATER 1/2"-2" 1/2"FIBERGLASS,ASJ Z Z -E 2.ALL SEWER PIPE TO BE BEDDED IN SAND REFER TO P0.3 JOVER CURRENT DEVICE 20A r w U 3 DISCONNECT 20A/NF/NEMA 1 DOMESTIC COLD WATER 2-1/2"AND LARGER 1"FIBERGLASS,ASJ L^/ Z �+ I.. REFERENCE DETAIL 1/PO DOMESTIC HOT WATER 4 c d REMODEL:If construction will move or alter the existing Fire Sprinkler System,it may need to be evaluated by the Idaho REMARKS.DESIGNED CERTIFIED By CSA INTERNATIONAL ACCORDING TO 1,2,3,4,5 RECIRCULATING HOT WATER ALL 1"FIBERGLASS,ASJ State Fire Marshal's(ID SFM)office to ensure code compliance a ANDZ21.10.3-CSA 4.3 STANDARDS GOVERNING STORAGE TYPE WATER U HEATER.MEETS THERMAL EFFICIENCY AND STANDBY LOSS REQUIREMENT and hydraulic calculations. M OF THE U.S.DEPARTMENT IF ENERGY AND THE CURRENT EDITION OF TEMPERED WATER N ASHRE IESNA 90.1.PER TABLE C404.2 OF THE IECC STORAGE TYPE WATER If S nificant Chan es need to be made,a state licensed fire p HEATERS 76.000 BTU INPUT MUST BE 80%EFFICIENT,WATER HEATER I 9 9 SELECTED IS 90%EFFICIENCY EXPOSED FIXTURE WASTE TRAPS AND DOMESTIC WATER AT TRUBRO LAV GUARD MOLDED PROTECTIVE PIPE COVER OVER sprinkler contractor shall submit plans to the ID SFM for N ALL 1/2"FIBERGLASS INSULATION acceptance. I- HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBLE SINKS AND LAVATORIES DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 NOTES: 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 1: BRADFORD WHITE MODEL LG2PDV75H803N IS THE ONLY ACCEPTABLE Idaho State Fire Marshal ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER sfm.planreview@doi.idaho.gov 2: PROVIDE 2-112"DRAIN PAN AND ROUTE 1-1/4"DRAIN LINE TO FLOOR SINK 3: PROVIDE CONDENSATE NEUTRALIZATION KIT. 4: PROVIDE COMBUSTION SPRING LOADED FREEZE PROOF DAMPER Fire Riser Room/Fire Pump Access: Street valve covers that control"fire water"SUCK as New work/changes shall not be covered up prior to fire 5: CA/FLUE LENGTH 70'MAX EACH 4"DIAMETER PIPE fire h drants and fire risers,shall be ainted RED. 6: WATER HEATER TO BE PROVIDED WITH HEAT TRAPS.SEE DETAIL 3/ Y P inspection.Fire Inspection Line:208-735-7338 POA. IAW 2018 IFC 901.4.6.2,Markings on access 7: UPON PIPE SIZING AND EQUIPMENT/FIXTURE INLET/OUTLET SIZING BEING doors:Access doors for automatics sprinkler DIFFERENT SIZES THEN PLUMBING CONTRACTOR SHALL SIZE PER PLAN P LL AND THEN TRANSITION TO INLET/OUTLET SIZE AS REQUIRED.TRANSITION systems risers'rooms and fire pump rooms shall TO INLET/OUTLET SIZE SHALL BE DONE IMMEDIATELY PRIOR TO A Back-flow Preventer shall be installed to LLI CONNECTING TO OUTLET/INTLET AND WITHIN 4". be labeled with an approved Sign. DATE: 04.07.2023 all new and existing(E)fire sprinkler systems. DRAWN: RDB d LRed ing shall have a minimum height of 2 CHECKED: ATB th a minimum stroke of 3/8 inch. CITY APPROVED PLANS For(E)systems,this type of alteration will ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O require plans to be submitted to the ID SFM with white letters."Fire Riser Room" Reviewed for code compliance for review and Acceptance. PLUMBING SCHEDULES IL PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE W FOR ALL INSPECTIONS P0 . 3 cn Page 46 of 341 0 1O 1 120°R HORTICULTURAL FACILITY CONTINUOUS HOT WATER LOOP LA 130° O VALVE. FOR ISOLATION O FULL SIZE.SEE FLOOR PLAN 11 FOR ROUTING AND SIZE. AQUA 1 � THERMOMETER O ROUTE PIPING ALONG INTERIOR 2 CONTINUOUS HOT STAT T ■ ■ WARM SIDE OF WALL OR IN WALL.O WATER LOOP FULL SIZE. 4"CONCENTRIC 1-1/2"DCW W SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR CP-1 VENTS SUPPLY ®NEW 1"CPEX LINE-CONTINUOUS 6 iQ ROUTING AND SIZE. MINIMUM REQUIRED AIR GAPS: 2018 IPC TC -- Z a o 0 *1'"NEW BACKFLOW PREVENTERN EXTEND TO SINK MINIMUM AIR GAP BUILDING HOURS -FAUCET URE AWAYFROMAWALL CLOSETOAWALL TIME CLOCK. W UJ00 X X (INCHES) (INCHES) COORDINATE WITH ELEC1-1/2"0 eEXPANSION TANK >O BELOW FROST LINE.NO JOINTS IN 3 LAVATORIES AND OTHER FIXTURES WITH EFFECTIVE OPENING NOT CONTRACTOR AMTROL ST-12-C OPEN IN UNCONDITIONED SPACES (10) GREATER THAN 1/2"IN DIAMETER 1 1-i12 IL PROVIDE 2"PVC SLEEVE INFILL 11) w ' `SINK,LAUNDRYT OPE GOOSENECK BACK FAUCETS AND OTHER FIXTURES 130°WITH INSULATION 1-1/2 2-112 WITH EFFECTIVE OPENINGS GREATER THAN 3/4"IN DIAMETER HEATTRAPS z LL O7 TO HORTICULTURAL FACILITY INLET MUELLER 1"DCW Z pj Z OVER-RIM BATH FILLETER AND OTHER FIXTURES WITH EFFECTIVE CONNECTION-FIELD CONFIRM 2 3 FREE Z CONNECT 1/2"DHW OPENINGS NOT GREATER THAN 1"IN DIAMETER HEAT 3/4"GAS LINE WITH DIRT W 8 EXTERIOR WEATHER BOX COVERING WITHIN 10"OF STOP. DRINKING WATER FOUNTAINS,SINGLE ORIFICE NOT GREATER THAN 7/i6"IN I- 1-1/2"120° LEG AND COCK INLET TO HORTICULTURAL FACILITY WATTS MMV MIXING DIAMETER OR MULTILE ORIFICES WITH A TOTAL AREA OF 0.150 SQUARE INC 1 1-1/2 T&P VALVE (TYPICAL) ANGLE STOP TYPICAL. ui VALVE (AREA OF CIRCLE 7116"IN DIAMETER DISCHARGE TO ///��\ ui (�9 EXTERIOR WEATHER BOX OVER TWO TIME THE THREE TIME THE ROUTED TO F TO BE ITO AR D WITH INSULATION EFFECTIVE OPENINGS GREATER THAN 1" DIAMETER OF THE DIAMETER OF THE (TYPICAL) REFER TO ARCH DWGS. © EFFECTIVE OPENING EFFECTIVE OPENING (10)EXTERIOR WEATHER BOX ------ UNION(TYP.) DIMENSIONS TO BE VERIFIED ------ DRAIN VALVE FLOOR CONDENSATE COMP.SINKS SINK IN FIELD/REFER TO ARCH DWGS. (TYPICAL) INSTALLED (11 11) LAMBS TONGUE 90°ELBOW DRAIN LINE (11)SWEEP ALL PIPING,NO JOINTS DRAIN LINE BY PC OR FITTINGS ALLOWED HALF GRATE PROVIDE SEISMIC SUPPORT WHEN REQUIRED HALF GRATE AT THE UPPER AND LOWER 2/3 RD OF TANKS. SIMILAR TO HOLDRITE QUICK-STRAP 24 GAUGE MODEL Q5-50 INSTALL AS PER DOME FINISHED FINISHED MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION GUIDELINES. #21.162 NOT TO SCALE STRAINER FLOOR FLOOR '.A mom 82 DOMESTIC HOT WATER LOOP r°� STRAINER WATER HEATER PIPING DETAIL 6 NEW PEX CONNECTION DETAIL 2 SINK CONNECTION DETAIL GENERAL NOTES: '7 1 NOT TO SCALE 3a 1. PC SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR AIR GAP DIMENSIONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL CODE AMENDMENTS AND JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS. 2. RIM OF FLOOR SINK SHALL BE FLUSH OR DRAIN OUTLET DRAIN OUTLET SLIGHTLY BELOW FINISHED FLOOR COORDINATE WITH ARCHITECTURAL AND _ OTHER TRADES.PC IS RESPONSIBLE TO VERIFY FLUSH MOUNTING SINK WITH CLEANOUT PLUG LOCAL CODES AND JURISDICTION.IF CONCRETE PA PAVEMENT FLUSH MOUNTING FLOOR SINK IS NOT f OR GRADE ALLOWED NOTIFY ENGINEER PRIOR TO I , ROUGH IN. i" ° OF�SS�oENSf�,yc�y R F� 4 y b 20855 it 6"SQ. 4" OF r SEE PLANS FOR NEVIL PIPE SIZE 4 FLOOR SINK DETAIL GRADE CLEANOUT DETAIL 1 NO SCALE ■■■ c_9 NOT TO SCALE 15450-Q I I M 5 W ~ .0 W GAS TO ROOF = U W REFER PLANS ` FOR SIZE e 2 G T-O" ? u U � n Z N d NEW 1"G W :.L � Q � m c d � c � Q _o REBALANCE EXISTING GAS = 3 METER TO ACCOMODATE THE V 3 NEW ADDED DEMAND OF 3 O N O N DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT O 5 GAS SERVICE ENTRANCE ' DETAIL C~ NOT TO SCALE NC LPL CITY APPROVED PLANS DATE: 04.07.2023 W DRAWN: RDB d Reviewed for Code Compliance CHECKED: ATB w ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE PLUMBING DETAILS LL FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Lu W PO .4 co cn Page 47 of 341 ® PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: ® PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: 1. ALL VENT LINES TO BE 2"UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1. PROVIDE 4"TRAP AND TRANSITION TO 2"SAN UP TO FLOOR 13. 2"VENT BELOW SLAB,ROUTE TO WALL AS SHOWN. SINKIDRAIN. CONNECT TO SAN MAIN WTIH 45 DEGREE CONNECTION. ` 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS OF 14. ROUTE NEW 4"SAN LINE OUT TO EXISTING 6"SAN.GC TO SERVICE SINKS. 2. 2"SAN UP TO SINK. FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE,AND LOCATION OF EXISITNG 6" 3. PLUMBER TO VERIFY INVERTS PRIOR TO BID.ANY WORK 3. 2"SAN UP TO EWC. SAN AND TIE INTO AS NEEDED,RE:CANYON PARK UTILITY REQUIRED TO CONNECT TO EXISTING MAIN AND NOT AS-BUILTS IDENTIFIED,EXCLUDED OR COMMUNICATED IN BID SHALL 4. 4"SAN UP TO WATER CLOSET.BE PERFORMED AT CONTRACTORS EXPENSE.NOTIFY 15. EXISTING RESTROOM AND ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING, ■ ■ DESIGN TEAM/ENGINEER OF ANY INVERT DEFICIENCIES 5. 4"SAN UP TO WALL CLEANOUT.TRANSITION TO 2"VENT UP FIXTURES TO REMAIN,REFER TO DEMO PLAN FOR SCOPE. PRIOR TO FINALIZING BID. IN WALL. 16. CONDENSATE FROM FREEZER/COOLER ROUTE TO FS, W TERMINATE WITH CODE COMPLIANT AIR GAP OVER FS Z o 4. ALL UNDERGROUND WASTE 8 VENT PLAN SHALL BE BEDDED 6. COMBINATION WASTE&VENT SYSTEM UPSTREAM OF THIS W H cn SAND.REFER TO SPECS P0.3 POINT. LU 2 M 17. 4"FLOOR SINK INSTALLED,IN ORDER TO MEET THE EXISTING W W 00 7. 4"SAN UP TO FLOOR CLEANOUT. INVERT. >O D_0 8. 2"SAN UP TO FLOOR DRAIN. 18. 1"PEX LINE IN 2"PVC SLEEVE FROM CEILING SPACE OF a 2,0 RECEIVING AREA TO FARM BOX.PROVIDE SHUTOFF VALVE J 9. 2"SAN UP TO LAVATORY. AND VACUUM BREAKER INSIDE BUILDING,ENSURE NO LL LL JOINTS ARE INSTALLED OUTSIDE BUILDING ENVELOPES TO 10. 2"VENT UP. PREVENT RISK OF SPLITTING DUE TO FREEZING. Z 11. 3"SAN UP TO SERVICE SINK. 19. 1"CW UP THROUGH GRADE.ROUTE THROUGH 2"PVC LU I- ui SLEEVE,REFER TO P 2.1 FOR CONTINUATION. 12. 4"SAN UP TO FLOOR SINK. 20. ROUTE ALL BELOW GRADE PIPING IN PVC SLEEVE BELOW FROST LINE.NO JOINTS ALLOWED IN PIPING BELOW GRADE. ui INFILL PVC SLEEVE WITH INSULATION. 0. 21. ROUTE ALL BELOW GRADE UTILITIES THROUGH SLAB CUT OUT AS SHOWN.COORDINATE ALL SLAB CUTS WITH ARCH DRAWINGS. 22. EXISITNG LINE OUT TO(E)MAIN TO REMAIN #21.162 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.3 1 -6 mom Y O SK-1 10 2 tiOai� - 10 10 M 0 o 00 00 1 1 4" FS FFI I � 12 41 ii O 17 --a' SANIII z 2"FS I Q SS\0 0 NA L fN I 5 oFE \CEl, ciy^ Q 2"FS "a 4 20855 - - LL - - `....... ----_ ---------- 9�csl f0F0,�o�OQ �NfVIL 5 I I \ RELOCATED FLOOR SINK EE 9 TO MEET INVERT I ro O 17 I Ci2 I - Ci2 I I Cl 4"FS W ^ 4"FS n P 2 4"FS 12 17 17 19 :D 17 4i �b 5 O 1 N o O W PO 5 I 2"FS T - B7 W U n = Z of SS1 1E 4"F3 -- - ®� L� rd 11 12 r/ Z a�oi 7 2"FS �, - 63 W O 10 Q Z a �o IF I r v M g EWC-1 CNI 2"FS 2"FS `I li 2"FS �I �'i 10 - GCO Y N 1 I 2"FS 9,k 2"FS FARM BOX SHOWN FOR 5 O iO 2"FS 13 DATE: ISSUE: #: REFERENCE ONLY 6 O tl 15 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT CD REFER TO ARCH ` --- - - - FOREXACTLOCATION 4 --SA -- - �----4"- AN' -4'�-- i.1. SAN --4"SAN- 1-4-SAN- I Q ❑ o L O � 2 6 5 -_---.(E)4"SAN-�11 14 r �11 2"FS 2 2 4125 (IDLAV-1 WC-1 W a � DATE: 04.07.2023 15 DRAWN: RD13 CHECKED: ATB II - ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O 22 UNDERSLAB FLOOR U- 6 PLAN-PLUMBING Q Lu 10 �UNDERSLAB FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING CITY APPROVED PLANS P2.0 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" R-1-dJorCudeCumph.n P2 . 0 ,^PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 0 2' 4' 8 16 v_, FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 48 of 341 CONTINUOUS HOT WATER LOOP PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: ® PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: (a:) PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: FULL SIZE.SEE FLOOR PLAN 1. ALL VENT LINES TO BE 2"UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 9. 1-1/4"HW AND 1-1/4"WATER HEATER FOR ROUTING AND SIZE. 22. CONNECT NEW CW TO EXISTING CW. CONTINUOUS HOT 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS OF SERVICE SINKS&FLOOR SINKS 10. HOT WATER LOOP DOWN IN WALL P.SEE DETAIL 2/P0.4 FOR WATER LOOP FULL SIZE. CONNECTION TO FIXTURE. 23. CONDENSATE FROM FREEZER/COOLER,DOWN ALONG WALL OUT TO FLOOR SINK SEE FLOOR PLAN FOR 3. REFER TO PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE FOR CONNECTION SIZES TO INDIVIDUAL FIXTURES. SERVING SK-1.TERMINATE CONDENSATE WITH CODE COMPLIANT AIR GAP OVER ROUTING AND SIZE. F 11. PROVIDE HOSE BIB ABOVE PRODUCE CASE FOR MISTER,CONNECTION FS. \/y AT 96"AFF. EXTEND TO SINK ® PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: 24. COLD WATER TO EXTERIOR NON-FREEZE HOSE BIB.SHUT OFF INSIDE FOR FAUCET 12. 1-1/2"CW TO/FROM WATER SOFTENER. WINTERIZATION-SEE BALL VALVE ON PLAN. 1. 3"VTR. 13. WATER SOFTENER TO BE PROVIDED BY TENANT AND INSTALLED BY GC. 25. TEE OFF 3/4"COLD WATER UPSTREAM OF WATER SOFTENER,ROUTE TO EXTERIOR I 2. EXISTING 2"CW SERVICE TO REMAIN PROVIDE FULL SIZE BY PASS WITH ISOLATION VALVES PER HOSE BIBS. MANUFACTURES RECOMMENDATION 3. 6"FIRE PROTECTION SERVICE ENTRANCE.REFER TO DETAIL.FIRE PROTECTION AND DETAIL SHOWN FOR 26. 3/4'HW/CW DOWN IN WALL CAP AND VALVE.HW/CW INSTALLED FOR FUTURE REFERENCE ONLY,FIRE PROTECTION BY OTHERS. 14. 2"VENT DOWN IN WALL. CONNECTION. w I-M 4. EXISTING GAS METER. 15. GAS TO WATER HEATER. 27. RE-CONNECT EXISTING RESTROOM HW AT LOCATION SHOWN.JCAACE ASSUMES j co CONNECT 1/2"DHW J THATTHE EXISTING LAVS ARE DESIGNED PER CODE WITH THE CODE REQUIRED j LU 0 WITHIN 10"OF STOP. 5. NEW 1"14"WC GAS UP ALONG EXTERIOR WALL.SECURE AS REQUIRED,PAINT TO MATCH EXTERIOR WALL 16. 1"14"WC GAS UP TO ROOF. RETURN HOT WATER SYSTEM.GC TO VERIFY RETURN HOT WATER SYSTEM TO WATTS MMV MIXING CONSTRUCTION.RE BALANCE EXISTING GAS METER TO ACCOMMODATE NEW DEMAND. EXISTING LAVS IS CODE COMPLIANT PRIOR TO BID.UPON DISCOVERY THAT THERE 0 ANGLE STOP TYPICAL. VALVE 17. 3/4"HW DOWN TO HB-1.TERMINATE ON PRODUCE SIDE OF WALL. IS NOT AN ACCEPTABLE MEANS OF RETURN,NOTIFY JCAACE IMMEDIATELY. (L 2 c') 6. SINK AND FAUCET PROVIDED BY OWNER,INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR. INSTALL HOSE BIBB APPROXIMATELY 42"AFF.COORDINATE EXACT MOUNTING HEIGHT/LOCATION WITH OWNER. 28. 1"CW PEX DOWN ALONG WARM SIDE OF WALL TO BELOW FROST LINE,PROVIDE 7. 3/4"CW DOWN TO HOSE BIBB FOR WATER MACHINE. ISOLATION VALVE AND VACUUM BREAKER. Z 1,Mj Z DOMESTIC HOT WATER LOOP 18. CONNECT I"RHW T01"HW`AT LOCATION SHOWN. 8. CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL GAS LINE TIGHT TO DOWNSPOUT.REFER TO ARCH ELEVATION FOR MORE 29. ROUTE ALL BELOW GRADE PIPING IN PVC SLEEVE BELOW FROST LINE,NO JOINTS LU SINK CONNECTION DETAIL FS INFORMATION. 9 ALL PLUMBING ROUTED IN WALL AT LOCATION SHALL BE DONE SO ALLOWED IN PIPING BELOW GRADE,INFILL PVC SLEEVE WITH INSULATION I- AS TO ENSURE THERE IS NO EXPOSED PIPING DOWNSIDES OF WALL. NOT TO SCALE 30. CONNECT 1"CW PEX LINE TO HORTICULTURAL FACILITYAS REQUIRED BY MANUF. 20. CONNECT NEW 2"VENTTO EXISTING VTR SERVING EXISTING COORDINATE WITH HORTICULTURAL FACILITY PROVIDED IN FIELD.WATER ui RESTROOM.GC TO FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE,AND LOCATION OF VENT CONNECTION SHALL BE ENCLOSED WITHIN EXTERIOR INSULATES WEATHER BOX. PRIOR TO BID. REFER TO ARCH FOR ALL DETAILS OF CONNECTION BOX ENCLOSURE. 21. EXISTING RESTROOM AND ALL ASSOCIATIVE FIXTURES,PIPING,AND 31. PLUMBER SHALL INSTALL MEULLER FREE-HEATER MODEL D2-120 ADJACENT TO EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. WATER HEATER ON GROUND.PIPE HEAT RECLAIM TANK TO/FROM HOT WATER WITH 1-1/2"PIPES AS REQUIRED BY MANUF.FINAL CONNECTION TO REFRIGERANT LINES SHALL BE DONE BY REF.CONTRACTOR.COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION OVER HEAD SPACE AND ALL REQUIREMENTS WITH REF CONTRACTOR PRIOR TO INSTALL 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.3 1 #21.162 cq 12 23 SK-1 14 r O m E 3 -1C V - - - --- - ---2"V �M r 1"HW 3/4'HW O7777777 LJ --RHW 78 o 5 I I 0 U' ® U I I `� =_o (E)2"RPBP I I j j 3 2 iII 22 1 I-�-x HB-1 1 I LJ77) - - - - "o' - - - - - - - - - - - - WCO oS�oENS 3/4"CW- - - - - - - - - - - �__ ____ 2�855 0 WCO Uv 22 I U n 22 i i i i i - ---------------- �iCFOF N£V I L CW -(E)2"CW - - - E 2"CW- 8 2 22 : a I 2 - -3/4"CW4 -3/4"CW- -?- - - - J - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -3/4"CW - O M •- > �e 6 W n C - - - Fo - - - - - - - - - - - w -� - - - - 1 - a¢ 30 I N = 3 I " I 1a ~ s QW I I t s I a go = 1 WCO ~ I­6 q� U N 2s I k I I _2" LLJ = u I- I 3„V, - 3:' e o Z Z E I ( ' - u = n ss, 4 - B3 v U ' 3 �U . . . . , . ry z "w r�-------I IF"I -------- ---�I Q 2 � ---- J c - r _ _2 - - - - - - s - - - - = J 3 U I I O (E)4-VTR U EWC-1 m I 14 20 N 31 W9 1 i6 11 HB-1 - 0 FARM BOX SHOWN FOR I x I O CPA 17 N REFERENCE ONLY .I 10 iq U I- 14 WCO DATE: ISSUE: #: O REFER TO ARCH N 3 21 FOR EXACT LOCATION - w x 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 2"V- 6 22 v 22 N U P 4 VHW LL� ----------- RHW------- - r HB-2 I �3 N I = 1„HW I I I' -E - I V2"HW 27 21 W {� 1i2"CW 1"C DATE: 04.07.2023 - - a - - -1 v2"HW- - - - - - - - 1 v2"HW- - - - - DRAWN: RDB H - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LA, 2"ED WC 1 ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O 14 is 14 MAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAID -PLUMBING Q W AMAIN LEVEL FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING CITY APPROVED PLANS ' _ %P2.1 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-O" R.�r. df.,c de c-ph.�. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE M1 2 4 8 g- P2 . 1 N FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 49 of 341 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: IFGC PIPE SIZING CALCULATOR FOR PRESSURES LESS THAN 1.5 PSI 1. PAINT ALL PVC PIPING ON ROOF TO PROVIDE UV PROTECTION. 2. ALL GAS PIPE INSTALLED ON ROOF SHALL BE PAINTED YELLOW. Meter Discharge Pressure("W.C.)='14 Allowable Pressure Drop("W,C)=6.5 3. TERMINATE ALL GAS CONNECTIONS WITH SHUT OFF,UNION,GPR,AND Total-Equibalent Length of Pipe-(feet)=-23D DIRTLEG. CONNECTED GAS LOAD SCHEDULE 4. PAINT ALL VERTICAL GAS PIPING ON EXTERIOR WALL TO MATCH WALL Nominal Schd-4D Steel Pipe size inches Capacity cfh TAG QUANTITY BTU MBH CFH NOTES 0.5 126 INPUT INPUT INPUT 0.75 264 Lu p 1 498 ® PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: Lu M WH-1 1 76,000 76 93 1,2 1.25 10M 1. EXISTING 3/4"GAS TO BE CAPPED,AND ABANDONED IN PLACE.REFER LU Lu 0 1.5 1532 TO ARCH FOR ROOF PATCHING DETAILS 2 2950 ° - GEN. 1 380,000 380 464 1,2 2.5 4701 2. EXISTING RTU,AND ALL ASSOCIATED GAS CONNECTIONS,AND a _j-1 3. GAS DOWN THROUGH ROOF. 3 8311 CONDENSATE DRAINAGE TO REMAIN ' ` J_Q 4 16952 ~ V LL LL Z Z TOTAL 456,000 456 456 1,2 5 4 6 49659 9059 Z rn 4. NEW 1"14"WC GAS LINE DOWN TO EXISTING GAS METER. UJ 1 'Pipe capacity 1s cahadated using rmula for low presswe LU NOTES: as(1.5 ps'r end Ws)located iti IFGC A'ppendiz A . TERMINATE ALL GAS CONNECTIONS W ITH SHUT OFF,UNION,GPR,AND DIRTLEG, TRANSITION TO CONNECTION SIZES S REQUIRED Q=2313'D"2.623'((AH)I(CY`L))1.541 A' 2. ALL INTERIOR SPACES HOUSING GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT,GC TO SUPPLY AND Q=Capacity(01h) INSTALL CO SENSORS. D=Inside Pipe Diameter /\ 1f=Allowable Pressure Drop("W.C.) V J■ r=Factor For Viscas}fy,Density,and Temp:_ =0.6094 L=Length o1 Pipe(feet) 6 5 4 3 2 1.3 1 #21.162 mom r� NAM E)T-1/4"G — — — — (E)1.114"— — (E) G — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — � 3:R d 1"G— �1/2" GPR 14"WC DWN 7"WC G ® 260 000 BTU (E)RTU-2 w 240,000 BTU w Cl) 1 OC ENS �'1'Ciy� (E)GPR TYP � 20855 0 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — O N O OF CAP N£vIL 1/2023 O EXISTING RD/ORD TO REMAIN w 3/4"G � u o O W h AQ Q N� ~ .N N qN (E)RTU-1 B7 p 4"VTR 260,000 BTU wo LJ_J = U e (E)RTU-3 = o Z of 240,000 BTU _ o O rU ^v _ Z y d E RTU-5 W 240,000 BTU Q J c 2� J O III III \�'-•// rr U FIM EXISTING RD/ORD TO REMAIN A7 N GPR 14"WC 1/2"G DWN 7"WC III ® DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 t7 3/4"G 0407.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT r F (E)4"VTR (E)RTU-6 1 ® 150,000 BTU ❑ DATE: 04.07.2023 W DRAWN: RDB d H — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — H ) CHECKED: ATB ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O ROOF PLAN-PLUMBING U— CITY APPROVED PLANS 1 P3�1 ROOF PLAN - PLUMBING ' 1/8"=1'-01/8"=1'-0" Reviewed for Code Compliance a P3 . 0 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 50 of 341 ® PLUMBING PLAN NOTES T 1. ALL PLUMBING ROUTED IN WALL AT THIS LOCATION SHALL BE DONE SO AS TO ENSURE THERE IS NO EXPOSED PIPING DOWN SIDES OF WALL.REFER TO DETAIL 5l POA I I I I j W O JLUM w W� > O_0 0 - 0- LL _j J � ♦ 1 �Q F- v M LL Z Z Q �_ Z 2 W F H ui ui . U #22.274 mon r0� 3Orn 3�a / I (E)4"VTR o/ II !/ II 02 - (E)RESTROOM AND ALL ASSOCIATED PIPING,FIXTURES, III AND EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN, / I UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED f CONNECT NEW z"VENT ES AL TO NC .O' TO EXISTING VTR. r 2-WAY GCO pF ENS SERVING �y�n �® SERVING EXISTING 4� y 2"FS q RESTROOM. ROUTE NEW 4"SAN LINE OUT GC TO FIELD VERIFY EXISTING 6"SAN.GC TO FIELD ZOHSS o ® / EXACT SIZE,AND ® r VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND y� LOCATION PRIOR TO BID. / LOCATION D T E IN AS NEEDED.RE:CANYON 1�CslgTf OF - I 1 'L .J` PARK UTILITY AS BUILTS �i✓f ®`014 I SINKBYOTHERS I EWC-1 1 VIL 1J` ® (E)GCO WCO 2"FS d� SK-1 I:N �� WCO p2 (E)4"SAN EXISTING LINE OUT TO EXISITNG ® �l MAIN TO REMAIN ■■■■ 2-WAY GCO ■ ' I (Y m 2"F Ml, 'gym s® a II III ®Rd 2"FS II WC-1 W m t 4"VTR 2"FS ® Y,FS h n q p II SINKBYOTHERS a Q+ \ > J LAV-1 2"FD �. 'm 0 A \\� SINK BY OTHERS SINK BY OTHERS U 2Fs W _���� � � � II ` / > x uO 2"FS 2"FS z Fs ~ 1- II P O e E SS-1 4"FS ®,® 2"F$ `l ) d SINK BY OTHERS I J�� f ® > / Z N d > w u ii 2„FS Q 4"FS 4"FS wco WCO I x 333 q PN U 3 M N FCO 0 N DATE: ISSUE: #: 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 0 0 WASTE/VENT ISOMETRIC P4.0 SCALE: DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: RDB Lu CHECKED: ATB d CITY APPROVED PLANS ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 PLUMBING ISOMETRICS O Reviewed for Code Compliance LL PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 0 Lu FOR ALL INSPECTIONS P4 . 0 Page 51 of 341 GENERAL NOTES: 1. TERMINATE ALL GAS CONNECTIONS WITH SHUT OFF,UNION,GPR,AND DIRTLEG,TRANSITION TO CONNECTION SIZE AS REQUIRED. 2. ALL INTERIOR SPACES HOUSING GAS FIRED EQUIPMENT GC TO SUPPLY AND INSTALL CO SENSORS. H J 0 wQ Jui LUM w W� > D_0 0 - 0- LL _j J � ♦ 1 �Q F- v M LL Z Z Q �_ Z 2 W F H ui ui . U #21.162 mom (E)RTU r O TO REMAIN 3 O i gg v� i o (E)RTU (E)RTU TO REMAIN TO REMAIN AL \� �SS�oE SfoNc/y�� 1� 20855 0 r �N£vIL ( TO REMAIN E)RTU (E)RTU �y TO REMAIN s u G ■■■■ O c c 4"WC OWN TO1\2 I ■ I ro 7"WC GPR 14"WC DWN TO n= \G 7, 7"WC W h A Q H m o Q � ~ .0 W = _ O o CONNECT NEW �t V00IIiII A TO GAS EXISTING CAP INSTALLED (E)RTU \ 2 GAS METER,REBALANCE PER DEMO TO REMAIN U FOR ADDED GAS LOAD \ 456,000 BTU c7 Z rn WH-1 T60000 BTU Q y c d c Q o = J 3 v M N O N DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT LO Nr ISOMETRIC ISOMETRIC DATE: 04.07.2023 d GAS DRAWN: RDB P4.1 SCALE: CHECKED: ATB CITY APPROVED PLANS ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 GAS ISOMETRIC LL Reviewed for Code Compliance 0 W PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS P4 . 1 (0 Page 52 of 341 (E)LAV 11 I _ > PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES: ® PLUMBING PLAN NOTES: (Ekl"VTR I W 1. ALL VENT LINES TO BE 2"UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 1. EXISTING 2"VAULT AND METER TO REMAIN. 2. REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR DIMENSIONS OF 2. EXISTING 2"RPBP TO REMAIN. I SERVICE SINKS. (I) I 3. EXISTING 1-1/4"14"WC GAS METER TO REMAIN. 3. PLUMBER TO VERIFY INVERTS PRIOR TO BID.ANY WORK (R _ _ REQUIRED TO CONNECT TO EXISTING MAIN AND NOT 4. EXISTING 1-1/4"GAS LINE UP ALONG WALL. 1 S' IDENTIFIED,EXCLUDED OR COMMUNICATED IN BID SHALL w BE PERFORMED AT CONTRACTORS EXPENSE.NOTIFY 5. REFER TO CIVIL FOR CONTINUATION. (E)WC DESIGN TEAM/ENGINEER OF ANY INVERT DEFICIENCIES ■ ■ ■ T CAP I PRIOR TO FINALIZING BID. 6. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURES AND ASSOCIATED PIPING& 3" EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN(E)SAN >— — 11 4. ALL UNDERGROUND WASTE&VENT PLAN SHALL BE BEDDED F- J W 1- - SAND.REFER TO SPECS P0.3 7. DEMO EXISTING UH,AND ASSOCIATED PIPING.CAP GAS W o —(E)CW—— - _(E)CW I PIPING ABOVE ON ROOF,REFER TO ARCH FOR ROOF 2 j LU M PATCHING DETAILS LU W 00 •(E)3/4"HW - — 8. DEMO PORTION OF EXISTING 2"CW LINE.REFER TO NEW- O 0 0 WORK FOR RE-CONNECTION. a J J 10 9. PER PLUMBING SITE VISIT IT IS INDICTED THAT THE SAN IS 3" J Q DOWN STREAM FROM RESTROOM.NO SIZE INDICATED . \y UPSTREAM FROM RESTROOM.JCAACE ASSUMES THAT THE yE Q SAN INCREASES TO A 4"TO SERVES RESTROOM.GC TO Z w I w FIELD VERIFY EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION OF EXISTING SAN H i" PRIOR TO BID. ui 10. REMOVE EXISTING WATER CLOSET,AND ASSOCIATED ui PIPING,CAP AND WHERE INDICATED.REFER TO ARCH FOR (E)LAV FLOOR PATCHING DETAILS. w 11 11. EXISTING PLUMBING FIXTURE AND ASSOCIATED PIPING TO 1'(■■ry` REMIAN 12. DEMO EXISITGN ELECTRIC WATER HEATER,AND ALL ENLARGED DEMO PLAN ASSOCIATED PIPING,CAP DOMESIC HOT AND CW WHERE INDICATED. D2. SCALE: 1/4"=1'-0" #zz.z7a 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.3 1 m� r0. 3Orn o c 0 50 I (E)1-1/4"GAS METER �3 I a 3 I I I I I I I 1 1/4"G I I I I I I I I (E)2"RPBP SS\O NAL fN 1 2O (E)UH ENS (E) 120,000 eru 20855 0 qTF OF\gyp 6O �N£VIL 4 —(E)2 CW— — __ — — — — — —— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —(E)2 CW— — — I F a I O and `a C — — — — — — - -- - — — — — v! o in LLJ = SO = Z =o u U (� r Z N " w o � cq CD I N _ DATE: ISSUE: #: 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 0 I I ---- (E)3"FCO ——— I }� (E)4"SAN E)3"SAN-—— -2'-7" C 3/4"HW— n/ "r95i DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: RDB W CHECKED: ATB d (E)E H I ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 DEMO PLAN-PLUMBING O - ---- — LL 0 CITY APPROVED PLANS W DEMO FLOOR PLAN - PLUMBING R—i—d for Code C—pli.— P�j SCALE: 1/8"=1'4' PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE a D-/^/` ■ O FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 53 of 341 GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES ELECTRIC SYMBOL LIST ELECTRICAL SHEET LIST SHEET CURRENT CURRENT REVISION CURRENT 1.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS.VERIFY DIMENSIONS IN FIELD PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORK. FIRE ALARM NUMBER SHEET NAME REVISION DATE DESCRIPTION REVISION 2.FINAL CONNECTIONS&ROUGH-IN REQUIREMENTS TO EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S APPROVED ■ MAGNETIC HOLD-OPEN EO.0 COVER SHEET WIRING DIAGRAMS,DETAILS AND INSTRUCTIONS.IT SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE - EO.1 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS MATERIALSAND EQUIPMENT COMPATIBLE WITH EQUIPMENT ACTUALLY SUPPLIED. ❑M FIRE ALARM MANUAL PULL STATION E0,2 SITE PLAN 3.CONTRACTOR SHALL REVIEW ARCHITECTURAL,STRUCTURAL,MECHANICAL AND OTHER DRAWINGS PRIOR TO F❑�y, HORN STROBE E0.3 ELECTRICAL DEMOLITION PLAN BID' E1.0 MAIN LEVEL&MEZZANINE-LIGHTING PLAN ui FIRE ALARM STROBE z 4.CONTRACTOR SHALLVISIT SITE PRIORTO BID AND VERIFY THAT CONDITIONS ARE AS INDICATED.CONTRACTOR E2.0 MAIN LEVEL&MEZZANINE-POWER PLAN w Ju) SHALL REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT AND INCLUDE IN HIS BID ALL COSTS REQUIRED TO MAKE HIS 01 SMOKE DETECTOR IONIZATION M WORK MEET EXISTING CONDITIONS. E2.1 MAIN LEVEL&MEZZANINE POWER NOTES LU p 5.PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS OF ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OR REQUEST FOR"OR EQUAL"OR"APPROVED EQUAL" FACP FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL E2.2 ROOF-POWER PLAN 0 O- LISTING SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT NOT LESS THAN TEN(10)WORKING DAYS PRIOR TO BID. FAAP FIRE ALARM ANNUCIATOR PANEL E3.0 MAIN LEVEL-COMMUNICATION Q- _ 6.WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A WORKMANLIKE MANNER TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE ARCHITECT. ®ias FIRE ALARM HEAT DETECTOR 135*RATE OF RISE E3.1 MEZZANINE LEVEL-COMMUNICATION 0 _j < E4.0 ONE LINE DIAGRAM z M z 7.WORK,MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITIONS OF LOCAL,STATE,AND NATIONAL SD SMOKE FIRE DAMPER Q rn CODES AND ORDINANCES. E4.1 PANEL SCHEDULES uJ W 8.PROVIDE PERMITS AND INSPECTIONS REQUIRED. POWER E4.2 PANEL SCHEDULES9. ■ ■ PROVIDE RECORD DRAWINGS E5.0 LIGHTING AND MECHANICAL SCHEDULE W ORDERS,ALTERATIONS,REROUTINGS,ETC.ARCHITECT.DRAWINGS SHALL INCLUDE ALL ADDENDUM ITEMS,CHANGE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE E5.1 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULES ORDERS, 10.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED BY OTHERS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. qP WAC GFI DUPLEX RECEPTACLE/GFI ABOVE COUNTER E6.0 DETAILS DETAILS ♦ ^ 11.SYSTEMS SHALL BE TESTED FOR PROPER OPERATION.IF TESTS SHOW THAT WORK IS DEFECTIVE, QUAD RECEPTACLE/QUAD GFI RECEPTACLE E6.E7.1 DETAILS K V/j CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE CORRECTIONS NECESSARY AT NO COST TO OWNER. (P HALF SWITCHED RECEPTACLE 12.WIRE SHALL BE COPPER,75*C RATED FOR GENERAL USE.FOR HID FIXTURES AND WIRING WITHIN 3INCHES OF gpwP WEATHER PROOF RECEPTACLE FLUORESCENT BALLASTS WIRE SHALL BE COPPER,MINIMUM 90°C RATED.SIZES INDICATED ARE FOR INSTALLATION IN A MAXIMUM 30°C AMBIENT.CONDUCTOR AMPACITY SHALL BE DERATED FOR HIGHER AMBIENT INSTALLATIONS. ❑® FLUSH FLOOR MOUNTED RECEPTACLE 13.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR REPLACING EQUIPMENT WHICH IS DAMAGED DUE TO INCORRECT OJ JUNCTION BOX #22274 FIELD WIRING PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION OR FACTORY WIRING IN EQUIPMENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS SECTION. ' tO mom 14.CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO ORDER OR RELEASE ORDER FOR MATERIALS AND/OR EQUIPMENT WILL NOT BE LIGHTING r p m ACCEPTED AS A REASON TO SUBSTITUTE ALTERNATE MATERIALS OR EQUIPMENT. ti 0, i--o-i FLUORESCENT STRIP v 15.SYSTEMS SHALL BE COMPLETE,OPERABLE AND READY FOR CONTINUOUS OPERATION.LIGHTS,SWITCHES, n RECEPTACLES,MOTORS,ETC.,SHALL BE CONNECTED AND OPERABLE. 2x4 TROFFER 16.VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS OF EXISTING AND NEW UNDERGROUND UTILITIES,PIPING AND RACEWAY SYSTEMS 2.2 TROFFER PRIOR TO TRENCHING.PROVIDE NECESSARY TRENCHING,BACKFILL,EXCAVATION,SUPPORTS,SERVICE FEEDERS (CONDUIT AND/OR WIRE,PULLBOXES,TRANSFORMER PADS,SAWCUTTING AND PATCHING,CONCRETE/PAVING, 2x4 TROFFER-EMERGENCY(EM) ETC.,REQUIRED.BACKFILL TRENCHES TO 90%COMPACTION AND PATCH TO MATCH EXISTING.CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND VERIFY EXACT UTILITY COMPANY DRAWINGS AND REQUIREMENTS. 0 2x2 TROFFER-EMERGENCY(EM) 17.PROVIDE MAINTENANCE RECEPTACLE WITHIN 25'-0"OF ALL MECHANICAL OR MOTORIZED EQUIPMENT. m RECESSED DOWNLIGHT 18.SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATION OF MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT.PROVIDE SERVICE TO AND CONNECT (2)EM RECESSED DOWNLIGHT(EM) EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED.PROVIDE FUSES OR HACR-TYPE CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR ALL AIR CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT SIZED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S NAMEPLATE. 4 p p WALL PACKIWALL SCONCE 19.PROVIDE ENGRAVED NAMEPLATES ON,PANELBOARDS,DISCONNECT SWITCHES,ETC.INDICATING EQUIPMENT O FLUSH/SEMI-FLUSH MOUNT CEILING FIXTURE c DESIGNATION(OR DESIGNATION OF EQUIPMENT SERVED)AND VOLTAGE.NAMEPLATES TO BE MECHANICALLY Jg ` FASTENED. ®g SINGLE/DOUBLE FACING EXIT LIGHT 20.PANEL DIRECTORIES SHALL BE TYPED AND INSTALLED UNDER CLEAR PLASTIC COVERS. E-5 EM DUAL HEADt';, 21.ALL WIRING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN LISTED METALLIC RACEWAYS.RACEWAYS IN SLAB-ON-GRADE OR BELOW O� SURFACE MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSOR �'��`�`�::�,:;,,.!`�;,<:;:. GRADE SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 PVC.TRANSITIONS FROM BELOW TO ABOVE GRADE SHALL BE WITH RIGID STEEL �y` ; ELBOWS WITH P.V.C.JACKET OR APPROVED EQUAL PROTECTION. S SINGLE POLE SWITCH 04.07.2023 22.EMT,NON-METALLIC AND FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUITS SHALL HAVE A CODE SIZED COPPER GROUNDING % 3-WAY SWITCH CONDUCTOR.INCREASE CONDUIT SIZE AS REQUIRED. 23.FIRE ALARM,SOUND,TELEPHONE,COMPUTER,AND SIMILAR SYSTEMS CONDUITS LARGER THAN 1"SHALL HAVE So DIMMER SWITCH TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHT TABLE LONG RADIUS SWEEPS(12 TIMES THE DIAMETER). Sos Soos OCCUPANCY SENSOR SWITCH/DIMMING OS SWITCH 24.ALL ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS COMPONENTS SHALL BE LISTED OR LABELED BY U.L. GENERAL NOTES: TELECOMMUNICATION/AUDIO VISUAL/LOW-VOLTAGE SYSTEMS TYPICAL 8'-0"CEILING ■■■ I c c 25.WIRE TERMINATION PROVISIONS FOR PANELBOARDS,CIRCUIT BREAKERS,SAFETY SWITCHES,AND ALL OTHER 1.HEIGHTS SHOWN ARE TYPICAL TO I I O ro y ELECTRICAL APPARATUS SHALL BE LISTED AS SUITABLE FOR 75*C. CENTERLINE OF BOX UNLESS m V TELE/DATA OUTLET *WAP/POE_ NOTED CENTERLINE OTHERWISE. POWEROVER c 26.RECEPTACLES INSTALLED OUTSIDE,ON THE BUILDING EXTERIOR OR ROOF,WITHIN V OF A SINK OR WATER TOP OF PANEL a Cl e COAX OUTLET ETHERNET COOLER CONNECTION,VENDING MACHINES,AND KITCHEN AREAS SHALL BE GFCI TYPE OR PROTECTED BY GFCI *WAP/NC= 2.DEVICES ABOVE DOORS SHALL BE o CIRCUIT BREAKER PER NEC 511.12. ♦ TELEPHONE OUTLET NURSE CALL TOP OF EQUIPMENT CONTERED BETWEEN TOP OF DOOR W h 'Q` W/ TRIM AND CEILING LONE. 27.ALL NEW EQUIPMENT SUCH AS SWITCHBOARDS,DISTRIBUTION BOARDS,DISCONNECT SWITCHES, ®w,WIRELESS ACCESS POINT(WAP) RECEPTACLE v TRANSFORMERS AND PANELBOARDS SHALL BE BY THE SAME MANUFACTURER. IN CEILING 3.MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHOWN ON :D Q e SP SPEAKER O ARCHITECTURAL ELEVATIONS N 28.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT 5 COPIES OF ALL ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT AND LIGHT FIXTURES TO SHALL GOVERN OVER THOSE :D ENGINEER VIA GENERAL CONTRACTOR FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ORDERING. SHOWN ABOVE. 4n 0 0 N NURSE CALL DOME LIGHT SSaSoSos U W o 29.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE FINAL CONNECTION OF OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT.VERIFY EXACT NURSE CALL CORD STATION/PUSH 4.FOR CEILING HEIGHTS HIGHER = V BUTTON REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO ROUGH IN. N❑ 4 ♦�V THAN T-2"INSTALL FIRE ALARM W _ NOTIFICATION AUDIO AND VISUAL c 30.ADT COMMERCIAL SECURITY&FIRE MONITORING SHALL PROVIDE ENGINEERED FIRE ALARM SYSTEM TO BE TELEPHONE BOARDIDMARC APPLIANCES AT 80"AFF TO BOTTOM INSTALLED.PROVIDE DEVICES,CONDUIT,WIRES,CABLE,PROGRAMMING AND TESTING AS DIRECTED BY LOCAL FIRE DEIVE,OTHERWISE INSTALL AT 6" DEPARTMENT FOR A CODE COMPLIANT FIRE ALARM/DETECTION SYSTEM.MATERIALS,EQUIPMENT AND _ _ _ _ _ BELOW CEILING. T Z 'E WORKMANSHIP SHALL MEET PREVAILING CODES.THE SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE AND OPERABLE.SUBMIT ONE OTHER _ u LINE DIAGRAM OF SYSTEM WITH SHOP DRAWINGS.ONE LINE SHALL SHOW DEVICES,CONDUIT,WIRE,CABLE SIZES MATCH BUILDING STANDARD MOUNTING °J d AND BATTERY CALCULATIONS.EQUIPMENT TO BE NEW AND SHALL BE STAMPED,SIGNED,CALIBRATION AND TESTED XX-XX MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT DESIGNATION HEIGHT,18"MIN. U I u BY FACTORY CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN. u �/ Z d EI DISCONNECT SWITCH FLOOR LINE y� 2 31.HANDLE TIES SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL MULTI-WIRED BRANCH CIRCUITS UNLESS INDIVIDUAL NEUTRAL < m CONDUCTORS ARE PROVIDED PER NEC 210.4(B) c d SURFACE MOUNTED PANEL BOARD 32.FURNISH ALL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT WITH FUSIBLE DISCONNECTS.THESE DISCONNECTS SHALL BE r� Q ° EQUIPPED WITH CLASS"R"FUSES. HOMERUN 2 J 3 33.NO SPLICES.ALL HOME RUNS TO BE ONE CONTINUOUS CONDUCTOR. % THERMAL RATED MOTOR SWITCH v 33 M MOUNTING HEIGHTS CODES AND DESIGN CRITERIA c A.F.F.=ABOVE FINISH FLOOR N A.F.G.=ABOVE FINISH GRADE JURISDICTION: TWIN FALLS,ID B.F.C.=BELOW FINISHED CEILING U.O.N.=UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS ISSUE: #: O DATE:ATS:023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT T.B.D.=TO BE DETERMINED LATER ELECTRICAL CODE: 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE C.L.L.=TO CENTER LINE OF LUMINAIRE T.B.L.TO BOTTOM OF LUMINAIRE 0 T.T.L.=TO TOP OF LUMINAIRE IECC: 2018 INTERNATIONAL ENERGY CONSERVATION CODE Nr I.L DATE: 04.07.2023 a DRAWN: MS CHECKED: JCAA ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O CITY APPROVED PLANS COVER SHEET LL Reviewed for Code Compliance 0 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE W FOR ALL INSPECTIONS EO . 0 N Page 54 of 341 PART 1-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS-ELECTRICAL B.NO STRUCTURAL MEMBER SHALL BE CUT WITHOUT PERMISSION FROM THE ARCHITECT. 2.5 FUSES 2.14 IDENTIFICATION OF EQUIPMENT 1.1 SUMMARY OF WORK C.PATCH ALL OPENINGS TO MATCH ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION IN BOTH MATERIAL AND FINISH, A.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL CARTRIDGE AND PLUG TYPE FUSES AS MANUFACTURED A.ALL SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT,DISCONNECT SWITCHES,PANELBOARDS,RELAYS, BY THE BUSSMAN MANUFACTURING COMPANY,GOULD/SHAWMUT,CEFCO,OR APPROVED EQUAL,IN ALL MOTOR STARTERS,CONTACTORS,TELEPHONE TERMINAL CABINETS,TV EQUIPMENT AND A.THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIRE THE FURNISHING AND INSTALLING OF COMPLETE FUNCTIONING D.ALL CUTTING OF EXISTING CONCRETE FLOORS/SLABS ON GRADE IN THE INTERIOR OF THE BUILDING SHALL BE FUSIBLE EQUIPMENT.TIME-DELAY TRIONIC OR FUSETRON FUSES,UL CLASS RK5,SHALL BE INSTALLED ON RISER JUNCTION BOXES,AND OTHER ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT UNDER THIS CONTRACT, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS,AND EACH ELEMENT THEREOF,AS SPECIFIED OR INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT PERFORMED BY"SAW CUTTING"AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY THIS CONTRACTOR. ALL MOTOR CIRCUITS.NON TIME-DELAY AMP-TRAP(A2K OR A6K)OR BUSSMAN LIMITRON(KTN OR KTS),UL SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH PROPER IDENTIFICATION.IDENTIFICATION SHALL BE BY THE USE DOCUMENTS OR REASONABLY INFERRED,TO COMPLETELY CONSTRUCT AND LEAVE READY FOR OPERATION THE CLASS RK1 SHALL BE INSTALLED ON CIRCUITS FEEDING PANELBOARDS.ALL OTHER CIRCUITS SHALL BE OF ENGRAVED COLOR CODED PLASTIC NAMEPLATES WITH WHITE LETTERING SCREWED TO SYSTEMS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND HEREIN DESCRIBED,INCLUDING EVERY ARTICLE,DEVICE OR 1.12 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL PROTECTED BY FAULT-TRAP,UL CLASS RK5,FUSES OR APPROVED EQUAL.CLASS K FUSES ARE NOT THE COVER OF THE EQUIPMENT.USE OF EMBOSSED PLASTIC"TAPE"LABELS AS PREPARED ACCESSORY,WHETHER OR NOT SPECIFICALLY CALLED FOR BY ITEM.ELEMENTS OF THE WORK INCLUDE ACCEPTABLE. BY"TYPEWRITER"TYPE EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE USED.COLOR CODING SHALL BE AS MATERIALS,LABOR,SUPERVISION,SUPPLIES,EQUIPMENT,TRANSPORTATION,AND UTILITIES. A.ALL EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL REQUIRED FOR THE INSTALLATION OF THE WORK SHALL BE THE COMPLETE FOLLOWS: RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 2.6 CONDUIT B.SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS ARE COMPLEMENTARY AND WHAT IS CALLED FOR IN ONE SHALL BE AS BINDING 1.EQUIPMENT CONNECTED TO A NORMAL POWER SOURCE SHALL BE BLACK WITH AS IF CALLED FOR BY BOTH. B.NO EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL SHALL BE DONE WITHIN DRIP LINE OF TREES TO REMAIN.NO TREE SHALL BE A.ALL ELECTRICAL WIRING,INCLUDING LOW VOLTAGE WIRING,SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT AS HEREIN REMOVED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. SPECIFIED.NO CONDUIT OR TUBING OF LESS THAN 3/4 INCH NOMINAL SIZE SHALL BE USED BELOW GRADE; C.ALL WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION SHALL BE DONE IN A NEAT AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER BY NO LESS THAN 1/2 INCH NOMINAL SIZE SHALL BE USED ABOVE GRADE. 2.15 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM F EXPERIENCED MECHANICS OF THE PROPER TRADE. C.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE PROTECTION FOR TREES WITHIN 15 FEET OF UTILITY EXCAVATION. Z B.UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE SCHEDULE 40 EPC-40-PVC.ALL CONDUITS SHALL BE INSTALLED WITH A.THE ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL EQUIPMENT,WIRE, LU H M 1.2 COORDINATION,MEASUREMENTS AND LAYOUTS D.CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR PROTECTING ALL TRENCH AREAS AND MAINTAINING A DRY MINIMUM 241NCH COVER. CONDUIT AND ENGINEERING SERVICES NECESSARY TO INSURE A COMPLETE AND fn M EXCAVATION.ANY DEWATERING OF TRENCHES/EXCAVATION SHALL BE PROVIDED PRIOR TO INSTALLING ANY FUNCTIONAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEM AS DESCRIBED HEREIN AND AS SHOWN ON THE LU 0 A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSPECT THE SITE WHERE THIS WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND FULLY FAMILIARIZE MATERIAL. C.CONDUIT INSTALLED IN CONCRETE SLABS OR ABOVE GROUND SHALL BE GALVANIZED RIGID STEEL OR DRAWINGS.IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE ALL > HIMSELF WITH ALL CONDITIONS RELATED TO THIS PROJECT. EPC-40-PVC. MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT COMPATIBLE TO THE SYSTEM SUPPLIED.ANY EQUIPMENT NOT 0 O E.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY BARRICADES,FENCING,BRACING,SHEET SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED IN THIS SPECIFICATION OR NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS BUT Q_ B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL EMPLOY A COMPETENT FOREMAN ON THE JOB TO SEE THAT WORK IS DONE IN PILING,SHORING,WARNING SIGNS,PUMPS,ETC.,FOR THE PROTECTION OF WORKERS,GENERAL PUBLIC,AND D.WHEN PVC CONDUITS PENETRATE CONCRETE FLOOR CONSTRUCTION,CONTRACTOR SHALL USE RIGID REQUIRED FOR THE PROPER OPERATION OF THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE FURNISHED J J ACCORDANCE W ITH THE BEST PRACTICES AND IN A SATISFACTORY AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER.THE FOREMAN PROPERTIES.EXCAVATION WORK SHALL COMPLY WITH ASA STANDARD A10.2"SAFETY CODE FOR BUILDING STEEL OR IMC ELBOWS AND EXTENSION.PVC CONDUIT/FITTINGS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED TO BE EXPOSED AND INSTALLED. a L�LL SHALL KEEP INFORMED AS TO THE WORK OF OTHER TRADES ENGAGED IN THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE PROJECT, CONSTRUCTION"AND AGC STANDARD"MANUAL OF ACCIDENT PREVENTION IN CONSTRUCTION"AND THE ABOVE THE FLOOR. Z U M AND SHALL EXECUTE HIS WORK IN SUCH A MANNER AS NOT TO INTERFERE WITH OR DELAY THE WORK OF DEPARTMENT OF LABOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH(OSHA)STANDARDS. B.ALL EQUIPMENT AND COMPLETED INSTALLATION SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE Q Z Z m- OTHER TRADES. E.THINWALL TUBING SHALL BE E.M.T. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE NFPA LOCAL CODES THESE SPECIFICATIONS AND F.LOCATE EXISTING UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IN AREAS OF EXCAVATION WORK.SHOULD UNCHARTED,OR AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION WITH THE STRICTER REQUIREMENTS GOVERNING IN w ' ' I 0 C.DRAWINGS SHOW THE GENERAL ARRANGEMENT OF ALL SYSTEMS AND COMPONENTS COVERED UNDER THIS INCORRECTLY CHARTED,PIPING OR OTHER UTILITIES BE ENCOUNTERED DURING EXCAVATION,CONSULT UTILITY F.ALL FITTINGS SHALL BE OF THE COMPRESSION TYPE AND WATERTIGHT FOR UNDERGROUND AND IN SLAB CASE OF POSSIBLE VARIANCES.ALL COMPONENTS OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE STANDARD OF ~ W SECTION.WHERE LOCAL CONDITIONS NECESSITATE A REARRANGEMENT,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE,AND OWNER IMMEDIATELY FOR DIRECTIONS. LOCATIONS.COMPRESSION OR SCREWED FITTINGS FOR INDOOR. THE MANUFACTURER,LISTED BY UNDERWRITERS'LABORATORIES,INC.AND BEAR THEIR SUBMIT FOR APPROVAL,DRAWINGS OF THE PROPOSED REARRANGEMENT.BECAUSE OF THE SMALL SCALE OF THE MARK. ui DRAWINGS,IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO INDICATE ALL OFFSETS,FITTINGS,AND ACCESSORIES THAT MAY BE REQUIRED. G.ALL TRENCHES SHALL BE UNIFORMLY GRADED AND BE FREE OF SOFT SPOTS AND STONE.PROVIDE A 4 INCH G.CONDUIT FOR INTERIOR WIRING IN GENERAL SHALL BE THINWALL TUBING UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY INVESTIGATE THE STRUCTURAL AND FINISH CONDITIONS AFFECTING ALL OF SAND BED. C.THE FIRE ALARM EQUIPMENT SHALL BE THAT OF SILENT KNIGHT OR FIRE LITE.THE ALARM HIS WORK AND SHALL ARRANGE SUCH WORK ACCORDINGLY,FURNISHING SUCH OFFSETS,FITTINGS AND H.RACEWAYS SHALL BE CONTINUOUS FROM OUTLET TO OUTLET AND FITTING TO FITTING.A RUN OF CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE,AT THE REQUEST OF THE OWNER,MEANS BY WHICH THE ACCESSORIES AS MAY BE REQUIRED TO MEET SUCH CONDITIONS AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE OWNER.THE H.BACKFILL SHALL NOT BEGIN UNTIL INSTALLATION HAS BEEN TESTED AND INSPECTED.CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUIT BETWEEN OUTLETS OR FITTINGS SHALL NOT CONTAIN MORE THAN THE EQUIVALENT OF FOUR SYSTEM CAN BE SERVICED,MAINTAINED AND MONITORED BY COMPETENT QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS.DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED TO DETERMINE DIMENSION. CONSULT WITH THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION AND THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER PRIOR TO BACKFILLING. QUARTER-BENDS INCLUDING THOSE BENDS LOCATED IMMEDIATELY AT THE OUTLET OR FITTING.THE INDIVIDUALS. RADIUS OF BENDS SHALL NEVER BE SHORTER THAN THAT OF THE CORRESPONDING TRADE ELBOW.THE 1.3 PERMITS AND FEES 1.INITIAL BACKFILL SHALL BE SAND TO A POINT 6 INCHES ABOVE TOP OF INSTALLED WORK. SYSTEM SHALL BE COMPLETE WITH OUTLETS,DISTRIBUTION BOXES,ETC.,SMOOTH INSIDE AND D.THE SYSTEM SHALL BE ADDRESSABLE,ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISED AND UTILIZE 2-WIRE, MECHANICALLY SECURE IN PLACE.APPROVED STRAPS,HANGERS,OR SUPPORTS SHALL BE USED TO CLASS B CIRCUITS FOR ALL ALARM INITIATION ZONES AND SIGNAL CIRCUITS.THE SYSTEM A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND LICENSES AND SHALL MAKE ALL 2.FINAL BACKFILL SHALL BE INSTALLED IN LAYERS NOT EXCEEDING 12 INCHES.FILL SHALL BE WELL SECURE CONDUITS IN PLACE.CONDUITS SHALL,IN GENERAL,BE SUPPORTED AT INTERVALS NOT SHALL INCLUDE,BUT NOT BE LIMITED TO,THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL,MANUAL AND DEPOSITS AND PAY ALL FEES REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK UNDER THIS SECTION,OTHER THAN TAMPED BEFORE ADDITIONAL BACKFILL MATERIAL IS PLACED.BACKFILL SHALL CONSIST OF EARTH OR EXCEEDING 10'-0"AND WITHIN 3'-0"OF EACH OUTLET BOX,JUNCTION BOX,CABINET OR FITTING. AUTOMATIC ALARM INITIATING DEVICES AND AUDIBLENISUAL ALARM INDICATING DEVICES. THOSE DEPOSITS OR FEES WHICH ARE FULLY REFUNDABLE TO THE OWNER. SAND FREE OF STONE,BRICKS,OR FOREIGN MATTER. THE SYSTEM SHALL HAVE THE CAPABILITY OF BEING MONITORED VIA AN OUTSIDE PHONE I.CONDUITS SHALL BE PROTECTED DURING CONSTRUCTION;PLUG AND KEEP CLEAN AND DRY.CONDUIT LINE PROVIDED BY THE OWNER. 122.274 1.4 SUBMITTALS,MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT I.ALL EXCESS EARTH AND OTHER MATERIAL RESULTING FROM THE EXCAVATION SHALL BE REMOVED FROM SITE ENDS SHALL BE BUTTED IN CENTERS OF COUPLINGS.NO CRACKS OR FLATTENED SECTIONS WILL BE BY THE CONTRACTOR OR MAY BE PILED AT A LOCATION DESIGNATED AND APPROVED BY THE OWNER.ALL PERMITTED AT BENDS OR ELSEWHERE.ALL ENDS OF CONDUIT SHALL BE REAMED TO REMOVE ROUGH E.ACTUATION OF ANY MANUAL OR AUTOMATIC INITIATING DEVICE SHALL CAUSE THE m n A.ALL ITEMS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SHALL BE NEW UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED HEREIN,FREE FROM DEBRIS,ROCK AND TRASH SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ACCUMULATE AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE. EDGES.RUNNING THREADS WILL NOT BE PERMITTED. FOLLOWING: DEFECTS AND OF THE BEST QUALITY NORMALLY USED FOR THE PURPOSE IN GOOD COMMERCIAL PRACTICE. STREETS,ROADWAYS AND PRIVATE PROPERTY SHALL BE KEPT IN A CLEAN CONDITION. r O J.CONDUITS SHALL BE CONCEALED WITHIN THE WALLS,CEILINGS,AND FLOORS WHERE POSSIBLE AND 1.ALL AUDIBLE INDICATING DEVICES TO SOUND. 3 U M B.AS SOON AS POSSIBLE AFTER THE AWARD OF THE CONTRACT,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT FOR REVIEW SIX J.WHEN THE EXCAVATION IS WITHIN THE AREA WHERE FINISHED SITE WORK IS TO BE DONE UNDER THE GENERAL UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.EXPOSED CONDUIT SHALL BE RUN PARALLEL TO OR AT RIGHT ANGLES WITH a o, COPIES OF SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT TO BE FURNISHED FOR THIS PROJECT.SUBMITTALS SHALL CONTRACT WORK,BACKFILL TO THE HEIGHT OF ROUGH GRADE.FINAL SURFACING WILL BE UNDER GENERAL THE BUILDING LINES. 2.VISUAL INDICATING DEVICES TO FLASH. a INCLUDE MANUFACTURER'S NAME,MODEL NUMBER,DESCRIPTIVE ENGINEERING DATAAND ALL NECESSARY CONTRACT WORK. INFORMATION AS TO FINISH,MATERIAL GAUGES AND ACCESSORIES.AFTER SUCH SHOP DRAWINGS ARE 2.7 WIRE AND CABLE 3. SHUTDOWN ALL AIR HANDLING UNITS. d PROCESSED,THREE COPIES WILL BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL,UPON RECEIPT K.WHEN THE EXCAVATION IS BEYOND THE AREA OF GENERAL CONSTRUCTION WORK,FINAL SURFACE AND OF REVIEWED SHOP DRAWINGS PROCEED WITH THE PROCUREMENT AND INSTALLATION OF SUCH EQUIPMENT. ADJACENT DISTURBED AREAS SHALL BE RESTORED TO MATCH THE ORIGINAL CONDITION BY SODDING,SEEDING, A.WIRE AND CABLE SHALL BE COPPER. F.THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE OF SOLID STATE MODULAR CONSTRUCTION. ASPHALT PAVING,CONCRETE,ETC.,AS REQUIRED.WORK SHALL CONFORM TO APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THESE ALL MODULES,RELAYS,PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS,POWER SUPPLIES,BATTERIES,CHARGER, 1.5 CODES,LAWS,AND STANDARDS SPECIFICATIONS. B.ALL CONDUCTORS SHALL BE COPPER. TRANSFORMER AND TERMINAL CONNECTIONS NECESSARY FOR THE PROPER OPERATION OF THE SYSTEM SHALL BE AS HEREIN DESCRIBED,MOUNTED IN ONE SEMI-FLUSH CABINET AT A.ALL WORK SHALL BE INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE,THE NATIONAL BOARD OF L.WHEN THE EXCAVATION IS ON PUBLIC PROPERTY,RESTORATION OF SURFACE CONDITIONS SHALL MEET THE C.NO.10 AWG AND SMALLER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SOLID WITH TYPE THHN INSULATION AND NO.8 AWG THE LOCATION SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. FIRE UNDERWRITERS,THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY CODE,AND ALL GOVERNING CODES,APPLICABLE LOCAL REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. AND LARGER CONDUCTORS SHALL BE STRANDED WITH TYPE THHN INSULATION EXCEPT THAT _ LAWS,REGULATIONS,ORDINANCES OR STATUTES OF REGULATORY BODIES HAVING JURISDICTION.THE WORK CONDUCTORS WITHIN 3 INCHES OF LIGHT FIXTURE BALLASTS SHALL HAVE RHH,THHN,OR EQUAL 1.THE CONTROL CABINET SHALL BE SUPPLIED WITH AN OUTER DOOR AND FRAME SHALL BE EXECUTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SAID LAWS,REGULATIONS,ORDINANCES,STATUES OR CODES, M.WHEN SERVICES ARE TO BE RUN SIDE-BY-SIDE,A COMMON TRENCH MAY BE USED PROVIDING THE REQUIRED INSULATION RATED FOR 90 DEGREES C.APPLICATION. ASSEMBLY WHICH SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A LOCK AND TRANSPARENT DOOR WITHOUT INCREASED COST TO THE OWNER.ANY POINT IN QUESTION SHALL BE REFERRED TO THE ENGINEER FOR VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SEPARATION BETWEEN THE VARIOUS SERVICES ARE MAINTAINED AND PROVIDING PANEL.THE TRANSPARENT DOOR PANEL SHALL PREVENT TAMPERING,BUT ALLOW _ APPROVAL.WORK INDICATED ON THE DOCUMENTS THAT IS IN EXCESS OF CODE REQUIREMKNTS SHALL NOT BE THE METHODS OF BEDDING AND BACKFILL MEET THE APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER.CONTRACTORS INVOLVED 2.8 LOCATIONS OF OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT FULL VIEWING OF THE MODULE LEUS AND SWITCHES. REDUCED IN QUALITY AND/OR QUANTITY. SHALL MAKE THEIR OWN AGREEMENT AS TO THE SHARING OF THE COST OF THE COMMON TRENCHING AND r BACKFILL WORK. A.ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND EQUIPMENT ARE SO LOCATED ON THE DRAWINGS TO SHOW INTENT OF 2.AN ALARM INITIATING CIRCUIT MODULE SHALL PROVIDE 2-WIRE,CLASS B CIRCUITRY B.COMPLY WITH RULES AND REGULATIONS OF PUBLIC UTILITIES AND MUNICIPAL DEPARTMETNS AFFECTED BY DESIGN.MINOR VARIATIONS IN THESE LOCATIONS MAY BE MADE BY THIS CONTRACTOR TO COMPLY WITH UTILIZING END-OF-LINE RESISTOR MONITORING FOR ALARM TROUBLE AND GROUND : ` CONNECTIONS OF SERVICES. 1.13 TEMPORARY HEAT STRUCTURAL AND OTHER REQUIREMENTS AS DETERMINED IN THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION.IT SHALL BE FAULT.THE MODULE SHALL PROVIDE ALARM AND TROUBLE LED'S,LED LAMP TEST THE DUTY OF THIS CONTRACTOR TO TAKE HIS OWN MEASUREMENTS AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SAME.THIS FEATURE,SUPERVISED ALARM AND TROUBLE RELAYS,ALARM AND TROUBLE '�•;.,,..z�' .,j. 1.6 RECORD DOCUMENTS A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COOPERATE WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY HEAT AS CONTRACTOR SHALL ALSO REVIEW THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS AND THOSE DRAWINGS USED BY AUXILIARY ALARM AND TROUBLE RELAYS,ALARM AND TROUBLE AUXILIARY CONTACTS SOON AS POSSIBLE FOR USE DURING CONSTRUCTION IF TEMPORARY HEAT IS REQUIRED.AIR HANDLING OTHER CONTRACTORS IN ORDER TO DETERMINE EXACT LOCATIONS FOR ELECTRICAL OUTLETS AND AND ALARM RESOUND FEATURE. , °r%� J A.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE A COMPLETE"AS-BUILT"SET OF DRAWINGS INCORPORATING ALL CHANGES EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT BE OPERATED AT ANY TIME WITHOUT FILTERS IN PLACE AND ALL EQUIPMENT SHALL BE EQUIPMENT.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS FOR OUTLET LOCATIONS. � -.__`�-±,,-•,r•,�,<;-, MADE DURING CONSTRUCTION.LOCATION OF UNDERGROUND CONDUIT SHALL BE LOCATED BY DIMENSION FROM PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE.OPERATING THE EQUIPMENT FOR TEMPORARY HEAT SHALL NOT START THE 3.A POWER SUPPLY SHALL BE PROVIDED INCLUDING SEALED LEAD ACID 10 A.H. COLUMN LINES. WARRANTY PERIOD OF THE EQUIPMENT USED. EQUIPMENT MOUNTING HEIGHTS BATTERY WITH AUTOMATIC CHARGER.3.5 AMPS CONTINUOUS FILTERED POWER ITEM FLOOR TO MOUNTING OUTPUT OF THE PROPER VOLTAGE SHALL FURNISH SYSTEM POWER FOR ALARM 04.07.2023 B.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMIT TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE FIVE BOUND SETS OF 1.14 DEMOLITION AND NEW WORK INTERIOR RECEPTACLES BOTTOM 16" INITIATING AND INDICATING DEVICES. OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS INCLUDING FINAL COPIES OF EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS, EXTERIOR RECEPTACLES CENTERLINE 24" MANUFACTURER'S LITERATURE FOR ALL EQUIPMENT INSTALLED ON THE PROJECT SHOWING ALL DETAILS OF A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL DEMOLITION,ALTERATIONS AND REWORK INDICATED AND/OR REQUIRED TO TELEPHONE OUTLETS BOTTOM 16" G.SMOKE AND THERMAL DETECTORS SHALL BE SIGA-PHS WITH SIGA-SB LISTED BY EQUIPMENT,REPLACEMENT PART DATA AND MAINTENANCE AND OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.MANUALS SHALL MAINTAIN THE OPERATION OF ALL EXISTING ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND TO INTEGRATE THE NEW SYSTEMS IN THE SWITCHES TOP 48" UNDERWRITERS'LABORATORIES.DETECTORS SHALL BE INTERCHANGEABLE AND INCLUDE COPIES OF ALL EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES,INCLUDING OWNER/TENANT SUPPLIED EQUIPMENT. RENOVATED BUILDING AS REQUIRED.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL WORK WHICH MAY BE REQUIRED TO RECEPTACLES ABOVE COUNTERS:CENTERLINE 10 INCHES ABOVE COUNTER AND HORIZONTAL COMPATIBLE WITH IONIZATION DETECTORS USING THE SAME TYPE BASES.INTERNAL ALTERATIONS AND DEMOLITION WORK.THIS SHALL INCLUDE ALL REMOVAL,RELOCATION AND REWORKING OF DETECTOR CIRCUITS SHALL BE SHIELDED AGAINST ELECTRICAL INTERFERENCE,AND SHALL 1.7 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES WIRE AND CONDUIT,OUTLET BOXES,JUNCTION BOXES,ETC.EXISTING SYSTEMS AND NEW SYSTEMS SHALL BE 2.9 WALL PLATES BE RESISTANT TO TRANSIENTS,"NOISE"AND RF INTERFERENCE.THE DETECTORS SHALL BE S COMPLETELY INTEGRATED AS INTENDED AND AS INDICATED ON THE PLANS AND IN THE SPECIFICATIONS. CAPABLE OF OPERATING ON EITHER A 2-WIRE LOOP WITH END-OF-LINE RESISTOR OR ON A 4- c c A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL GUARANTEE COMPLETE SYSTEM OPERATION AND THAT THE MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT A.GROUPS OF SWITCHES,OUTLETS OR SWITCH AND OUTLET COMBINATIONS SHALL BE MOUNTED UNDER WIRE LOOP USING 24VDC.A 135 DEGREE F.FIXED TEMPERATURE HEAT ELEMENT SHALL BE O ro 9 FURNISHED AND INSTALLED WILL BE FREE FROM DEFECTS IN WORKMANSHIP AND MATERIALS AND WILL GIVE B.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE FROM THE PREMISES AND DISPOSE OF PROPERLY ALL EXISTING MATERIAL ONE GANG-PLATE. INCLUDED IN THE BASE. m 5 SATISFACTORY SERVICE UNDER THE SPECIFIED OPERATING CONDITIONS.THE CONTRACTOR AGREES TO REPLACE, AND EQUIPMENT WHICH NO LONGER SERVES A PURPOSE IN ALTERED AREAS.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REMOVE WITHOUT EXPENSE TO THE OWNER,ANY PART OF THE APPARATUS WHICH PROVES OR BECOMES DEFECTIVE WITHIN CONNECTIONS TO EQUIPMENT BACK TO PANEL OR JUNCTION BOX.MAINTIAN CIRCUIT CONNECTIVITY.UNLESS B.WALL PLATES SHALL FIT AND COVER PROPERLY THE DEVICE AND WALL OPENING.NO OPEN OR H.MANUAL STATIONS SHALL BE SINGLE ACTION TYPE.THE STATION SHALL BE DESIGNED FOR I Cl n d ONE YEAR AFTER THE SYSTEM IS ACCEPTED.NO EQUIPMENT WARRANTY OR GUARANTEE SHALL START UNTIL THE OTHERWISE NOTED,THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN SERVICES TO ALL EXISTING AREAS REQUIRING SUCH UNFINISHED SURFACES SHALL SHOW AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE WALL PLATES. SEMI-FLUSH MOUNTING ON A 4 INCH OUTLET BOX.STATIONS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED SO TIME OF BUILDING ACCEPTANCE. SERVICES.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REROUTE AS REQUIRED SUCH SERVICES WHERE ARE DISRUPTED DUE TO THAT ONCE IT HAS BEEN PULLED,IT CAN BE RESET ONLY BY AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL USING W d Q ARCHITECTURAL CHANGES IN THE EXISTING STRUCTURE.ANY EQUIPMENT WHICH IS DESIGNATED TO BE REUSED C.WALL PLATES SHALL BE SET VERTICAL AND SHALL FINISH FLUSH WITH ALL SURROUNDING SURFACES. A RESET KEY. :D a y B.ALL WARRANTIES ISSUED BY EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURERS SHALL BE FILLED OUT IN THE OWNER'S NAME AND AND WHICH IS DAMAGED IN THE PROCESS SHALL BE REPLACED BY THE CONTRACTOR WITH NEW EQUIPMENT OF I - GIVEN TO THE OWNER PRIOR TO FINAL ACCEPTANCE OF WORK PERFORMED UNDER THIS SECTION. LIKE KIND AT NO COST TO THE OWNER. D.WALL PLATES FOR ALL DEVICES AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS SHALL MATCH THE EXISTING DEVICES. I.FIRE ALARM AUDIBLENISUAL UNITS SHALL FLUSH-MOUNTED COMBINATION HORN AND Q FLASHING LIGHT.HORN SHALL BE RED VIBRATING TYPE OPERATING AT 24VDC.THE FLASHING 1.8 FINAL INSPECTION 1.15 INTERRUPTION OF SERVICES 2.10 WIRING DEVICES LIGHT SHALL BE XENON STROBE AND OPERATE AT GREATER THAN 1000 CANDLEPOWER.THE 1- ~ .0 UNIT SHALL FLASH AT APPROXIMATELY TWO FLASHES PER SECOND.A FLASH RATE OF rn A N A.AFTER COMPLETION OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REQUEST FINAL INSPECTION OF THIS A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL SCHEDULE ANY SERVICE INTERRUPTIONS TO THE EXISTING BUILDING WITH THE A.SINGLE-POLE WALL TUMBLER SWITCHES FOR GENERAL USE SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE HUBBELL GREATER THAN TWO FLASHES PER SECOND IS NOT ACCEPTABLE.BOTH THE HORN AND U w `0 O PROJECT IN WRITTEN FORM ADDRESSED TO THE ARCHITECT ALONG WITH A STATEMENT TO THE EFFECT THAT ALL OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.SUCH INTERRUPTIONS SHALL BE PLANNED SO AS TO BE AT TIMES TO CAUSE THE NO.1221,OR APPROVED EQUAL,MECHANICALLY SILENT TYPE WITH PLASTIC HANDLES,RATED 20 AMPERES STROBE SHALL OPERATE ON 24VDC SUPPLIED FROM THE CONTROL PANEL. INSTALLATIONS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED,CHECKED,ADJUSTED AND BALANCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEAST INCONVENIENCE AND INTERRUPTION TO THE FACILITY'S SCHEDULE. AC,1201277 VOLTS.GENERAL USE SWITCHES INDICATED ON PLANS AS DOUBLE POLE,3-WAY,4-WAY OR U J = O REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PROJECT.UPON RECEIPT OF WRITTEN NOTIFICATION OF COMPLETION AND REQUEST FOR LOCK TYPE WITH KEY GUIDE SHALL BE THE SAME SERIES AS THE SINGLE-POLE SWITCHES.DEVICE COLOR J.THERMAL HEAT DETECTORS SHALL BE 190 DEGREE F.FIXED TEMPERATURE TYPE.WHEN H `y FINAL INSPECTION THE ENGINEER WILL PERFORM A FINAL INSPECTION OF THIS WORK AND,IF ALL INSTALLATIONS 1.16 EXISTING CONDITIONS SHALL MATCH EXISTING. UNIT IS ACTIVATED,THE UNITS SHALL BE NON-RESTORABLE AND GIVE VISUAL EVIDENCE OF ARE AS REPRESENTED BY THE CONTRACTOR,THE ENGINEER WILL SUBMIT WRITTEN RECOMMENDATION OF SUCH OPERATION. (� p ACCEPTANCE. ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND DESCRIBED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS FOR THIS B.CONVENIENCE OUTLETS IN FINISHED SPACES SHALL BE SPECIFICATION GRADE HUBBELL NO.5362,OR Z E PROJECT HAVE BEEN DETERMINED FROM AVAILABLE DRAWINGS AND FIELD INVESTIGATIONS.CONTRACTORS APPROVED EQUAL,DUPLEX GROUNDING TYPE RECEPTACLES RATED 20 AMPERES AC,120 VOLT.DEVICE K.DUCT SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE OF THE SOLID STATE PHOTOELECTRIC TYPE.NO u 1.9 CLEANING MAKING PROPOSALS FOR THIS WORK SHALL INVESTIGATE ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS AND BASE THEIR COLOR SHALL MATCH EXISTING. RADIOACTIVE MATERIALS SHALL BE USED.DETECTOR CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE OF THE PROPOSALS ON THEIR OBSERVATIONS TO PROVIDE COMPLETE AND FUNCTIONING INSTALLATIONS IN SPLIT TYPE,THAT IS,MOUNTING BASE WITH TWIST-LOCK DETECTING HEAD.CONTACTS C9 ' BETWEEN THE BASE AND HEAD SHALL BE OF THE BIFURCATED TYPE USING SPRING-TYPE n u A.DIRT AND REFUSE RESULTING FROM THE PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK SHALL BE REMOVED TO KEEP THE ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTENT OF THE DRAW ING AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR THIS PROJECT AND ALL APPLICABLE C.RECEPTACLES DESIGNATED WITH GROUND FAULT PROTECTION SHALL BE HUBBELL NO.GF-5362,OR �/ Z y PREMISES REASONABLE CLEAN AT ALL TIMES. GOVERNING CODES,RULES,REGULATIONS AND ORDINANCES.FAILURE TO DETERMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS APPROVED EQUAL,120 VOLT,20 AMP GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER TYPE.DEVICE COLOR SHALL MATCH SELFWIPING CONTACTS.REMOVAL OF THE DETECTOR HEAD SHALL INTERRUPT THE t WHICH CAUSE ADDITIONAL WORK W ILL NOT CONSTITUTE GROUNDS FOR ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION. EXISTING. SUPERVISORY CIRCUIT OF THE FIRE ALARM DETECTION LOOP AND CAUSE A TROUBLE SIGNAL o B.AFTER COMPLETION OF THE WORK DESCRIBED IN THIS SPECIFICATION AND SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS,THE AT THE CONTROL PANEL.DUCT HOUSING COUPLINGS SHALL BE SLOTTED TO INSURE PROPER Q J c d CONTRACTOR SHALL THOROUGHLY CLEAN ALL EXPOSED SURFACES AND EQUIPMENT,REMOVE ALL DIRT,DEBRIS, PART 2-ELECTRICAL 2.11 TELEPHONE ALIGNMENT OF THE SAMPLING AND EXHAUST TUBES.DETECTOR SHALL HAVE AN ALARM LED 6 CRATING,CARTONS,ETC.,AND LEAVE ALL INSTALLATIONS FINISHED AND READY FOR OPERATION. VISIBLE THROUGH A TRANSPARENT FRONT COVER.DETECTORS SHALL OBTAIN THEIR Q o 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A.FURNISH AND INSTALL TELEPHONE OUTLETS AS NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS WITH 3/4 INCH CONDUIT TO OPERATING POWER FROM THE SUPERVISED CURRENT IN THE FIRE ALARM LOOP. _ n 1.10 OPENINGS AND SLEEVES ABOVE LAY-IN CEILINGS WITH END BUSHINGS. INSTALLATION MUST COMPLY WITH NFPA-90A.PROVIDE SIGA-LED REMOTE ALARM LED V A.SEE PART 1 FOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. INDICATOR/KEY TEST SWITCH FOR EACH UNIT.MOUNT SWITCH ON WALL NEAR EACH UNIT A.ALL PIPING THROUGH EXTERIOR OR FOUNDATION WALLS SHALL PASS THROUGH SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL B.PROVIDE PULL WIRES IN ALL TELEPHONE CONDUITS. AND LABEL. M SLEEVES WHICH SHALL BE LARGE ENOUGH TO ALLOW FOR PIPE SEAL MATERIAL.SLEEVES IN NEW CONSTRUCTION 2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF SWITCHES AND APPARATUS N SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 2 INCH WATERSTOP IN THE CENTER OF THE SLEEVE.NO SLEEVES ARE PERMITTED C.FURNISH AND INSTALL COVER PLATES SUITABLE FOR USE WITH THE EQUIPMENT TO BE CONNECTED. L.MAGNETIC DOOR HOLDERS SHALL HAVE AN APPROXIMATE HOLDING FORCE OF 35 POUNDS. Q THROUGH CONCRETE STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. A.ALL CABINETS,SAFETY SWITCHES,AND OTHER APPARATUS USED FOR OPERATION AND CONTROL OF CIRCUITS, THE DOOR PORTION SHALL HAVE A STAINLESS STEEL PIVOTAL MOUNTED ARMATURE WITH N APPLIANCES,AND EQUIPMENT UNDER THIS CONTRACT SHALL BE PROPERLY IDENTIFIED BY MEANS OF ENGRAVED 2.12 PANELBOARDS SHOCK ABSORBING NYLON BEARING.UNIT SHALL BE CAPABLE OF BEING EITHER SURFACE, 1.SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND SLEEVE IN EXTERIOR UNDERGROOUND WALLS SHALL BE SEALED WITH LINK- PLASTIC PLATES EITHER BLACK WITH WHITE LETTERS OR WHITE WITH BLACK LETTERS. FLUSH,SEMI-FLUSH OR FLOOR-MOUNTED AS REQUIRED.DOOR HOLDERS SHALL BE UL LISTED SEAL,FLEXICRAFT OR METRAFLEX LINK STYLE PIPE SEALS. A.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE GENERAL ELECTRIC,SQUARE D,OR SIEMENS ITE CIRCUIT BREAKER TYPES, FOR THEIR INTENDED PURPOSE. DATE: ISSUE: #: Q 2.3 GROUNDING WITH CIRCUIT BREAKERS AS NOTED IN THE SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS. 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 2.IN ABOVE GRADE EXTERIOR WALLS PACK THE SPACE BETWEEN PIPE AND SLEEVE WITH MINERAL WOOL M.PENN OR BELDON.CONDUCTORS SHALL BE SOLID GAUGES#18(FOR PULL STATIONS AND AND THEN CIT OMPLETE SEAL WITH APPROVED CAULKING COMPOUND FLUSH WITH FINISHED SURFACE. A.ALL CONDUCTORS,MOTOR FRAMES,RACEWAYS,CABINETS,ETC.,THAT REQUIRE GROUNDING SHALL BE B.PANELBOARDS SHALL BE EQUIVALENT TO SQUARE D TYPE NQOD,120/208 VOLT,WITH BOLTED BREAKERS, SMOKE DETECTOR)AND#16 FOR HORNS,LIGHTS AND DOOR HOLDERS).CABLES SHALL BE PROVIDE PIPE COLLAR ON INTERIOR SIDE OF WALL. GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF ARTICLE 250 OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE, NEMA RATED FOR THE AVAILABLE FAULT CURRENT. TWISTED PAIRS TO REDUCE SUSCEPTIBILITY TO TRANSIENT NOISE.ALL FIRE ALARM WIRING Q THOSE OF THE SERVING UTILITY AND LOCAL AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. SHALL BE INSTALLED IN CONDUIT UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. B.ALL PIPING THROUGH FLOORS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH SCHEDULE 40 GALVANIZED STEEL PIPE SLEEVES, C.FURNISH AND INSTALL A TYPEWRITTEN DIRECTORY FOR EACH PANELBOARD,SHOWING THE FUNCTION OF EXTENDING 1 INCH ABOVE THE FLOOR. 2.4 SAFETY SWITCHES EACH BREAKER. C.IN FIRE RATED WALLS:CAULKING SHALL BE A PURE CERAMIC FIBER MADE OF ALUMINA-SILICA,"CERAFIBER-FS"BY A.SAFETY SWITCHES,AS MANUFACTURED BY GENERAL ELECTRIC,CRUUSE-HINDS,CUTLER-HAMMER,SQUARE D, 2.13 LIGHTING FIXTURES C JOHNS-MANVILLE.SEALANT SHALL BE GUN GRADE.AN ACRYLIC 2-PART GUN APPLIED,FIRE RETARDANT ELASTIC SIEMENS,OR APPROVED EQUAL,SHALL BE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED(WHERE NOT FURNISHED BY OTHERS) I.L SEALANT,"DYMERIC"BY 7REMCO OR EQUAL BY PERMATITE NO.1113FR. WHEREVER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS SPECIFIED,OR REQUIRED BY THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. A.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES AS INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS AND HEREIN DESCRIBED.MATERIAL,EQUIPMENT,OR SERVICES NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE 1.LIMIT THE SIZE OF THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL OR FLOOR AND THE OUTSIDE OF THE PIPE OR DUCT TO B.SAFETY SWITCHES SHALL BE HEAVY DUN TYPE,UNDERWRITERS'LABORATORIES SHORT CIRCUIT LABELED INSTALLATION OF THESE FIXTURES,BUT NOT SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED,SHALL BE FURNISHED AS THOUGH DATE: 04072023 W^ 1 INCH MAXIMUM.THIS SPACE IS SUFFICIENT TO ALLOW SOME MOVEMENT OF THE PIPES OR DUCT WITHOUT FOR AT LEAST 100,000 AMPERES WITH CLASS R REJECTION FUSEHOLDERS SO AS TO COMPLY WITH NEC 100-9. SPECIFIED.ALL FIXTURES SHALL BE PROPERLY CLEANED AND ADJUSTED AFTER INSTALLATION. . . li CRACKING THE CAULKING OR SEALANT. SWITCHES INSIDE OF BUILDING SHALL BE FURNISHED IN NEMA 1 GENERAL PURPOSE ENCLOSURES.SWITCHES CITY APPROVED PLANS DRAWN: MS OUTSIDE OF BUILDING SHALL BE FURNISHED IN NEMA 3R ENCLOSURES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. B.ALL ADJUSTABLE LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE CAREFULLY POSITIONED BY THIS CONTRACTOR IN THE CHECKED: JCAA 2.FOR OPENINGS IN WALLS,THE CAULKING SHALL BE APPLIED TO A MINIMUM OF 3 INCH TOTAL DEPTH. PRESENCE OF THE ARCHITECT OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE. SEALANT SHALL THEN BE APPLIED ON BOTH SIDES OF THE WALL OPENING A MINIMUM OF 1/2 INCH IN DEPTH, C.EACH MOTOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A DISCONNECTING MEANS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O FINISHED FLUSH WITH THE WALL. THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE.FROM THE ARCHITECT. C.LED FIXTURES SHALL BE AS NOTED IN THE FIXTURE SCHEDULE.FIXTURES DESIGNATED FOR EMERGENCY Reviewed for Code Compliance LIGHTING MUST BE COMPATIBLE WITH THE EMERGENCY UNIT USED WITH MINIMUM LEAKAGE. ELECTRICAL LL D.FOR OPENINGS IN FLOORS,THE CAULKING SHALL BE APPLIED FROM THE UPPER SIDE TO A MINIMUM OF 3 0 INCH TOTAL DEPTH RECESSED I/2 INCH BELOW THE FINISHED FLOOR.THIS 1/2 INCH RECESS SHALL THEN BE D.THIS CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND INSTALL FIXTURES HEREIN SPECIFIED OR AS SHOWN ON THE PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE SPECIFICATIONS FILLED WITH SEALANT TO FLUSH WITH FINISHED FLOOR. DRAWINGS. W 1.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING E.GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL FIRE-RATED ENCLOSURES FOR LIGHT FIXTURES INSTALLED FOR ALL INSPECTIONS D IN FIRE-RATED CEILINGS. � A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ANY CUTTING OF WALLS,FLOORS,CEILINGS AND ROOFS V/ REQUIRED FOR PERFORMANCE OF HIS WORK. N EO . 1 Page 55 of 341 SITE GENERAL NOTES: 1.ALL EXTERIOR LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED BY BUILDING MOUNTED PHOTOCELL.E.C.TO ROUTE ALL EXTERIOR LIGHTING CIRCUITS THRU PHOTOCELL APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING CONTROL,PROVIDE MULTIPLE POLE CONTACTOR(S)AS 0 500KVA,277/480V UTILITY TRANSFORMER REQUIRED. 2.ALL ELECTRICAL DEVICES LOCATED ON THE EXTERIOR O \/y OF BUILDING SHALL BE INSTALLED IN A NEMA 3R ENCLOSURE OR BE RATED NEMA 3R WEATHERPROOF. 3.ON ALL EXTERIOR BUILDING MOUNTED LIGHT FIXTURES, E CIT CABINET,METER,&SERVICE APPLY SEALANT BETWEEN MOUNTING PLATE AND WALL ( ) SERVICE TO ENSURE DRY J-BOX. 1 DISCONNECT SWITCH F 4.COORDINATE ALL EXTERIOR LIGHTING LOCATIONS,AND Uj MOUNTING HEIGHT WHERE REQUIRED WITH ARCHITECT W F M 1 ® AND OWNER'S REP. W W O ` a- _j� zr , QJQ H v M< Z Z ■ ■ ■ W Z W®SITE PLAN NOTES: ~ 1.(E)WALL LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN.RELAMP FIXTURE WITH LED. ■■,■■■,. REFER TO LIGHTING PLAN FOR EXTERIOR 2.(E)CEILING LIGHT FIXTURE TO REMAIN.RELAMP FXITURE EGRESS LIGHTING. WITH LED. PREFER TO LIGHTING PLAN FOR CIRCUITRY V J■ OF EXTERIOR BUILDING LIGHTING. ADJACENT TENANT SPECIALITY RETAILER ADJACENT TENANT REMODEL:If construction will move Or alter the existing Fire #22.274 (NOT IN SCOPE) (NOT IN SCOPE) Alarm System,it may need to be evaluated by the Idaho State a 2(E)ONE-STORY 19,945 SF m S m Fire Marshal's(ID SFM)office to ensure code compliance and FOOTPRINT AREA r o FLOOR ELEV.=100'-0" power calculations. 3 0, If significant changes need to be made,plans shall be submitted o to the ID SFM for acceptance. a� Idaho State Fire Marshal _ sfm.planreview@doi.idaho.gov New work/changes shall not be covered up prior to fire inspection. Fire Inspection Line:208-735-7338 0 o '0 Fire Alarm Control Panel(FACP)Access: / f 71 'IF ELECTRICAL WORK IS 7` t BEING DONE BY OTHERS Access doors and/or pathways leading to the t, MAIN THEN THEY MUST HAVE A FACP shall be labeled with an approved sign. '•�E:`�?,.„ �r;:�`•`, f TF ELECTRICAL PERMIT ENTRANCE BEFORE STARTING WORK The lettering shall have a minimum height of 04.07.2023 (E)LP 2 inches with a minimum stroke of 3/8 inch. Red sign with white letters."FACP" PARKING CART P PD6 1 CORRAL(73 I I O e c ro ti (E)PARKING AREA (E)PARKING AREA (E)PARKING AREA (E)PARKING AREA �k m LU a y O(E) NG AREA $N N ~"W o@ U W = V (E)LP (E)LP Z �o u U � = ry z 12 Q W ` W C ry c =o ry = J U M N O (E)LP N DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT Cr NG I.L _dE DATE: 04.07.2023 a DRAWN: MS CHECKED: JCAA ELECTRICAL SITE PLAN ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 E0.2 SCALE: 1"=30'-0" SITE PLAN IL CITY APPROVED PLANS 0 Reviewed for code C—ph.— .` U PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE EO 2 N FOR ALL INSPECTIONS a N ■ Page 56 of 341 >- O� OLIGHTING PLAN NOTES: O LIGHTING PLAN NOTES: A7 # # 1. LIGHTING IN THIS AREA TO BE REMOVED.CUTBACK 10. EXISTING PANEL'LA',INDLUDING EXISTING SURGE WIRING,CONDUIT AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT PROTECTION,TO BE RELOCATED.PANEL TO BE F BACK TO SOURCE. RENAMED/RELABABELED PANEL'G'.EXISTING MAIN ui BREAKER TO BE REPLACED,REFER TO ONE LINE W o 2. RECEPTACLES,JUNCTIONS BOXES,DISCONNECT DIAGRAM. M SWITCHES,ETC IN THIS AREA TO BE REMOVED.CUT 1 j LU 0 BACK WIRING,CONDUIT AND ASSOCIATED 11. EXISTING PANEL'LA',INDLUDING EXISTING SURGE _ EQUIPMENT BACK TO SOURCE. PROTECTION,TO BE RELOCATED.PANEL TO BE 0 RENAMED/RELABELED PANEL'LS'.EXISTING MAIN IL 3. EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. BREAKER TO BE REPLACED,REFER TO ONE LINE $ ' ` J DIAG F- J< RAM. V L� 4. EXISTING PANEL TO REMAIN. Z M Z 12. EXISTING TRANSFORMER TO BE RELOCCATED. Q - 5. EXISTING PANEL'LE'TO REMAIN.PANEL TO BE Z ■ RENAMED/RELABELED PANEL'B'. 13. EXISTING RECEPTACLES IN THIS AREA TO REMAIN. 1 ~ W EQUIPMENT TO BE RECIRCUITED.REFER TO POWER 6. EXIST N.PANEL'LD'TO REMAN.PANEL TO BE AND LIGHTING PLANS FOR MORE DETAILS.CUT BACK �\ RENAMED/RELABELED PANEL C'. WIRING,CONDUIT AND ASSOC ui IATED EQUIPMENT BACK TO SOURCE AS NEEDED.NG DOES NOT ALLOW 7. EXISTING PANEL'LC'TO REMAN.PANEL TO BE SPICES. RENAMED/RELABELE I D PANEL A'. MEZZANINE - ELECTRICAL 14. EXISTING LIGHTING IN THIS AREA TO REMAIN. 8. EXISTING PHONE BOARD TO REMAIN. LIGHTING TO BE RECIRCUITED.REFER TO LIGHTING PLANS FOR MORE DETAILS.CUT BACK WIRING, 2 DEMOLITION PLAN 9. EXISTING TRANSFORMER TO REMAIN. CONDUIT AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT BACK TO SOURCE AS NEEDED.NG DOES NOT ALLOW SPICES. %E-11/ SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed f-Code Compliance 922.274 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE mom FOR ALL INSPECTIONS r-m 30 7 6 5 1.3 1 - -8 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - OUNTED OVE aT 2 f QUIPM NTB ) 3 7 (:iDQTHA 6 s 3�SERVICE MIDP q DISCONNECT PP g C — - — - — - — - — - Fu i I I I I I t r/ f 04.07.2023 0 I I I I I ❑ I I O=U' m Lu h t a a 0 N � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - - -� - - - - - - - - - - - - >°o I W - - - - - - - - - - - - — - - - - - Z � c Z �u U O r m'u W �t Q c B3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � - - L - ao - - N B - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Q DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 - - - - - - 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT WIT - - - XFMR�- - O 11 � I I I I I I I 10 I I LI—A �C G I I I I I I II 13 I DATE: 04.07.2023 W DRAWN: DL a CHECKED: JCAA ❑ ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O ELECTRICAL LL DEMOLITION PLAN Q EO . 3 N MAIM LEVEL - ELEC RICAL DEMOLITION PLAN N E0.3 SCALE: 1/8" 1'-0" Page 57 of 341 LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES: LIGHTING GENERAL NOTES: ®LIGHTING PLAN NOTES: ®LIGHTING PLAN NOTES: 1.ALL CEILING MOUNTED VACANCY SENSORS SHALL BE DUAL 9.TYPE'Ai'AND'AT LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE SURFACE MOUNT TO 1.EGRESS FIXTURE 12"ABOVE DOOR.NORMALLY OFF,ENERGIZED VIA 13.AIR PEAR SWITCHES.SEE POWER PLAN TECHNOLOGY SENSORS(INFRARED AND ULTRASONIC).WATTSTOPPER WOOD CEILING SYSTEM IN HASA AREA,UTILIZING FIXTURE MOUNTING BUILT-IN 90 MINUTE BATTERY BACK-UP. DT-305 WITH BZ-150 MANUAL POWER PACKS,LEVITON 1081 BRACKETS.ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SHALL BE DIRECT CONNECT VIA 14.ON/OFF CONTROL OF 3 LIGHT FIXTURES AT EDUCATION CENTER. MOMENTARY TOGGLE SWITCH-MANUAL ON/15 MINUTE DELAY OFF. FIXTURE KNOCKOUT IN TOP OF HOUSING.COORDINATE PENETRATIONS 2.ALL LIGHTS ON THIS CIRCUIT TO BE NIGHT-LIGHTS. AND ADDITIONAL FIXTURE SUPPORT WITH WOOD CEILING INSTALLER. 15.BARE SOCKET FIXTURES TYPE Li,L2,AND L3 INSTALLED AT HEIGHTS AS 2.WAREHOUSE CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS SHALL BE 3.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE WATTSTOPPER"LP8"LIGHTING SCHEDULED.COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITH OWNER'S DUAL TECHNOLOGY SENSORS(INFRARED AND ULTRASONIC). 10.JUNCTION BOXES ARE NOT PERMITTED ABOVE WOOD CEILINGS OR CONTROL PANEL WITH LOW VOLTAGE SWITCH(ES)PER LIGHTING REP.PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.WATTSTOPPER DT-305 WITH BZ-50 POWER PACKS-AUTO ON/30 GYP CEILINGS. CONTROL DIAGRAM AND SCHEDULE,SHEET E6.0.VERIFY LOCATION OF MINUTE DELAY OFF.SENSORS SHALL BE PENDANT MOUNTED EVEN PANEL WITH OWNER/TENANT'S REP PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 16.CURRENT LIMITER AT END OF TRACK. WITH BOTTOM OR LIGHT FIXTURES. 11.JUNCTION BOXES ARE NOT PERMITTED ABOVE LATTICE CEILINGS UNLESS WITHIN 15 INCHES OF THE GRID. 4.BOTTOM OF TRACK LIGHTS AT 8'0"AFF.BOTTOM OF TRACK AT 8'8"AFF. 17.PROVIDE INTERMATIC MODEL E1215W TIMER SWITCH WITH TIMER 3.NO EXPOSED CONDUIT BETWEEN THE TOPS OF THE REFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ADEQUATE TIME TO AIM ALL TRACK HEADS RANGE OF 15,30,60 MINUTES AND 2&4 HOURS. 1 Bi Bi B1 CASES AND 18"BELOW ROOF DECK. 12.ALL HOMERUNS BETWEEN ELECTRICAL PANELS AND LIGHTING AFTER COMPLETE FIXTURING,PER TO TENANTS DIRECTION. ID FIXTURES OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS CONDUCTORS WITH 18.LUMINAIRE LEVEL TO BE BRIGHTER IN COUNT ROOM THAN MANAGER 13 G-23 F ui 4.LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED TO ROOF DECK. NO SPLICES. 5.MOUNT EXIT SIGN AT 10'AFF OR 8"BELOW STRUCTURE,WHICHEVER IS OFFICE FOR ONE WAY GLASS TO WORK.MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDS C (PART Z o LOWER.VERIFY WITH OWNER/TENANT'S REP BEFORE ROUGH-IN.CIRCUIT AN 8:1 RATIO. j�M 5.LIGHTING CONTACTORS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ABOVE 10'-0"AFF. 13.120V BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS(UNLESS WITH UNSW ITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR OF CIRCUIT SWITCH. LU W SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE): 19.OVERRIDE SWITCH TO COMPLY WITH NEC 110.26(D).COORDINATE B1 O p 6.SEE LUMINAIRE SHEET FOR LIGHT FIXTURE SCHEDULE. 6 UNDERCABINET FIXTURE TO BE PROVIDED WITH CORD AND PLUG FOR LOCATION WITH OWNER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. Bi I B7 - 14.0-100'_#12 AWG. CONNECTION TO WALL RECEPTACLE. 7.TYPE'A1'AND'A3'LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 91 AFF 101-150'_#10 AWG. 20.(E)WALL LIGHT FIXTURES TO REMAIN.RELAMP(E)LIGHT FIXTURES 2O 1L J TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE IN RETAIL AREAS AND AT 10'-0"AFF TO 151-250'_#8 AWG. 7.PROVIDE INTERMATIC MODEL EI205W TIMER SWITCH WITH TIMER RANGE W/LED'S. BOTTOM OF FIXTURE IN BACK OF HOUSE AREAS,UNLESS NOTED OF 5/15/30/45/60 MIN. B1 B1 LL LL OTHERWISE.TYPE'A4'LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL BE INSTALLED AT 18'-0" 15.GROUND CONDUCTORS AND RACEWAYS SHALL BE INCREASED AS 21.PRIOR TO BEGINING WORK,CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY VOLTAGE OF NL Z M Z AFF TO BOTTOM OF FIXTURE OR 1'-0"BELOW THE BOTTOM OF JOIST IF REQUIRED. 8.FAN COIL ZONE:COORDINATE LOCATION OF LIGHTING AND ELECTRICAL LIGHTING.DEPENDING ON THE VOLTAGE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO THE Q rn THE JOIST IS LOWER THAN 19'-0". WITH WALK-IN COOLER/FREEZER INSTALLER AND FIRE SPRINKLER FOLLOWING: B1 B7 W CONTRACTOR IN FIELD. - H . ■ 8.TYPE'A1','A3'AND'A4'LIGHT FIXTURES SHALL NOT BE ATTACHED TO a.IF VOLTAGE IS 120V,CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT LIGHTING ROOF DECK,WOOD CEILING SYSTEMS OR THE GRID IMMEDIATELY 9.QUADPLEX RECEPTACLE FOR SHELF LIGHTING(BY OTHERS).MOUNT TO LOCAL LIGHTING CIRCUIT. ABOVE,UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE;HANG FIXTURES FROM BAR RECEPTACLE TO TOP OF CABINET IN CENTER WITH 1"CONDUIT JOISTS,STRUCTURAL STEEL OR SUPPORTS SPANNING BETWEEN VERTICALLY PLUMB R.TO E CEILING.CONDUIT TO BE PAINTED O b.IF VOLTAGE IS BR CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT LIGHTING MEZZANINE - LIGHTING STRUCTURAL MEMBERS. GGHTING CONTROLS. RECEPTACLE TO BE TIED INTO WATTSTOPPER TO SPARE 20A,iP BREAKER IN PANEL'HA'. LIGHTING CONTROLS. 22.PRIOR TO BEGINING WORK,CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY VOLTAGE OF 10.PENDANT MOUNT EXIT SIGN AT 10'AFF OR 6"BELOW STRUCTURE,RIGID CONDUIT.COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION WITH INTERIOR HANGING ITH FOLLOWINGEPENDING ON THE VOLTAGE CONTRACTOR SHALL DO THE PLAN SIGNS AND WALL MURALS.CIRCUIT WITH UNSWITCHED HOT CONDUCTOR E1.O SCALE: 1/$"=1'-0" OF CIRCUIT SWITCH. a.IF VOLTAGE IS 120V,CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT LIGHTING TO SPARE 20A,IF BREAKER IN PANEL'C'. 11.(2)#10,#10G.,USE 3/4"CONDUIT ENTIRE CIRCUIT CITY APPROVED PLANS b.IF VOLTAGE IS 277V,CONTRACTOR SHALL CONNECT LIGHTING 12.SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE AND RETAIL NON-NIGHT LIGHT TO SPARE 20A,IF BREAKER IN PANEL'HA'. nevi dJor code compliance #22274 SWITCHES.USE MOMENTARY SWITCH FROM WATTSTOPPER.SEE POWER a,°'.r$ PLAN. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE m o M FOR ALL INSPECTIONS r O 3 L) NOTE:ALL CEILING MOUNTED OCCUPANCYNACANCY SENSORS- © NEED 1 Igo20V POWER PACKS.POWER PACKS TO BE LOCATED BY v�' CONTRACTOR IN ACCESABLE CEILING SPACE.REFER TO LOW n VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY AND VACANCY SENSOR WIRING m 7 6 5 4 DIAGRAMS FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 14 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ull 8 A4.2 A4 A4.4 A4.4 A4.4 Lz-1 - A4.2 4.2 A4.2 NL LIGHTING CONTROL10 NL A4.2 PANELLC ❑ j,. �! NL AEft 4.2 NL NL A4,4 .4 A4.4 !/,/'f 20 8 A4.2 NL A4.4 A4. NL 2 5 A4.2 _:.. t''}. O 1 A9 NL A4.2 1 (PART.) 7 T B2 G-19 �, I.P'-:•..,:�.57:' NL 4.2 A4.2 1 Aa.z - 04.07.2023 - - - - - - - - - (PART.) - - - A4.4 - A4A - - NL 4'4 - - - - 1 C36 11 A4.2 8 A4.4 2O LS-5 X2 M NL NL NL NL A4.2 A4.2 .2 1 ■ o A4.2 A4.2 22 I ■ I m A4.4 4.4 A4.4 � � ■■■ A4.4 20 ('+� 4.2 A4.2 A4.2 T NL NL G-17 NL A4.2 '2 T� n o A4.2 NL 7 G71 Lu ✓� - A4.4 G-21 1 NL A4.2 A4.2 �f IS 4- 777 - - - - - 12 C A4.4 A4.4 - - - - - � ae A4.4 A4.4 A4.4 A4.4 N o 0 ( � G-15 U w o OO NL NL .2 .2 A4.4 NL A4.2 A4.2 20 'ILI - - - - - - - - - - - - A4.4 - kk.Ai - 4.4- - - - - - - - = Z c E 11 _ B7 A4.4 A4.4 A4.4 - u r NL ry Z m' O A4.4 NL A4.2 A4.2 Q w y NL .2 A4.2 A4.2 A4.2 J c 4.2 - NIL- - - 1 - 1-MA - - 10 - .4 y. \4 A4.4 A4.4 2 3 V 33 NL 4 G-9 M - 16 10 10 N B - - - - - - - A4.4 I. - - - - - - - - NL - - - N ID A4.2 A4. A4.2 DATE: ISSUE: #: A4,21 - - - 7 NL - NL- - NL - - _N� - %T1 I I - 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT A4.2 NL A4. (TYP) M1 O 20 IT 4. A4.4 LS-2 O A4.4 AC .1 1 2 ❑ 1 5 Bi I I777== B1 I r (PART. OO (PART.) B7 • LL B7 W 1 I I I T A9 M /E ° 6 NL O _ DATE: 04.07.2023 B, a A4.2 A4.2 A4.2 T DRAWN: MS A4.2 NL NIL 2 CHECKED: JCAA A4.2 S 3 A9/EM g1 61 61 C :81 ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 (PART.) A9/M G7 cr B 61 ❑ MAIN LEVEL& U- Tr - Q A - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ` LIGHTING PLAN W 1 MAINI LEVEL - LIGHTING PLAN IC'-; - E 1 . 0 coE1.0 SCALE: 1/8" 1'-0" cn Page 58 of 341 I I I >- O� +84" PHONE SYSTEM L MANAGER G-5 +18 202 SERVE R-+ A7 F G3 Z o M Ll e BUYERS G w w c-14 203 0 w o O- REFER TO SHEET E2.1 FOR ASSOCIATED POWER NOTES URGULARy84 a 32 HALL A-3 ' ` < SYSTEMel 200 - - Q V `� G-1 2 W g G7 EF-5 E2.11 IT c-2o CITY APPROVED PLANS ~ WAI w J _ _ Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 3 MEZZANINE - POWER PLAN FOR ALL INSPECTIONS E2.0 = 2 ENLARGED PLAN RM. 104 IT SCALE: 1/8" 1'-0" E2.0 SCALE: 1/2"=1'-0" #22.274 ro row 3UO1 4 3 2 �a 7 6 5 1.3 1 19 LS4 XFMR - D - - - - - #122 J FACP T3 G 0 1 }�FM —MOUNTED ABOVE (PART) WIR a64 6-8 T-2 EQUIPMENT A-17 -1 n 120 g_3 fC�*12 DUCATION 5 A G-22 CENTER +sr' a 4z A-32 CT C G-24 6 J +9 42 O r 'LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL'LCP 37 101 E B (MOUNTED ABOVE EQUIPMENT) i---------------------- I (CEILING) CLOS J , HA ABOVEON 7 VITAMINS HA BA ! f 14 SERVICE MDP I WALL 13 i a 32 ;;:•; _ DISCONNECT pp J I 17 IF J +72" i 1 111 a 42 101 D J 1 10 B 121 (PART.i R 25 B-2 FRIDGE 16 32 ART.) f t mot. SYSTEM I F ID E ON #-5 16 #121 I Al 37 +92^ 42 (PART.)_ - - 3 c J #120 ® 11 -74 C-13 31 ❑ 04.07.2023 D - - - - - - - - - , 1oac1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I J J J I 104C XF WIR i LPART.) (PART).B-19 20 I J 21 B-21 B-23 b 122 +92' I (PART.) 43 32 J SECONDARY 5 J G-29 7SIDE OCPD 14 I 23 B-10 (PART.) C-1 J o c ATS-G fATS'S TO BE ; J (PART.) O 20 ATS-LS STACKED -27 ro N LS J ❑ a tE2 G 1 1 48" 2RETAIL 1 1 W h Q 101 A-20,22,24 i G-4 Q e o r PRODUCE C. 22 C_3 J 22 w r l N 113 _ _ 0 CKO 1 _ _ V w o� C - - - 2 —� - - - -zo Jd � E - - - - - - - - - 1 101A W � A-4,16,1 G_33 ; 103C - - - - - b Z c- - - � - 3T G 29 - - - - - - - - E STOCK 34 C-2 I V G-27 (PART.) 3-1 ra 6 Z u 112 72" d a (PART.) 7 C-5 J U r I A-35 38 I 20 A 28 1 1 22 22 C34- (PART.) +24" I 1 1 1 r/ Z 1 1 2 c i k a J J C S o - - 33 J - ZAMBONICHARGE i ,03 - - - - - - - 15 4 2 Tj2� 12 - - - - - Q _o I +92" I J 11-13 J J J J a 32 C-23,25,27_Cj�� r r _ B-24 G-28 PART.) R19�3�2(J) G-41 N B - - - 3 c - - - - - - 5 B-15- -21 1 49 - - - - - - - - (PAR.)'�"-'b 35 < J 48 - +5a" 12 T N A-3o J J J J B-26 i B 17 1 1 1 B-0 C-17,19,21 +5a^ ---- B-12 1 DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 A7 - - - _ _ \4 - - + - 0 PROD - -(PART) - - - 04 07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT +92" +92^ +92^ c-z +fia^ 101C +sa^ Q \ B-21-B-23,� 5 5 5 84 5 5 A ,(PART.)(PART.$_2 i 2 41 B-31 B-33 ■ - -- -- L-- -- B 5 PART.) 1 (E MEN J J J 104C1 102B J J +92" 109A J 109B J 109 J A 7 100 J 100A J 100B J ALL 03 5 , ,� +92., SYSTEM -4 842�EF 5 _ J J ' 2 J 30- 10 52 Lu EF-6 D-1,35 =A-13A-11 DATE: 04.07.2023840 G-317A-31 A-33CO (PAR ) OOM DRAWN: MS G-30 J G-31 (PART.) J 114 J 18 10 CHECKED: JCAA 33 B- B J 1 (PART 1 ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O $ A_7 EG-1z 1 ❑ MAIN LEVEL& LL J 9 MEZZANINE- Q RR COUNT (E)WOMEN ` POWER PLAN Lu 109 105 104 IC' 1 MAIN LEVEL - POWER PLAN E2 . 0 (1)E2.0 SCALE: 1/8" 1'-0" U) Page 59 of 341 POWER GENERAL NOTES: ®POWER PLAN NOTES: ®POWER PLAN NOTES: ®POWER PLAN NOTES: ®POWER PLAN NOTES: 1.SURFACE MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DEVICES OR EXPOSED 1.ROUTE CONDUIT(S)BELOW SLAB BACK TO ELECTRICAL PANEL 22.COORDINATE CONDUIT ROUTING OVERHEAD LOCATIONS WITH \ CONDUIT ARE NOT PERMITTED FROM FLOOR TO 18"BELOW OR NEAREST WALL. CHECK OUT STAND.POWER POLES TO BE USED.ROUTE CONDUIT(S) 28.REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM ON DETAILS 42.RECEPTACLE TO BE SURFACE MOUNTED AT 6"TO T ROOF DECK UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY OVERHEAD AND BACK TO ELECTRICAL PANEL OR NEAREST WALL.2 SHEET'SWITCHES FOR SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES AND BOTTOM OF SHALLOW BOX ON THE FAR SIDE OF THE OWNER/TENANT'S REP. 2.FUSED DISCONNECT FOR MED TEMP COMPRESSORS,SINGLE BRANCH CIRCUITS ARE ROUTED TO THE CHECK OUT STAND. RETAIL NON-NIGHT LIGHTING'.COORDINATE SW ITCH LOCATION VITAMIN END CAP AS SHOWN.BOX TO BE VERTICALLY POINT CONNECTION,BY E.C.REFER ONE-LINE.VERIFY GENERATOR ENERGIZED BRANCH CIRCUIT CONNECTED TO WITH LIGHTING PLAN. MOUNTED AND SHALL SCREWED INTO THE SIDE OF 2.ALL DEVICES AND COVERPLATES SHALL BE WHITE IN COLOR COMPRESSOR RACK LAYOUT WITH NATURAL GROCERS REGISTER OUTLETS.BRANCH CIRCUIT C#TO TO BEE HARDWIRED TO THE REAR SHELF SUPPORT POST.RECEPTACLE TO BE INCLUDING OUTLETS FED FROM THE OPTIONAL STANDBY REFRIGERATION REP. CASH REGISTER GROCERY BELT. 29.MDP BASED ON GEAR BEING 36"IN LENGTH.CONTRACTOR TO CONNECTED WITH A X SECTION OF FLEXIBLE MC CABLE GENERATOR,UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. VERIFY GEAR SIZE AND COORDINATE LAYOUT WITH REQUIRED WHICH ATTACHES TO RIGID CONDUIT RUNNING UNDER 3.FUSED DISCONNECT FOR LOW TEMP COMPRESSORS,SINGLE 23.BAILER DISCONNECT,BY E.C.TO BE MOUNTED TO THE SIDE AND CLEARANCES PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.SMALLER VERSION OF GEAR THE BOTTOM SHELF.REFER TO DETAIL SHEET E6.0. ui 3.ALL REFRIGERATION SYSTEM WIRING(INCLUDING FANS, POINT CONNECTION,BY E.C.REFER TO ONE-LINE.VERIFY FRONT OF EQUIPMENT AS SHOWN.DISCONNECT MUST NOT BE TO BE ORDERED TO FIT INTO SPACE. Z LIGHTS,DEFROST AND CONTROLS)SHALL BE STRANDED. COMPRESSOR RACK LAYOUT WITH NATURAL GROCERS MOUNTED ADJACENT TO OIL LINES OR RESERVOIR.VERIFY LOCATION 43.PET FOOD UNIT RECEPTACLE,CONCEAL CONDUIT W H M REFRIGERATION REP. WITH OWNER'S REP PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 30.PROVIDE MECHANICAL TIME CLOCK TO CONTROL ALL WITHIN SHELVING AND MOUNT RECEPTACLE BELOW V)M 4.SEPARATE CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH OF RESTROOM AND SHOWER EXHAUST FANS AND CIRCULATION SHELF/GONDOLA.VERIFY LOCATION AND MOUNTING j Wa,0 POWER,CONTROL WIRING,AND DEFROST WHEN CALLED FOR 4.CONDUIT TO BE CONCEALED WITHIN OR MOUNTED ABOVE 24.NOT IN USE. PUMP(CP-1).INTERMATIC T100 OR EQUAL.COORDINATE WITH HEIGHT WITH OWNER/TENANTS REP. O_ ON THE COMPRESSOR SCHEDULE.REFER TO POWER PLAN EQUIPMENT CASE OR SHELVING. MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING DRAWINGS. 0 SHEET FOR POWER NEEDS,AND SHEET COMMUNICATION 25.THIS AREA,PROVIDE JUNCTION BOXES AND CONDUITS FOR 44.REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL SET FOR RECEPTACLES IL SHEET FOR LOW VOLTAGE NEEDS.REFER TO EQUIPMENT 5.JUNCTION BOX FOR LIGHTS,FANS AND ANTI SWEAT HEATERS THERMOSTATS AS REQUIRED PER THE MECHANICAL PLANS.REVIEW 31.RECEPTACLE FOR FUTURE EQUIPMENT USE. LOCATED ALONG CABINET/SINK WALL FOR EXACT J LL SCHEDULES FOR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT CIRCUITING (IF REQUIRED)AS INDICATED ON REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT THERMOSTAT AS DRAWINGS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN TO ENSURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS AND LOCATIONS. V Q INFORMATION. SCHEDULE.COIL A 4'PIGTAIL AT J-BOX AND EXTEND CONDUIT PROPER SPACING OF JUNCTION BOXES TO ALLOW FOR MOUNTING OF 32.PROVIDE 120V 1-PHASE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT BOTTOM OF Z M AND WIRE TO CASE MOUNTED J-BOX AT EACH ADDITIONAL CASE THERMOSTATS.MOUNT JUNCTION BOXES AT+48"AFF.STACK ROOF JOIST FOR AIR PEAR FAN.FAN TO BE FURNISHED BY 45.NOT IN USE. < Z m- 5.ALL FINAL SIGNAGE CONNECTIONS MADE BY ELECTRICIAN. AS SHOWN.E.C.TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION AT EACH CASE. ADDITIONAL BOXES BELOW IF NECESSARY,VERIFY LOCATION WITH TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.C.SWITCH RECEPTACLES AT z OWNER/TENANT'S REP. MANAGER'S OFFICE.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANTS 46.PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AT AN ACCESSIBLE 6.REFER TO M/E SCHEDULES AND DETAIL FOR MECHANICAL 6.COORDINATE CONNECTION POINT FOR REFRIGERATORS AND REP PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.SW ITCH(ES)INDICATE WHICH AIR PEAR LOCATION ON THE INTERIOR SIDE OF WALL FOR EQUIPMENT CIRCUITING INFORMATION. FREEZERS WITH OWNER/TENANTS REP. 26.PROVIDE DISCONNECT FOR FORKLIFT BATTERY CHARGER E.C.TO IS CONTROLLED PER SWITCH IN THE AREA.SWITCH a CONTROLS CONNECTION TO EXTERIOR BUILDING SIGNAGE.SIGN VERIFY CONNECTION POINT AND TYPE WITH MANUFACTURER. AIR PEARS WITH a.SWITCH b CONTROLS AIR PEARS WITH b. WILL BE PROVIDED WITH 6'WIRE WHIP ORIGINATING ui 7.LABEL ALL JUNCTION BOX COVERS WITH PANEL AND CIRCUIT 7.4X4 JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRIC DEFROST WIRING AS LOCATE ADJACENT TO THE RECEIVING DESK AT V-6"AFF. COORDINATE SWITCH LOCATION WITH LIGHTING PLAN. NEAR THE CENTER OF THE SIGN.E.C.SHALL PROVIDE NUMBERS.PROVIDE BLANK FACEPLATES ON ANY UNUSED INDICATED ON REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND FLEXIBLE CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX AND BOXES. DEFROST WIRING NOTES. 27.EXISTING PHONE BOARD. 33.PROVIDE 120V 1-PHASE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT BOTTOM OF CONNECT TO SIGN.VERIFY QUANTITY,LOCATIONS AND ROOF JOIST FOR AIR PEAR FAN.FAN TO BE FURNISHED BY MOUNTING HEIGHTS WITH ARCHITECTURAL 8.JUNCTION BOXES ARE NOT PERMITTED ABOVE WOOD 8.PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND CONNECTION FOR 28.REFER TO LIGHTING CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM,ON DETAILS TENANT AND INSTALLED BY G.C.SWITCH RECEPTACLE IN STOCK ELEVATIONS AND SIGNAGE DRAWINGS.REFER TO CEILINGS OR GYP CEILINGS. THERMOSTAT FOR EXHAUST FAN,MOUNT JUNCTION BOX AT SHEET'SWITCHES FOR SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLES AND RETAIL ROOM AT RECEIVING DESK.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS FOR PENETRATION DETAILS. 48"AFF,VERIFY LOCATION WITH OWNER/TENANTS REP. NON-NIGHT LIGHTING'.COORDINATE SWITCH LOCATION WITH TENANTS REP PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.SWITCH INDICATES WHICH PROVIDE SINGLE BUILDING MOUNTED PHOTOCELL WITH 9.JUNCTION BOXES ARE NOT PERMITTED ABOVE LATTICE LIGHTING PLAN. AIR PEAR IS CONTROLLED PER SWITCH IN THE AREA.SWITCH c MULTI-POLE CONTRACTOR TO CONTROL ALL EXTERIOR CEILINGS UNLESS WITHIN 15 INCHES OF THE GRID. 9.PROVIDE CONNECTION TO MOTORIZED DAMPER AND CONTROLS AIR PEARS WITH c. SIGNAGE CIRCUITS.REFER TO APPROVED SIGNAGE PROVIDE ENCLOSED PRE-WIRED RELAY(SPOT,10A,120V COIL, 29.EXISTING MDP. PACKAGE FOR FINAL SIGN LOCATIONS. 10.PROVIDE(1)1/2"CONDUIT FROM ALL THERMOSTATS OR "RIBUIC"FROM FUNCTIONAL DEVICES,INC.).RELAY TO BE WALL 34.PROVIDE 120V 1-PHASE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT BOTTOM OF SENSORS UP TO ABOVE NEAREST ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR TO MOUNTED AT+48".REFER TO COMPRESSOR ROOM WIRING 30.PROVIDE MECHANICAL TIME CLOCK TO CONTROL ALL RESTROOM CEILING FOR AIR PEAR FAN.FAN TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT 47.GENERATOR ANNUCIATOR AND GENERATOR #22.274 ASSOCIATED HVAC EQUIPMENT.PROVIDE WITH PULLSTRING. DIAGRAM,DETAILS SHEET. AND SHOWER EXHAUST FANS AND CIRCULATION PUMP(CPA). AND INSTALLED BY G.C.SWITCH RECEPTACLE IN PRODUCE. SHUTDOWN PANEL TO BE LOCATED AT ENTRANCE. REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. INTERMATIC T100 OR EQUAL.COORDINATE WITH MECHANICAL AND VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANT'S REP PRIOR TO ROUGH- COORDINATE WITH OWNERSHIP FOR DESIRED -�' n 10.PROVIDE OCCUPANCY SENSOR AND CONNECTION FOR PLUMBING DRAWINGS. IN.SWITCH INDICATES WHICH AIR PEAR IS CONTROLLED PER LOCATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.GC SHALL CONFIRM 11.120V BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS(UNLESS EXHAUST FAN CONTROL,PENDANT MOUNT FROM STRUCTURE SWITCH IN THE AREA.SWITCH d CONTROLS AIR PEARS WITH d. WITH THE LOCAL FIRE MARSHALL IF A GENERATOR r O SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE): AT SAME ELEVATION AS LIGHT FIXTURES.VERIFY LOCATION 31.RECEPTACLE FOR FUTURE EQUIPMENT USE. ANNUCIATOR AND GENERATOR PANEL ARE REQUIRED. ti 0, WITH OWNER/TENANTS REP.REFER TO COMPRESSOR ROOM 35.PROVIDE CONNECTIONS TO INTEGRAL AIR DOOR TOGGLE IF NOT REQUIRED,EC TO PROVIDE CREDIT. 12.0-100'_#12 AWG. WIRING DIAGRAM,DETAIL SHEETS. 32.PROVIDE 120V 1-PHASE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT BOTTOM OF DISCONNECT SWITCH.VERIFY ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS WITH n 101-150'_#10 AWG. ROOF JOIST FOR AIR PEAR FAN.FAN TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT MANUFACTURER PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.ROUGH-IN LOCATION 48.PROVIDE CONNECTION TO AUTOMATIC DOORS AND 151-250'_#8 AWG. 11.PROVIDE HARD WIRED CONNECTION FOR REFRIGERATION AND INSTALLED BY G.C.SWITCH RECEPTACLES AT MANAGER'S APPROXIMATELY 16"ABOVE DOOR HEADER AT RIGHT SIDE OF ASSOCIATED CONTROLS. CONTROL PANEL.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. OFFICE.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANT'S REP PRIOR TO UNIT.REFER TO ONE-LINE. 3 13.GROUND CONDUCTORS AND RACEWAYS SHALL BE ROUGH-IN.SWITCH(ES)INDICATE WHICH AIR PEAR IS CONTROLLED 49.FUTURE EQUIPMENT.2)120V 20A DEDICATED INCREASED AS REQUIRED. 12.JUNCTION BOX IN CASE.LEAVE AND COIL 12'PIGTAIL AT PER SWITCH IN THE AREA.SWITCH a CONTROLS AIR PEARS WITH a. 36.COORDINATE RECEPTACLE LOCATION FOR DRINKING BRANCH CIRCUITS. JUNCTION BOX.ONE CIRCUIT FOR FANS,ONE CIRCUIT FOR SWITCH b CONTROLS AIR PEARS WITH b.COORDINATE SWITCH FOUNTAIN WITH P.C. 14.ALL HOMERUNS BETWEEN ELECTRICAL PANELS AND LIGHTS,ELECTRICIAN TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION. LOCATION WITH LIGHTING PLAN. 50.COFFEE GRINDER RECEPTACLE,CONCEAL CONDUIT RESPECTIVE DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS COORDINATE ROUGH IN WITH OWNER/TENANTS REP. 37.PROVIDE RECEPTACLE FOR WALL MOUNT TV.COORDINATE WITHIN SHELVING AND MOUNT RECEPTACLE BELOW CONDUCTORS WITH NO SPLICES. 33.PROVIDE 120V 1-PHASE DUPLEX RECEPTACLE AT BOTTOM OF EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANT REPRESENTATIVE. SHELF/GONDOLA.VERIFY LOCATION AND MOUNTING _ 13.PROVIDE HARD WIRED CONNECTION FOR FREEZER HEAT ROOF JOIST FOR AIR PEAR FAN.FAN TO BE FURNISHED BY TENANT HEIGHT WITH OWNER/TENANTS REP.INSTALL ON 3FT TRACE. AND INSTALLED BY G.C.SWITCH RECEPTACLE IN STOCK ROOM AT 38.SINGLE OUTLET AT THIS LOCATION.RECEPTACLE AT 24"AFF. FLEX CONDUIT. RECEIVING DESK.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION WITH TENANTS REP 14.REFER TO ONE LINE DIAGRAM. PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.SWITCH INDICATES WHICH AIR PEAR IS 39.PROVIDE RECEPTACLE MOUNTED AT STRUCTURE ABOVE FOR 51.SHOW WINDOW RECEPTACLE SHALL BE INSTALLED CONTROLLED PER SWITCH IN THE AREA.SWITCH c CONTROLS AIR 50 FT RETRACTABLE CORD REEL.PROVIDE SOUTHWIRE/COLEMAN IN AN ACCESSIBLE LOCATION WITHIN 6"OF THE TOP OF r 15.#REPRESENTS REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT.REFER TO PEARS WITH c. CABLE MODEL#04820 CORD REEL.MOUNT AND SECURE REEL AT THE WINDOW.IF THERE IS NO ACCESSIBLE WALL 'REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION' STRUCTURE WITH UTILIZING THREADED ROD AND ANCHOR TO SPACE ABOVE THE WINDOW,THE RECEPTACLE SHALL f ` SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. PREVENT LATERAL MOVEMENTS.VERIFY EXACT MOUNTING BE FLUSH MOUNTED IN THE CEILING.SWITCH LOCATED :._ LOCATION WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE. PER SHEET NOTED#28. ; ';;�.. z °.,j. ;.•:,'- . 16.FRIDGE SYSTEM I&2-EACH(2)#8 AND 1#10 GND.FRIDGE SYSTEM 3(2)#10 AND 1#12 GND.FRIDGE SYSTEM 4(2)#10 AND 1 40.ROUGH IN FOR FUTURE SWITCH.PROVIDE BLANK 52.RESTROOMS TO REMAIN.RECRUIT EXISTING ., ,';?;,�. °+7� 1 #12 GND. COVERPLATE. RECEPTACLES TO LOCAL RECEPTACLE CIRCUIT. .`� ;, •�.:,�t:_;'� 17.PROVIDE J-BOX AT ALL WALK-INS AND COMPRESSOR ROOM- 41.COORDINATE LOCATION OF RECEPTACLE FOR THE MISTER DAISY CHAIN.EC SHALL PROVIDE 120/1 POWER TO ALL WITH THE OWNER/TENANT'S REP. 04.07.2023 REFRIGERANT DEVICES AS NEEDED. 18.208V 1PH FOR COMPRESSOR CONTROLS WHEN USING A 480V 3PH SYSTEM. 19.PROVIDE 120 VOLT CONNECTION FOR FIRE ALARM PANEL. 2 20.RECEPTACLE TO BE FLUSH MOUNTED IN TOE KICK SPACE OF 1 c c GROCERY SHELVING.LOCATED CLOSEST TO END. I I O ro y 21.MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE TO BE CONCEALED BY CABINET O1 AT APPROX.+36"IN REAR OF CABINET.CABINET BY OWNER/TENANT.VERIFY CONDUIT ROUTING,LOCATION AND W MOUNTING HEIGHT WITH OWNER/TENANT'S REP. rn t Q � O O O N W o� ujV00IIIII = U 2 Z G Z O O � U ry Z Nd Q W � ` c ry ry � C � Q $o 3 M N O N DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT Nr N CITY APPROVED PLANS DATE: 04.07.2023 a DRAWN: DL CHECKED: JCAA Reviewed for Code Compliance ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE MAIN LEVEL& LL MEZZANINE Q FOR ALL INSPECTIONS POWER NOTES W E2 . 1 V) Page 60 of 341 POWER GENERAL NOTES: ®ROOF PLAN NOTES: ®ROOF PLAN NOTES: 1.REFER TO MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILS FOR 1.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONNECTION FOR 7.WEATHERPROOF,GFI SERVICE RECEPTACLE PROVIDED MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT CIRCUITING INFORMATION. ROOFTOP CONDENSERS WITH REFRIGERATION WITH ROOFTOP UNIT.CIRCUIT AS SHOWN. SUPPLIER/MANUFACTURER.REFER TO ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE ui 2.NO HORIZONTAL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED ON THE FOR CIRCUITING INFORMATION.REFER TO EQUIPMENT 8.PROVIDE BUILDING MOUNTED PHOTOCELL WITH Z ROOF.ROUTE BELOW IN STRUCTURE. SCHEDULE FOR DISCONNECT SIZE. ADJUSTABLE STEM MOUNTING,INTERMATIC K1100 SERIES OR LU H M EQUAL.PHOTOCELL SHALL CONTROL ALL EXTERIOR LIGHTING U LU2.WEATHERPROOF,GFI SERVICE RECEPTACLE.MOUNT AND SIGNAGE CIRCUITS.PROVIDE MULTI-POLE CONTACTOR(S) LU 0 ADJACENT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. AS REQUIRED. — 3.ENTIRE CIRCUIT(2)#10,#10G.,1/2"C. 9.PROVIDE(7)#12 IN 3/4"C.TO TRANSFER SWITCH IN STOCK IL ROOM FOR GENERATOR CONTROLS.SEE ELECTRICAL ONE- J 4.FOR POWER FEEDS-NO ROOF PENETRATIONS.REFER TO LINE. LL ly ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SET DETAILS'PIPE ENCLOSURE Z THROUGH WALL'&'CONDENSER PIPE ENCLOSURE'FOR 10.(E)RTU'S HAVE INTEGRAL DISCONNECT SWITCH,MAINTAIN Z p� FURTHER INFORMATION. EXISTING CIRCUITS,SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. LU 5.NOT IN USE. 11.(E)EXHAUST FAN TO REMAIN.EXHAUST FAN TO BE ~ ui RECIRCUITED. 6.GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER AND HEATER CIRCUITS. VERIFY LOCATION AND COORDINATE WITH GENERATOR CITY APPROVED PLANS MANUFACTURER FOR CONNECTION POINT. Reviewed for Cade Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS #22.274 mSm r0. 3 L) 7 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — I I I I I I I O _ ` C NDUITS Ef 1RTU-4 ;,.•z G-35 �® ,6 PP-8,10,12 WP — — — — 6G-37 0•�.4�,0;.'.0:_.7..'".`..20"52.V;3 — , — — — — — — — — (E �t:+ � — — — — — — — — — — — - T12 O WP 12 6 7 A"36 uj h 10 ^Q CG — — — — — — — — — — — PHOTOCELL X N o0 � — — — — — — — � — — — — — — — — — — � — — — — — — — — — � — — � LLJ = �� 0 Z E— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — C � I ry Z W �t ® ® Qry "d C J — — - — — — — — — — � — — _ _o �\ P O v M PP-��1— - - - - - - ,D - - - - - - - - - - - - N PP 13,15,17 DATE: ISSUE: #: O A7 — — — — — — — — — — #231 #221 — — — - — — — — 04 07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT — — — 1 P O III 1, A-8,10,12 A-2,4,6 I I PP-14 r 11 E( )RTU 6 ROOF HATCH 00 ❑ Lu EF-1 DATE: 04.07.2023 DRAWN: MS a CHECKED: JCAA ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 ROOF-POWER LL PLAN Q Lu 1 ROOFI- POWER PLAN E2. E2 . 2 N_ 2 SCALE: 1/8" 1'-0" Cn Page 61 of 341 LOW VOLTAGE GENERAL NOTES: LOW VOLTAGE GENERAL NOTES: - LOW VOLTAGE GENERAL NOTES: _ ®.COMMUNICATION PLAN NOTES: _ ®COMMUNICATION PLAN NOTES: ®COMMUNICATION PLAN NOTES: O COMMUNICATION PLAN NOTES: 1.ALL LOW VOLTAGE AND SECURITY DEVICES AND 5.E.C.SHALL MAKE ALL CONNECTIONS AT REFRIGERATION 10.SEPARATE CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH --1.CONTROL JUNCTION BOX,RUN 3/4"CONDUIT AND CABLE 7.PROVIDE(1)22/2 STRANDED CABLE AND(1)CATSe CABLE 13C.PROVIDE(1)1-CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX ABOVE 24.DATA CABLING CONTRACTOR SHALL TERMINATE ALL CABLING SHALL BE EXCLUDED FROM THE E.C.'S BID, CASES SHOWN,CONNECTIONS AT COMPRESSOR RACKS OF POWER,CONTROL WIRING,AND DEFROST WHEN- (PER REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE,) FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO IT ROOM FOR ALARM.PROVIDE EMPLOYEE DOOR TO IT ROOM.ROUTE CONDUIT TIGHT TO -COMMUNICATION SYSTEM WIRING AT FOR THE FOLLOWING REGARDLESS OF ANY SPECIFIC DRAWING NOTES ON THIS WILL BE MADE BY OTHERS..- - CALLED FOR ON THE COMPRESSOR SCHEDULE.REFER TO FROM JUNCTION BOX TO COMPRESSOR RACK.ROUTE--- 16-0"OF COILED CABLING IN EACH ROOM.BY LOW VOLTAGE STRUCTURE AND TERMINATE CONDUIT AT JUNCTION BOX PER -TENANT PROVIDED AND INSTALLED EQUIPMENT:-- -- PLAN.THIS INCLUDES TELEPHONE/DATA DEVICES AND -- - POWER SHEET FOR POWER NEEDS,AND LOW VOLTAGE CONDUIT JUST BELOW ROOF DECK.COIL 30'-0"OF CABLE AT CONTRACTOR. NOTE#13A.VERIFY ROUTING WITH OWNER/TENANTS REP. - - A.SECURITY ALARM AND DOOR ACCESS PANEL. CABLING,CAMERA CABLING,AND SECURITY/DOOR ACCESS 6.DATA/CONTROL CABLING RUNS SHALL NOT EXCEED SHEET FOR LOW VOLTAGE NEEDS.REFER TO EQUIPMENT JUNCTION BOX AND IN COMPRESSOR ROOM,COORDINATE - - DEVICES AND CABLING.E.C.SHALL INCLUDE ALL CONDUIT MORE THAN 8 LBS PER LINEAR FOOT. SCHEDULES SHEET FOR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT CIRCUITING TERMINATION WITH ONWER/TENANT'S REP. 8.CONTROL JUNCTION BOX,RUN 3/4"CONDUIT AND CABLE 14.WIRELESS ACCESS POINT(WAP).PROVIDE(1)CAT5E CABLE _ B.48-PORT PATCH PANEL FOR ALL DATA,T-1 AND DEL AND JUNCTION BOXES FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS ------ INFORMATION.-- --- - ---- -- ---- (PER REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE, WITH RJ45 CONNECTOR AND 2'COILED CABLE AT WAP BACK ---CABLES(COORDINATE PUNCH DOWN SEQUENCE WITH WHERE INDICATED AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL 7.ALL CAT5E CABLING(TELEPHONE,DATA,SECURITY, - - 2.CONDUIT TO BE CONCEALED WITHIN OR MOUNTED ABOVE EQUIPMENT SHEET)FROM JUNCTION BOX TO COMPRESSOR TO IT ROOM.COIL 15'OF CABLE IN IT ROOM.WAP TO BE OWNER/TENANTS REP). REFRIGERATION CONTROL WIRING AND CONDUIT AS DOOR ACCESS)AND STRANDED SPEAKER CABLING SHALL 11.WHEN COMPRESSOR RACKS ARE UP ON THE EQUIPMENT CASE OR SHELVING. RACK.COIL 30'-0"OF CABLE AT JUNCTION BOX AND IN PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY TENANT. INDICATED. BE COILED WITH 16-0"OF CABLE LENGTH IN IT ROOM. MEZZANINE LEVEL,THEN(9)2122 SHEILDED STAND WIRES COMPRESSOR ROOM,COORDINATE TERMINATION WITH C.24-PORT PATCH PANEL FOR ALL TELEPHONE NEED TO RUN FROM RACK TO WALL NEAR BOTTOM OF 3.ROUTE 3/4"CONTROL CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX, ONWER/TENANT'S REP. 15.NO CONDUIT. CABLES(COORDINATE PUNCH DOWN SEQUENCE WITH 2.SURFACE MOUNTED ELECTRICAL DEVICES OR EXPOSED 8.ALL SECURITY AND DOOR ACCESS WIRING SHALL BE LOWER LADDER.COORDINATE WITH OWNER. BELOW SLAB TO COMPRESSOR RACK OR TO NEAREST WALL. OWNER/TENANTS REP). CONDUIT ARE NOT PERMITTED FROM FLOOR TO 18"BELOW RUN IN CONDUIT,NO EXCEPTIONS. 9.PROVIDE(1)3/4"CONDUIT FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO 16.LOW VOLTAGE PROVIDER TO PULL 18/2 STRANDED CABLE ROOF DECK,UNLESS SPECIFICALLY APPROVED BY 12,ALL CAT5e BY LOW VOLTAGE CONTRACTOR. - 4.PROVIDE(1)2212 CONTROL SHIELDED WIRE IN 3/4"C.FROM REFRIGERATION CONTROL PANEL BACK TO IT ROOM AND COIL 15'OF CABLE.DAISY CHAIN D.MUSIC,SOUND AND PAGING SYSTEM. - w OWNER/TENANTS REP. -- _ - 9.ALL JUNCTION BOXES OR PULL BOXES IN IT ROOM SHALL -- - -- --- -- -HEAT RECLAIM COIL TO COMPRESSOR RACK.COIL 10'OF - SPEAKERS IN GROUPS AS SHOWN AND PROVIDE T CABLE - -- - -- - - ---- F-.J BE LOCATED ABOVE CEILING HEIGHT. 13.WITH POWER POLE,NO DATA CONDUIT FROM POWER -CABLE AT EACH LOCATION. - 10.REFRIGERATION CONTROL PANEL.PROVIDE(1)CAT5E SERVICE LOOP AT EACH SPEAKER.CABLE TO BE RUN LOOSE - -25.SECURITY DOOR CONTACT TO BE LOCATED ON OPPOSITE W 3.FOR ALL TELEPHONE AND DATA OUTLETS,PROVIDED 34' _ POLE TO IT ROOM. - - - -- -- ------- CABLE WITH RJ45 CONNECTOR AND 2'COILED CABLE AT AND SECURED TIGHT TO STRUCTURE OR WALLS ALONG DOOR LEAF FROM AIR DOOR CONTACT - w_ M CONDUIT STUBBED UP ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR -- -- - 5.PROVIDE 1/2"CONTROL CONDUIT WITH(9)22/2 SHIELDED CONTROLLER BACK TO IT ROOM.COIL 15'OF CABLE IN IT ENTIRE RUN..- - - - - ---- -- TIGHT TO STRUCTURE IN AREAS WHERE A FINISHED CONTROL CABLE TO ROOFTOP CONDENSER RACK.REFER TO ROOM.BY DATA CABLING CONTRACTOR. - - - - - 26.AIR DOOR CONTACT TO BE LOCATED ON OPPOSITE LEAF j.�. p Lu CEILING IS NOT BEING INSTALLED. - _ _ DETAIL SHEETS.(FOR MEZZANINE CONDITION) - _ 17.PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX 6"BELOW CEILING WITH 1/2 FROM SECURITY DOOR CONTACT.PROVIDE DEVICE AND LOW O 11.#REPRESENTS REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT.REFER TO CONDUIT STUBBED UP ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILING OR TIGHT VOLTAGE WIRING PER AIR DOOR MANUFACTURER 4.ALL CONTROL WIRING TO BE STRANDED,UNLESS NOTED - - 6.PROVIDE SEPARATE 1"CONDUITS FOR POWER,CONTROLS 'REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION' TO STRUCTURE IN AREAS WHERE A FINISHED CEILING IS NOT -REQUIREMENTS. - - IL J J OTHERWISE. - - - - AND DEFROST WIRING FROM OVERHEAD JUNCTION BOX. SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. BEING INSTALLED. -- -- - CONDUITS TO BE PAINTED BY GC. - 27.DATA BOX ABOVE COUNTER.PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT FROM F_ <LL t1 -- 12.PROVIDE 2"CONDUIT FROM 18.VERIFY LOCATION OF COPIER/FAX WITH OWNER/TENANTS DEEP WALL BOX TO JOIST HEIGHT STUBOUT.HDMI CABLING BY Z.U M Z COMMUNICATION SYMBOL LEGEND ---- CABLE DEVICE ---- COMMUNICATION SYMBOL LEGEND CABLE - --DEVICE JUNCTION BOX AT TELECOM SERVICE REP PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. OWNER'S AV/DATA CONTRACTOR BETWEEN NAND COUNTER Z. m POINT OF ENTRY STUBBED OUT AT - ---- - BOX LOCATIONS. - ---- UI STRUCTURE ABOVE WITH(4)CAT5E 19.PROVIDE(1)22/2 CABLE IN 1/2"CONDUIT FROM SIREN BACK -........ - F- Q DATA JUNCTION BOX AS NOTED N/A 0 VOLUME CONTROLLER(WALL MTD) (1)18/2 CABLE AND(1)COAX CABLE TO IT TO IT ROOM.COMBINE CABLE WITH DEDICATED 1"CONDUIT 28.COORDINATE PHONE LOCATION WITH OWNER'S ui 4 DATA OUTLET (1)CATSe STANDARD 1-PORT DEVICE WAP] WIRELESS ACCESS POINT(CEILING MTD) (1)CAT5e DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC ONE 2"TOP ROOM.PROVIDE 2'-0"OF COILED FROM EMPLOYEE DOOR WHERE PRACTICAL. REPRESENTATIVE. A STUB OUT WITH ui CABLE AT J-BOX AND 15'-0"OF COILED TELEPHONE OUTLET - CABLE IN IT ROOM.PROVIDE 1 20.COORDINATE LOCATION OF DATA BOX AT WALL MOUNT TV 29.PROVIDE 3 4"PVC CONDUITS UNDERGROUND FROM (1)CATSe STANDARD 1 PORT DEVICE KP KEY PAD(WALL MTD) (1)22/4 DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC BUSHINGS () () B PLENUM RATED CABLE WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.PROVIDE 1"CONDUIT FROM UTILITY PEDESTAL UP TIGHT TO WALL TO TELEPHONE BOARD -1 TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET(WALL MTD) (2)CATSe STANDARD 2-PORT DEVICE CR CARD READER(WALL MTD) (1)22/8 DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC --- FROMROM TELEPHONE HONE BOARD TO I7 ROOM DEEP WALL BOX TO JOIST HEIGHT STUB OUT.STUB OUT - (IN MEZZANINE)FOR TELEPHONE AND CABLE SERVICE. 0 DATA OUTLET(FLOOR.MTD) -- _--(1)CAT5e STANDARD 1-PORT DEVICE -- - (SHIELDED)- WITH 10'-0"OF CABLE COILED AT EACH ABOVE TV.STUF OUT ABOVE COUNTER.LOW VOLTAGE CAN - COORDINATE FINAL LOCATION,ROUTING AND ADDITIONAL /w. ` - LOCATION FREEWIRE BETWEEN THE TWO. - .REQUIREMENTS WITH CIVIL DRAWINGS,UTILITY COMPANIES v ❑/ TELEPHONE OUTLET(FLOOR MTD) --- (1)CATSe STANDARD 1-PORT DEVICE - SIR SIREN(WALL MTD). - (1)18/4 HONEYWELLWAVE2 - - - - AND G.C. _ - 13 PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX 21.SECURITY DOOR CONTACT. ❑d TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET(FLODR MTD).-(2)CATSe STANDARD 2-PORT DEVICE PIR SECURITY SYSTEM MORON SENSOR (1)22/4 -- HONEYNlELL IS2535 WITH GANG DOUBLE GANGNG MUD RING FOR - - - 30.PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX,(1)2"PVC CONDUIT FOR DATA CITY APPROVED PLANS REGISTE ATLAS/SOUNDOLIRE: SECURITY AND DOOR ACCESS WIRING, 22.PROVIDE(3)CAT5E CABLES AT THE RECEIVING DESK. CABLING FROM CHECK OUT STAND,BELOW SLAB TO WALL --_ --- DC DOOR CONTACT- - (1)22/2 PER VCNG SPECIFICATIONS- (1)18/2 "SM42TBL"(RETAIL AREA,WAREHOUSE, DB DOOR BELL - - MOUNT 6"ABOVE CEILING ON SIDE OF -JUNCTION BOX.JBOX 12"X12"MOUNTED ONE FOOT BELOW Reviewed for Code Compliance (D SPEAKER(CEILING MTD) (1)22/2 DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC RACK AS SHOWN.RUN CONDUITS PER 23.NO LONGER USED.- - -BAR JOIST.U.G.ONLY. _- - WALK COOLERS,ETC.) PH NOTES#13B AND#13C.POWER DOOR HINGE.--- (1)18/4 _- DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC T� TT Q PLANS MUST BE ON SOB SITE -0 SPEAKER(WALL MTD)- - (1)18/2 "FA-136T87"WITH BACKBOX AND FA FIRE-ALARM(BY OTHERS) BY OTHERS-- BY OTHERS - 1JETAIL NOTE #O 13B.PROVIDE(1)1"CONDUIT FROM - - - JUNCTION BOX RECEIVING DOOR TO IT FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SUPPORT PLATE(TILED CEILING AREAS)AT-10" - - - - ROOM.ROUTE CONDUIT TO - - - --------- --------- --------- --- SCALE: )"=-]'-0" STRUCTURE AND TERMINATE CONDUIT --------- ------ AT JUNCTION BOX PER NOTE#13A. v 4 VERIFY CONDUIT ROUTING WITH 2 3 0: 7 6 5 3 OWNER/TENANT'S REP. 5 V' `V 28 (DT C2 20 - WAP O - - g c i 13 i-REFER TO EMPLOYEE I DOOR DETAIL ON VLl v I i DETAILS SHEET E6.0 #121 +84" �, It F,i #120 _ B EAK 19 17 Ell 04 07.2023 OCT:) I 104C 28 SI I +92 1, � 14 WAP ti 17 S i 15 - - 30 - I ■ I an d > 2 I I s I S r ■ c�1L� �t H 42"TOP OF BOX - - - -k136"STAC 1- - I - - - - - - - - - - - - - 30 - 30 v w c -� -PHONEABOVE. I W 2 Z VOLUME CONTROL V i 103C B7 - - - - � - - - - - - - - - � E I -1 - o S -- S - (TYP.) D 30 ( ' d r/ry Z y 112A D #105A p #1 T2A O - J c d �9 o 0 B3 - - - - - - - - - - 103C - - - - - - - 1 8 - - - - Q =o 1 3 2 25 V '$ SI DC (� 2 -+ N 14 1 22 D 1� -._O �®-. _ ©OD 0 DATE: ISSUE #: 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 7 3 - 3 - - - - - - - - - PR �26 O REFER TO -� RECEIVING - - s - - - 1 -I 13 I DOOR DETAIL ON DETAILS +92" + - +92" �... r +84. +84" SHEET E6.0 i D 1 104C1 102B 0 1 109 O 1___ 109 1 109 �D 921 100 D 841 100A� 1 100 D T-) 'N T%NUT TO OO F ❑ CONT LUME OFFMICEVOLUME O W CONTROLLER DATE: 04.07.2023 S I V DRAWN: MS a D 7 CHECKED: JCAA 9 s s I s ROGUE NO 2022.44 0 V MAIN LEVEL- u_ o Fill COMMUNICATION Q MAINI LEVEL - COMMUNICATION _! - N E3.0 SCALE: 1/8 14 � E3 . 0 N Page 62 of 341 A7 �M AGER z W w J�o 2 s BUYERS w Lu O 203 p `- 0- REFER TO SHEET E3.0 FOR ASSOCIATED COMMUNICATION v HALL S NOTES AND SCHEDULE 200 21 °° v Z V \M" H Q Z m— Z ■ 13A D FILING uJ W W�24 - - - IT 18 - 0./^J 201 v MEZZANINE - COMMUNICATION 922.274 611.1 E3.1 SCALE: 1/8"=P-0" - moli 3 U�' �Ka v� f�C \04.07.2023 I I O ry 0@ a H — Q ry K � o 0 o N UwN W = Z o D O U U � ry Z N Q W y @ c y � G Q c 30 V m 3 M N O N DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT Nr I.L CITY APPROVED PLANS DRAWN: DL07.2023 a CHECKED: JCAA Reviewed for Code Compliance ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE MEZZANINE LEVEL LL -COMMUNICATION Q FOR ALL INSPECTIONS W E3 . 1 co co Page 63 of 341 TO UTILITY EXOTHERMIC O ` TYPE WELD ® ONE LINE DIAGRAM DETAIL NOTES: /y UTILCIY TRANSFORMER 277/48OV,3PH,4-WIRE 500 KVA 1.TENANT TO FURNISH KOHLER NATURAL GAS STANDBY GENERATOR WITH COUNTERPOISE ENCLOSURE AND CRITICAL GRADE EXHAUST SILENCER.E.C.SHALL INSTALL CABLE Fa aooA GENERATOR,PROVIDE AND INSTALL VIBRATION ISOLATION MOUNTING,PROVIDE X1 AND INSTALL INTERNAL BATTERY(12-VOLT,GROUP 26)AND START UP UTILITY METERING GENERATOR.GENERATOR SHALL BE STARTED WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE S/B"X10'-O" COMPARTMENT COPPERCLAD M PRESENT. ui STEEL GROUND ROD 5 2.AUTOMATIC TRANSFER SWITCH IS TO BE FURNISHED BY THE TENANT, W H 00 INSTALLED BY THE E.C.E.C.SHALL TEST THE ATS AND GENERATOR BY 00 (E)GROUND 7 SIMULATING A POWER OUTAGE WITH OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.ATS-LS TO W UJ 00 SYSTEM 5 6 TRANSFER POWER TO USE SAFETY LOADS IN 10 SECONDS OR LESS,ATS-G TO > ■■■■■�K o — 800A FUSED MAIN DISCONNECT FUSED AT 800A FOLLOW WITHIN 10 ADDITIONAL SECONDS. O O III\//III 3 POLE,277/48OV,3PH,4-WIRE,NEMA 3R,17316.18 AIC (n COLD x/8"D O 3.NOT IN USE. � _j Q CONCRErE 9 LL SERVICE GROUND ENCASED MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL MDP 4.PROVIDE LABEL IN PANEL NEXT TO SWITCH THAT READS"GENERATOR TEST". Z M ROD ELECTRODE 10 FE 800A 800A,277/48OV,3PH, Q IN FOOTING (TYP) 4-WIRE,35K AIC 5.EXISTING SERVICE EQUIPMENT. LU ■ ■ ■ 6.PROVIDE LABEL AT THE SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT THAT INDICATES THE ~ W w TYPE AND LOCATION OF STANDBY POWER SOURCE. TYPICAL GROUND ROD \221A 400A 175A 7- 30A 7.REFER TO SERVICE GROUNDING DIAGRAM THIS SHEET FOR SERVICE 16450-D P P 3P )3P )3P )3P )3P GROUNDING ELECTRODE CONDUCTOR SIZE. CONNECTION 8.PANELBOARD TO HAVE SURGE PROTECTION DEVICE INSTALLED IN OR ON N.T.S. PANELBOARD TO COMPLY WITH NEC 700.8.UTILIZE EXISTING SURGE PROTECTION FE 225A FE 400A FA =E FROM EXISTING RELOCATED PANELS. 9.EXISTING MDP. SPACE SPACE T/SS PROTECTION 10.CONDUCTOR SIZE/AMPACTY IS ASSUMED.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY AMPACITY MAIN SWITCHBOARD OR PANELBOARD OF EXISTING CONDUCTORS.X3 X3 #22274 NEUTRAL BUS NEW .�,oPANEL HA PANEL PP XFMR L-1250A MID,277/48OV, 400A MLO,277/480V, 70A 112.5 KVANEUTRAL-GROUND BOND 3PH,4-WIRE,35 KAIC 3PH,4-WIRE,35 KAIC 3P m mmOUND BUS >=OUSEEnTABLE Fe FAULT CURRENT CALCULATIONSBELOWF3 xi 70 x33400 0.22FE 200A s x U10 x 483 X7 M,= = D.9z Isa a3400 x D.9z = 27x7 EXISTING RELOCATED 3P 3P 3P xx 2 x 10 x 1117 - XFMRTT=2 200A 200A 400A F= = 003 45 KVA X5 z x z2,&5 x 430 µ- X8 PANELC \ PANELA b 4PANEL 00AM b BOA 3P X6 50A 3P 200A MCB,120/20W, `100A 200A VICE,120/208V, 400A MCB,120/206V, M t . 009 Dal Isc= 27397 x D.a7 FUSOED FUSED 3PH,4-WIRE,5 KAIC J 3P 3PH,4-WIRE,5 KAIC 3PH,4-WIRE,5 KAIC f (*)SEE x3 F= z x 5 x .7. = 0.03 :._ PIPE CLAMP TABLE F6 F7 1 x 15403 X 400 BELOW FE M= = 0.97 ISC= .1. X 0.97 = 25329 \fF',t,e 1 « 003 METAL UNDERGROUND WATER PIPE: F7 22 &O,lia/2osV, M F 1 x ,z0 x 4e9 = 0.09 04.07.2�23 REF:NEC 250.52.A(1) F6 3PH,4-WIRE,5 KAIC X9 X11 2 ATS-G 2 ATS-LS M= = 09z ISC= .7. X 0.92 = 245T! EXOTHERMIC WELD 100A 22K AIC 100A32KAIC 1 009 1 208/120V,3P♦SN 208/12OV,3P♦SN 20 LINEAL FEET OF NEMA 9R NEMA3R x5 F= 24572 x 4so % 2 x ,4 330.25 2 #4 BARE COPPER IN 25 ON,208/12OV, '00000 x 1 1 c c CONCRETE FOOTING 3PH NATURAL GAS BOA/3P #4 CU GENERATOR. %\ 440 O n N Fg FEEDER SCHEDULE M= = 0.00 Isc= x o0o x z4s7z = m m B IN 1/2" SOA/3P t « 330.25 208 /\ MARK AMPS DESCRIPTION(CU-COPPER,AL-ALUMINUM,CrGROUND) F1 1200 4 SETS(4)#500 KCMIL AL,3.1/2"C.(VERIFY WMILRY) 'c CONCRETE-ENCASED ELECTRODE: x4 z x s x m W o F2 1200 4 SETB(4)i�00 KCMIL AL,#250 KCMIL Al-G.,3-1/2"C. F= = 0.00 h REF:NEC 250.50(.TQ3) GEN. , x an4 x zo4 #8 COT' U G. CONTROL F3 100 (3)01/OAWGU.##BAWGCU.,2C. 6 y DO NOT BOND PANEL F4 100 (3)p1 AWG CU,#8 AWG CU G.,2"C. GROUND TO NEUTRAL F5 150 (3)p1/O AWG CU,#6 AWG CU G.,2"C. M= _ ,.00 ISC= nt x t.00 = n0.9 O a AT GENERATOR GENE,ATOR FB 80 (4)#3 AWG CU,#8 AWG CU G.,14/4"C. :D , « D.OD e O GENERATOR CONTROL ae ry F7 F7 50 (4)#6 AWG CU,#10 AWG CU G.,1"G N 0O FS 60 (4)#4 AWG CU,#10 AWG CU G.,1414"C. xT F- 2 x 30 x 25]00 - 070 9 N (2)#12,#12G.,1/2"C. FS REFER TO WE SCHEDULES , x 4774 x 483 W o EXOTHERMIC WELD #6 CU (HEATER)G-37 G-35(BATTERY CHARGER) BOA r4pA F11 150 (3)#1/0 CU,#B CU GND.,2"C M x W = U �� )3P \. )3P F71 100 (3)#1 CU,#8 CU GND.,1112-C e.5 ISC= z0700 U59 = t 11 H IN 1/2" 1 X10 1 X12 F12 175 (3)#2/O CU,0110 CU GND.,2"C F13 380 (4)#500 CU,#3 CU GND.,31M-C100A (, PANEL G PANEL LS FE - EXISTING XB 15714 x 4W x = Z c E 3PH,MCS,,5 KAIC 100A,4-WIMCB,RE, ,6 KAIC F- - ztt z0 0 ROD ELECTRODE: SERVICE ONE LINE DIAGRAM 3PH,d-WIRE,SKAIC 3PH,4-WIRE,SKAIC ,o0a00 x , �0 o REF:NEC 250.52.A(5) 1 U (, r . ^/ M u s[zE (*) E4.0 SCALE:N.T.S. M= . 2n 20 D.oO Isc= z08 x D.DD x ,57,4 n, LC_ Z °' OR LESS #1400 AMPS /0 CU IN 3/4"C. % W y 600 OR #2/0 CU IN 3/4"C. F 1 x 4774 x 2W = 0.00 u 800 AMPS Q c o 1,000 AMPS #3/0 CU IN 1"C. OR MORE M= = 1.OD Isc= 171 x 1.00 = CCCC 0.3 'p 1 « 0.00 U M x,o N_ = 0.00 1 x a74 x 2o9 Q IN 1 o00 = vo0 Isc= n0 x vo0 = 1. SERVICE GROUNDING DIAGRAM DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 x11 2 x s x 171 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT F 1 x 4774 X z09 = 0.00 i M= = 1.00 ISC= 171 X 1.00 = 170.4 1 GROUNDING IS EXISTING, F= ~ x12 z x s x n1 FOR REFERENCE ONLY , 4774 x 204 = M= = 1.00 ISC= 171 X 1.00 = 170.3 1 « 0.00Lu DATE: 04.07.2023 a DRAWN: MS CHECKED: JCAA ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O ONE LINE LL CITY APPROVED PLANS DIAGRAM Q Reviewed for Code Compliance 1 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE E4 . 0 Cn FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 64 of 341 Branch Panel:A Volts:120/208 Wye Mains:200 A Branch Panel:B Volts:120/208 Wye Mains:200 A Location Phases:3 A.I.C.Rating:5K Location Phases:3 A.I.C.Rating:5K Mounting:SURFACE Wires:4 MCB Rating:MLO Mounting:SURFACE Wires:4 MCB Rating:MLO Enslosure:Type 1 Enslosure:Type 1 >- Circuit Description Rating Poles A B C A B C Poles Rating Description Circuit Clrcult# Description Rating Poles A 6 C A B C Poles Rating Description Circuit# 1 RECEPS-BTHRMS 20 A 1 180 VA 1680... 3 40 A CONDENSER#221 MED TEMP 2 1 COMP RM DAMPER 20 A 1 1656 VA 180 VA 1 20 A RECEP-STOR CLOSET 2Uj 3 REFECPS-DRINKING/HALLWAY 20A 1 540 VA 1680 VA -- -- -- 4 3 DAIRY WALK-IN EVAP 20 A 1 1092 VA 180 VA 1 20 A RCTP-COFFEE MAKER#283 4 F 5 RECEP-BRK RM FRIDGE 20A 1 1000... 1680 VA — — -- 6 5 MEAT CASE#102 LTG 20 A 1 800 VA 850 VA 1 20 A EDU CENTER DISPOSAL 6 7 RECEPS-BRK RM 20 A 1 540 VA 1680... 3 40 A CONDENSER#231 LOW TEMP 8 7 MEAT CASE#102 FANS 20 A 1 336 VA 180 VA 1 20 A EDU CENTER RECEPS 8 W o 9 RECEP-BRK RM SINK 20A 1 750 VA 1680 VA -- — -- 10 9 DRINK#105B LTG 20A 1 600 VA 180 VA 1 20 A RECEP-PET FOOD 10 rn M 11 RECEP-BRK RM MICRO 20A 1 1200... 1680 VA -- — -- 12 11 DRINK#105B FAN 20 A 1 225 VA 600 VA 1 20 A REFRIG FOOD#106 LTG 12 j K 0 13 RECEP-BRK RM COFFEE 20A 1 180 VA 3840... 3 40 A CARDBOARD BAILER 14 13 ICE CREAM#103 LTG 20 A 1 669 VA 225 VA 1 20 A REFRIG FOOD#106 FAN 14 O_ 15 RECEPS-NUTRITION 20 A 1 540 VA 3840 VA -- — -- 16 15 ICE CREAM#103 FANS 20 A 1 264 VA 16 Of 17 REF VITAMINS#110 LTG 20 A 1 270 VA 3840 VA -- — -- 18 17 ICE CREAM#103 ANTI SWT HTR 20 A 1 1864... 500 VA 1 20 A BEER COOL LTG 18 LL 19 REF VITAMINS#110 FANS 20A 1 269 VA 3120... 3 40 A FORKLIFT BATTERY CHARGER 20 19 FROZEN FOOD#104 20 A 1 OVA 500 VA 1 20 A BEER COOLER FANS 20 J 21 SHOP AROND CASE#112 LTG 20 A 1 600 VA 3120 VA -- — -- 22 21 FROZEN FOOD#104 LTG 20 A 1 1785 VA 22 M LL 23 SHOP AROUND CASE#112 FAN 20 A 1 225 VA 3120 VA -- — -- 24 23 FROZEN FOOD#104 FANS 20 A 1 704 VA 180 VA 1 20 A FUTURE EQUIPMENT 24 Z Z 25 DAIRY CASE#109 LTG 20 A 1 528 VA 26 25 FROZEN FOOD#104 ANTI SWT... 20 A 1 1846 VA 180 VA 1 20 A FUTURE EQUIPMENT 26 Z rn 27 DAIRY CASE#109 FANS 20 A 1 528 VA 1440 VA 1 20A RECEPS-TOE KICK 28 27 FROZEN FOOD#104 ANTI SWT... 20 A 1 1785 VA 90 VA 2 20 A COMPRESSOR RACK CONTROLS 28 W 29 1200 VA 1 20A RECEPT-MIRCROWAVE#284 30 29 PRODUCE ISLAND#101 FANS 20A 1 753VA 90VA — — — 30 HUj . ■ 31 WATER HEATER WH-1 20A 1 500 VA 720 VA 1 20A RECEPT-TOE KICK 32 31 PRODUCE CASE#100 LTG 20 A 1 750 VA 32 W 33 CIRC PUMP CP-1 20 A 1 400 VA 34 33 PRODUCE CASE#100 FANS 20 A 1 432 VA 34 35 FREEZER HEAT TRACE/ALR PNL 20 A 1 720 VA 36 35 REFRIG FOOD#108 LTG 20 A 1 600 VA 36 37 RECEPS-COMP RM,STOCK RM 20 A 1V 1620... 1 20 A RECEPS-ROOF 38 37 REFRIG FOOD#108 FANS 20 A 1 225 VA 38 39 RECEP-ZAMBONI CHARGER 20A 180 VA 1500 VA 1 20 A E EF-1 40 39 1500 VA 1 20 A EF-5 40 41 42 41 1500 VA 1 20 A EF-6 42 Total Lo6798_.14935_. Total Load:6747 VA 7908 VA 8666... Total Am41 A 124 A Total Amps: 56 A 67 A 74 A Load Classification Connected Loads Demand Factor Estimated Dem Panel Totals Load Classification Demand Factor Estimated Demand Lighting:1398 VA 125.00% 1748 VA Lighting:6404 VA 125.00% 8005 VA Receptacle:11890 VA 92.05% 10945 VA Total Conn.Load:47670 VA Receptacle:2110 VA 100.00% 2110 VA Total Conn.Load:23321 VA Motor:12502 VA 110.08% 13762 VA Total Est.Demand:48335 VA Motor:6064 VA 106.18% 6439 VA Total Est.Demand:25297 VA #22274 Electric Heating Equipment 21880 VA 100.00% 21880 VA Total Est.Current:134 A Electric Heating Equipment 8743 VA 100.00% 8743 VA Total Est.Current:70 A o Kitchen Equipment: Kitchen Equipment: m w M Other: Other:OVA OVA OVA r 0 3 L) Notes: Notes: v°i v� Branch Panel:C Volts:120/208 Wye Mains:200 A Branch Panel:G Volts:120/208 Wye Mains:100 A Location Phases:3 A.I.C.Rating:5K Location Phases:3 A.I.C.Rating:5K Mounting:SURFACE Wires:4 MCB Rating:200 Mounting:SURFACE Wires:4 MCB Rating:80A Enslosure:Typal Enslosure:Type 1 Circuit# Description Rating Poles A B C A B C Poles Rating Description Ircult Circuit# Description Rating Poles A B C A B C Poles Rating Description Circuit# 1 CHECKOUT BELTS 20A 1 1400 VA 1000... 1 20 A ALMOND BUTTER MACH#210 2 1 RECEP-IT RM 20 A 1 180 VA 375 VA 1 20 A CHECKOUT POS 2 3 CHECKOUT BELTS 20A 1 1400 VA 4 3 RECEP-IT RM 20 A 1 360 VA 375 VA 1 20 A CHECKOUT POS 4 f 5 CHECKOUT BELTS 20 A 1 1400... 6 5 RECEP-IT RM 20 A 1 180 VA 375 VA 1 20 A CHECKOUT POS 6 :._ 7 CHECKOUT BELTS 20 A 1 1400 VA 360 VA 1 20A RECEP-EDU QENTER/N 8 7 IT ROOM-EF-5 20 A 1 500 VA 375 VA 1 20 A CHECKOUT POS 8 ; '';;�. x'`''�' ;.•:,�-. 9 CHECKOUT BELTS 20 A 1 1400 VA 360 VA 1 20A RECEPT-EDU CENTER CORD 10 9 LTG-CHECK OUT 20 A 1 1177 VA 375 VA 1 20 A CHECKOUT POS 10 11 LTG-PRODUCE,COOLERS 20 A 1 478 VA 360 VA 1 20A RECEPT-EDU CENTER CORD 12 11 LTG-PRODUCE&TRACK 20 A 1 120 VA 900 VA 1 20 A RECEPS-COUNTING OFFICE 12 13 RECEP-FUTURE EQUIP 20A 1 180 VA 1800... 1 20A WATER MACHINE#200 14 13 LTG-RETAIL 20A 1 1749 VA 720 VA 1 20A RECEPS-MANAGER OFFICE 14 15 RECEPS-SHOW WINDOWS 20A 1 360 VA 16 15 LTG-RETAIL 20A 1 1663 VA 360 VA 1 20A RECEPS-BUYERS OFFICE 16 �^y`-i'�-;5•,' .E`-•;'' 17 AD-1 CIRC 1 45 A 3 5040... 1200 VA 1 20A PRODUCE WALK-IN#120 18 17 LTG-VITAMIN&LIBRARY 20 A 1 17411 540 VA 1 20 A RECEPS-BUYERS OFFICE 18 19 5040 VA 540 VA 1 20A RECEPS-PRODUCE PREP RM 20 19 LTG-HABA 20 A 1 1418 VA 180 VA 1 20 A RECEP-BUYERS OFFICE-COPY 20 04.07.2023 21 5040 VA 540 VA 1 20A RECEP-PRODUCE/RETAIL 22 21 LTG-STOCK 20 A 1 1043 VA 360 VA 1 20 A RECEP-TELEPHONE BOARD 22 23 AD-1 CIRC 2 35 A 3 3960... 360 VA 1 20 A RECEP-GEN PURPOSE 24 23 LTG-OFFICE,BR RM,BTHRM 20 A 1 1200... 1000 VA 1 20 A 'LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL'LCP 24 25 3960 VA 26 25 RECEP-EDU CLOSET AV 20 A 1 180 VA 26 27 3960 VA 28 27 AIR PEAR FANS-ZONE A 20 A 1 400 VA 400 VA 1 20 A AIR PEAR FANS 28 29 1200 VA 1 20A BUILDING SIGNAGE 30 29 AIR PEAR FANS-ZONE B 20 A 1 600 VA 720 VA 1 20 A REFRIGERANT MONITORING... 30 31 32 31 AIR PEAR FANS-ZONE C 20 A 1 300 VA 32 33 1200 VA 1 20 A BUILDING SIGNAGE 34 33 AIR PEAR FANS-ZONE D 20 A 1 200 VA 34 12 d 35 1 78 VA 1 20A EXTERIOR BLDG LIGHTING 36 35 GENERATOR BATTERY CHARGER 20 A 1 500 VA 36 0 9 37 6747... 3 100 A PANEL'B' 38 37 GENERATOR HEATER 20 A 1 506 VA 38 I I ro ti 39 7908 VA — — -- 40 39 LTG-STOCK 20 A 1 1043 VA 40 m 41 8666 VA — -- -- 42 41 FRONT DOOR POWER 20 A 1 1000... 42 C� uO1i y Total Load:22427...22168_.22715... Total Load:6468 VA 7756 VA 8828... H'c Total Amps: 187 A 185 A 190 A Total Amps: 54 A 66 A 75 A L1J h t Q rid Fact Demand Factor Estimated Demand ~ g' a Lighting:6934 VA 125.00% 8668 VA Lighting:8302 VA 125.00% 10377 VA Q e o Receptacle:16170 VA 80.92% 13085 VA Total Conn.Load:67309 VA Receptacle:9655 VA 100.00% 9655 VA Total Conn.Load:22048 VA ~ U N '" Motor:7264 VA 105.16% 7639 VA Total Est.Demand:66333 VA Motor:300 VA 108.33% 325 VA Total Est.Demand:24146 VA u.I c O Electric Heating Equipment 35743 VA 100.00% 35743 VA Total Est.Current:184 A Electric Heating Equipment 1720 VA 100.00% 1720 VA Total Est.Current:67 A Kitchen Equipment: Kitchen Equipment: LL1 = 0 Other:OVA OVA OVA Other:O VA OVA OVA ` i Notes: Notes: T Z D E J_ u Z N d Branch Panel:LS Volts:120/208 Wye Mains:100 A n�1� Location Phases:3 A.I.C.Rating:5K Q Mounting:SURFACE Wires:4 MCB Rating:50A c d Enslosure:Type 1 Q g�o V 3 Circuit# Description Rating Poles A B C A B C Poles Rating Description N ircuit9 M 1 LTG-VITAMINS,LIBRARY 20A 1 1030 VA 1577... 1 20 A LTG-RETAIL 2 O 3 LTG-SOH,OFFICES 20A 1 895 VA 1000 VA 1 20A FACP 4 5 LTG-CHECKOUT/RETAIL 20A 1 855VA 6 N 7 8 9 10 DATE: ISSUE:11 12 #: 13 14 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 15 16 17 1 18 Q 19 20 21 22 23 24 Total Lot2607 ��91gVA CITY APPROVED PLANS Total Am Load ClamificatioML Connected Loads Demand Fa timated Us- M Panel Totals Reviewed for Code Compliance Lighting:4354 VA 125.00% 5443 VA W Receptacle: Total Conn.Load-.4354VA PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE DATE: 04.07.2023 a Motor: Total Est.Demand:5443 VA DRAWN: MS Electric Heating Equipment Total Est.Current:15A FOR ALL INSPECTIONS CHECKED: JCAA Kitchen Equipment: ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O Other:OVA OVA OVA LL PANEL Notes: SCHEDULES Q W E4 . 1 N Page 65 of 341 Branch Panel:MDP Volts:480277 Wye Mains:800 A Branch Panel:HA Volts:480/277 Wye Mains:250 A Location Phases:3 A.I.C.Rating:35K Location Phases:3 A.I.C.Rating:35K Mounting:Surface Wires:4 MCB Rating:MLO Mounting:Surface Wires:4 MCB Rating:MILO Enslosure:Type 1 Enslosure:Type 1 >- Circuit 0 Description Rating Poles A B C A B C Poles Rating Description ircuit# Description Rating Poles A B C A B C Poles Rating Description Circuit# 1 Space -- 1 -- 39024... 3 175 A 'C'&'A'VIA 112.5KVA XFMR T-1 2 1 Spare 20 A 1 0 VA 0 VA 1 20 A Spare 2 leeee- 3 Space -- 1 — 39024... -- — — 4 3 Spam 20 A 1 OVA OVA 1 20 A S are 4 5 PANEL'HA' 225 A 3 OVA 39024... -- — — 6 5 Spare 20 A 1 OVA 0 VA 1 20 A Spare 6 F 7 -- — -- OVA -- 3 — Spam 8 7 ui S are 20 A 1 0 VA 0 VA 1 20 A S are 8 Z 9 -- — -- OVA -- -- — — 10 9 S are 20 A 1 0 VA 0 VA 1 20 A S are 10 W H M 11 PANEL'PP' 400 A 3 50669... — -- — — 12 11 San: 20 A 1 OVA OVA 1 20 A Spare 12 2 0'1 13 -- — -- 50669... 0 VA 3 30 A TVSS 14 13 S are 20 A 1 0 VA 0 VA 1 20 A S are 14 LU 0 15 — -- 50669... OVA — — 16 15 S are 20 A 1 OVA OVA 1 20 A Spare 16 17 — 1 — 0 VA — — 18 17 S are 20 A 1 OVA OVA 1 20 A Spare 18 Of 1 20 19 S are 20 A 1 0 VA 0 VA 1 20 A Spare 20 J 21 2 21 S are 20 A 1 OVA OVA 1 20 A Spare 22 23 24 23 Spam 20 A 1 OVA O VA 1 20 A Spare 24 1-- V LL LL 25 26 25 S are 20 A 1 0 VA 0 VA 1 20 A S are 26 Z M Z 27 28 27 Spam 20 A 1 OVA OVA 1 20 A S are 28 Z rn 29 30 29 Spare 20 A 1 OVA 0 VA 1 20 A Spare 30 W 31 32 31 S are 20 A 1 0 VA 0 VAWVA 1 20 A Spare 32 ■ . ■ 33 34 33 S are 20 A 1 0 VA 1 20 A Spare 34 WUj 35 36 35S are 20 A 1 0VA 1 20A S are 3637 38 37 S are20 A 1 0 VA 0 VA1 20A S are 38 3 0 39 S are 20 A 1 0 VA 120A40 1 41 S are 20 A 1 0 VA 1 20 A S are 42 Total Load:89693...89693...89693... Total Load: 0 VA 0 VA 0 VA Total Amps: 324 A 324 A 324 A Total Am pa: O A O A O A Load Classification Connected Loads EM Demand Factor Estimated Demand L Load Classification Connected Loads Demand Factor Estimated Demand Lighting: Lighting: Receptacle: Total Conn.Load:269079 VA Receptacle: Total Conn.Load:0 VA Motor:122157 VA 105.10% 128390 VA Total Est.Demand:275312 VA Motor: Total Est.Demand:0 VA Electric Heating Equipment Total Est.Current:331 A Electric Heating Equipment Total Est.Current:0 A 922274 Kitchen Equipment: Kitchen Equipment: > Other: Other: m m r0� 3UO1 Notes: Notes: 16 v� Branch Panel:PP Volts:480/277 Wye Mains:400 A Branch Panel:D Volts:1201208 Wye Mains:200 A Location Phases:3 A.I.C.Rating:35K Location Phases:3 A.I.C.Rating:5K Mounting:Surface Wires:4 MCB Rating:MLO Mounting:SURFACE Wires:4 MCB Rating:400A _ Enslosure:Typal Enslosure:Typal J�r Circuit# Description Rating Poles A B C A B C Poles Rating Description n Rating Poles A B C A B C Poles Rating Description Circuit# g 1 RTU-1 35 A 3 8310 VA 6648... 3 30 A RTU-2 2 1 COMPRESSOR RACK-LOW 125 A 3 15000... 0 VA 2 125 A Spam FARM BOX 2 3 -- — -- 8310 VA 6648 VA -- — — 4 3 — -- — 15000... OVA — -- -- 4 •..4.,.. ,j. _ 5 -- — -- 8310... 6648 VA -- — — 6 5 — -- — 15000... 6 `- 7 RTU-3 30 A 3 6648 VA 8310... 3 35 A RTU-4 8 7 COMPRESSOR RACK-MED 80 A 3 9600 VA 8 9 — 6648 VA 8310 VA — — 10 9 — — 9600 VA 10 \ .tom ''r"''x�.•' 11 -- — -- 6648... 8310 VA -- — — 12 11 — -- — 9600... 12 -��-•-.. 13 RTUS 35 A 3 6648 VA 4155... 3 20 A RTU-6 14 13 14 15 6648 VA 4155 VA 16 15 16 04.07.2023 17 1 6648...1 1 4155 VA 18 17 1 18 19 Spam 40 A 3 OVA OVA 3 40 A San: 20 19 20 21 0 VA OVA 22 21 22 23 OVA OVA 24 23 24 25 S re 15 A 3 0 VA 1 ;pace 26 25 26 27 OVA 1 Spam 28 27 28 29 — OVA — 1 — ce S a 30 29 30 12 d 31 -- 1 — Spam 32 31 32 ■■ c S c 35 -- 1 — ace 36 35 36 m I ■ I O ■■ ti 37 9950... 3 70 A 'G'&'LS'VIA 45KVA XFMR T-2 38 37 38 n 39 9950 VA -- — — 40 39 40 — H'c 41 9950 VA -- — — 42 41 42 W h r P Total Load:50669...50669...50669...1 Total Load: 0 124600 ...24600... Total Amps: 183 A 183 A 183 A Total Amps: 205 A 205 A 205 A a H Load Classification Conn -tedLaiiiiiiiiiiiiiiM Estimated Demand L Load Classification Connected Estimated Demand Q e� o Lighting: Lighting: ~ v1 90 N Receptacle: Total Conn.Load:152007 VA Receptacle: Total Conn.Load:73800 VA U ff pp Motor:122157 VA 105.10% 128390 VA Total Est.Demand:158240 VA Motor:73800 VA 115.24% 85050 VA Total Est.Demand:85050 VA W S .2 Electric Heating Equipment Total Est.Current:190 A Electric Heating Equipment Total Est.Current:236 A _ Kitchen Equipment: Kitchen Equipment: I--' Other: Other: 2 G Z o Notes: Notes: _ u 26 ry Z Nd Q W � ` W � c ry � C � Q $o V 3 M N O N DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT Nr I.L CITY APPROVED PLANS DRAWN: D07.2023 a L CHECKED: JCAA Reviewed for Code Compliance ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE PANEL LL SCHEDULES Q FOR ALL INSPECTIONS LL! E4 . 2 N Page 66 of 341 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE LUMINAIRE SCHEDULE (--- LOAD MANUFACTURER DISCONNECT LAMPS MOUNTING ui DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE PHASE SIZE FUSE SIZE FEEDER SIZE REMARKS TOTAL DESIGN BASIS Z HP KVA FLA DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE VA O CATALOG OTHERS W 1< QTY. TYPE NAME TYPE DEPTH � U)1"1 (E)iTU-1 EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT 30.0 480 3 - - (3#10,1#10G,3/4"C) SERIES > 0 (E)iTU-2 EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT 24.0 480 3 - - LED 0 (3#10,1#10G,3/4"C) Al 8'LED STRIP- 3500K 120 83.4 COLUMBIA MPS-8-M95-H 9- -ED-U-C 9 CABLE a J (E)RTU-3 EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT 24.0 460 3 - - (3#10,1#10G,314"C) J J LED LL I (E)RTU4 EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT 30.0 480 3 - - (3#10,1#10G,3/4"C) A2 4'LED SURFACE WRAP 4000K 120 42 COLUMBIA LXEM4-9-00-ML-RFA-ED-U SURFACE90-CRI Z M z Q W (E)RTU-5 EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT 24.0 460 3 - - (3#10,1#10G,3/4"C) LED MPS-0-M96SCFS-W-ED-U-C 1 1 1 A3 4'LED STRIP 3500K 120 41.7 COLUMBIA CABLE W ■ . . (E)l2TU3 EXISTING ROOF TOP UNIT 15.0 480 3 - - (3#12,1#10G,3/4"C) 90+CRI M965CFSKIT w E EF-1 EXISTING EXHAUST FAN 1.0 120 1 (2#12,1#12G,3/4"C LED () ) A4.2 LED HIGH BAY 3500K 120 115.92 LUX DYNAMICS L-2'SA-93&2-U10-CA-1405 CABLE ---/ RAF-0 SM/SMrO/ / 1.4A 90+CRI EXHAUST FAN 135W 120 1 30A1P FRN4i (2#12,1#12G,3/4"C) LED EF5 EXHAUSTFAN 1/4 0.7 5.8 120 1 SMTO/30A1P -/9.0AFRN-R(2#12,1#12G,3/4"C) A4.4 LED HIGH BAY-4' 3500K 120 155.9 LUX DYNAMICS L-1-SA-9354-U10CA-HO5 CABLE 90+CRI EF5 EXHAUST FAN 3/4 1.7 13.8 120 1 30A1P 20A FRN-R (2#12,1#12G,314"C) LED A9 4'LED SURFACE WRAP 3500K 120 47.1 COLUMBIA MP54-9J5-VL-GW-ED-U SURFACE ADA CIR.#1 AIR DOOR SCHEDULE 45.6 208 3 60A3P 50.0A FRN-R (31X,1#10G,1-1/4'C) 90+CRI LED RECESSED AD-1 CIR42 AIR DOOR SCHEDULE 45.6 208 3 60A3P 50.OA FRN-R (3#6,1#10G,1-1/4'C) B1 2X4 LED TROFFER 3500K 120 39.7 COLUMBIA LCAT24-935-HL-G-ED-U GRID 90+CRI #22.274 LED RECESSED B2 2X2 LED TROFFER 3500K 120 33.1 COLUMBIA LCAT22-935-HL-G-ED-U GRID a ro 90+CRI ¢I m r0� 2X2 LED TROFFER WITH HIGH LUMEN PACKAGE FOR COUNT ROOM LED RECESSED °3 0 M B3 (5000 LUMENS) 3500K 120 35.1 COLUMBIA LCAT22-935-VL-G-ED-U 90+CRI GRID v a 6"DIA LED DOWNLIGHT,1500 LUMENS WIDE DISTRIBUTION,SELF LED RECESSED C7 35WK 120 25 PORTFOLIO LD6B-153035-D010-WMH- d FLANGED 90+CRI GRID OR GYP v� LED D 18"UNDERCABINETLED 4000K 120 8 CONTECH LPU2181P SURFACE o 90+CRI 7"DIA LED DOWNUGHT,1000 LUMENS JUNCTION BOX TO BE LED _ N PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR 3500K 120 14 PHILIPS S7R-90-35K-I0-AL SURFACE 90+CRI SINGLE TRACK HEAD FOR SINGLE CIRCUIT TRACK ASSEMBLY LED (BLACK).PROVIDE TRACK IN LENGTHS AS SHOWN ON PLANS, SCREW IN BR30 r^C Ti 3500K 120 20 JUNO LTG R512 BLS BL LED BULBS TO TRACK MODEL .PROVIDE EACH TRACK SECTION WITH 2 AMP 90 BE USED CURRENTT LIMITER CRI W1-1 EXT WALL PACK LED 120 28 EXO LNC248L-25-0T]4W-UNV-B SURFACE 13'AFF x DD WET LISTED DOWNLIGHT-MOUNTS TO STANDARD JBOX LED 120 13 LIGHTOLIER S5R830K7 RECESSED 0407.2023 EXT 90 MINUTE EGRESS LIGHT-COLD WEATHER NI-CAD BATTERY- LED SURFACE EMi WET LISTED-BLACK FINISH 4000K 120 10 LITHONIA AFN-B-EXT WALL Xi EXIT LIGHT,RED LETTERS,UNLESS GREEN REQUIRED BY AHJ LED 120 3 LITHONIA LRP-1-(RC/GC}120/277 RECESSED " c C roti EXIT LGHT,RED LETTERS,UNLESS GREEN REQUIRED AHJ. PENDANT = X2 LED 120 3 LITHONIA EDG{7/2}(R/G}720/2777 Uj n � SINGLE FACEOR DOUBLEFACE AS SHOWN ON PLANSNS SURFACES GENERAL NOTES: W to Q � a d 1.E.C.SHALL PROVIDE AN ALTERNATE PRICE(ADD OR DEDUCT)FOR THE USE OF ERICO CADDY SPEED LINK CABLE H SYSTEM,PART#SLD1515,ACCESSORIES,AND SUPPLEMENTAL STEEL AS REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF THE Q e COLUMBIA TYPE"A1"AND"AT'LIGHT FIXTURES(ALTERNATE TO THE STANDARD AIRCRAFT CABLE). :D o N 2.E.C.SHALL PROVIDE ALL LIGHTING FIXTURES EXCEPT THE COLUMBIA AND LUX DYNAMICS TYPE FIXTURES WHICH SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE OWNER/TENTANT/G.C.THE E.C.SHALL INSTALL ALL LIGHT FIXTURES INCLUDING THE COLUMBIA AND U w o OO LUX DYNAMICS TYPE FIXTURES.E.C.SHALL PROVIDE AIRCRAFT CABLE REQUIRED FOR THE COLUMBIA"A1"AND"A3" SUSPENDED FIXTURES. W = O H 3.REFER TO THE LIGHTING PLAN FOR ADDITIONAL FIXTURE INFORMATION. e 2 G Z "o u ry Z Nd Q W � ` W m c ry � C � Q $o ry l.J 3 M N O N DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT Nr I.L CITY APPROVED PLANS DATE: 04.07.2023 a DRAWN: MS Reviewedfor Code Compliance CHECKED: JCAA PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O LIGHTING AND LL FOR ALL INSPECTIONS MECHANICAL 0 SCHEDULE Lu E5 . 0 Cn Page 67 of 341 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION VOLT PHASE AMPS DISC.SIZE CB SIZE FEEDER DEFROST CONTROL WIRING 100A,100B 32'PRODUCE CASE(2-12 FOOT,1A FOOT) YES-(3)2212 "LIGHTS 120 1 6.25 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)#12,#1 2G.,1/2"C 3.6 "COIL FAN 120 1 3.8 INTEGRAL 20A1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C 101 6'x'8'PRODUCE ISLAND YES-(2)22/2 uj "COIL FANS 120 1 5.44 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2J7#12,#12G.,1/2"C ~ 102B 24'MEAT CASE(2-12 FOOT) YES-(4)2212 M LIGHTS 120 1 3 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C W W w COIL FANS 120 1 1.12 INTEGRAL 20A 1P O ■■■■■�d'0 103C 10-DOOR ICE CREAM CASE(25 DOOR) YES-NOTE A YES-(4)2212 0_' ■■■■■■� LIGHTS 120 1 5.58 INTEGRAL 20A I (2J/#12,#12G.,1/2"C EL // `\ J_1COIL FANS 120 1 2.2 INTEGRAL 20A1P (2W12,#12G.,1/2"C U LLLL ANTI SWEAT HEATERS(2-5 DOOR) 120 1 15.38 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C Z #"1Z 104CI,104C2 20-DOOR FROZEN FOOD CASE(45 DOOR) YES-NOTE B YES-(8)2212 Z W> LIGHTS 120 1 11.16 INTEGRAL 20A1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C YES-NOTE C W r? H COIL FANS 120 1 4.4 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2Jf#12,#12G.,1/2"C ui ANTI SWEAT HEATERS(2-5 DOOR) 120 1 15.38 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C ANTI SWEAT HEATERS(2-5 DOOR) 120 1 15.38 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C 105E BEVERAGES(2 LOCATIONS) YES(1)22/2 LIGHTS 120 1 1.91 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C I _ COIL FANS 120 1 1.06Ofi INTEGRAL 20A1P (2Jf#12,#12G.,1/2"C UJ\ 106 COLD DRINK REFRIGERATOR YES-(1)2212 LIGHTS 120 1 2.2 INTEGRAL 20A I (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C COIL FANS 120 1 0.4 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C 108 REFRIGERATED FOODS(2 LOCATIONS) YES-(1)2212 LIGHTS 120 1 2.25 INTEGRAL 20A I (2W12,#12G.,1/2"C (2 TOTAL) 922.274 COIL FANS 120 1 2.24 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C > mom 109A,109B 26'DAIRY CASE(2-8 FOOT,1-12 FOOT) YES-(6)22/2 r O LIGHTS 120 1 4.5 11 INTEGRAL 20A I (2)f#12,#12G.,1/2"C 3 U COIL FANS 120 1 4.48 INTEGRAL 20A 1P 2.#12G.,112"C 110 16'REF.VITAMINS(2-8 FOOT) YES-(2)2212 n LIGHTS 120 1 2.25 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C COIL FANS 120 1 2.24 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C 112A UPRIGHT CASES YES-(1)22/2 LIGHTS 120 1 1.91 INTEGRAL 20A I (2Jf#12,#12G.,1/2"C (2 TOTAL) o COIL FANS 120 1 1.06 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2q#12,#12G.,1/2"C 113 PET FOOD UNIT 120 1 5.4 CORD/PLUG 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,112"C - 120 PRODUCE WALK-IN REFRIGERATOR YES.(2) COIL FANS 120 1 9.2 WA 20A 1P (2Jf#12,#12G.,1/2"C _ 121 WALK-IN FREEZER YES-NOTED YES-(2)2212 COIL FANS-POWER FROM COMPRESSOR RACK /' T 122 DAIRY WALK-IN REFRIGERATOR YES-(2)22/2 COIL FANS 120 1 12 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2;##12,#12G.,1/2"C CONTROL WIRING DETAIL NOTES:#1-LOW TEMP GETS ONE 22/2 PER CASE.MEDIUM TEMP GETS ONE 2212 PER FOUR FEET(OR FRACTION).ALL 22/2 TO BE SHIELDED AND PLENUM RATED AND STRANDED. ,`-�J� GENERAL NOTES:(APPLY TO ALL) �.-....`,. 1.ALL REFRIGERATION SYSTEM WIRING(INCLUDING FANS,LIGHTS,DEFROST,AND CONTROLS)SHALL BE STRANDED. \04.07.2023 2.CONTROL CONDUIT AND CABLE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.ALL CABLE DENOTED'22/2'SHALL BE(2)f#22AWG(STRANDED)SHIELDED CABLE.E.C.SHALL PULL CABLE AND COIL 39 AT EACH END OF CONDUIT.CONTROLS WIRE SHALL NOT BE SPLICES.COORDINATE TERMINATIONS WITH OWNER'S REP. 3.E.C.SHALL LABEL EACH END OF EACH CONTROL CABLE WITH A UNIQUE CABLE DESIGNATION REPRESENTING IT'S RESPECTIVE CASE(I.E."101-A'"101-B,'"101-C,"ETC.). 4.MINIMUM FEEDER SIZE SHOWN,UPSIZE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FOR VOLTAGE DROP PER THE GENERAL NETS ON THE POWER PLANS BASED ON THE DISTANCE FROM PANEL. 6 DEFROST NOTES:ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED.REFER TO POWER PLANS FOR SYTEMS ZONES Al.A2.A3.A4.A5. O p C ZONE ro ti VERIFY (1)314'IONDUIT WITH HOWN R REP. JinO GND FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO'ICE CREAM CASE'(#103).EMEND DEFROST WIRING AND CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX AT FIST CASE TO EACH ADDITIONAL CASE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. I I m VERIFY ENDING LOCATIONS WITH OWNERS REP. vmi y ZONE A-3,A4.RUN(11 W4"CONDUIT WITH(2J1#10 AWG,(1p#10 GND FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO'FROZEN FOOD CASE'(#104C1).EXTEND DEFROST WIRING AND CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX AT FIRST CASE TO EACH ADDITIONAL CASE SHOWN ON o PLANS.VERIFY ENDING LOCATIONS WITH OWNERS REP. uj 1/1 Q ZONE A-2.RUN(1)3/4-CONDUIT WITH(2)98 AWE,(1)/#10 GND FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO'FROZEN FOOD CASE(#104CS).EXTEND DEFOREST WIRING AND CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOXAT FIRST CASET TO EACH ADDITIONAL CASE SHOWN ON PLANS. = M1 VERIFY ENDING LOCATIONS WITH OWNERS REP. H Q N ZONE A-5.RUN(1)3/4"CONDUIT WITH(2)I/8 AWG(DEFROST),(2)#10 AWG(FANS),AND(1#n0 GND FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO'WALK-IN FREEZER'(#121).VERIFY ENDING LOCATIONS WITH OWNERS REP. m N W o� W = U vwoiIill EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE = z U TAG DESCRIPTION VOLT PHASE KW HP AMPS DISC.SIZE CS SIZE FUSE SIZE FEEDER NOTES ^v Z y y LL W �t 200 WATER MACHINE 120 1 15(ea) NEMA 5-20R 20A 1P (2p#12,#12G.,1/2"C 1 Q y 210 NUT BUTTER MACHINE 120 1 20 NEMA 5-20R 20A 1P (2)#8,#10G.,VC 1,5,6 220 COMPRESSOR RACK-MED.TEMP 208 3 80 VERIFY 80A 80A 3P PER MFG. RE:ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE 2,3 a_ g3 2 221 ROOF TOP CONDENSER-MEDIUM TEMP 208 3 22.8 40A 40A 3P PER MFG. (3)#8,#10G.,1/2"C 2,3 v 3 230 COMPRESSOR RACK-LOW TEMP. 208 3 125 VERIFY 125A 125A 3P PER MFG. RE:ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE 2.3 M 231 ROOF TOP CONDENSER-LOW TEMP 208 3 22.8 40A 40A 3P PER MFG. (3)#8,#10G.,1/2"C 2,3 (V 250 CARBOARD BAILER 208 3 32 60A 40A 3P PER MFG. (4}#8,#10G.,VC 1 C)282 COFFEE GRINDER 120 1 1.5 NEMA 5-20R 20A 1P 20A 1 P (2F#12,#12G.,112"C 1 N 283 COFFEE MAKER 120 1 14.9 NEMA 5-20R 20A 1P 20A 1 P (2F#12,#12G.,1/2"C 1 DATE: ISSUE: #: 284 MICROWAVE 120 1 10 NEMA 5-20R 20A 1P 20A 1 P (2)f#12,#12G.,1/2"C 1 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 0 291 TELEVISION 120 1 1.5 NEMA 5-20R 20A 1P (2)#12,#12G.,1/2"C 1 295 PHOTO COPIER 120 1 6.5 NEMA 5-20R 20A 1P (2p#12,#12G.,1/2"C 1 Q NOTES: 1.MINIMUM FEEDER SIZE SHOWN,UPSIZE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FOR VOLTAGE DROP PER THE GENERAL NOTES ON THE POWER PLANS BASED ON THE DISTANCE FROM PANEL. 2.COMPRESSOR RACK DATA IS ESTIMATED,BASED IN PREVIOUS PROJECTS.E.C.SHALL VERIFY ACTUAL COMPRESSOR RACK ELECTRICAL DATA PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY CIRCUIT BREAKERS OR WIRING EQUIPMENT WITH THE OWNER'S RESPRESENTATIVE C AND REFRIGERATION CONSULTANT. G 3.EC TO PROVIDE FUSED DISCONNECT 4.CONTROL POWER DATE: 04.07.2023 ' 5.NO EXCEPTION ON WIRE SIZES. DRAWN: MS CHECKED: JCAA 6.VERIFY PLUG TYPE WITH MANUFACTERER SPECIFICATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O EQUIPMENT LL SCHEDULES Q CITY APPROVED PLANS ,L/LI Reviewed for Code Compliance E5 . 1 v/ PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 68 of 341 (TYPICAL OF 5) 4ORMALONTACT 1 GHTING LIGHTING CONTROL PANEL SCHEDULE ANCHOR PLATE POLE NORMALLY OPEN,120V COIL ONTRQL PANEL BUSHING WATTSTOPPER"C115NO"� 3#12(TYP.OF 5) CP-1 ATTSTOPPEI LP8 3#18 AWG STRANDED LCP NAME:LCP 'LP85-8-G-115" WIRE(LOW VOLTAGE) LOCATION:ELECTRICAL ROOM -i SURFACE/FLUSH:SURFACE ANCHOR BOLT(TYP) RETAIL G-9 alro ui 24"DIAMETER LIGHTING G-11 W2W Z PLAN G-13 W3W RELAY# CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION LV SWITCH/SENSOR CHANNEL p CKT G-ls aaroLU U)M 120V POWER 1 VIA CONTACTOR RETAIL LIGHTING LVS-1(CUST.SERVICE) A LU w TERMINATE I#6 RETAIL G-19 a1W G-24 � (Y C] BARE COPPER LIGHTING G-19 W2W 2 VIA CONTACTOR RETAIL LIGHTING LVS-1(CUST.SERVICE) A O HANfE G-21 W3W O ON GROUND LUG CKT (L' INSIDE POLE G-23 1. r a4W 3 VIA CONTACTOR REFRIGERATION CASE LIGHTS LVS-1(CUST.SERVICE) A IL FLANGE SHING J q-zl W21-o i 4 VIA CONTACTOR REFRIGERATION CASE LIGHTS LVS-1(CUST.SERVICE) A LLCHAM LL CHOR PLATE REFRIGERATION L WEEP HOLE0 CASE LIGHTS A-25 W3W 5 VIA CONTACTOR REFRIGERATION CASE LIGHTS LVS-1(CUST.SERVICE) A Q rn Z G-39 a4ro B-13 W1W 6 SPARE SPARE LU RCASE LRATIONjB-16 W2W 7 SPARE SPARE CASE LIGHTS B-21 W3Wui B-35 W4W 8 SPARE SPARE 36" B-5 W1W RCASE LIGHTS �B-9 W2W CASE LIGHTS B-12 W3W GRADE LCP CHANNEL AUTOMATION SCHEDULE B-31 W4W IIIIII= CHANNEL SCENARIO SCENARIO TIMES BLINK TIME DELAY ANCHOR BOLTS 1#6 BARE COPPER— A MANUAL ON/SCHED OFF M-SAT:6AM-10PM(06:00-22:00) NO 3HRS(180 MIN.) CONCRETE BASE SWITCH BANK SUN:7AM-8PM(07:00-2000) S7RUC GROUND CLAMP PER URAL *HOLIDAY PROGRAMMING IS NOT REQUIRED;"MANUAL ON"CONTROLS WILL ENSURE THAT SIGN RECEPTACLES INTERIOR LIGHTS DO NOT AUTOMATICALLY COME ON WHEN THE STORE IS CLOSED. #22.`2704 CONDUIT SEPARATE CIRCUIT -6 INDEPENDENTLY LIGHTING CONTROL NOTES: m S m SWITCHED r p m RETAIL LIGHTING 1.BACK OF HOUSE LIGHTING EXCEPT HALL(STOCK ROOM,OFFICES,RESTROOMS&BREAKROOM) °3 O M NON-NIGHT LIGHTS VIA LCP TO BE CONTROLLED BY LOCAL OCCUPANCY SENSOR,DO NOT ROUTE CIRCUITS THRU LCP. v o, REFER TO LEVITON 1081 OR LEGRAND MOMENTARY TOGGLE o n STRUCTURAL 2.RETAIL AREA NIGHT LIGHT CIRCUIT TO REMAIN ON 24/7.DO NOT ROUTE CIRCUITS THRU LCP. OVERRIDE SWITCH(DECORATOR _10 1/2"xV-0" 6"J STYLE NOT PERMITTED) PROVIDE 4-POLE CONTACTOR TO ALLOW MULTIPLE CIRCUITS TO BE CONTROLLED BY A SINGLE COPPERCLAD SWITCH(SEE WIRING DIAGRAM). GROUND ROD SECTION LINE VOLTAGE WIRING 3.EXTERIOR LIGHTING TO BE CONTROLLED BY INDEPENDENT EXTERIOR PHOTCELL.DO NOT ROUTE o LOW VOLTAGE WIRING CIRCUITS THRU LCP,EXCEPT WHERE NOTED ON THE SCHEDULE. SITE LIGHTING POLE BASE LIGHTING CONTROL WIRING DIAGRAM/SCHEDULE SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: ! ` REFRIGERANT EVACUATION,THIS FAN SHALL BE ACTIVATED BY THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL,NORMAL VENTILATION AND MAXIMUM HEAT RISE REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEM.THIS FAN WILL BE ACTIVATED UPON IS PROVIDED BY THIS FAN.THIS FAN SHALL BE ACTIVATED BY THE ACTIVATION OF THE REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEM VIA 24V CONTROL REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT. THE FAN WILL BE ACTIVATED IF THE t%•, ,r'j'• 1 SIGNAL. ROOM IS OCCUPIED OR THERE IS A RISE IN TEMPERATURE ABOVE 80 EXTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION DEGREES. H N H N RIGID CONDUIT FROM 04.07.2023 120V 120V OTHER END OF SHELVING 3 REFRIGERANT OCCUPANCY SENSOR ON WALL, OR UNDERGROUND MONITOR RE:LIGHTING PLAN MOTORIZED MOTORIZED SEE BOX MOUNTED TOSURFACE DFLOOR ON COMMUNICATION 24V DAMPER RELAY 24VDC DAMPERIN 24V DAMPER RELAY 24VDC DAMPERIN PLAN SHEET COIL 12OV,20A MAKE UP AIR COIL 120V,20A TRANSFER FLUSH MOUNTED 1 c 6 C CONTACTS DUCT C CONTACTS GRILLE IN - RECEPTACLE,SHALLOW BACK ■ STOCK ROOM BOX,AT BACK OF END CA 6 I ■ I m d EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST NEAR SIDE/AISLE ■■■ (EF-REFRIGERANT FAN(EF-5) -RE:MECH) uj _ �� T- A 1 C 42"(MAX) 42"(MAX)4I FLEXIBLE OR RIGID — 24V FROM SHALLOW y g' JUNCTION BOX TO FLOOR SLAB � Q e 0' OUTLET(3'MAX) m N THERMOSTAT, RE:MECHANICAL PLANS U w o O **REFER TO SYMBOLS ON COMMUNICATION SHEET W S U COMPRESSOR ROOM FAN COMPRESSOR ROOM FAN VITAMIN AREA RECEPTACLE LL CONTROL DIAGRAM CONTROL DIAGRAM (EF-TEMP EMPLOYEE DOOR DETAIL DETAIL = z e (EF-REFRIGERANT- RE:MECH) - RE:MECH) U6 IY Q Z N d J �t CHECKOUT STAND EXTERIOR ELEVATION INTERIOR ELEVATION J N JUNCTION BOXES ROOF DECK Q o GENERATOR REFER TO ONE O O O O O 3/4"CONDUIT WITH WIRE 3 2 NATURAL GAS BREAKERS 400 400 400 405 405 = GENERATOR LINE DIAGRAM SIZED PER COMPRESSOR 6b FOR WIRE SIZE. RACK NOTES THIS SHEET RUN BELOW ROOF DECK V NEED i" 3 TO COMPRESSOR RACK TO COMPRESSOR RACK M CONDOR TO (V 0 BOTTOM OF SEE ISLAND EQUIPMENT O JOIST FOR COMMUNICATION 3/4"PVC CONDUIT DOOR BELL PLAN SHEET N CONTROL W/(3)CATS CABLES 3/4'PVC CONDUIT POWER TO CONTROL WIRING W/(3)CATS CABLES PANEL BOARD DATE: ISSUE: #: TERMINALS BELOW GRADE(TYP.) BELOW GRADE(TYP.) DEFROST DEFROST 12'PIG TAIL 0 'ATS-G' WALL 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT TO'MDP' MOUNTED E= POWER CONTROL WIRING POWER 12'PIG TAIL i GENERATOR JUNCTION BOX 0 OO J L J K VQ CONTROL 2"CONDUIT TO IT ROOM,(3) _ 7 WIRING 'ATS-LS' CAT5 CABLES PER REGISTER e= K311 PVC BELOW GRADE 7)#12,3/4"C FINISHED FLOORFINISHED FLOOR TO'MDP' 42"(MAX) I 42"(M ) rC NOTE:COORDINATE THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL J BOXES IN c MILLWORK WITH OWNERS PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN.VERIFY WITH PLANS N QUANTITY OF CHECK OUT STANDS.DETAIL REPRESENTS FIVE. LL REFER TO ONE **REFER TO SYMBOLS ON COMMUNICATION SHEET ' LINE DIAGRAM **CONDUIT ROUTING DATE: 04.07.2023 a FOR WIRE SIZE. DRAWN: MS CHECKED: JCAA CHECKOUT STAND PHONE RECEIVING DOOR DETAIL ISLAND CONDUIT COLLECTION POINT DETAIL ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 GENERATOR WIRING DETAIL AND DATA WIRING DETAIL CITY APPROVED PLANS DETAILS LL 0 Reviewed for Code Compliance Lu PLANS MUST ON JOB SITE ■ O FOR ALL INSS PECTIONS Ito Page 69 of 341 ADDITIONAL CONTROL OUTPUT CEILING — CEILING MOUNTED COMMON MOUNTED OCCUPANCY SENSORS AS +24VDC SENSOR REQUIRED NEUTRAL LOAD PRIMARY ui ~ Z POWER f LOAD LU U)M LINE PACK W W w IF > OIt KD IL J NEUTRALuu l Z co Q m_ Z ■ ■ � r- H W LOW VOLTAGE OCCUPANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM UJ W 1 NOT TO SCALE (SYMBOL ADDITIONAL _._._.__ ___C_ONT_R_OL_O_UT_P_UT CEILING CEILING MOUNTED ______ COMMON_________ MOUNTED OCCUPANCY OCCUPANCY SENSORS AS +24VDC SENSOR 922.274 REQUIRED ---_—_—_ I r0� I I 30� TOGGLE STYLE a 6 MOMENTARY � a SWITCH(ES) F ----" LEVITON 1081 k CITY APPROVED PLANS NEUTRAL LOAD PRIMARY ANUAL LOAD "..e�","m.""mor"",. LINE ON POWERIANS MUST BE ON IOBSITPACKFOPALL NSVECTIONSNEUTRAL g r 2 LOW VOLTAGE VACANCY SENSOR WIRING DIAGRAM c NOT TO SCALE (SYMBOL /5) � 8'OF 3/4"SEALTITE CONDUIT AND CABLE, 04.07.2023 EXPOSED CONDUIT ON ROOF(LIQUID TIGHT, PVC COATED,FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT) 22/2 3/4"EMT CONDUIT AND SHIELDED SHIELDED CABLE,BELOW ROOF DECK ROOFTOP ROOFTOP CONDENSER CONDENSER ROOF DECK LOW TEMP MED TEMP ROOF DECK ti O c c ro ti 3/4"CONTROL CONDUIT AND = m= 3/4"DEFROST CONDUIT CABLE,PER POWER PLAN AND STRANDED WIRE, PER COMPRESSOR RACK 120V POWER TO EQUIPMENT, uj vI WIRING NOTES PER POWER PLAN,TYP. r1/ a y I� H na e�C P D C P o C C D C C C C WALK-IN WALK-IN P P (~ COMPRESSO COMPRESSOR REFRIGERATOR FREEZER ELECT. r w o RACK RACK OR OR PANEL LOW TEMP MID TEMP REFRIGERATED FREEZER F = U CASE CASE H- i DETAIL NOTES: NOTES: G D=DEFROST CONDUIT AND STRANDED WIRE -REFER TO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE FOR = Z E C=CONTROL CONDUIT AND CABLE SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. u P=POWER CONDUIT AND WIRE -ALL DEFROST AND CONTROL WIRE TO/FROM COMPRESSOR RACKS SHALL BE UI r STRANDED.CONTROL WIRE SHALL NOT BE SPLICED. U m d ry Z d fu 3 REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT WIRING DETAIL Q NOT TO SCALE a gc o V 3 M DETAIL NOTES: N 1.DIMENSIONS ARE TO CENTER OF DEVICE WITH TRIM U.O.N. O 2.ALL MOUNTING HEIGHTS SHALL CONFIRM TO THE LATEST N EDITION OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT(ADA). DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT 3"MIN A. RTU SENSOR/HUMIDIFIER (TO LOWEST DEVICE) E ELEC S EQUIP r W S G 8"AAC N 48"T P 6'-6"MAX Lu 46"AT 48"MAX 48"MAX 66" e TILED DATE: 04.07.2023 18 a LOCATIONS 48 DRAWN: MS CHECKED: JCAA ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O DETAILS LL DEVICE MOUNTING HEIGHT DETAIL 0 4 (FOR REFERENCE ONLY) W co NOT TO SCALE E6 . 1 N Page 70 of 341 M CQMcheck Software Version 4.1.5.5 is 61 - I-1�ll�111.1111 Interior Lighting Compliance Certificate C,I 5.2.2. spec.hl to ImI.ont_ LICI pilea R.c.iner-hr be hhat 031 F-1-d O&M rhouch-ac, LIc.or. R.q.inar-vvill be mat DDp '__no aer.lon-to In. 1I hict i hict 1111111ted Not Obse-ble 2 1 "T a _bailoll club. In CNOtOb&erIable, fFrs7halanallanI.... I haeon.bly hile.ill-inah- 13N.tAia,licabl. 13N.tAppll Project information oxtta-1.po'car,---- - __ 11 2018'FCC a an,-on,III In '. paq.thh-�h be-1 L ph- hrnp uaal a-I -1 LU Eire'Code- .'afthoring-m Eloco,No, IFU.I, ithrl,,i I...11 i�con-on.l.1th-t nob.Not I j z FIJI Title SPECIAL RETAILER Project p trat%-p-_p uh'�'%U, C-ObserI,ble Al.aboa IEL1BIiro p,1,1,1 ro, 0herapall PI ...=,l 1.all ❑ONat Applicable LU open plaah..c.h.,le.hoo.e. LU ilmperha,l hohno, -Icing op U.-and.no-c. LI hral- R.q.i.-It be met > c-l-eire ­_1 magrancacht- ..nh. area,and In., r"11 d- es all be".IdA to an 0-N t0 1933"l ST tr­Documents III,Iar """c"", CNOtOboarIa iota , TWIN FALLS In 83- by fi-aill g ralght parne- oh;�.,v Allowed Interior Lighting Power �Iaharce­b­1-tuan. ap.,rc vz, on, =I. ,p-ol 13N.tApplil _j -2.12 or c-I funct-, or ...no-an.of pullareara < to re,Inc.bull ing.a,ulp-rat and Category owad ad I Pa.plan.1fice­.. "ba- Intended 10 to anotell.d. ILL W W. I I z z C4 . co C) &.ml -,bran-1 Nna ar-h-:o-dolles,-- lha--ol- dl. apply.--------- A lrn-,d 11 dr.....1, E1111ollea R.,Li-.,l vvillbe mac -- Co A (ftl Wits 1 H2 8 x w-rah-and leolon C405 2.1.3 7 C D Area R-Area AN Allow 2 -reh-m-ne-ae,the Do.Not < h a"185 C) LLI ,chrml-ith-,ant-IIIIS❑Necoal Chat b-r ans, I Applicable wall ned-II .I, 0-Appil z Uj I to 2- IF 1191,11"an IW-, no hp�h ec", yet sorb 'I so a...[Ince,Not Proposed Interior Lighting 5-or h- he,ml.-are Power A ....Ice,he o"'art Ier- J-8I3 =g y,tahl have uIen teoed to EI-pliea Requinarrent roll be It Uj C Is E 1-rc,11,itntan,In aech.1 alway Ih13F on.-calibration ol-hrl Clooe, on FiI lb:D-rip'lan,Leal i willt.g.per Wrap I Ballast (CXD) al 6�rl do not onlol 'programming are opera t-r- Fuln, Fi.*t..I.Z-7 lighI an 13-Applicabl. Reall­089 1 MT2_1. ol���P�-11-�;�;���,-�,-.,-,�-�-,i��-i.- Additional Coammands/firs-plikars: AI:TLE SMIP.QI­ 13 open plan offite am ElDoes Nor Q rl SURFACEWRAP Olh, :11 cnlrcl,I, ­,o11 LI.-baer-1. As-STRU;a- 7 83 c.afl,L.,d o U,. Ilghti, LJNat APPI1111,11 M.2_�ID BAY-2-h,r I to .1 ly in 1-thol I GNBAY­ at Ith near area,-6do q.ft As 4 LED RFACE WRAP Orte, 1: -,1!.1. r21 I.ol turn S, 4 be , ap V-DrR TROFFER'.DIM, 1 37 40 1 11 1 arer."M In chrtml rane, B,2VLEDTFI FER011 1 3 33 .,.,n In�,­ldner all occupants es IM LED TROFFER,HIGH LUMEN;Ol 2 as sow : lende-I.3)--ficureal or_FDA-DOWNLIGH-a- 2 1: In UNDEFOODNTISR I-Off- a I 1 11-n.F-wal liqhang p.r Fat general ligFVng power in earn: E #22.274 T1 LED TRACK I as �p a allhl"11 lou-1,11-oarl 6 Taral-,­ Isn. alwing that control sane,and 4)are c..Ilg..d such Tat any It"I 2 A ne.na.-controlU activatefo,6 '.general _,'nub space tg 0 L) Interior Lighting Compliance statement o-ral Ilphdr.-1,when ..PaIncy far the Is.......detected -larrahl The ph.p.a.al interior l,thal pr.i.-phe-on tha a-hrant N b­iaerl with the C4e52Z Each area not-by.-tram, Ell-ole, Requirement will be met bull plan,,a­lcalivna,and odercaicul,rion, =,0­51.1)r hol,and lunchnaveIl time. ❑Opal Not systems-been d-1 to meet thI 2028-req-111ol in 00-ack Verson 4,1.5.5 and to 111p[y with any r I., .pp ic.b.-hai lislad In I l ch-lat. In sec[-C405.2,2.1 and 11-LJ.-oser-Applicabl.le Derek Liner 04.04.23 Name-Title Impact ProjoftTltle: SPECIALTY RETAILER Robert date:04104123 Hatcht date',04104R3 -j-Hol. 5PELIA RETAILER Report date',04 04/23 Data III....e:P YCaA 202422.274.Natural Grocers - Twin Falls,IDWO ?Ithns\COIALHE�LE(ALIGHTUIG pace to, 6 catelflar-I � �P:� 202Z22274-N, � �IG,�,,. InF,l� M W � .,I �U�E5%COMCHECMELECWNG page 3,r B Dafil..h_PAICAA 2o2Z­274-Natural Gravers-Twin Pan,lok-ENVA-MCHEME-W-N. Page so, B BUILDING METHOD.- BUILDING aleTta...- BUILDING METHOD.- V 4� ... ....... Y - - - - --------------- 04.07.2023 COMcheck Software Version 4.1.5.5 IF q n� R Inspection Checklist ar-led ❑C Ell y larceplaou Re,-eat doesnot apply rl th-me Doce,Net Energy Code;2018 IECC LJNIE ObservableRequirements.100.0%were addressed directly in the CC)Mchack software 2 65" Ing S" ee 1 ol,­corlum,to Calot Applicable ""It 7 --n- funcl, Text In the'Comments/Asturnitl column Is providedby the user In the COMcheck Requirements screen.for each IBM)' ­1-th�r-,C401,1 3.1 requirement the user certifies that a code requirement will be met and how that's documented.or that an exception is being claimed.Whe-complamot I,Aleal I,,ailp,rata,table,I ral to that able is p-ided. -I,,C405.2.3.2 Sidefit none. ------- ---- 1-1.2.1 Separate Lotani,control aep;!I for Ll-,"'. Rec.ahenrent will be 0 ,,P.flc ;...nIl -d LI_Not p In, . ch []Not Obee"bl'. to an, Call Anal-bl. EH jC43 Fulnape,ift.1 clr at., Elc­lh- R.......n-1.11 be 0 l(AD52 4 -r-I­­r fighting p- "olpil. Re twill be mot car p-de.1rhor. I fo,"o_,,nntj. 13, 1 Nor ilEl.27F ns For the DC I PI A,lnhng Pilo-.,d A< nor rRiona ❑N I.FII. orldr,o I.date ONot Applicable observable 0­Oaah- Il,d,ic,l and elulimneht 1- [INor Applicable VJ - redonrool.Irr.-Ilel, I iC05j2l :Exk lg,,,do not....Id 5 her EIC-pir. .4 be met p-Id Sh-all il-do un-i- IIELIH .c. [],I-Her .1,I 6,g p-,.Oetion" ,-rag,or L.11b, ❑ I.b(I-,transformers.,d CNat Obe-lic Appbl IN Q.ot able 4n central d-i­ ------- ----------------------------- Lo,-9,d,y typ,dl 17C.,rafles RequIrl.11 be to. AdditionalComments/Assumptions: �-IL ul Cal No, @ mnmum eff henry""Inerhan"', No Oree-al. r% IN applicable Blecth,moca, ,at the mini-nn 71-l-p Requirement will be 1 E1.27 'cleh-c.1-arra or Tables Do-Her P,C405.7D)through C.0�7(4�).ha_[]Not Olea-bit: no. 11-I E al Under h pprawd c.lific.11- []Net Applicable z .1 o rcy 2Mnall,-habap, Idadb norer rhan none, prcg'.,a,do hot C405it. �E­ nsand..­1e, IyC.p ea Iepta :Hoo'ladoe 1, rvz C4115. ..E-LL&A.1 and rawe El-a Not out...b,­bb%conflouned to Orlot Observable: i U <pem tted d n oboaboDI Applicable a 4D ASME Al 7.LKSA 844 or applicable i 0 ',1,k,c,lcac,,,,­nht,al I Q C to 0 vol drop across Me 11C.al Rao U cono Iran d=-, offiaode-rdboarch :[]-I Not -5%. ry UrS ,[]Not Observable' AFC !V", ONot Applicable Additional CcHiminents/Assminpritions: Q C4 DATE: ISSUE: Ill: 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT ........ P,,il SPECIALTY RETAILER Repair date;04/04123 Project Title: SPECIALTY RETAILER parart race:04/04123 Project Title: SPECIALWRIETAIUR R-it d­04/04123 Dods(fl-hre:PAJCAA 2022W2.274-NelurelG,w,,,�TN1,F,Ils.IMDOCUMENTSkCOWHECMLEaUG N. Page - 6 Dalafil-P:%CM 2022122.274­t I G-Is-Twin Falls,IDUDDCUNENTSkCCMCHEC"LEClUGNmNC Page 4 of 6 Data Manama:PACM 2D2Z22.274-Natural Grocers T,I,Fall,IcAaDOUMENTB%C0alCHECIQELECwlGHmHG Page Bar 6 RUILDINO-THOD.- BUILDING MET110-cf, BUILDING METHOD­ DATE: 0407.2023 Lu DRAWN: MS IZ CHECKED: JCAA C ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 CITY APPROVED PLANS COMICHIECK UL Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE E7 . 0 (0 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS D Cn Page 71 of 341 20181MC 1103.1 LIMIT CALCULATIONS SPACE REFRIGERANT CHARGE VOLUME MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE REFRIGERANT PER OCCUPIED SPACE EXCEEDS LIMIT? ` 122 WIR 300 LBS 1719 FT3 =(24*1719)/1000=41.2 LBS =(300*1000)/1719=174.6 LBS/1000 FT3 YES ® PLAN NOTES: 1.REFRIGERANT ALARM STROBE LIGHTS AND HORNS ABOVE DOORS ON 112 STOCK 300 LBS 109260 FT3 =(24*109260)/1000=2622.2 LBS =(30(Y*1000)/109260=2.8 LBS/1000 FT3 NO BOTH SIDES.PROVIDE LOCALIZED CONTROL TO ENGAGE HORN/STROBE WHEN IT REGISTERS 890 PPM OF R-448A REFRIGERANT IN THE SPACE. 121 WIF 300 LBS 1256 FT3 =(24*1256)/1000=30.1 LBS =(300*1000)/1256=238.9 LBS/1000 FT3 YES 2.PROVIDE EXIT AND ENTRY SIGNAGE.SEE DRAWINGS#4/R2. 3.EXHAUST FAN FOR TEMPERATURE CONTROL SHOWN FOR REFRENCE H J ui 120 WIR 300 LBS 1656 FT3 =(24*1656y1000=39.7 LBS =(300*1000)/1656=181.2 LBS/1000 FT3 YES ONLY.REFER TO MECHANICAL PLANS FOR MORE INFORMATION. W o 00 M 101 RETAIL 300 LBS 222980 FT3 =(24*222980u1000=5351.5 LBS =(300*1000)/222980=1.4 LBS/1000 FT3 NO j LU ry 0 0 O 114 COMPRESSOR 300 LBS 2583 FT3 =(24*2583)/1000=61.9 LBS =(300*1000)/2583=116.2 LBS/1000 FT3 YES LL LL IN CONCLUSION,COOLERS/FREEZERS AND COMPRESSOR EXCEEDS THE 2018 IMC 1103.1 GUIDELINES AND W ILL REQUIRE LEAK DETECTION EQUIPMENT. STOCK AND RETAIL DOES NOT REQUIRE LEAK DETECTION EQUIPMENT. Q Z uiW I- w d #92.t27o4 WIR � ED�CATION ;', r o # 120 C NTER n�oM 2 ❑ 101E VITAMINS HABA 3 R iFd WIF 101D F101B v3 # 121 ;'I 0 njNU 2 10 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �- - - ------ ----- --- WIR --- I I 122 � �55lONA�f4,� 4� P ¢ RETAIL r� 2085 N2Q 101 �Oh4rf .N I I I I 1�� P PRODUCE a �/ - 113 - - - - - - - - �- - - - - - — O g HE � ' I C1 101A I I I I I I I W H n L STOCK = a a 112 I— ~ O r ` N 9 N v E N W s LLJ _ S0 r--------------------- I_ e (D Z E °u x W it z " PRODUCE 7 H A 101 C Q = a0 o � O(E)IMEN _ 3 EF- U M g s F CV O z 7Rr OO T R BREAK ROOM HALL DATE: ISSUE: 9:n In 108 102 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT EF- I T9COUI2 RR TIER109 105F� -I - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - a F+ DATE: 04.07.2023 LL z 7 - DRAWN: ERK Lu CHECKED: JCAA d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 c REFRIGERRATION MECHANICAL DRAWINGS LL REFRIGERATION FLOOR PLAN CITY APPROVED PLANS Lu m SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0" —�' - Reviewed for Code Compliance Rl 9 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE R 1 0 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS — Page 72 of 341 z J ui z W I—M Q J/7M IL W ao —0o u�w ° ° OPERATING INRUSH OPERATING AUDIBLE ALARM OPERATING AGENCY � SYMBOL DESCRIPTION TEMPURATURE HUMIDITY PRESSURE NOTES H- �,.1 Z v P VOLTAGE CURRENT POWER ALARM DELAY APPROVALS ZQ 19.5 TO CE,EN W ® REFRIGERANT 28.5VDC; 1.5 A 170mA @ INTERNAL ALARM DELAY: -40 TO 120°F 5 TO 90%RH 23.6 TO 50270.2015 REFRIGERANT MONITOR MUSTUJ MONITOR 24VDC BUZZER 5 72dB 0 TO 15 MIN. (-40 TO 50°C) 32.51N.Hg BE CAPABLE OF DETECTING 24VAC±20% UL/CSA/IEC/EN 50/60 HZ AT 4"(10CM) 61010-1 R448A REFRIGERANT,AND BE COMPATIBLE WITH ALL ui menu ASSOCIATED NOTIFICATION EQUIPMENT. e�uxc. PROVIDE AND WIRE WITH 2- °E�ux°. xaiws.rsos ceiuxc. "` CORE SHIELDED CABLE,16 TO 20 AW G(0.5 TO 1.5 mm^2) el I rzigw .o einii #22.274 ro°ETa14a.s. m o A F F �m 3 OO rn R �j �DIAawe 3 T. Un — Z! XT v3 FRONT VIEW/OUTSIDE COOLER SIDE VIEW BACK VIEW/INSIDE COOLER 1 ZONE ALARM/HORN/STROBE MOUNTING DETAIL REFEGERANT MONITOR DETAIL NOT TO SCALE NOT TO SCALE NAL `0�'��Nc�y.^ P. v 2085ut(Ip/�4 18"WIDE 18"WIDE �ohNE SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS I I REFRIGERANT SENSOR SHALL BE CAPABLE OF DETECTION OF I I IF LIGHT IS IF LIGHT IS 12 R-448A.UPON REFRIGERANT MONITOR SENSOR DETECTING FLASHING - FLASHING - ° 6 REFRIGERANT LEVELS ABOVE 890 PPM,MONITOR SHALL ENGAGE STROBE HORN POST ENTRY SIGNS AT EACH AND HORN STROBE WITH VISIBLE AND AUDIBLE INDICATION. _ ENTRANCE OF EVERY ENCLOSED m m UPON LOSS OF POWER,HORN STROBE SHALL BE INITIATED. SPACE WITH A REFRIGERANT ALARM. REFRIGERANT LEAK REFRIGERANT LEAK SILVER SHIELD DETECTED INSIDE DETECTED INSIDE LJJ AUDIO AND VISUAL INDICATIONS AND SIGNAGE ARE DETAILED REFRIGERANT BROWN < BELOW I SENSOR BLACK ~ a RED POST EXIT SIGNS AT EACH EXIT OF EVACUATE ROOM Q e o BLUE EVERY ENCLOSED SPACE WITH A REQUIRED TESTING GREEN REFRIGERANT ALARM. DO NOT ENTER AND BUILDING U W o0 TE INSTALLING CONTRACTOR SHALL TEST THE DETECTOR IN +POS GND Lu = ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS TESTING REQUIREMENTS TO VERIFY DETECTOR AND ALARMS ARE IN PROPER 1 POWER — c" A+' OPERATING ORDER. O SUPPLY PROVIDE RED BACKGROUND WITH 2"HIGH LETTERS PROVIDE RED BACKGROUND WITH 2"HIGH LETTERS Z d o o x U d � --------------------------------- I 2 W GENERAL NOTES ---------------- ENTRY EXIT � Z WIRING FOR SYSTEM WITH 1 STROBE, w P Ca 1 SENOR&1 POWER SUPPLY Q w+ 1. ALL ITEMS TO BE LOCATED AND SUPPORTED TO PROTECT `----- o � AGAINST DAMAGE. 2. THE GAS DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS SHALL BE w Fy tO ADDITIONAL RELAY IS CONNECTED TO SIGNAGE DETAIL = J 3 >~ INSTALLED,INSPECTED,TESTED,CALIBRATED AND SECONDARY DEVICE SUCH AS FIRE NOT TO SCALE U M .3 MAINTAINED PER THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS OR PANEL WHEN REQUIRED BY JURISDICTION F" N AT MINIMUM ANNUALLY. 3. PROVIDE EMERGENCY POWER BACK UP FOR REFRIGERANT N z DETECTOR TO AVOID NUISANCE TRIPS DUE TO POWER DATE: ISSUE: #: OUTAGES OR AUTOMATIC RESTART OF SYSTEMS. 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT n 0 ci A 0 w Fz+ F— r REFRIGERANT MONITOR WIRING DIAGRAM F" NOT TO SCALE DATE: 04.07.2023 N DRAWN: ERK LLI z CHECKED: JCAA d ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 CITY APPROVED PLANS REFRIGERATION Reviewed for Code Compliance MECHANICAL DRAWINGS 0 q PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 0 x W FOR ALL INSPECTIONS R2 Page 73 of 341 REFRIGERATION POWER GENERAL NOTES: ®POWER PLAN NOTES: ®POWER PLAN NOTES: ®POWER PLAN NOTES: GENERAL ELECTRICAL NOTES 1.ALL REFRIGERATION SYSTEM WIRING(INCLUDING FANS, 1.ROUTE CONDUIT(S)BELOW SLAB BACK TO ELECTRICAL PANEL 8.PROVIDE JUNCTION BOX AND CONNECTION FOR THERMOSTAT 14.REFER TO ONE LINE DIAGRAM. LIGHTS,DEFROST AND CONTROLS)SHALL BE STRANDED. OR NEAREST WALL. FOR EXHAUST FAN,MOUNT JUNCTION BOX AT+48"AFF,VERIFY LOCATION WITH OWNER/TENANT'S REP. 15.#REPRESENTS REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT.REFER TO'REFRIGERATION 1.NO SPLICES.ALL HOME RUNS TO BE ONE CONTINUOUS CONDUCTOR. 2.SEPARATE CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH OF 2.FUSED DISCONNECT FOR MED TEMP COMPRESSORS,SINGLE EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION'SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER POWER,CONTROL WIRING,AND DEFROST WHEN CALLED FOR POINT CONNECTION,BY E.C.REFER TO ONE-LINE.VERIFY 9.PROVIDE CONNECTION TO MOTORIZED DAMPER AND PROVIDE INFORMATION. ON THE COMPRESSOR SCHEDULE.REFER TO POWER PLAN COMPRESSOR RACK LAYOUT WITH NATURAL GROCERS ENCLOSED PRE-WIRED RELAY(SPDT,10A,120V COIL,"RIBUIC" SHEET FOR POWER NEEDS,AND SHEET COMMUNICATION REFRIGERATION REP. FROM FUNCTIONAL DEVICES,INC.).RELAY TO BE WALL MOUNTED 16.FRIDGE SYSTEM 1&2-EACH(2)#8 AND 1#10 GND.FRIDGE SYSTEM 3(2)# SHEET FOR LOW VOLTAGE NEEDS.REFER TO EQUIPMENT AT+48".REFER TO COMPRESSOR ROOM WIRING DIAGRAM, 10 AND 1#12 GND.FRIDGE SYSTEM 4(2)#10 AND 1#12 GND. ui SCHEDULES FOR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT CIRCUITING 3.FUSED DISCONNECT FOR LOW TEMP COMPRESSORS,SINGLE DETAILS SHEET. INF ATION. 0 NT CONNECTION,BY E.C. 3.1200VMBRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS(UNLESS IN COMPRESSOR RACK REp�YOUT WITH RNATU TO ORAL GROCERS Y EXHAUST 10. IDFAN CONTROL, MOUNAND ONNECTION T FROM STRUOR CHAIN.CUTURE NEEDED. SHA 17.PROVIDE BLOPROVIDE WALK-INSX AT ALL 0/ POWER TOALL REFRIGERANT DEVICES AS W w SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE): AT SAME ELEVATION AS LIGHT FIXTURES.VERIFY LOCATION WITH O 0 4.CONDUIT TO BE CONCEALED WITHIN OR MOUNTED ABOVE OWNER/TENANTS REP.REFER TO COMPRESSOR ROOM WIRING 18.20A 208V 1PH FOR COMPRESSOR CONTROLS. GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 0-100'=#12AWG. EQUIPMENT CASE OR SHELVING. DIAGRAM ON DETAIL SHEET. 0_ raj 101-150'=#10 AWG. Q_ J J 151-250'=#8 AWG. 5.JUNCTION BOX FOR LIGHTS,FANS AND ANTI SWEAT HEATERS 11.PROVIDE HARD WIRED CONNECTION FOR REFRIGERATION (IF REQUIRED)AS INDICATED ON REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONTROL PANEL.VERIFY EXACT LOCATION. 1.3 PERMITS AND FEES H- LL LL 4.ALL HOMERUNS BETWEEN ELECTRICAL PANELS AND SCHEDULE.COIL A 4'PIGTAIL AT J-BOX AND EXTEND CONDUIT Z M Z RESPECTIVE DEVICES OR EQUIPMENT SHALL BE CONTINUOUS AND WIRE TO CASE MOUNTED J-BOXAT EACH ADDITIONAL CASE 12.JUNCTION BOX IN CASE.LEAVE AND COIL 12'PIGTAIL AT A.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL REQUIRED PERMITS AND LICENSES AND SHALL MAKE ALL Z rn CONDUCTORS WITH NO SPLICES. AS SHOWN.E.C.TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION AT EACH CASE. JUNCTION BOX.ONE CIRCUIT FOR FANS,ONE CIRCUIT FOR DEPOSITS AND PAY ALL FEES REQUIRED FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF WORK UNDER THIS SECTION,OTHER THAN w LIGHTS,ELECTRICIAN TO MAKE FINAL CONNECTION.COORDINATE THOSE DEPOSITS OR FEES WHICH ARE FULLY REFUNDABLE TO THE OWNER. H . ■ 6.COORDINATE CONNECTION POINT FOR REFRIGERATORS AND ROUGH IN WITH OWNER/TENANTS REP. W FREEZERS WITH OWNER/TENANTS REP. 13.PROVIDE HARD WIRED CONNECTION FOR FREEZER HEAT 7.4X4 JUNCTION BOX FOR ELECTRIC DEFROST WIRING AS TRACE. INDICATED ON REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE AND DEFROST WIRING NOTES CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE #22.274 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS m$A row 3UO1 7 (PART) WIR 17 120 n B-3 �CENTER N +sr' 6 J ❑ 101E � - ---------------- ` SIONA�f f ABBOVEOVEO ON 7 i CLOS VITAMINS HA A WALL 13 I JI 7 IF J +72" i 111 101D 10 B 4� P 121 (PART R FRIDGE i6 v 2085j _2 ® SYSTEM#A-3FP4 ❑ 7� N lye'Q. I_F_ID E ON_#=5_i6 #121 I +92" ----#120J - - - - - - - - - i 104C1 I - - - - - - - - - - - - I D i WIR 13J i CPART.) (PART).B-19 I J 21 B-21 B-23 1 122 +52 , J (PART.) 2 ti I J (PART. .9 � I -27 Ma5 J ❑ L n LJJ h 0 RETAIL �a` - 1104C2 � to � I I r PRODUCE y 00 W N N 113 i CKO C Ll w `0 — - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - LJJ 101A Tom' 1103C 2 Z 0 STOCK � - - - i � - - - - - + - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � u 112 +72^ i U (� '' I A-35 J i Z rn (PART.) • , IFN ILI 5 ` iri n L Q J H � � i rn� J J c , 113 - - - - - - - - 15 4 2 4 12 12 - - - - - Q _o I �B-37 4 (TYP.) J B O -18 +92" u M +92" 1 _ J J J J N - - - 5 B-15- , - - - - O - - - - - - N J J J J 12 i J B-17 1 1 - - - - - - - _ B-9 DATE: ISSUE: #: - - - - - - 7 4 B12 1 -tr� - PRO_DUCE - - - PEMIT - - 0407.2023 ISSUED FOR R s +92" 42" +92" +84" 101 C +11. 0 Q B-2) PART. 5 5 5 5 5 ❑ 1 ,(PART.)(PART.g_2 i i B 5 2 B-31 B-33 (E MEN__ J M CC J J J 104C1 102B J J +92" 109A 1096 109 100 100A 100B HALL G z2 3 El W EF-6 OOD1�2 3 D BOO DATE: 04.07.2023 a n CO OOM DRAWN: MS (PART.) J 18 CHECKED: JCAA B B 114 1 J 10 0 1 ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 J $ L=j REFRIGERATION LL ❑ POWER DRAWINGS Q J 9 0 It�_ W R3 1 MAIN L VEL - REFRIG RATION POWE PLAN R3 SCALE: 1/8"=1'-0 N Page 74 of 341 POWER GENERAL NOTES: 1.NO HORIZONTAL CONDUIT SHALL BE ROUTED ON THE ROOF.ROUTE BELOW IN STRUCTURE. O ROOF PLAN NOTES: # 1.ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY CONNECTION FOR ui ROOFTOP CONDENSERS WITH REFRIGERATION F SUPPLIER/MANUFACTURER.REFER TO ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE FOR CIRCUITING INFORMATION.REFER TO EQUIPMENT W o SCHEDULE FOR DISCONNECT SIZE. W W°0 2.WEATHERPROOF,GFI SERVICE RECEPTACLE.MOUNT K 0 ADJACENT MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT. a J 3.ENTIRE CIRCUIT(2#10,#10G.,1/2-C. � ' ` �J LL 4.FOR POWER FEEDS-NO ROOF PENETRATIONS.REFER TO Z M Z ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS SET DETAILS'PIPE ENCLOSURE Q — THROUGH WALL'&'CONDENSER PIPE ENCLOSURE'FOR UJ ■ FURTHER INFORMATION. L W ui r n 0. [t CITY APPROVED PLANS V Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 922.274 mom row 3 L) a 7 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I SlO�NALONc�Y . . 2085 c IIII .N 12 d LJJ uj 0 Z - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - u 1 ry Z m' W �t c A 38 ci:) 0 < J a10i (PART) Q c o - vM Q /�}J IIII DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 �237 1 — — — — — — — — 04 07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT MIT A-8,10,12 A-2,4,6 G ❑ 1 ❑ 1 O DATE: 04.07.2023 W DRAWN: MS a CHECKED: JCAA ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O REFRIGERATION LL - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - POWER DRAWING Q ROOF - REFRIGERAT ON POWER PLAN _i N SI �I R4 _ R4 SCALE: 1/8'=1'-0" �o. N Page 75 of 341 LOW VOLTAGE GENERAL NOTES: ®COMMUNICATION PLAN NOTES: 1.ALL LOW VOLTAGE AND SECURITY DEVICES AND 1.CONTROL JUNCTION BOX,RUN 3/4"CONDUIT AND CABLE CABLING SHALL BE EXCLUDED FROM THE E.C.'S BID, (PER REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE,) REGARDLESS OF ANY SPECIFIC DRAWING NOTES ON THIS FROM JUNCTION BOX TO COMPRESSOR RACK.ROUTE PLAN.THIS INCLUDES TELEPHONE/DATA DEVICES AND CONDUIT JUST BELOW ROOF DECK.COIL 30'-O"OF CABLE AT CABLING,CAMERA CABLING,AND SECURITY/DOOR ACCESS JUNCTION BOX AND IN COMPRESSOR ROOM,COORDINATE DEVICES AND CABLING.E.C.SHALL INCLUDE ALL CONDUIT TERMINATION WITH ONWER/TENANTS REP. AND JUNCTION BOXES FOR LOW VOLTAGE SYSTEMS WHERE INDICATED AND SHALL INCLUDE ALL 2.CONDUIT TO BE CONCEALED WITHIN OR MOUNTED ABOVE REFRIGERATION CONTROL WIRING AND CONDUIT AS EQUIPMENT CASE OR SHELVING. INDICATED. 3.ROUTE 3/4"CONTROL CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX, 2.E.C.SHALL MAKE ALL CONNECTIONS AT REFRIGERATION BELOW SLAB TO COMPRESSOR RACK OR TO NEAREST WALL. CASES SHOWN,CONNECTIONS AT COMPRESSOR RACKS WILL BE MADE BY OTHERS. 4.PROVIDE 1 22/2 CONTROL SHIELDED WIRE IN 3/4"C.FROM COMMUNICATION SYMBOL LEGEND CABLE DEVICE COMMUNICATION SYMBOL LEGEND CABLE DEVICE () HEAT RECLAIM COIL TO COMPRESSOR RACK.COIL 10'OF F uj © DATA JUNCTION BOX AS NOTED N/A VD VOLUME CONTROLLER(WALL MTD) (1)18/2 3.SEPARATE CONDUITS SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EACH OF CABLE AT EACH LOCATION. W F Q DATA OUTLET POWER,CONTROL WIRING,AND DEFROST WHEN CALLED w M (1)CATSe STANDARD 1-PORT DEVICE WAp WIRELESS ACCESS POINT(CEILING MTD) (1)CAT5e DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC FOR ON THE COMPRESSOR SCHEDULE.REFER TO POWER 5.PROVIDE 1/2"CONTROL CONDUIT WITH(9)2212 SHIELDED W W TELEPHONE OUTLET (1)CAT5e STANDARD 1-PORT DEVICE KP KEY PAD(WALL MTD) (1)22/4 DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC SHEET FOR POWER NEEDS,AND LOW VOLTAGE SHEET CONTROL CABLE TO ROOFTOP CONDENSER RACK.REFER TO FOR LOW VOLTAGE NEEDS.REFER TO EQUIPMENT DETAIL SHEETS.(FOR MEZZANINE CONDITION). O TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET(WALL MTD) (2)CAT5e STANDARD 2-PORT DEVICE CR CARD READER(WALL MTD) (1)22/8 DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC SCHEDULES SHEET FOR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT CIRCUITING a J INFORMATION. 6.PROVIDE SEPARATE 1"CONDUITS FOR POWER,CONTROLS IL J J <7 DATA OUTLET(FLOOR MTD) (1)CAT5e STANDARD 1-PORT DEVICE (SHIELDED) AND DEFROST WIRING FROM OVERHEAD JUNCTION BOX. ❑/ TELEPHONE OUTLET(FLOOR MTD) (1)CAT5e STANDARD 1-PORT DEVICE SIR SIREN(WALL MTD) (1)18/4 HONEYWELL WAVE2 4.WHEN COMPRESSOR RACKS ARE UP ON THE MEZZANINE CONDUITS TO BE PAINTED BY GC. Z M U- 0 LEVEL,THEN(9)2/22 SHEILDED STAND WIRES NEED TO M Z 0 TELEPHONE/DATA OUTLET(FLOOR MTD) (2)CAT5e STANDARD 2-PORT DEVICE HE SECURITY SYSTEM MOTION SENSOR RUN FROM RACK TO WALL NEAR BOTTOM OF LOWER 7.PROVIDE(1)22/2 STRANDED CABLE AND(1)CATSe CABLE Q rn (1)22/4 HONEYWELL I52535 LADDER.COORDINATE WITH OWNER. FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO IT ROOM FOR ALARM.PROVIDE UJ ATLAS/SOUNDOLIRE: DC DOOR CONTACT (1)22/2 PER VCNG SPECIFICATIONS 15•-0"OF COILED CABLING IN EACH ROOM.BY LOW VOLTAGE © H ■ SPEAKER(CEILING MTD) (1)18/2 "SM42TBL"(RETAIL AREA,WAREHOUSE, DB (1)22/2 DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC Z DOOR BELL CONTRACTOR. W ui WALK COOLERS,ETC.) PH POWER DOOR HINGE (1)18/4 DEVICE PROVIDED BY NGVC 8.CONTROL JUNCTION BOX,RUN 3/4"CONDUIT AND CABLE C (PER REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE, F-0 SPEAKER(WALL MTD) (1)18/2 "FA-136T87"WITH BACKBOX AND FA FIRE ALARM(BY OTHERS) BY OTHERS BY OTHERS EQUIPMENT SHEET)FROM JUNCTION BOX TO COMPRESSOR SUPPORT PLATE(TILED CEILING AREAS)AT-10" RACK.COIL 30'-0"OF CABLE AT JUNCTION BOX AND IN �^\ COMPRESSOR ROOM,COORDINATE TERMINATION WITH ONWER/TENANTS REP. CITY APPROVED PLANS 9.PROVIDE(1)3/4"CONDUIT FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO REFRIGERATION CONTROL PANEL. Reviewed for Code Compliance 10.REFRIGERATION CONTROL PANEL.PROVIDE(1)CAT5E PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE CABLE WITH RJ45 CONNECTOR AND 2'COILED CABLE AT CONTROLLER BACK TO IT ROOM.COIL 15'OF CABLE IN IT 922274 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS ROOM.BY DATA CABLING CONTRACTOR. mom 11.#REPRESENTS REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT.REFER TO r 'REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION' 3 Q rn SCHEDULE FOR FURTHER INFORMATION. 7 6 5 4 3 2 1.3 1 2 ° 60^ K y 2 z SlONAL ��FONC�Y 1 17 ADS uSyFp�Y � _ #120 104C1 T — — — — — ---- — — — — — — — — 0 OD iO4C \ 7-7 -- -- 71 +sz +sz^ 1 D c 6 � o III I 0 M � ■ � o CD EFE 104C2 � N --� - - - - i - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - c W ~ ` _ c 1103C c 2" — t — — — — — + — — — — — — — — — — — — — = E 1 Z o u (nP.) U U ry Z �2 W 112A D #105A D #112A D Q o 103C — — — — — — — — — B — — — — — Q 3 2 � +92' \ If IT IF If v04 M I D ® 2 — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — p I DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 — 3 — 3 — — — — — — — — — — 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT \ E2E0 O +12' sz' sz sz" +64° Ba ° 1 104C1 102B 0 1 109 O 1 109 O 1 109 � 1 100 ° 1 10oAj 1 100 D 1 6 00 F- ❑ CI 01 W DATE: 04.07.2023 a DRAWN: MS D 7 CHECKED: JCAA s 0 ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 REFRIGERAT ON LL ❑ COMMUNICATION Q I W 1 MAIM LEVEL - REFRII ERATION CO MUNICATION R5 RS SCALE: 1/8" P-0" (n Page 76 of 341 EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION VOLT PHASE KW HP AMPS DISC.SIZE CB SIZE FUSE SIZE FEEDER NOTES 220 COMPRESSOR RACK-MED.TEMP 208 3 80 VERIFY 80A 100A 3P PER MFG. RE:ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE 2,3 221 ROOF TOP CONDENSER-MEDIUM TEMP 208 3 14 40A 40A 3P PER MFG. (3)#8,#10G.,112"C 2,3 uj 230 COMPRESSOR RACK-LOW TEMP. 208 3 125 VERIFY 125A 150A 3P PER MFG. RE:ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE 2,3 Z p LU 231 ROOF TOP CONDENSER-LOW TEMP 208 3 14 40A 40A 3P PER MFG. (3)t#8,#10G.,1/2-C 2.3 I. M UJ UJ 00 NOTES: O Of 0 1.MINIMUM FEEDER SIZE SHOWN,UPSIZE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FOR VOLTAGE DROP PER THE GENERAL NOTES ON THE POWER PLANS BASED ON THE DISTANCE FROM PANEL. a J 2.COMPRESSOR RACK DATA IS ESTIMATED,BASED IN PREVIOUS PROJECTS.E.C.SHALL VERIFY ACTUAL COMPRESSOR RACK ELECTRICAL DATA PRIOR TO ORDERING ANY CIRCUIT BREAKERS OR WIRING EQUIPMENT WITH THE OWNER'S RESPRESENTATIVE J LL AND REFRIGERATION CONSULTANT. LL 3.EC TO PROVIDE FUSED DISCONNECT Z W M Z rn ui 4.CONTROL POWER w I I I H 5.NO EXCEPTION ON WIRE SIZES. 6.VERIFY PLUG TYPE WITH MANUFACTERER SPECIFICATION PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. 0. U MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE LOAD 922.274 DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION VOLTAGE PHASE DISCONNECT SIZE FUSE SIZE FEEDER SIZE REMARKS m o HP KVA FLA r o 3 0O1 --/--/4.OA EF-6 EXHAUST FAN 3/4 120 1 SMTO/30A1P FRN-R (2#12,1#12G,3/4"C) a REMARKS c� 1.UNIT FURNISHED WITH INTEGRAL DISCONNECT. 2.PROVIDE MOTOR RATED SWITCH WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD. REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION SCHEDULE TAG DESCRIPTION VOLT PHASE AMPS DISC.SIZE CB SIZE FEEDER DEFROST CONTROL WIRING 100A,10013 32'PRODUCE CASE(2-12 FOOT,1E FOOT) YES-(3)22/2 LIGHTS 120 1 6.25 INTEGRAL 20A 1 P (2)#12,#12G.,112"C COIL FAN 120 1 3.6 INTEGRAL 20A 1 P (2JiH2,#12G.,1/2"C 4 n P 101 6Y&MODUCEISLAND YES-(2)2212 2085' G "COIL FANS 120 1 5.44 INTEGRAL 20A iP (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C 7� IJrY 2Q 102B 24'MEAT CASE(2-12 FOOT) YES-(4)22/2 �C�4jE •11 LIGHTS 120 1 3 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2#12,#12G.,1/2"C .AI COIL FANS 120 1 1.12 INTEGRAL 20A 1P 103C 10-DOOR ICE CREAM CASE(2-5 DOOR) YES-NOTE A YES-(4)2212 LIGHTS 120 1 5.58 INTEGRAL 20A iP (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C COIL FANS 120 1 2.2 INTEGRAL 20A iP (2)/#12,#12G.,117 C ANTI SWEAT HEATERS(2-5 DOOR) 120 1 15.38 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2Jt#12,#12G.,1/2"C 104C1,104C2 20-DOOR FROZEN FOOD CASE(45 DOOR) YES-NOTE S YES.(8)2212 12 d I I c LIGHTS 120 1 11.16 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)#12,#12G.,1/2"C YES-NOTE C O c COIL FANS 120 1 4.4 INTEGRAL 20A iP (2)t#12,#12G.,1/2"C =D ro � ANTI SWEAT HEATERS(2-5 DOOR) 120 1 15.38 INTEGRAL 20A iP (2)}#12,#12G.,11T C Ui n N ANTI SWEAT HEATERS(2-5 DOOR) 120 1 15.38 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2Jt#12,#12G.,1/2'C 'c 1058 BEVERAGES(2 LOCATIONS) YES(1)22/2 uj LIGHTS 120 1 1.91 INTEGRAL 20A I (2W12,#12G.,1/2"C M1 COIL FANS 120 1 1.06 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C Q y� 106 COLD DRINK REFRIGERATOR YES-(1)22/2 e o ~ N LIGHTS 120 1 2.2 INTEGRAL 20A1P (2Jf1 2,#12G.,1/2"C y o 0 U TJ N COIL FANS 120 1 0.4 INTEGRAL 20A1P (2Jf1 2,#12G.,1/2"C � W o� 108 REFRIGERATED FOODS(2 LOCATIONS) YES-(1)22/2 W = U H LIGHTS 120 1 2.25 INTEGRAL 20A iP (2)t#12,#12G.,1/2"C (2 TOTAL) � > COIL FANS 120 1 2.24 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2Jf#12,#12G.,1/2"C 109A,109B 28'DAIRY CASE(2-8 FOOT,1-12 FOOT) YES-(6)2212 2 Z c EO LIGHTS 120 1 4.5 INTEGRAL 20A I (2W12,#12G.,1/2"C D COIL FANS 120 1 4.48 INTEGRAL 20A iP (2)t#12,#12G.,1/2'C U � 110 16'REF.VITAMINS(2-8 FOOT) YES-(2)22/2 r/ Z 0)N LIGHTS 120 1 2.25 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2Jf#12,#12G.,1/2"C W COIL FANS 120 1 224 INTEGRAL 20A I (2W12,#12G.,1/2"C m 112A UPRIGHT CASES YES-(1)2212 J u rn Q c o LIGHTS 120 1 1.91 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C (2 TOTAL) _ COIL FANS 120 1 1.06 INTEGRAL 20A 1P (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C V 113 PET FOOD M UNIT 120 1 5.4 CORD/PLUG 20A 1P (2)#2,#12G.,1/2"C •^'/ 120 PRODUCE WALK-IN REFRIGERATOR YES-(2)2212 O COIL FANS 120 1 9.2 30A 20A iP (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C CNI 121 WALK-IN FREEZER YES-NOTED YES-(2)2212 COIL FANS-POWER FROM COMPRESSOR RACK 122 DATE: ISSUE: DAIRY WALK-IN REFRIGERATOR YES-(2)21/2 #: O 04.07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT COIL FANS 120 1 12 INTEGRAL 20A iP (2)/#12,#12G.,1/2"C IT CONTROL WIRING DETAIL NOTES:01-LOW TEMP GETS ONE 22/2 PER CASE.MEDIUM TEMP GETS ONE 2212 PER FOUR FEET(OR FRACTION).ALL 22/2 TO BE SHIELDED AND PLENUM RATED AND STRANDED. GENERAL NOTES:(APPLY TO ALLI 1.ALL REFRIGERATION SYSTEM WIRING(INCLUDING FANS,LIGHTS,DEFROST,AND CONTROLS)SHALL BE STRANDED. G 2.CONTROL CONDUIT AND CABLE PROVIDED BY ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR.ALL CABLE DENOTED'='SHALL BE(2)MAWG(STRANDED)SHIELDED CABLE.E.C.SHALL PULL CABLE AND COIL 30'AT EACH END OF CONDUIT.CONTROLS WIRE SHALL NOT BE SPLICES.COORDINATE TERMINATIONS WITH OWNERS REP. /V 3.E.C.SHALL LABEL EACH END OF EACH CONTROL CABLE WITH A UNIQUE CABLE DESIGNATION REPRESENTING ITS RESPECTIVE CASE(I.E."101-A;"101-B,""101-C,"ETC.). DATE: 04.07.2023 W 4.MINIMUM FEEDER SIZE SHOWN,UPSIZE CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS FOR VOLTAGE DROP PER THE GENERAL NOTS ON THE POWER PLANS BASED ON THE DISTANCE FROM PANEL. DRAWN: MS DEFROST NOTES:ALL LOW VOLTAGE WIRING TO BE PLENUM RATED.REFER TO POWER PLANS FOR SYTEMS ZONES Al.A2.A3.A4.A5. CHECKED: JCAAROGUE NO.: 2022.44 O ZONE A-1.RUN(1)3/4'CONDUIT WITH(2#8 AWG,(1)#10 GND FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO"ICE CREAM CASE'(#103).EXTEND DEFROST WIRING AND CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX AT FIST CASE TO EACH ADDITIONAL CASE AS SHOWN ON PLANS. CITY APPROVED PLANS LL ONE LINE 1, VERIFY ENDING LOCATIONS WITH OWNERS REP. ZONEA-3,A-4.RUN(1)3/4"CONDUIT WITH(2)1#10 AWG,(1#10 GND FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO'FROZEN FOOD CASE'(#104C1).EXTEND DEFROST WIRING AND CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX AT FIRST CASE TO EACH ADDITIONALCASE SHOWN ON Reviewedfor Code Compliance DIAGRAM& 0 PLANS.VERIFY ENDING LOCATIONS WITH OWNERS REP. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE SCHEDULES Lu VZONE ERIFY ENDING LOCATIONS LOCH IONDUITHWITH OWNERS REP. )InO GND FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO'FROZEN FOOD CASE(#104C5).EMEND DEFOREST WIRING AND CONDUIT FROM JUNCTION BOX AT FIRST CASET TO EACH ADDITIONAL CASE SHOWN ON PLANS. R /�\//�\\/ VERIFY ENDING LOCATIONS WITH OWNERS REP. ■ _ `I FOR ALL INSPECTIONS N ZONE A-S.RUN(1)3/4"CONDUIT WITH(2)/IB AWG(DEFROST),(2w/10 AWG(FANS),AND(1)/t10 GND FROM COMPRESSOR RACK TO'WALK-IN FREEZER'(#121).VERIFY ENDING LOCATIONS WITH OWNERS REP. .w Page 77 of 341 (�, zJ Lu LU LU / M LU W O KD LL J � r , QJ H v M LL Z Z Q �— ■ ■ W LU W I I I H W 8'OF 3/4"SEALTITE CONDUIT AND CABLE, EXPOSED CONDUIT ON ROOF(LIQUID TIGHT, PVC COATED,FLEXIBLE METALLIC CONDUIT) (1)22/2 (2)22/2 SHIELDED SHIELDED 3/4"EMT CONDUIT AND ROOF DECK CABLE,BELOW ROOF DECK ROOFTOP ROOFTOP 3/4"CONDUIT WITH WIRE CONDENSER CONDENSER SIZED PER COMPRESSOR #22274 ROOF DECK LOW TEMP MED TEMP ROOF DECK RACK NOTES THIS SHEET RUN BELOW ROOF DECK ro TO COMPRESSOR RACK TO COMPRESSOR RACK �° mom 3/4"CONTROL CONDUIT AND I ISLAND EQUIPMENT r O 3/4"DEFROST CONDUIT CABLE,PER POWER PLAN AND STRANDED WIRE, v o, PERCOMPRESSOR RACK 120V POWER TO EQUIPMENT, POWERTO WIRING NOTES PER POWER PLAN,TYP. PANEL BOARD CONTROL WIRING n DEFROST DEFROST 12'PIG TAIL a10i POWER CONTROL WIRING POWER 12,PIG TAIL C P D C P C C D C C C C WALK-IN WALK-IN P P J d J J J J COMPRESSO COMPRESSOR REFRIGERATOR FREEZER ELECT. 3/4"PVC BELOW GRADE RACK RACK OR OR PANEL FINISHED FLOOR FINISHED FLOOR LOW TEMP MID TEMP REFRIGERATED FREEZER CASE CASE DETAIL NOTES: NOTES: D=DEFROST CONDUIT AND STRANDED WIRE -REFER TO REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT CONNECTION SCHEDULE FOR C=CONTROL CONDUIT AND CABLE SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS. -ALL DEFROST AND CONTROL WIRE TO/FROM COMPRESSOR RACKS SHALL BE -CONDUIT ROUTING MAL P POWER CONDUIT AND WIRE STRANDED.CONTROL WIRE SHALL NOT BE SPLICED. 4 f P REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT WIRING DETAIL ISLAND CONDUIT COLLECTION POINT DETAIL N.1.S. ohNf SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: SEQUENCE OF OPERATION: REFRIGERANT EVACUATION,THIS FAN SHALL BE ACTIVATED BY THE TEMPERATURE CONTROL,NORMAL VENTILATION AND MAXIMUM HEAT RISE REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEM.THIS FAN WILL BE ACTIVATED UPON IS PROVIDED BY THIS FAN.THIS FAN SHALL BE ACTIVATED BY THE ACTIVATION OF THE REFRIGERANT DETECTION SYSTEM VIA 24V CONTROL REVERSE ACTING THERMOSTAT. THE FAN WILL BE ACTIVATED IF THE SIGNAL. ROOM IS OCCUPIED OR THERE IS A RISE IN TEMPERATURE ABOVE 80 DEGREES. 12 d O c c H N H N =D ro d 120V 120V y REFRIGERANT OCCUPANCY SENSOR ON WALL, o MONITOR RE:LIGHTING PLAN MOTORIZED MOTORIZED = a 24V DAMPER IN 24V DAMPER IN ~ g' DAMPER RELAY 24VDC DAMPER RELAY 24VDC < COIL 120V,20A MAKE UP AIR COIL 120V,20A TRANSFER Q e C CONTACTS DUCT C CONTACTS GRILLE IN STOCK ROOM EXHAUST FAN EXHAUST (EF-REFRIGERANT FAN(EF-5) -RE:MECH) , = U i C � e 24V u r � THERMOSTAT, v Z m RE:MECHANICAL PLANS r n COMPRESSOR ROOM FAN COMPRESSOR ROOM FAN Q J o CONTROL DIAGRAM CONTROL DIAGRAM (EF-TEMP a (EF-REFRIGERANT- RE:MECH) - RE:MECH) M N O N DATE: ISSUE: #: 0 04,07.2023 ISSUED FOR PERMIT Cr G CITY APPROVED PLANS w DATE: 04.07.2023 a Reviewed for Code Compliance DRAWN:CHECKED: JC JCAA PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE ROGUE NO.: 2022.44 0 DETAILS LL FOR ALL INSPECTIONS a W R7z) co Cn Page 78 of 341 r*4 Lozier I Back Rails (Marteck, Pegboard, Wood gin) ain You are in: Lozier > Products > Back Rails(Marteck, Pegboard,Woodgrain) Back Rails (Marteck, Pegboard , Woodgrain) Part Number: R co 00000 I Product Details: • All Island and Wall Sections require one Top, Center and Bottom Rail • 78"H - 144"H Backs require one Splicer Rail • 96"H-144"H Backs require two Center Rails • Splicer rail is not available in 2' or 30" ' • 2' and 30" sections use two Top Rails to make a Splicer Rail • Center Rail finish is always N/A because it's hidden • Electrical knockouts included on all Rails How to Order Top Rail CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 79 of 341 • All Island and Wall Sections require one Top, Center and Bottom Rail • 2' and 30" sections use two Top Rails to make a Splicer Rail • Electrical knockouts included on all Rails Product Options and Numbers Example Part#: R 4 T PLT Rails:R Width: 2', 30", 3', 4' Top Rail: T Standard Finish: PL.i Optional Catalog Colors Or=- Suffix Key PLT - Platinum Color Center Rail • All Island and Wall Sections require one Top, Center and Bottom Rail • 96"H-144"H Backs require two Center Rails • Center Rail finish is always N/A because it's hidden • Electrical knockouts included on all Rails Product Options and Numbers Example Part#: R 4 C N/A Rails:R Width: 2', 30", 3', 4' Center Rail: C Standard Finish: N/A CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 80 of 341 Splicer Rail • All Island and Wall Sections require one Top, Center and Bottom Rail • 78"H - 144"H Backs require one Splicer Rail • Splicer rail is not available in 2' or 30" • Use two top rails for splicer rail on 2' and 30" wide sections. • Electrical knockouts included on all Rails Product Options and Numbers Example Part#: R 4 S PLT Rails: Width: 3', 4' Splicer Rail: S Standard Finish: F Optional Catalog Colors Suffix Key JL PLT - Platinum Color Bottom Rail • All Island and Wall Sections require one Top, Center and Bottom Rail • Electrical knockouts included on all Rails • Also used for 2' and 30" Slotwall Backs Product Options and Numbers Example Part#: R 4 B PLT Rails: CITY APPROVED PLANS Width: 2', 30', 3 , V Reviewedfor Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 81 of 341 Bottom Rail: B Standard Finish: PLT,Optional Catalog Colors I. Suffix Key PLT - Platinum Color CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 82 of 341 LoziertNdhttps://www.lozier.com/products/storage/widespan You are in: Lozier > Products > Widespan IHIIIIII!IiiiIiiII Widespan Part Number: WS co Widespan includes four basic components: Uprite Frames, Beams, Shelf Supports, and Shelves. Widespan Cures ures a clear opening between posts and Shelves adjustable 2" on center. 0) C) Product Details: ' • Shelves adjustable 2" on center • No crossbracing required • Welded Uprite Frame SIZE INFORMATION • Clear opening between posts: Nominal shelf width plus 1/2" • Overall length: (Nominal section width plus 1/2")times the number of sections, plus 1 3/4" for each post in the run • Overall depth: 2 1/4" greater than the nominal depth of the unit • Vertical clearance between shelves with a Regular Duty Beam: 3 1/4" less than the center-to-center shelf spacing • Vertical clearance between shelves with a Heavy Duty Beam: 4 3/4" less than " spacing CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 83 of 341 COMPONENTS • Uprite Frames • Beams • Shelf Supports • Shelves WARNING: Widespan Beams are intended to be used with Widespan Shelf Supports. If Shelf Supports are not installed then the beams MUST utilize one of two Widespan Multi-Function Beam Locking Clip, WS1291 or WS9111, depending on the beam location. Failure to do this could allow the Beam to become disengaged causing product damage or personal injury. PALLET LOADED WIDESPAN CONSIDERATIONS • Forklifts must NOT be used, only a hand loader/stacker is safe to use • Order"RE" Reinforced Uprite Frames when planning to use hand loader/stacker • Beam locking hardware required when using hand loader/stacker • Shelf supports are required for all applications to stabilize beam. If not used then beam locking clip is required • Aisle side Uprite posts must be anchored to floor • Total weight of palletized goods MUST NOT exceed one half of evenly distributed Beam capacity • Allow at least 3" clearance between pallet and Uprite Frame, at least 4" clearance between pallets • Pallets should overhang both Beams by at least 2", otherwise Particleboard or Wiregrid Shelves must be used How to Order Widespan One-Piece Uprite Frame CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 84 of 341 • One-piece Uprite Frames for units 48" - 120" • Uprite post slotted on face, allows shelf adjustment 2" on center • Square holes punched on sides of Uprite post for accessories • Accessory holes punched 6" on center on face of Uprite also aid beam placement • Top Caps included on each Uprite • One Frame required for each section, plus one at end of each run • To provide increased protection under harsh shipping conditions add "SPC" to part number for additional packaging • Floor Anchors, Floor Protectors, or Back to Back Connectors may be ordered separately • Evenly distributed load of 10,000 Ibs per Uprite Frame at 48" max. Beam spacing, vertically REINFORCED UPRITE FRAME • "RE" Frame available in 72" - 120"H and all depths (lower Frame only on 132" - 192") • For use with hand loader/stacker • Reduces chance of Frame damage • Channel welded inside each post in lower 48" • Welded foot plate for anchoring, 1/2" hole I Product Options and Numbers Example Part#: WSU 18 048 RE SPC PLT CITY APPROVED PLANS Widespan Uprite : WSU Reviewedfor Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 85 of 341 Depth: 18", 24", 30", 36", 42", 48" Height: 048", 060", 072", 084", 096", 120" Reinforced Uprite for Hand Loader/ Stacker Applications: RE, Leave blank if not applicable Additional Packaging: , Leave blank if not applicable Standard Finish: FL 1 , Optional Catalog Colors Suffix Key L PLT -Platinum Widespan Two-Piece Uprite Frame • Two-piece Uprite Frames for units over 120" (Uprite Connectors included) • Uprite post slotted on face, allows shelf adjustment 2" on center • Square holes punched on sides of Uprite post for accessories • Accessory holes punched 6" on center on face of Uprite also aid beam placement • Top Caps included on each Uprite • One Frame required for each section, plus one at end of each run • To provide increased protection under harsh shipping conditions add "SPC" to part number for additional packaging • Floor Anchors, Floor Protectors, or Back to Back Connectors may be ordered separately • Evenly distributed load of 10,000 Ibs per Uprite Frame at 48" max. Beam spacing, vertically REINFORCED UPRITE FRAME • "RE" Frame available in 72" - 120"H and all depths (lower Frame only on 132" - 192") • For use with hand loader/stacker • Reduces chance of Frame damage • Channel welded inside each post in lower 48" • Welded foot plate for anchoring, 1/2" hole CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 86 of 341 1 I A Product Options and Numbers Example Part#: WSU 18 144 RE SPC U PLT Widespan Uprite : WSU Depth: 18", 24", 30", 36", 42", 48" Height: 132", 144", 156", 168", 192" Reinforced Uprite for Hand Loader/ Stacker Applications: RE, Leave blank if not applicable Additional Packaging: SPC, Leave blank if not applicable Unit: U Standard Finish: PLT, Optional Catalog Colors PLT -Platinum Widespan Shelf Assembly CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 87 of 341 • Available in two types: Wire Grid and Particleboard • Available in Regular and Heavy Duty • Load capacity per pair of Beams with appropriate Shelf Supports Evenly distributed load: o Regular Duty: 1,600-3,000 Ibs o Heavy Duty: 3,000 Ibs max INCLUDES • 2 Widespan Beams • 1 Widespan Shelf: Particleboard or Wire Grid • Number of Shelf Supports required for customer's application (See load chart) IDESPAN SHELF • • . . . • Section Section • Regular Depth (Beam Length) 48" 1,600 2,400 3,000 3,000 --- 60" 1,600 2,400 2,400 --- 3,000 Up to 36" D 72" 1,600 2,000 2,400 --- 3,000 84" 1,600 1,800 2,000 --- 3,000 96" 1,600 1,600 1,600 --- 3,000 48" 1,370 2,055 2,740 --- 3,000 60" 1,370 2,055 2,400 --- 3,000 42" D 72" 1,370 2,000 2,200 --- 3,000 84" 1,370 1,800 1,600 --- 3,000 96" 1,370 1,600 1,600 --- 3,000 48" 1,200 1,800 2,400 --- 3,000 60" 1,200 1,800 2,400 --- 3,000 Up to 48" D 72" 1,200 1,800 2,000 --- 3,000 84" 1,200 1,700 1,800 --- 3,000 96" 1,200 1,600 1,600 --- 3,000 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 88 of 341 Product Options and Numbers Example Part#: WS SA 24 96 2 RD PLT PLT N/A Widespan Shelf Assembly: WS Shelf Style: SA, WA Section Depth:18", 24", 30", 36", 42", 48" Section Width: 48", 60", 72", 84", 96" Number of Shelf Supports: 2, 3, 4 (see below for load chart) Beam & Shelf Support Style: RD, HD Beam Standard Finish: PLT, Optional Catalog Colors Shelf Support Standard Finish: PLT, Optional Catalog Colors Shelf Standard Finish: N/A, SO4, ZNC �01 Suffix Key SA - Particleboard Shelf WA -Wire Grid Shelf RD - Regular Duty HD - Heavy Duty PLT - Platinum N/A - No Finish SO4 - Seal Coated ZNC -Zinc Wire Grid Widespan Shelf Support CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 89 of 341 • Available in both Heavy Duty and Regular Duty • Rotates into place inside Beam body • Number of Supports required varies based on required load Product Options and Numbers Example Part#: WSSS 18 - PLT Widespan Shelf Support : WSSS Uprite Frame Depth: 18", 24", 30", 36", 42", 48" Optional Heavy Duty Beam: HD, Leave blankif not applicable Standard Finish: PLT, Optional Catalog Colors ow� &_I Suffix Key HD -Heavy Duty Beam PLT -Platinum Widespan Beam • Available in both Heavy Duty and Regular Duty • Integral Beam connectors • Tilt-in design, no fasteners or locking clips required when used with Shelf Support (WSSS) • Minimum of four beams required per section: one each top, bottom, front and back of section • Requires Shelf Supports to tie Beams together • Minimum one Shelf Support on 48"W and 60"W Beams • Minimum two on 72"W, 84"W and 96"W, or must use Locking Clips CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 90 of 341 r < . 4 3/4" 114" REGULAR DUTY HEAVY DUTY BEAM PROFILES Product Options and Numbers Example Part#: WSB 48 - PLT Widespan Beam: WSB Section Width: 48", 60", 72", 84", 96" Optional Heavy Duty Beam: HD, Leave blank if not applicable Standard Finish: PLT, Optional Catalog Colors r ir Suffix Key HD -Heavy Duty Beam PLT -Platinum CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 91 of 341 EXCA-n.LIBUR Making Shelving Work CN Soli d Wood Retail Shelving System Set the tone and create a warm,welcoming environment for your store with the unique look "err and feel of solid,sustainable wood shelving from Excalibur. Our easy-to-assemble shelving system will display J. your merchandise to its best advantage and add an indescribable richness to any department or store design. i Meticulous construction and attention to detai your assurance of durability,functionality and lasting quality.At Excalibur,shelving is what we do and control the entire process from forest to final fi sh our state-of-the art coating line.The quality yo 0 on the outside is evident in every aspect of our work. Excalibur solid wood shelving is versatile,flexible and rugged enough to withstand years of use a innumerable remodels and redesigns.Availabl 'n a broad range of sizes and finishes,Excalibur reta shelving will adapt to fit your immediate and future merchandising needs. 1 Custom Options C'n •End Panels •Back Panels CN •End Cap Base •Radius Shelves •Shelf Lips For custom applications or - special requirements,please CITY APPROVED PLANS consult your sales representative Reviewedfor Code Compliance or our New Hampshire office PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE for assistance. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS EXC L I BU R 292 Burnham Intervale Road,Contoocook,New Hampshire Phone:603-746-6200 www.excaliburwp.com Page 92 ofa>�O,a-16-4161 Making Wood Work Components Uprights Shelving Open uprights for our solid wood Solid wood shelves are manufactured system are manufactured from premium from 3/4"edge-glued,premium grade grade Western hemlock,and typically Eastern white pine panels.All surfaces furnished with a clear,environmentally are sanded smooth and typically safe UV finish.Each upright is construct- furnished with a clear,environmentally ed from two 1 1/2"x 1 5/16"vertical safe UV finish.Panel ends are machined stiles,securelyjoined to three or four ' 4 and notched to accept an encapsulating horizontal spreaders to provide a rigid end channel.End channels are heavy frame.All spreaders are mortised,glued gauge,beige powder coated steel and stapled.A molded groove,3/8" x I and designed to wrap around the 5/8"runs the full length of each stile uprights,eliminating gaps between and is designed to accept our shelf I adjacent shelves. end channels.Uprights are drilled with Shelves are available in standard 3/16"holes, 1"on center to allow for pin mounting and vertical adjustment YI depths of 12", 15'; 18",22"and 24" and widths of 24",36,42,and 48" of shelves. Custom sizes are available upon request. Uprights are available in standard Minimums and/or upcharges may depths of 12, 15, 18,22",and 24"and apply.Maximum load capacity varies heights from 36"to 120"Custom sizes with shelf size.Consult with the factory are available upon request.Minimums for detailed information. and/or upcharges may apply. Shelf Support Pins X-Bracing Standard mounting pins are 3/16"x The X-brace is designed to provide 1 1/4,solid zinc plated steel with lateral stability and is required on flat heads. every free-standing unit and on every other unit of shelving in a run. Hang Rod Components Braces are made from two 18-gauge, �O Solid spruce hang rod supports and 3/4"galvanized steel strips.The ends plated steel hang rod pipe are the are predrilled and attached to the rear logical choice for merchandising of the uprights using the hex head hanging apparel.Supports and pipe screws(supplied).Units 10'and above are sold separately and are available require two X-braces. to fit 12,15, 18,22"and 24" deep systems. Free-Standing Kit A free-standing kit provides strength CITY APPROVED PLANS and lateral stability and eliminates the - , Revfewedfar Code Compliance need for X-bracing.It is designed to PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE enhance the appearance of the system FOR ALL INSPECTIONS and provide open or"pass-through" Kick Board access to merchandise.Constructed For a more finished appearance on of Western hemlock,it consists of two shelving systems using x-bracing, 1 1/2"top rails,two 3"bottom rails, a 3 3/8"high,pine kick board is available and all necessary attachment hardware. in 24,36',42 and 48"lengths.Board Uprights must be predrilled to accept comes with two mounting staples; the kit.Available in 24",36,42,and field drilling is required to install. 48"lengths. EXC L I B U R 292 Burnham Intervale Road,Contoocook,New Hampshire Phone:603-746-6200 www.excaliburwp.com Page 93 ofa,30 -16-4165 Making Wood Work a:) SPECIALTYCmm RETAI LECD TWIN FALLS, I D Project # 2022.44 PROJECT ADDRESS: 1933 FILLMORE ST TWIN FALLS, ID 83301 PROJECT MANUAL LICENSED 04.06.2023 - PERMIT/BID SET ARCHITECT AR987110 :ROGU JUT EOFIL HO AR C H ITECTU R E STATE OF IDAHO 2023.04.13 CHALLENGING THE STATUS QUOTM CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 94 of 341 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 95 of 341 TABLE OF CONTENTS DIVISION SECTION TITLE PAGES DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 00 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 2 01 1000 SUMMARY OF WORK 4 01 23 00 ALTERNATES 2 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 2 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 4 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 6 01 32 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 4 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 8 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 8 01 42 00 REFERENCES 14 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS 8 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 4 01 73 00 EXECUTION 8 01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 2 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 6 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 8 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 4 DIVISION 02 - EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 41 30 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION 6 02 41 50 CUTTING&PATCHING 6 DIVISION 03 - CONCRETE 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10 DIVISION 04 - MASONRY NO WORK REQUIRED DIVISION 05 - METALS 05 1200 STRUCTURAL STEEL SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. 05 40 00 COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING SEE STRUCTURAL DWGS. 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 6 DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITES 06 1053 ROUGH CARPENTRY 4 06 16 00 SHEATHING 4 06 64 00 PREFINISHED PLASTIC PANELING(FRP) 2 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS' ID Page 96 of 341 1 DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION 07 11 00 VAPOR BARRIERS 4 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION 4 07 25 00 WEATHER BARRIERS 2 07 53 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN(TPO)ROOFING 10 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 10 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES 2 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS 6 DIVISION 08 - OPENINGS 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 8 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 4 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES 4 08 38 00 TRAFFIC DOORS 2 08 51 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 4 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE 4 08 80 00 GLAZING 8 DIVISION 09 - FINISHES 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING 6 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 4 09 30 00 TILING 4 0951 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 4 0965 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 4 0991 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING 12 DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES 10 52 20 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 2 10 80 00 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES 2 DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT NO WORK REQUIRED DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS NO WORK REQUIRED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION NO WORK REQUIRED DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMSCITY APPROVED PLANS NO WORK REQUIRED Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS TWIN FALLS,ID Page 97 of 341 2 DIVISION 23 - HVAC SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS,ID Page 98 of 341 3 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS,ID Page 99 of 341 4 SECTION 0100 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS SECTION 0100 00-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1-GENERAL A. Details Drawings and Specifications Conflicts; Should a conflict occur in or between the Drawings and Specifications,the order of precedence shall be as follows: 1. The Specifications 2. Large scale drawings 3. Small scale drawings B. Materials:When reference is made in the Specifications to trade names or to the names of Manufacturers,such references are made solely to designate and identify quality of material or equipment,and not to restrict competitive bidding. However,an"or equal"product is subject to owner approval. In case the Contractor wishes to use materials or equipment of trade names which differ from those mentioned in the Specifications,prior written approval from Owner must be obtained. Owner will approve such materials or equipment changes only after written re-quest if they are considered suitable and equal to those specified. Whenever"approved","satisfactory","as directed",or other similar phrases are used in these Specifications,they shall be understood to mean that material or construction methods referred to shall be approved by,satisfactory to, or as directed by Owner. C. Manufacturer's Directions: All manufactured articles, materials and equipment shall be applied, installed, connected, erected, used, cleaned, and conditioned as directed by Manufacturers un-less herein specified to the contrary. D. Workmanship: Owner will be the sole determinant of workmanship and acceptability of the final product. E. Work and Material not covered in Specifications:Any item of work necessary to the proper completion of construction under this Contract which is not specifically covered in the Drawings and Specifications shall be performed in a manner deemed as good practice of the trade involved. Materials and equipment not specifically covered by the Drawings and Specifications shall be of a standard equal to good practice commensurate with the quality of dwelling being constructed. F. Daily housekeeping: Owner expects the General Contractor to maintain a clean j obsite with a minimum of a once a day clean up. G. Daily work reports:The General Contractor must forward preferably by email all daily work reports within 48 hours. H. Project work schedules: Periodic progress work schedules must be updated and forward on to Owner PART 2-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 0100 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 00 00 - 1 Page 100 of 341 SECTION 0100 00 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Ol 00 00 - 2 Page 101 of 341 SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK SECTION 0110 00—SUMMARY OF WORK PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Work covered by the Contract Documents. 2. Use of premises. 3. Owner's occupancy requirements. 4. Specification formats and conventions. B. See Division 01 Section"Multiple Contract Summary"for division of responsibilities for the Work. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. Project Identification: Specialty Retailer—Twin Falls,ID B. Project Location: 1933 Fillmore St,Twin Falls,ID 83301 C. Owner's Address: Natural GrocersNitamin Cottage,4403 Table Mountain Dr., Golden Colorado 80403 D. Owner's Contact: Kevin Stees 1303.986.4600 x81325 E. Architect: Rogue Architecture, 1660 Lincoln Street,Denver, CO 80264. 1. Architect of Record: Juan G. Luna, AIA a. Telephone: 720.590.3310 b. Email: JLunaARo2ueArchitecture.com 2. Point of Contact: Steven Levesque, AIA, NCARB, LEED GA a. Telephone: 720.590.3312 b. Email: SLevesgue(&Ro2ueArchitecture.com 1.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Work consists of the following: Tenant finish improvements of a 19, 175 square foot existing M-occupancy retail building B. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 10 00 - 1 Page 102 of 341 SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK 1.4 USE OF PREMISES A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of premises for construction operations as indicated on Drawings by the Contract limits. B. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated. 1. Driveways and Entrances: Keep driveways loading areas,and entrances serving premises clear and available to Adjacent Owner,Adjacent Owner's employees,and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials. a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances. b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site. 1.5 OWNER'S OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. Owner Occupancy of Completed Areas of Construction: Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment in completed areas of building,before Substantial Completion,provided such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the Work. Such placement of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the total Work. 1. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from authorities having jurisdiction before Owner occupancy. 2. Before partial Owner occupancy,mechanical and electrical systems shall be fully operational,and required tests and inspections shall be successfully completed. On occupancy,Owner will operate and maintain mechanical and electrical systems serving occupied portions of building. 3. On occupancy,Owner will assume responsibility for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of building. 1.6 WORK RESTRICTIONS A. Nonsmoking Building: Smoking is not permitted within the building or within 50 feet of entrances,operable windows,or outdoor air intakes. 1.7 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 50-division format and CSI/CSC's"MasterFormat"numbering system. 1. Division 01: Sections in Division 01 govern the execution of the Work of all Sections in the Specifications. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 10 00 - 2 Page 103 of 341 SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms,words,and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: 1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied,but not stated,shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural,and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 2. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally,the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words"shall," "shall be,"or"shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon(:)is used within a sentence or phrase. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 0110 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS,ID 01 10 00 - 3 Page 104 of 341 SECTION 01 10 00 SUMMARY OF WORK THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 10 00 -4 Page 105 of 341 SECTION 0123 00 ALTERNATES SECTION 0123 00-ALTERNATES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if Owner decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products,materials,equipment,systems,or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum. 2. Refer to the Construction Drawings for the List of proposed Alternates. 3. Alternates listed in the Construction Drawings are the only acceptable alternates. 1.3 PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. 1. Include as part of each alternate,miscellaneous devices,accessory objects,and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate. B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted,rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates. C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance END OF SECTION 01 23 00 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 23 00 - 1 Page 106 of 341 SECTION 0123 00 ALTERNATES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 23 00 - 2 Page 107 of 341 SECTION 0126 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES SECTION 0126 00-CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for handling and processing Contract modifications. 1.2 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK A. Architect will issue supplemental instructions authorizing Minor Changes in the Work, not involving adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time,on AIA Document G710, "Architect's Supplemental Instructions." 1.3 PROPOSAL REQUESTS A. Owner-Initiated Proposal Requests: Architect will issue a detailed description of proposed changes in the Work that may require adjustment to the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. If necessary,the description will include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications. 1. Proposal Requests issued by Architect are for information only. Do not consider them instructions either to stop work in progress or to execute the proposed change. 2. Within 10 days after receipt of Proposal Request, submit a quotation estimating cost adjustments to the Contract Sum and the Contract Time necessary to execute the change. a. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs, with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested,furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. b. Indicate applicable taxes,delivery charges,equipment rental,and amounts of trade discounts. C. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. d. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change,including,but not limited to,changes in activity duration,start and finish times,and activity relationship. Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. e. Quotation Form: Use forms acceptable to Owner B. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: If latent or unforeseen conditions require modifications to the Contract,Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for a change to Architect. 1. Include a statement outlining reasons for the change and the effect of the change on the Work.Provide a complete description of the proposed change. Indicate the effect of the proposed change on the Contract Sum and the Contract Time. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 01 26 00- 1 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 108 of 341 SECTION 0126 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 2. Include a list of quantities of products required or eliminated and unit costs,with total amount of purchases and credits to be made. If requested, furnish survey data to substantiate quantities. 3. Indicate applicable taxes, delivery charges,equipment rental,and amounts of trade discounts. 4. Include costs of labor and supervision directly attributable to the change. 5. Include an updated Contractor's Construction Schedule that indicates the effect of the change,including,but not limited to,changes in activity duration, start and finish times, and activity relationship.Use available total float before requesting an extension of the Contract Time. 6. Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section"Product Requirements" if the proposed change requires substitution of one product or system for product or system specified. 7. Proposal Request Form: Use forms acceptable to the Owner 1.4 CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES A. On Owner's approval of a Proposal Request,Architect will issue a Change Order for signatures of Owner and Contractor on AIA Document G701. 1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVE A. Construction Change Directive: Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA Document G714. Construction Change Directive instructs Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work,for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 1. Construction Change Directive contains a complete description of change in the Work. It also designates method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or the Contract Time. B. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by the Construction Change Directive. 1. After completion of change,submit an itemized account and supporting data necessary to substantiate cost and time adjustments to the Contract. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 0126 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 26 00-2 Page 109 of 341 SECTION 0129 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES SECTION 0129 00-PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements necessary to prepare and process Applications for Payment. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section"Contract Modification Procedures"for administrative procedures for handling changes to the Contract. 2. Division 01 Section"Construction Progress Documentation"for administrative requirements governing the preparation and submittal of the Contractor's construction schedule. 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation of the schedule of values with preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 1. Coordinate line items in the schedule of values with other required administrative forms and schedules,including the following: a. Application for Payment forms with continuation sheets. b. Submittal schedule. C. Items required to be indicated as separate activities in Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Submit the schedule of values to Owner at earliest possible date but no later than seven days before the date scheduled for submittal of initial Applications for Payment. B. Format and Content: Use Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish line items for the schedule of values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification Section. 1. Identification: Include the following Project identification on the schedule of values: a. Project name and location. b. Name of Architect. CITY APPROVED PLANS C. Architect's project number. Reviewed for Code Compliance d. Contractor's name and address. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE e. Date of submittal. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2. Arrange schedule of values consistent with format of AIA Document G703. 3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in enough detail to facilitate continued evaluation of Applications for Payment and progress reports. 4. Provide a separate line item in the schedule of values for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment may include materials or equipment purchased or fabricated and stored,but not yet installed. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 29 00 - 1 Page 110 of 341 SECTION 0129 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES 5. Each item in the schedule of values and Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include total cost and proportionate share of general overhead and profit for each item a. Temporary facilities and other major cost items that are not direct cost of actual work-in-place may be shown either as separate line items in the schedule of values or distributed as general overhead expense,at Contractor's option. 6. Schedule Updating: Update and resubmit the schedule of values before the next Applications for Payment when Change Orders or Construction Change Directives result in a change in the Contract Sum. a. Change Orders or Construction Change Directives are to be identified on a separate line in the Schedule of Values and shall not be incorporated into the base contract work. 1.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Each Application for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as certified by Owner and paid for by Owner. 1. Initial Application for Payment,Application for Payment at time of Substantial Completion, and final Application for Payment involve additional requirements. B. Payment Application Times: The date for each progress payment is indicated in the Agreement between Owner and Contractor. The period of construction work covered by each Application for Payment is the period indicated in the Agreement. C. Payment Application Times: Submit Application for Payment to Owner by the 1 st of the month. The period covered by each Application for Payment is one month,ending on the last day of the month. D. Application for Payment Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and AIA Document G703 as form for Applications for Payment. E. Application Preparation: Complete every entry on form. Execute by a person authorized to sign legal documents on behalf of Contractor. Owner will return incomplete applications without action. 1. Entries shall match data on the schedule of values and Contractor's construction schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made. 2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued before last day of construction period covered by application. F. Transmittal: Submit one signed original digital copy of each Application for Payment to Owner by email. Copy shall include waivers of lien and similar attachments if required. 1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal form listing attachments and recording appropriate information about application. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 01 29 00 -2 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 111 of 341 SECTION 0129 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES G. Waivers of Mechanic's Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of mechanic's lien from entities lawfully entitled to file a mechanic's lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by the payment. 1. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested in previous application, after deduction for retainage,on each item. 2. When an application shows completion of an item,submit conditional final or full waivers. 3. Owner reserves the right to designate which entities involved in the Work must submit waivers. 4. Waiver Forms: Submit executed waivers of lien on forms acceptable to Owner. H. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or coincide with submittal of first Application for Payment include the following: 1. List of subcontractors. 2. Schedule of values. 3. Contractor's construction schedule(preliminary if not final). 4. Schedule of unit prices. 5. Submittal schedule(preliminary if not final). 6. List of Contractor's staff assignments. 7. List of Contractor's principal consultants. 8. Copies of building permits. 9. Copies of authorizations and licenses from authorities having jurisdiction for performance of the Work. 10. Initial progress report. 11. Report of preconstruction conference. 12. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies. 1. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Submit an Application for Payment showing 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. 1. Include documentation supporting claim that the Work is substantially complete and a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum. 2. This application shall reflect Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of designated portions of the Work. J. Final Payment Application: After completing Project closeout requirements,submit final Application for Payment with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted,including,but not limited,to the following: 1. Evidence of completion of Project closeout requirements. 2. Insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required and proof that taxes,fees,and similar obligations were paid. 3. Updated final statement,accounting for final changes to the Contract Sum. 4. AIA Document G706-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims." 5. AIA Document G706A-1994, "Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens." 6. AIA Document G707-1994, "Consent of Surety to Final Payment." 7. Evidence that claims have been settled. 8. Final meter readings for utilities,a measured record of stored fuel,and similar data as of date of Substantial Completion or when Owner took possession of and assumed CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 01 29 00 - 3 PLANS MUST ON JOB SITE Page 112 of 341 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS PECTIONS SECTION 0129 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES responsibility for corresponding elements of the Work. 9. Final liquidated damages settlement statement. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 0129 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 29 00 - 4 Page 113 of 341 SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION SECTION 013100-PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 1-GENERAL Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including,but not limited to,the following: l. Coordination drawings. 2. Requests for Information(RFIs). 3. Project meetings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section"Execution"for procedures for coordinating general installation and field-engineering services,including establishment of benchmarks and control points. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. RFI: Request from Owner,Owner,Architect,or Contractor seeking information required by or clarifications of the Contract Documents. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work,including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design.Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name,address,and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s)covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate,covered by subcontract. 1.4 GENERAL COORDINATION PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations,included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation,connection,and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components,before or after its own installation. 2. Coordinate installation of different components to ensure maximum performance and accessibility for required maintenance,service,and repair. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 31 00 - 1 Page 114 of 341 SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation. B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved,outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices,reports,and list of attendees at meetings. 1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is required. C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include,but are not limited to,the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Preparation of the schedule of values. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals. 5. Progress meetings. CITY APPROVED PLANS 6. Pre-installation conferences. Reviewed for Code Compliance 7. Project closeout activities. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 8. Startup and adjustment of systems. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1.5 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings,General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual Sections,where installation is not completely shown on Shop Drawings,where limited space availability necessitates coordination,or if coordination is required to facilitate integration of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity. 1. Content: Project-specific information,drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. Include the following information,as applicable: a. Indicate functional and spatial relationships of components of architectural, structural,civil,mechanical,and electrical systems. b. Indicate dimensions shown on the Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide alternate sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes to the Contract. B. Coordination Drawing Organization: Organize coordination drawings as follows: 1. Floor Plans and Reflected Ceiling Plans: Show architectural and structural elements, and mechanical,plumbing,fire-protection,fire-alarm,and electrical Work. Show locations of visible ceiling-mounted devices relative to acoustical ceiling grid. 2. Plenum Space: Indicate sub- framing for support of ceiling and wall systems, mechanical and electrical equipment, and related Work. Locate components within ceiling plenum to accommodate layout of light fixtures indicated on Drawings. 3. Mechanical Rooms: Provide coordination drawings for mechanical rooms showing plans and elevations of mechanical,plumbing,fire-protection,fire-alarm,and electrical TWIN FALLS, ID 0131 00 -2 Page 115 of 341 SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION equipment. 4. Structural Penetrations: Indicate penetrations and openings required for all disciplines. 5. Slab Edge and Embedded Items: Indicate slab edge locations and sizes and locations of embedded items for metal fabrications,sleeves,anchor bolts,bearing plates,angles, door floor closers,slab depressions for floor finishes,curbs and housekeeping pads, and similar items. 6. Review: Architect will review coordination drawings to confirm that the Work is being coordinated,but not for the details of the coordination,which are Contractor's responsibility. 1.6 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION(RFIs) A. General: Immediately on discovery of the need for additional information or interpretation of the Contract Documents,Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified. I. Architect will return RFIs submitted to Architect by other entities controlled by Contractor with no response. 2. Coordinate and submit RFIs in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or work of subcontractors. B. Content of the RFI: Include a detailed,legible description of item needing information or interpretation and the following: I. Projectname. 2. Project number. 3. Date. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Name of Architect and Owner. 6. RFI number,numbered sequentially. 7. RFI subject. 8. Specification Section number and title and related paragraphs,as appropriate. 9. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate. 10. Field dimensions and conditions,as appropriate. 11. Contractor's suggested resolution. If Contractor's solution(s)impacts the Contract Time or the Contract Sum,Contractor shall state impact in the RFI. 12. Contractor's signature. 13. Attachments: Include sketches,descriptions,measurements,photos,Product Data, Shop Drawings,coordination drawings,and other information necessary to fully describe items needing interpretation. C. RFI Forms: AIA Document G716. D. Architect's and Owner's Action: Architect and Owner will review each RFI,determine action required,and respond. Allow seven working days for Architect's response for each RFL RFIs received by Architect or Owner after 1:00 p.m.will be considered as received the following working day. I. The following RFIs will be returned without action: CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance a. Requests for approval of submittals. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE b. Requests for approval of substitutions. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 31 00 -3 Page 116 of 341 SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION C. Requests for coordination information already indicated in the Contract Documents. d. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum. e. Requests for interpretation of Architect's actions on submittals. f. Incomplete RFIs or inaccurately prepared RFIs. 2. Architect's action may include a request for additional information,in which case Architect's time for response will date from time of receipt of additional information. 3. Architect's action on RFIs that may result in a change to the Contract Time or the Contract Sum may be eligible for Contractor to submit Change Proposal according to Division 01 Section"Contract Modification Procedures." a. If Contractor believes the RFI response warrants change in the Contract Time or the Contract Sum,notify Architect and Owner in writing within seven days of receipt of the RFI response. E. RFI Log: Prepare,maintain,and submit a tabular log of RFIs organized by the RFI number. Submit log every two weeks.Include the following: 1. Projectname. 2. Name and address of Contractor. 3. Name and address of Architect and Owner. 4. RFI number including RFIs that were dropped and not submitted. 5. RFI description. 6. Date the RFI was submitted. 7. Date Architect's and Owner's response was received. F. On receipt of Architect's and Owner's action,update the RFI log and immediately distribute the RFI response to affected parties. Review response and notify Architect and Owner within seven days if Contractor disagrees with response. 1. Identification of related Minor Change in the Work,Construction Change Directive, and Proposal Request,as appropriate. 1.7 PROJECT MEETINGS A. General: Owner will schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated. I. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved,and individuals whose presence is required,of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times. 2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting meeting will record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner,Owner,and Architect,within three days of the meeting. B. Progress Meetings: Owner will conduct progress meetings at weekly intervals. I. Attendees: In addition to representatives of Owner,and Owner,,each contractor, T7-� CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 0131 00 -4 PLANSFOR ALL INSPEO TIONS SITE Page 117 of 341 SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION subcontractor,supplier,and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning,coordination,or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. 2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule,or behind schedule,in relation to Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time. 1) Review schedule for next period. b. Review present and future needs of each entity present,including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Progress cleaning. 10) Quality and work standards. 11) Status of correction of deficient items. 12) Field observations. 13) Status of RFIs. 14) Status of proposal requests. 15) Pending changes. 16) Status of Change Orders. 17) Pending claims and disputes. 18) Documentation of information for payment requests. 3. Minutes: Entity responsible for conducting the meeting will record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring information. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's construction schedule after each progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting. PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 31 00 - 5 Page 118 of 341 SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 013100 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 31 00 - 6 Page 119 of 341 SECTION 0132 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION SECTION 0132 00-CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work,including the following: 1. Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Construction schedule updating reports. CITY APPROVED PLANS 3. Daily construction reports. Reviewed for Code Compliance 4. Site condition reports. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE B. Related Requirements: FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1. Division 01 Section"Multiple Contract Summary" for preparing a combined Contractor's construction schedule. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Activity: A discrete part of a project that can be identified for planning,scheduling, monitoring, and controlling the construction project. Activities included in a construction schedule consume time and resources. 1. Critical Activity: An activity on the critical path that must start and finish on the planned early start and finish times. 2. Predecessor Activity: An activity that precedes another activity in the network. 3. Successor Activity: An activity that follows another activity in the network. B. CPM: Critical path method,which is a method of planning and scheduling a construction project where activities are arranged based on activity relationships. Network calculations determine when activities can be performed and the critical path of Project. C. Critical Path: The longest connected chain of interdependent activities through the network schedule that establishes the minimum overall Project duration and contains no float. D. Float: The measure of leeway in starting and completing an activity. 1. Float time is not for the exclusive use or benefit of either Owner or Contractor,but is a jointly owned,expiring Project resource available to both parties as needed to meet schedule milestones and Contract completion date. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Format for Submittals: Submit required submittals in the following format TWIN FALLS, ID 01 32 00 - 1 Page 120 of 341 SECTION 0132 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 1. PDF electronic file. B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Initial schedule,of size required to display entire schedule for entire construction period. C. Construction Schedule Updating Reports: Submit with Applications for Payment. D. Daily Construction Reports: Submit at weekly intervals. E. Site Condition Reports: Submit at time of discovery of differing conditions. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities and with scheduling and reporting of separate contractors. B. Coordinate Contractor's construction schedule with the schedule of values,submittal schedule,progress reports,payment requests,and other required schedules and reports. 1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from entities involved. 2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence. PART 2-PRODUCTS CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE,GENERAL A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice of Award to date of final completion. 1.Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows an early completion date,unless specifically authorized by Change Order. B. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each main element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for the following long lead items and major items,requiring a cycle of more than 60 days,as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include,but are not limited to, submittals, approvals,purchasing,fabrication,and delivery. 2. Submittal Review Time: Include review and re-submittal times indicated in Division 01 Section"Submittal Procedures"in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's construction schedule with submittal schedule. 3. Startup and Testing Time: Include no fewer than five days for startup and testing. 4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion,and allow time for Architect's and Owner's administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion. 5. Punch List and Final Completion: Include not more than 5 days for completion of TWIN FALLS, ID 01 32 00 -2 Page 121 of 341 SECTION 0132 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION punch list items and final completion. C. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule,and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by Owner. 2. Work Stages: Indicate important stages of construction for each major portion of the Work. D. Milestones: Include milestones indicated in the Contract Documents in schedule,including, but not limited to,the Notice to Proceed, Substantial Completion,and final completion. E. Upcoming Work Summary: Prepare summary report indicating activities scheduled to occur or commence prior to submittal of next schedule update. Summarize the following issues: 1. Unresolved issues. 2. Unanswered Requests for Information. 3. Rejected or unreturned submittals. 4. Notations on returned submittals. 5. Pending modifications affecting the Work and Contract Time. F. Recovery Schedule: When periodic update indicates the Work is 14 or more calendar days behind the current approved schedule,submit a separate recovery schedule indicating means by which Contractor intends to regain compliance with the schedule. 2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE(GANTT CHART) A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive,fully developed,horizontal,Gantt-chart- type,Contractor's construction schedule within 5 days of date established for the Notice of Award. B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 2.3 REPORTS A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. List of separate contractors at Project site. 3. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 4. Equipment at Project site. 5. Material deliveries. 6. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions,including presence of rain or snow. 7. Accidents. CITY APPROVED PLANS 8. Meetings and significant decisions. Reviewed for Cade Compliance 9. Unusual events. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 10. Stoppages,delays,shortages,and losses. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 32 00 -3 Page 122 of 341 SECTION 0132 00 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION 11. Meter readings and similar recordings. 12. Emergency procedures. 13. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 14. Change Orders received and implemented. 15. Construction Change Directives received and implemented. 16. Services connected and disconnected. 17. Equipment or system tests and startups. 18. Partial completions and occupancies. 19. Substantial Completions authorized. B. Site Condition Reports: Immediately on discovery of a difference between site conditions and the Contract Documents,prepare and submit a detailed report. Submit with a Request for Information. Include a detailed description of the differing conditions,together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents. 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At two week intervals,update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule 3 days before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting. 2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change,including,but not limited to,changes in logic,durations,actual starts and finishes,and activity durations. 3. As the Work progresses,indicate final completion percentage for each activity. B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner, separate contractors,testing and inspecting agencies,and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made,distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities. END OF SECTION 0132 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 32 00 -4 Page 123 of 341 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SECTION 0133 00-SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes requirements for the submittal schedule and administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples,and other submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section"Construction Progress Documentation"for submitting schedules and reports,including Contractor's construction schedule. 2. Division 01 Section"Operation and Maintenance Data"for submitting operation and maintenance manuals. 3. Division 01 Section"Project Record Documents"for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications,and record Product Data. CITY APPROVED PLANS 1.2 DEFINITIONS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that FOR ALL INSPECTIONS require Architect's and Owner's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that do not require Architect's and Owner's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Submittal Schedule: Submit a schedule of submittals,arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review,ordering,manufacturing, fabrication,and delivery when establishing dates. Include additional time required for making corrections or revisions to submittals noted by Architect and Owner and additional time for handling and reviewing submittals required by those corrections. 1.4 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. Architect's Digital Data Files: Electronic copies of digital data files of the Contract Drawings will be provided by the Architect for the fire sprinkler subcontractor for use on this project only.All other request may be subject to a digital transfer fee. B. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication,purchasing,testing,delivery,other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 33 00- 1 Page 124 of 341 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES a. Owner maintains the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. C. Processing Time: Allow time for submittal review,including time for re-submittals,as follows. Time for review shall commence on Owner's receipt of submittal. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing,including resubmittals. 1. Initial Review: Allow 7 days for initial review of each submittal. Allow 7 additional days for coordination with subsequent submittals is required. Owner will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. Intermediate Review: If intermediate submittal is necessary,process it in same manner as initial submittal. 3. Re-submittal Review: Allow 7 days for review of each re-submittal. D. Submittals: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal item for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block. 2. Provide a space approximately 6 by 8 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Owner. 3. Include the following information for processing and recording action taken: a. Projectname. CITY APPROVED PLANS b. Date. Reviewed for Code Compliance C. Name of Architect. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE d. Name Of Owner. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS e. Name of Contractor. f. Name of subcontractor. g. Name of supplier. h. Name of manufacturer. i. Submittal number or other unique identifier,including revision identifier. 1) Submittal number shall use Specification Section number followed by a decimal point and then a sequential number(e.g.,061000.01). Resubmittals shall include an alphabetic suffix after another decimal point (e.g.,061000.0l.A). j. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. k. Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate. 1. Location(s)where product is to be installed,as appropriate. M. Other necessary identification. 4. Additional Paper Copies: Unless additional copies are required for final submittal,and unless Owner observes noncompliance with provisions in the Contract Documents,initial submittal may serve as final submittal. a. Submit one copy of submittal to concurrent reviewer in addition to specified number of copies to Owner. 5. Transmittal for Electronic Submittals: Assemble each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Owner will discard submittals received from sources other than Contractor. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 33 00-2 Page 125 of 341 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES a. Transmittal Form for Paper Submittals: Provide locations on form for the following information: 1) Projectname. 2) Date. 3) Destination(To:). 4) Source(From:). 5) Name and address of Architect. 6) Name of Owner. 7) Name of Contractor. 8) Name of firm or entity that prepared submittal. 9) Names of subcontractor,manufacturer,and supplier. 10) Category and type of submittal. 11) Submittal purpose and description. 12) Specification Section number and title. 13) Specification paragraph number or drawing designation and generic name for each of multiple items. 14) Drawing number and detail references,as appropriate. 15) Indication of full or partial submittal. 16) Transmittal number,numbered consecutively. 17) Submittal and transmittal distribution record. 18) Remarks. 19) Signature of transmitter. E. Options: Identify options requiring selection by Architect. F. Deviations: Identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals. G. Re-submittals: Make re-submittals in same form and number of copies as initial submittal. 1. Note date and content of previous submittal. 2. Note date and content of revision in label or title block and clearly indicate extent of revision. 3. Resubmit submittals until they are marked with approval notation from Owner's action stamp. H. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers,subcontractors,suppliers, fabricators,installers,authorities having jurisdiction,and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. I. Use for Construction: Retain complete copies of submittals on Project site. Use only final action submittals that are marked with approval notation from Owner's action stamp. PART 2-PRODUCTS CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance 2.1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. General Submittal Procedure Requirements: 1. Submit electronic submittals via email as PDF electronic files. 2. Action Submittals: Submit three paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise TWIN FALLS, ID 01 33 00- 3 Page 126 of 341 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES indicated. Owner will return two copies. 3. Informational Submittals: Submit two paper copies of each submittal unless otherwise indicated. Owner will not return copies. 4. Certificates and Certifications Submittals: Provide a statement that includes signature of entity responsible for preparing certification.Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity. B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard published data are not suitable for use,submit as Shop Drawings,not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information,as applicable: a. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. C. Standard color charts. d. Statement of compliance with specified referenced standards. e. Testing by recognized testing agency. f. Application of testing agency labels and seals. g. Notation of coordination requirements. h. Availability and delivery time information. 4. For equipment,include the following in addition to the above,as applicable: a. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. b. Printed performance curves. C. Operational range diagrams. d. Clearances required to other construction,if not indicated on accompanying Shop Drawings. 5. Submit Product Data before or concurrent with Samples. 6. Submit Product Data in the following format: a. Three paper copies of Product Data unless otherwise indicated. Owner will return two copies. C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information,drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Fully illustrate requirements in the Contract Documents. Include the following information,as applicable: a. Identification of products. CITY APPROVED PLANS b. Schedules. Reviewed for Code Compliance C. Compliance with specified standards. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE d. Notation of coordination requirements. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS e. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. £ Relationship and attachment to adjoining construction clearly indicated. g. Seal and signature of professional engineer if specified. 2. Sheet Size: Except for templates,patterns,and similar full-size drawings,submit Shop Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches,but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. 3. Submit Shop Drawings in the same manner as above. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 33 00-4 Page 127 of 341 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES D. Samples: Submit Samples for review of kind,color,pattern,and texture for a check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. Transmit Samples that contain multiple,related components such as accessories together in one submittal package. 2. Identification: Attach label on unexposed side of Samples that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name and name of manufacturer. C. Sample source. d. Number and title of applicable Specification Section. 3. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site,available for quality- control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples that may be incorporated into the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. Such Samples must be in an undamaged condition at time of use. b. Samples not incorporated into the Work,or otherwise designated as Owner's property,are the property of Contractor. 4. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or sections of units showing the full range of colors,textures,and patterns available. a. Number of Samples: Submit one full set(s)of available choices where color, pattern,texture,or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Owner will return submittal with options selected. E. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section"Construction Progress Documentation." F. Application for Payment and Schedule of Values: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section"Payment Procedures." G. Test and Inspection Reports and Schedule of Tests and Inspections Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section"Quality Requirements." H. Closeout Submittals and Maintenance Material Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section"Closeout Procedures." I. Maintenance Data: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section"Operation and Maintenance Data." J. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses,contact information of architect and owner,and other information specified. K. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements in the Contract Documents. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification and Procedure Qualification Record on AWS forms. Include names of firms TWIN CITY APPROVED PLANS T VV I FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 01 33 00- 5 PLANSFOR LL INSPECTIONS TIONS SITE page 128 of 341 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES and personnel certified. L. Installer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents and,where required,is authorized by manufacturer for this specific Project. M. Manufacturer Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required. N. Product Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. O. Material Certificates: Submit written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. P. Material Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency,on testing agency's standard form,indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. Q. Product Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating that current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements in the Contract Documents. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency,or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency. R. Research Reports: Submit written evidence,from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,that product complies with building code in effect for Project. S. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Comply with requirements specified in Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements." T. Preconstruction Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency,on testing agency's standard form,indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product,for compliance with performance requirements in the Contract Documents. U. Compatibility Test Reports: Submit reports written by a qualified testing agency,on testing agency's standard form,indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion. V. Field Test Reports: Submit written reports indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location,for compliance with requirements in the Contract Documents. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PART 3-EXECUTION PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW A. Action and Informational Submittals: Review each submittal and check for coordination with TWIN FALLS, ID 01 33 00- 6 Page 129 of 341 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES other Work of the Contract and for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Owner. B. Project Closeout and Maintenance Material Submittals: See requirements in Division 01 Section"Closeout Procedures." C. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform,approval stamp. Include Project name and location,submittal number,Specification Section title and number,name of reviewer,date of Contractor's approval,and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed,checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents. 3.2 OWNER'S ACTION A. General: Owner will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action. B. Action Submittals: Owner]will review each submittal,make marks to indicate corrections or revisions required,and return it. Owner will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action. C. Informational Submittals: Owner will review each submittal and will not return it,or will return it if it does not comply with requirements. Owner will forward each submittal to appropriate party. D. Incomplete submittals are unacceptable,will be considered nonresponsive,and will be returned for re-submittal without review. E. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents may not be reviewed and may be discarded. END OF SECTION 0133 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 33 00- 7 Page 130 of 341 SECTION 0133 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 33 00- 8 Page 131 of 341 SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS SECTION 0140 00-QUALITY REQUIREMENTS CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 1-GENERAL Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control. B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specified tests,inspections,and related actions do not limit Contractor's other quality- assurance and-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 2. Provisions of this Section do not limit requirements for Contractor to provide quality-assurance and control services required by Architect,Owner,or authorities having jurisdiction. C. Related Requirements: 1. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities,actions,and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction would comply with requirements. B. Quality-Control Services: Tests,inspections,procedures,and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect or Owner. C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify selections made under Sample submittals;to demonstrate aesthetic effects and,where indicated,qualities of materials and execution;to review coordination,testing,or operation;to show interface between dissimilar materials;and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples. Unless otherwise indicated,approved mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged. D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and materials are incorporated into the Work,to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria. E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL,an NVLAP,or a testing agency qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,to establish product performance and compliance with specified requirements. F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source,e.g., plant,mill,factory,or shop. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 40 00 - 1 Page 132 of 341 SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work and for completed Work. H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests,inspections,or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency. I. Installer/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor,or Sub-subcontractor,to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,erection,application,and similar operations. 1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that accredited or unionized individuals perform certain construction activities,or that requirements specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s). J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced"means having successfully completed a minimum of five previous projects similar in nature,size,and extent to this Project;being familiar with special requirements indicated;and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS A. Referenced Standards: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels,comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer conflicting requirements that are different,but apparently equal,to Architect for a decision before proceeding. B. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified,or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements,indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum,as appropriate,for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect for a decision before proceeding. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in"Quality Assurance"Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority. 1.5 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS A. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name,address,and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. CITY APPROVED PLANS 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. Reviewed for Code Compliance 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. PLANS musT BE ON cos SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 40 00 -2 Page 133 of 341 SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. It. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting. B. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting tests and inspections specified in other Sections. Include the following: 1. Name,address,and telephone number of representative making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Summary of installation procedures being followed,whether they comply with requirements and,if not,what corrective action was taken. 4. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance complies with requirements. 5. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections. C. Permits,Licenses,and Certificates: For Owner's records,submit copies of permits,licenses, certifications,inspection reports,releases,jurisdictional settlements,notices,receipts for fee payments,judgments,correspondence,records,and similar documents,established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. General: Qualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required;individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance,as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. C. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing products similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance,as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. D. Installer Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance. E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of the system,assembly,or product that are similar in material,design,and extent to those indicated for this Project. F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated. 1. Requirements of authorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists. CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 01 40 00 - 3 PLANSFOR ALL INSPEO TIONS SITE Page 134 of 341 SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL,an NVLAP,or an independent agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated,as documented according to ASTM E 329;and with additional qualifications specified in individual Sections; and,where required by authorities having jurisdiction,that is acceptable to authorities. 1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7. 2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST's National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program. H. Manufacturer's Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material,design,and extent to those indicated for this Project. I. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods,comply with the following: 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following: a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction. b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. C. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel,products,and methods of construction indicated for the completed Work. d. When testing is complete,remove test specimens,assemblies,mockups,and laboratory mockups;do not reuse products on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-assurance service to Owner,with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. J. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups,build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or,if not indicated,as directed by Architect or Owner. 2. Notify Architect and Owner seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect's and Owner's approval of mockups before starting work,fabrication, or construction. a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID 01 40 00 -4 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 135 of 341 SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 1.7 QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as Owner's responsibility, Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. Owner will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of testing agencies engaged and a description of types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform. 2. Costs for re-testing and re-inspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor. B. Contractor Responsibilities: Tests and inspections not explicitly assigned to Owner are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements,whether specified or not. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility,engage a qualified testing agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner,unless agreed to in writing by Owner. 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility,submit a certified written report,in duplicate,of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,when they so direct. C. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated,engage a manufacturer's representative to observe and inspect the Work. Manufacturer's representative's services include examination of substrates and conditions,verification of materials,inspection of completed portions of the Work,and submittal of written reports. D. Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility,provide quality-control services,including retesting and re-inspecting,for construction that replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents. E. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect,Owner,and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Owner,and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Determine the location from which test samples will be taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted. 3. Conduct and interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from requirements. 4. Submit a certified written report,in duplicate,of each test,inspection,and similar quality-control service through Contractor. 5. Do not release,revoke,alter,or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept any portion of the Work. 6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor. CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 40 00 - 5 Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Page 136 of 341 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS F. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests,inspections,and similar quality-control services,and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples 4. Facilities for storage and field curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project site. G. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests,inspections,obtaining samples,and similar activities. 1.8 SPECIAL TESTS AND INSPECTIONS A. Special Tests and Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner,and as follows: 1. Verifying that manufacturer maintains detailed fabrication and quality-control procedures and reviews the completeness and adequacy of those procedures to perform the Work. 2. Notifying Architect,Owner,and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 3. Submitting a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality- control service to Architect, through Owner, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Submitting a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion,which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies. 5. Interpreting tests and inspections and stating in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents. 6. Retesting and re-inspecting corrected work. CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG A. Test and Inspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. Include the following: I. Date test or inspection was conducted. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 40 00 - 6 Page 137 of 341 SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS 2. Description of the Work tested or inspected. 3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect. 4. Identification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection. B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as they occur. Provide access to test and inspection log for Architect's and Owner's reference during normal working hours. 3.2 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. General: On completion of testing,inspecting,sample taking,and similar services,repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for cutting and patching in Division 01 Section"Execution." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities. C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility,regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services. END OF SECTION 0140 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 40 00 - 7 Page 138 of 341 SECTION 0140 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 40 00 - 8 Page 139 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES SECTION 0142 00-REFERENCES PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. General:Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. B. "Approved":When used to convey Architect's action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, "approved" is limited to Architect's duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. C. "Directed":A command or instruction by Architect. Other terms including"requested," "authorized," "selected," "required,"and"permitted"have the same meaning as "directed." D. "Indicated":Requirements expressed by graphic representations or in written form on Drawings,in Specifications,and in other Contract Documents. Other terms including "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and"specified"have the same meaning as"indicated." E. "Regulations":Laws,ordinances,statutes,and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction,and rules,conventions,and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work. F. "Furnish": Supply and deliver to Project site,ready for unloading,unpacking, assembly,installation,and similar operations. G. "Install": Operations at Project site including unloading,temporarily storing,unpacking, assembling,erecting,placing,anchoring,applying,working to dimension,finishing, curing,protecting,cleaning,and similar operations. H. "Provide": Furnish and install,complete and ready for the intended use. I. "Project Site": Space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built. 1.2 INDUSTRY STANDARDS A. Applicability of Standards:Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 1 Page 140 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES C. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project should be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain copies directly from publication source. 1.3 ABBREVIATIONS AND ACRONYMS A. Industry Organizations:Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities indicated in Thomson Gale's"Encyclopedia of Associations" or in Columbia Books'"National Trade& Professional Associations of the U.S." B. Industry Organizations:Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. AA Aluminum Association,Inc.(The) AAADM American Association of Automatic Door Manufacturers AABC Associated Air Balance Council AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists ABAA Air Barrier Association of America ABMA American Bearing Manufacturers Association ACI American Concrete Institute ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association AEIC Association of Edison Illuminating Companies,Inc.(The) AF&PA American Forest&Paper Association AGA American Gas Association AGC Associated General Contractors of America(The) CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance AHA American Hardboard Association(Now part PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE of CPA) FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 -2 Page 141 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers AT Asphalt Institute AIA American Institute of Architects(The) AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction ALCA Associated Landscape Contractors of America (Now PLANET-Professional Landcare Network) ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee,Incorporated AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International,Inc.ANSI American National Standards Institute AOSA Association of Official Seed Analysts,Inc. APA Architectural Precast Association APA APA-The Engineered Wood Association APA EW S APA-The Engineered Wood Association;Engineered Wood Systems (See APA-The Engineered Wood Association) API American Petroleum Institute ART Air-Conditioning&Refrigeration Institute ARMA Asphalt Roofing Manufacturers Association ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASCE/SEI American Society of Civil Engineers/Structural Engineering Institute(See ASCE) ASHRAE American Society of Heating,Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers ASME ASME International CITY APPROVED PLANS (American Society of Mechanical Engineers International' Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineering FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 -3 Page 142 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES ASTM ASTM International(American Society for Testing and Materials International) AWCI Association of the Wall and Ceiling Industry AWCMA American Window Covering Manufacturers Association(Now WCMA) AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Protection Association (Formerly: American Wood Preservers'Association) AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association BIA Brick Industry Association(The) BICSI BICSI,Inc. BIFMA BIFMA International (Business and Institutional Furniture Manufacturer's Association International) BISSC Baking Industry Sanitation Standards Committee CCC Carpet Cushion Council CDA Copper Development Association CEA Canadian Electricity Association CEA Consumer Electronics Association CFFA Chemical Fabrics&Film Association,Inc. CGA Compressed Gas Association CIMA Cellulose Insulation Manufacturers Association CISCA Ceilings&Interior Systems Construction Association CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 -4 Page 143 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES CRRC Cool Roof Rating Council CPA Composite Panel Association CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association CRI Carpet and Rug Institute(The) CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute CSA Canadian Standards Association CSA CSA International (Formerly: IAS-International Approval Services) CSI Cast Stone Institute CSI Construction Specifications Institute(The) CSSB Cedar Shake&Shingle Bureau CTI Cooling Technology Institute (Formerly: Cooling Tower Institute) DHI Door and Hardware Institute EIA Electronic Industries Alliance EIMA EIFS Industry Members Association EJCDC Engineers Joint Contract Documents Committee EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association,Inc. ESD ESD Association (Electrostatic Discharge Association) ETL SEMCO Intertek ETL SEMCO (Formerly: ITS -Intertek Testing Service NA) FM Approvals FM Approvals LLC CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FM Global FM Global FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 5 Page 144 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES (Formerly: FMG-FM Global) FMRC Factory Mutual Research(Now FM Global) FRSA Florida Roofing, Sheet Metal&Air Conditioning Contractors Association, Inc.FSA Fluid Sealing Association FSC Forest Stewardship Council GA Gypsum Association GANA Glass Association of North America GRI (Part of GSI) GS Green Seal GSI Geosynthetic Institute HI Hydraulic Institute HI Hydronics Institute HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association (Part of NAAMM) HPVA Hardwood Plywood&Veneer Association HPW H.P.White Laboratory,Inc. IAS International Approval Services (Now CSA International) IBF International Badminton Federation (Now BWF) ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association,Inc. ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute,Inc. IEC International Electrotechnical Commission CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 6 Page 145 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers,Inc. (The) IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IEST Institute of Environmental Sciences and Technology IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council IGMA Insulating Glass Manufacturers Alliance ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America,Inc. ISO International Organization for Standardization Available from ANSI ISSFA International Solid Surface Fabricators Association ITS Intertek Testing Service NA (Now ETL SEMCO) ITU International Telecommunication Union KCMA Kitchen Cabinet Manufacturers Association LMA Laminating Materials Association (Now part of CPA) LPI Lightning Protection Institute MBMA Metal Building Manufacturers Association MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association,Inc. MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association,Inc. MH Material Handling (Now MHIA) MHIA Material Handling Industry of America MIA Marble Institute of America MPI Master Painters Institute MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and Fittings Industry Inc. NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance NACE NACE International PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 7 Page 146 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES (National Association of Corrosion Engineers International) NADCA National Air Duct Cleaners Association NAGWS National Association for Girls and Women in Sport NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association NBGQA National Building Granite Quarries Association, NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NCPI National Clay Pipe Institute NCTA National Cable&Telecommunications Association NECA National Electrical Contractors Association NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers'Association NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NETA InterNational Electrical Testing Association NFPA NFPA (National Fire Protection Association) NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council NGA National Glass Association NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority NOFMA NOFMA: The Wood Flooring Manufacturers Association (Formerly: National Oak Flooring Manufacturers Association) NOMMA National Ornamental&Miscellaneous Metals Association NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association NSF NSF International CITY APPROVED PLANS (National Sanitation Foundation International) Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE NSSGA National Stone,Sand&Gravel Association FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 8 Page 147 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES NTMA National Terrazzo&Mosaic Association,Inc.(The) NTRMA National Tile Roofing Manufacturers Association(Now TRI) NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association(Now WDMA) OPL Omega Point Laboratories,Inc. (Now ITS) PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute PDCA Painting&Decorating Contractors of America PDI Plumbing&Drainage Institute PGI PVC Geomembrane Institute PLANET Professional Landcare Network (Formerly: ACLA-Associated Landscape Contractors of America) PTI Post-Tensioning Institute RCSC Research Council on Structural Connections RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute RIS Redwood Inspection Service SAE SAE International SDI Steel Deck Institute SDI Steel Door Institute SEFA Scientific Equipment and Furniture Association SEI/ASCE Structural Engineering Institute/American Society of Civil Engineers (See ASCE) SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council SIA Security Industry Association SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (Now IGMA) SJI Steel Joist Institute CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance SMA Screen Manufacturers Association PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 -9 Page 148 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors'National Association SMPTE Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers SPFA Spray Polyurethane Foam Alliance (Formerly: SPI/SPFD-The Society of the Plastics Industry,Inc.; Spray Polyurethane Foam Division) SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau(The) SPRI Single Ply Roofing Industry SSINA Specialty Steel Industry of North America SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings STI Steel Tank Institute SWI Steel Window Institute SWRI Sealant,Waterproofing,&Restoration Institute TCA Tile Council of America,Inc. (Now TCNA) TCNA Tile Council of North America,Inc. TIA/EIA Telecommunications Industry Association/Electronic Industries Alliance TMS The Masonry Society TPI Truss Plate Institute,Inc. TPI Turfgrass Producers International TRI Tile Roofing Institute UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. UNI Uni-Bell PVC Pipe Association USAV USA Volleyball CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance USGBC U.S.Green Building Council PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 10 Page 149 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES WASTEC Waste Equipment Technology Association WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association WCSC Window Covering Safety Council (Formerly: WCMA-Window Covering Manufacturers Association) WDMA Window&Door Manufacturers Association (Formerly: NWWDA-National Wood Window and Door Association) WI Woodwork Institute(Formerly: WIC-Woodwork Institute of California) WIC Woodwork Institute of California(Now WI) WMMPA Wood Moulding&Millwork Producers Association WSRCA Western States Roofing Contractors Association WWPA Western Wood Products Association Code Agencies:Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list.Names,telephone numbers,and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICC International Code Council ICC-ES ICC Evaluation Service,Inc. IBC International Building Code(See ICC) C. Federal Government Agencies:Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,telephone numbers,and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CE Army Corps of Engineers CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 11 Page 150 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES CPSC Consumer Product Safety Commission DOC Department of Commerce DOD Department of Defense DOE Department of Energy EPA Environmental Protection Agency FAA Federal Aviation Administration FCC Federal Communications Commission FDA Food and Drug Administration GSA General Services Administration HUD Department of Housing and Urban Development LBL Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory NCHRP National Cooperative Highway Research Program (See TRB) NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology OSHA Occupational Safety&Health Administration PBS Public Buildings Service(See GSA) PHS Office of Public Health and Science RUS Rural Utilities Service(See USDA) SD State Department TRB Transportation Research Board CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance USDA Department of Agriculture PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS USPS Postal Service D. Standards and Regulations:Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the standards and regulations in the following list. Names,telephone numbers,and Web sites are subject to TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 12 Page 151 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. ADAAG Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)Architectural Barriers Act (ABA)Accessibility Guidelines for Buildings and Facilities Available from U.S.Access Board CFR Code of Federal Regulations Available from Government Printing Office DOD Department of Defense Military Specifications and Standards Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point DSCC Defense Supply Center Columbus (See FS) FED-STD Federal Standard(See FS) FS Federal Specification Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point Available from Defense Standardization Program Available from General Services Administration Available from National Institute of Building Sciences FTMS Federal Test Method Standard(See FS) MIL (See MILSPEC) MIL-STD (See MILSPEC) MILSPEC Military Specification and Standards Available from Department of Defense Single Stock Point UFAS Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards Available from Access Board State Government Agencies:Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents,they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names,telephone numbers,and Web sites are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 13 Page 152 of 341 SECTION 0142 00 REFERENCES PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 0142 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 42 00 - 14 Page 153 of 341 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL SECTION 0150 00-TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities,and security and protection facilities. B. See Division 01 Section"Execution"for progress cleaning requirements. C. See Divisions 02 through 49 Sections for temporary heat,ventilation,and humidity requirements for products in those Sections. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect,permanent or temporary roofing is complete,insulated,and weather tight; exterior walls are insulated and weather tight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures. 1.3 USE CHARGES A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the Contract Sum. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities without cost,including,but not limited to, Owner's construction forces, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Water Service: Water from Owner's existing water system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. C. Electric Power Service: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of services as required for construction operations. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities,utility hookups,staging areas,and parking areas for construction personnel. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Electric Service: Comply with NECA,NEMA,and UL standards and regulations iur temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70. B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each TWIN FALLS, ID 01 50 00 - 1 Page 154 of 341 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall assume responsibility for operation,maintenance,and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before Owner's acceptance,regardless of previously assigned responsibilities. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PART 2-PRODUCTS PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Portable Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch,9-gage,galvanized steel,chain-link fabric fencing;minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts;minimum 2-3/8- inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts,with 1-5/8-inch-OD top and bottom rails. Provide galvanized steel bases for supporting posts. B. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 06 Section"Rough Carpentry." C. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch thick by 48 inches wide by maximum available lengths;regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36/C 36M. D. Insulation: Un-faced mineral-fiber blanket,manufactured from glass,slag wool,or rock wool;with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively and containing formaldehyde. 2.2 TEMPORARY FACILITIES A. Field Offices,General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable finishes, temperature controls,and foundations adequate for normal loading. B. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized,furnished,and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment for construction operations. 2.3 EQUIPMENT A. Fire Extinguishers: Portable,UL rated;with class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and classes of fire exposures. B. HVAC Equipment: Unless Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system,provide vented, self-contained,liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters,open-flame heaters,or salamander-type heating units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled for type of fuel being consumed,by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,and marked for intended use. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 50 00 - 2 Page 155 of 341 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL 3. Permanent HVAC System: If Owner authorizes use of permanent HVAC system for temporary use during construction,provide filter with MERV of 8 at each return air grille in system and remove at end of construction. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required by progress of the Work. 1. Locate facilities to limit site disturbance as specified in Division 01 Section"Summary." B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities. CITY APPROVED PLANS 3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE A. General: Install temporary service or connect to existing service. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1. Arrange with utility company,Owner,and existing users for time when service can be interrupted,if necessary,to make connections for temporary services. B. Sewers and Drainage: Provide temporary utilities to remove effluent lawfully. C. Water Service: Use of Owner's existing water service facilities will be permitted,as long as facilities are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion,restore these facilities to condition existing before initial use. 1. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly from pans. D. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets,wash facilities,and drinking water for use of construction personnel. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type,number, location,operation,and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. E. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. F. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 50 00 - 3 Page 156 of 341 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL G. Electric Power Service: Provide electric power service and distribution system of sufficient size, capacity,and power characteristics required for construction operations. 1. Install electric power service overhead,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Connect temporary service to Owner's existing power source,as directed by Owner. H. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations,observations,inspections,and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements without operating entire system. 1. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service in common-use facilities for use by all construction personnel. Install one telephone line(s)for each field office. 1. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer in each field office. 2. At each telephone,post a list of important telephone numbers including police and fire departments Contractor's home office Owner's office. 3. Provide superintendent with cellular telephone or portable two-way radio for use when away from field office. J. Electronic Communication Service: Provide temporary electronic communication service, including electronic mail in field office. CITY APPROVED PLANS 3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION Reviewedfor Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE A. General: Comply with the following: FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1. Provide incombustible construction for offices,shops,and sheds located within construction area or within 30 feet of building lines. Comply with NFPA 241. 2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities,under conditions acceptable to Owner. B. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Protect existing site improvements to remain including curbs,pavement,and utilities. 2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to fire hydrants. C. Project Identification and Temporary Signs: Provide Project identification and other signs. Install signs where indicated to inform public and individuals seeking entrance to Project.Unauthorized signs are not permitted. I. Provide temporary,directional signs for construction personnel and visitors. 2. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times. D. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having TWIN FALLS, ID 01 50 00 - 4 Page 157 of 341 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL jurisdiction. Comply with Division 01 Section"Execution"for progress cleaning requirements. E. Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities necessary for hoisting materials and personnel. 1. Truck cranes and similar devices used for hoisting materials are considered"tools and equipment"and not temporary facilities. F. Temporary Stairs: Until permanent stairs are available,provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. G. Temporary Use of Permanent Stairs: Cover finished,permanent stairs with protective covering of plywood or similar material so finishes will be undamaged at time of acceptance 3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection,operate temporary facilities,and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air,waterway,and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. B. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Provide measures to prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways, according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Storm water Control: Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of storm water from heavy rains. D. Tree and Plant Protection: Install temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from damage,flooding,and erosion. E. Pest Control: Engage pest-control service to recommend practices to minimize attraction and harboring of rodents,roaches,and other pests and to perform extermination and control procedures at regular intervals so Project will be free of pests and their residues at Substantial Completion. Obtain extended warranty for Owner. Perform control operations lawfully,using environmentally safe materials. F. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin,furnish and install site enclosure fence in a manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. 2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized personnel.Provide Owner with one set of keys. G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance,vandalism,theft,and similar violations of security. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 01 50 00 - 5 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 158 of 341 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL H. Barricades,Warning Signs,and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for erecting structurally adequate barricades,including warning signs and lighting. 1. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed,from exposure,foul weather,other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weather tight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, insulate temporary enclosures. J. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Prohibit smoking in construction areas. 2. Supervise welding operations,combustion-type temporary heating units,and similar sources of fire ignition according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and-protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information. 4. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles. 3.5 OPERATION,TERMINATION,AND REMOVAL A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse,limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses. B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures,heating,cooling,humidity control, ventilation,and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage. C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion. D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended,when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility,or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or,if necessary,restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces,and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion,clean and renovate permanent facilities used during CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 01 50 00 V PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 159 of 341 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Division 01 Section"Closeout Procedures." END OF SECTION 0150 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 50 00 - 7 Page 160 of 341 SECTION 0150 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROL THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Ol 50 00 - 8 Page 161 of 341 SECTION 0160 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS SECTION 0160 00-PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project;product delivery,storage,and handling;manufacturers'standard warranties on products;special warranties;and comparable products. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section"Substitution Procedures"for requests for substitutions. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Products: Items obtained for incorporating into the Work,whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term"product"includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name,including make or model number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature,that is current as of date of the Contract Documents. 2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products. 3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to have the indicated qualities related to type,function, dimension,in-service performance,physical properties,appearance,and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product. B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is named and accompanied by the words"basis-of-design product,"including make or model number or other designation,to establish the significant qualities related to type, function,dimension,in-service performance,physical properties,appearance,and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section"Submittal Procedures."Show compliance with requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Options: If Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use on Project,select product compatible with products previously selected,even if previously selected products were also options. CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 01 60 00 - 1 PLANSFOR LL INSPECTIONS SITE Page 162 of 341 SECTION 0160 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver,store,and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration,and loss,including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Delivery and Handling: 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are flammable,hazardous,easily damaged,or sensitive to deterioration,theft,and other losses. 3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system,complete with labels and instructions for handling,storing,unpacking,protecting,and installing. 4. Inspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to determine that products are undamaged and properly protected. C. Storage: 1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements,under cover in a weathertight enclosure above ground,with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight,except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,ventilation,and weather-protection requirements for storage. 6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing. 1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to,and run concurrent with,other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents. 1. Manufacturer's Warranty: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner. 2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Documents to provide specific rights for Owner. B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,ready for execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-sp CITY APPROVED PLANS and properly executed. Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 60 00 -2 Page 163 of 341 SECTION 0160 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Specifications, prepare a written document using indicated form properly executed. 3. Refer to Divisions 02 through 33. Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 01 Section"Closeout Procedures." PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PRODUCT SELECTION PROCEDURES A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are undamaged and,unless otherwise indicated,are new at time of installation. 1. Provide products complete with accessories,trim,finish,fasteners,and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect. 2. Standard Products: If available,and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified,provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects. 3. Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 4. Where products are accompanied by the term"as selected," Architect will make selection. 5. Descriptive,performance,and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish salient characteristics of products. B. Product Selection Procedures: 1. Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product,provide the named product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 2. Manufacturer/Source: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer or source, provide a product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered. 3. Products: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and products,provide one of the products listed that comply with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. b. Non-restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available manufacturers and products,provide one of the products listed,or an unnamed product,that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in"Comparable Products"Article for consideration of an unnamed product. 4. Manufacturers: a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers'names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's convenience will not be considered unless otherwise indicated. CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 01 60 00 - 3 PLANSFOR ALL INSPECTIONS ITE Page 164 of 341 SECTION 0160 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS b. Non-restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers,provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed,or a product by an unnamed manufacturer,that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in"Comparable Products"Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product. 5. Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product,or refer to a product indicated on Drawings,and include a list of manufacturers,provide the specified or indicated product or a comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications indicate sizes,profiles,dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product named. Comply with requirements in"Comparable Products"Article for consideration of an unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers. C. Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require"match Architect's sample", provide a product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be final on whether a proposed product matches. 1. If no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified requirements,comply with requirements in Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures"for proposal of product. D. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase"as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase,select a product that complies with requirements. Architect will select color,gloss,pattern,density,or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items. PART 3-EXECUTION(Not Used) END OF SECTION 0160 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 60 00 -4 Page 165 of 341 SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION SECTION 0173 00-EXECUTION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. Installation of the Work. CITY APPROVED PLANS 4. Cutting and patching. 5. Coordination of Owner-installed products. Reviewed for`ode Compliance 6. Progress cleaning. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 7. Starting and adjusting. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 8. Protection of installed construction. 9. Correction of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section"Summary" for limits on use of Project site. 2. Division 01 Section"Closeout Procedures" for submitting final property survey with Project Record Documents,recording of Owner-accepted deviations from indicated lines and levels,and final cleaning. 1.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by professional engineer certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements. B. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility,licensed to accept hazardous materials,for hazardous waste disposal. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land- surveying services of the kind indicated. B. Cutting and Patching: Comply with requirements for and limitations on cutting and patching of construction elements. 1. Structural Elements: When cutting and patching structural elements,notify Architect of locations and details of cutting and await directions from Architect before proceeding. Shore,brace,and support structural element during cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch structural elements in a manner that could change their load- carrying capacity or increase deflection TWIN FALLS, ID 01 73 00 - 1 Page 166 of 341 SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION 2. Operational Elements: Do not cut and patch operating elements and related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 3. Other Construction Elements: Do not cut and patch other construction elements or components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. 4. Visual Elements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch exposed construction in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.Overcuts are not allowed. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. 1. For projects requiring compliance with sustainable design and construction practices and procedures,use products for patching that comply with requirements of Division 01 sustainable design requirements Section. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces,use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used,use materials that, when installed,will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities,mechanical and electrical systems,and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction,verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer,storm sewer,and water-service piping;underground electrical services, and other utilities. 2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 73 00 -2 Page 167 of 341 SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work,examine substrates,areas,and conditions,with Installer or Applicator present where indicated,for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. 2. Examine walls,floors,and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates,including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to Owner that is necessary to adjust, move,or relocate existing utility structures,utility poles,lines,services,or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction. B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction,verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.All clearances should take into account final wall and floor finishes including base. D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Division 01 Section"Project Management and Coordination." 3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work,verify layout information shown on Drawings,in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered,notify Architect and Owner promptly. B. General: Engage a land surveyor or professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish limits on use of Project site. 3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions. CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 01 /7 3 00 . 3 PLANS MUST ON JOB SITE Page 168 of 341 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS PECTIONS SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION 4. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 5. Check the location,level and plumb,of every major element as the Work progresses. 6. Notify Architect and Owner when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances. 7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction. C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements,including pavements,grading, fill and topsoil placement,utility slopes,and rim and invert elevations. D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations,column grids,and floor levels,including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations. E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys,weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member,and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect and Owner. 3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks,control points,and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations,with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. C. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles,and elevations of construction and sitework. D. Final Property Survey: Engage a land surveyor or professional engineer to prepare a final property survey showing significant features(real property)for Project. Include on the survey a certification,signed by land surveyor or professional engineer,that principal metes, bounds, lines,and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. 1. Recording: At Substantial Completion,have the final property survey recorded by or with authorities having jurisdiction as the official"property survey." CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 73 00 -4 Page 169 of 341 SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION 3.5 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately,in correct alignment and elevation,as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited,install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes,ducts,and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place,accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated,verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated,mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement,including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings,templates,and directions for installing anchorages,including sleeves,concrete inserts,anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors,that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Hazardous Materials: Use products,cleaners,and installation materials that are not considered hazardous. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 73 00 - 5 Page 170 of 341 SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Cutting and Patching,General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time,and complete without delay. 1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of other construction,and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.No trench overcuts are allowed at finished slab areas. B. Existing Warranties: Remove,replace,patch,and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during installation or cutting and patching operations,by methods and with materials so as not to void existing warranties. C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut. D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. E. Adjacent Occupied Areas: Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas. F. Existing Utility Services and Mechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are required to be removed,relocated,or abandoned,bypass such services/systems before cutting to minimize interruption to occupied areas. G. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing,drilling,breaking,chipping,grinding,and similar operations,including excavation,using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible,review proposed procedures with original Installer;comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general,use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding,not hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required,and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use. 2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces. 3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill. 4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 31 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations. 5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap,valve,or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting. 6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete. H. Patching: Patch construction by filling,repairing,refinishing,closing up,and similar operations following performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections,where applicable. CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 01 /7 3 00 - 6 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Page 171 of 341 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION 1. Inspection: Where feasible,test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate physical integrity of installation. 2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and refinishing. 3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into another,patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of uniform finish,color,texture,and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and replace with new materials,if necessary,to achieve uniform color and appearance. 4. Ceilings: Patch,repair,or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniform appearance. 5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure. I. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint,mortar,oils,putty,and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces. 3.7 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily,including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F. 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally,according to regulations. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work,broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area,as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed,using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 01 73 00 - 7 PLANSFOR ALL INSPEO TIONS SITE Page 172 of 341 SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. H. During handling and installation,clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction,completed or in progress,is subject to harmful,dangerous,damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.8 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units,replace with new units,and retest. B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Division 01 Section"Quality Requirements." 3.9 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 1. Drip diapers shall be required for all leaking equipment to ensure the protection of all flooring surfaces. 2. Beverages other than water shall not be allowed to be consumed inside building to protect surfaces from acidic liquids and/or substances. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 0173 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 73 00 - 8 Page 173 of 341 SECTION 01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL SECTION 0174 19-CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. B. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale,recycling,reuse,or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan within 7 days of date established for the Notice of Award. 1.4 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. Waste Identification: Indicate anticipated types and quantities of demolition and construction waste generated by the Work. Include estimated quantities and assumptions for estimates. 1. Disposed Materials: Indicate how and where materials will be disposed of. Include name,address,and telephone number of each landfill and incinerator facility. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE PART 3-EXECUTION FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers,storage, signage,transportation,and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. TWIN FALLS, ID 0174 19 - 1 Page 174 of 341 SECTION 01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL B. Training: Train workers,subcontractors,and suppliers on proper waste management procedures,as appropriate for the Work occurring at Project site. C. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads,streets,walks,walkways,and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with Division 01 Section"Temporary Facilities and Controls"for controlling dust and dirt,environmental protection,and noise control. 3.2 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged,recycled,or otherwise reused,remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified,do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them. END OF SECTION 01 7419 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 74 19 - 2 Page 175 of 341 SECTION 0177 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES SECTION 0177 00-CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section"Operation and Maintenance Data"for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 2. Division 01 Section"Project Record Documents"for submitting record Drawings, record Specifications,and record Product Data. 3. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For cleaning agents. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at Final Completion. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. C. Field Report: For pest control inspection. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 77 00 - 1 Page 176 of 341 SECTION 0177 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1.5 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected(Contractor's punch list),indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits,operating certificates,and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections,including project record documents,operation and maintenance manuals,final completion construction photographic documentation,damage or settlement surveys,property surveys,and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Divisions 02 through 33 Sections, including specific warranties,workmanship bonds,maintenance service agreements, final certifications,and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Divisions 02 through 33 Sections,including tools,spare parts,extra materials,and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Owner. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items,including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Owner's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit test/adjust/balance records. 6. Submit sustainable design submittals required in Division 01 sustainable design requirements Section and in individual Division 02 through 33 Sections. 7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy,use,operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner and Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation,adjustment,and maintenance of products, equipment,and systems. 6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities. 7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency responders. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 01 77 00 -2 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 177 of 341 SECTION 0177 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 8. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site,along with mockups,construction tools,and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleaning requirements,including touchup painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request, Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Owner will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items,either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Owner,which must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued 1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.6 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Division 01 Section "Payment Procedures." 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected(punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final,continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit pest-control final inspection report and warranty. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation,adjustment,and maintenance of products, equipment,and systems. B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance. On receipt of request,Owner will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Re-inspection: Request re-inspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as incomplete is completed or corrected. 1.7 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS(PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including,if necessary,areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE TWIN FALLS, ID FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 01 77 00 - 3 Page 178 of 341 SECTION 0177 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1.8 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Owner for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Certificate of Occupancy is indicated,or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. 1. All Warranties shall be from the date of Certificate of Occupancy. B. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of the Project Manual. 1. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. C. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. 1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37,or if GS-37 is not applicable,use products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels. CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 3-EXECUTION Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturers written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site,yard,and grounds,in areas disturbed by construction TWIN FALLS, ID 01 77 00 -4 Page 179 of 341 SECTION 0177 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES activities,including landscape development areas,of rubbish,waste material, litter,and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains,and other foreign deposits. C. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth,even- textured surface. d. Remove tools,construction equipment,machinery,and surplus material from Project site. e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains,films,and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces,including roofs, plenums,shafts,trenches,equipment vaults,manholes,attics,and similar spaces. h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces,removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. j. Clean transparent materials,including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable,vision-obscuring materials.Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.Polish mirrors and glass,taking care not to scratch surfaces. k. Remove labels that are not permanent. 1. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication,paint and mortar droppings,and other foreign substances. M. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition,free of stains,including stains resulting from water exposure. n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers,registers,and grills. o. Clean light fixtures,lamps,globes,and reflectors to function with full efficiency. p. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Division 01 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls."Prepare written report. 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts,refinishing damaged surfaces,touching up with matching materials,and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored,provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Ol 77 00 - 5 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 180 of 341 SECTION 0177 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1. Remove and replace chipped,scratched,and broken glass,reflective surfaces,and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over"UL"and other required labels and identification,including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION 0177 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 77 00 - 6 Page 181 of 341 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SECTION 0178 23-OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals,including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory. 2. Emergency manuals. CITY APPROVED PLANS 3. Operation manuals for systems,subsystems,and equipment. Reviewed for code Compliance 4. Product maintenance manuals. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 5. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS B. Related Requirements: 1. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific operation and maintenance manual requirements for the Work in those Sections. 1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Manual Content: Operations and maintenance manual content is specified in individual Specification Sections to be reviewed at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. I Owner will comment on whether content of operations and maintenance submittals are acceptable. 2. Where applicable,clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operations and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. PDF electronic file. Assemble each manual into a composite electronically indexed file. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. a. Name each indexed document file in composite electronic index with applicable item name. Include a complete electronically linked operation and maintenance directory. 2. Three paper copies. Include a complete operation and maintenance directory. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. Owner will return two copies. C. Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Owner will return copy with comments. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 23 - 1 Page 182 of 341 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1. Correct of revise each manual to comply with Owner's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Owner's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY,OPERATION,AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Directory: Prepare a single,comprehensive directory of emergency,operation,and maintenance data and materials,listing items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. B. Organization: Unless otherwise indicated,organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem,and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials,in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. C. Title Page: Include the following information: CITY APPROVED PLANS 1. Subject matter included in manual. Reviewed far Cade Compliance 2. Name and address of Project. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 3. Name and address of Owner. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 6. Name and contact information for Owner. 7. Name and contact information for Architect. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. D. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual,identified by product name,indexed to the content of the volume,and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. E. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system,subsystem,and equipment. If possible,assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment,and components of one system into a single binder. 1. In addition to the requirements set forth in this Section,include the following information in the Manual: a. List of Sub Contractors with name and contact information. b. General Contractor warranty. C. Warranty for each Sub Contractor. d. Final unconditional Lien waivers for General Contractor. e. Final unconditional Lien waivers for each Sub Contractor. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 23 -2 Page 183 of 341 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA f. Copy of Certificate of Occupancy. g. Copy of Temporary Certificate of Occupancy(Where Applicable). h. Copy of the 100%completed punch list. i. Product Data on all General Contractor provided fixtures for each trade with the correct make and model number highlighted. (items highlighted in yellow will not print in black and white which will cause the product information sheet to be rejected.) F. Manuals,Electronic Files: Submit manuals in the form of a multiple file composite electronic PDF file for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required,configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Enable bookmarking of individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system,subsystem,and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files,then create composite manual,so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system,subsystem,and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. G. Manuals,Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard copy,bound and labeled volumes. 1. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. 2. Drawings: Attach reinforced,punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary,fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts,fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual,insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents,and drawing locations. 2.2 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. B. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below,include instructions and procedures for each system,subsystem,piece of equipment,and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood.3. Gas leak. CITY APPROVED PLANS 4. Water leak. Reviewed for Code Compliance 5. Power failure. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 23 -3 Page 184 of 341 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 6. Water outage. 7. System,subsystem,or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. C. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings,trouble indications,error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer,supplier,and manufacturer to maintain warranties. D. Emergency Procedures: Include the following,as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 2.3 OPERATION MANUALS A. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section,include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System,subsystem,and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. B. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 23 -4 Page 185 of 341 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA C. Operating Procedures: Include the following,as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. D. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation,and diagram controls as installed. E. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed,and identify color-coding where required for identification. 2.4 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product,material,and finish. Include source information,product information,maintenance procedures,repair materials and sources,and warranties and bonds,as described below. B. Source Information: List each product included in manual,identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product,list name,address,and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,and cross- reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Product Information: Include the following,as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color,pattern,and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. E. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. F. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and li; CITY APPROVED PLANS and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 23 - 5 Page 186 of 341 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2.5 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Content: For each system,subsystem,and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information,manufacturers'maintenance documentation,maintenance procedures,maintenance and service schedules,spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts,and warranty and bond information,as described below. B. Source Information: List each system,subsystem,and piece of equipment included in manual,identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product,list name,address,and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent,and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual. C. Manufacturers'Maintenance Documentation: Manufacturers'maintenance documentation including the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins. 2. Drawings,diagrams,and instructions required for maintenance,including disassembly and component removal,replacement,and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. D. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly;component removal,repair,and replacement;and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning,adjusting,and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording,if available. E. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements,list of required lubricants for equipment,and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. F. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts,with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers'maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. G. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. H. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 23 - 6 Page 187 of 341 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 MANUAL PREPARATION A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product,material,and finish incorporated into the Work. C. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of operation and maintenance data indicating operation and maintenance of each system,subsystem,and piece of equipment not part of a system. D. Manufacturers'Data: Where manuals contain manufacturers'standard printed data,include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format,identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. E. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers'printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of operation and maintenance manuals. F. Comply with Division 01 Section"Closeout Procedures"for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. END OF SECTION 0178 23 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 23 - 7 Page 188 of 341 SECTION 0178 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 7823 - 8 Page 189 of 341 SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS SECTION 0178 39-PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 01 Section"Operation and Maintenance Data"for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 2. Divisions 02 through 33 Sections for specific requirements for project record documents of the Work in those Sections. 1.2 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit two set(s)of marked-up record prints. B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy of Project's Specifications,including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy of each submittal. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE PART 2-PRODUCTS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Prints: Maintain two sets of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings,incorporating new and revised Drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data,whether individual or entity is Installer,subcontractor,or similar entity,to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. C. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 39 - 1 Page 190 of 341 SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS d. Include each relevant ASI and leaf into set in the appropriate location. e. Include all disciplines including but not limited to Civil,Landscape& Stamped Fire Sprinkler Drawings. 2. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 3. Mark record sets with erasable,red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 4. Note Construction Change Directive numbers,alternate numbers,Change Order numbers,and similar identification,where applicable. 5. Format: Submit record Drawings as a paper copy unless otherwise required by the local jurisdiction as part of the Certificate of Occupancy 2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications,addenda,and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products,materials, and equipment furnished,including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer,supplier,Installer,and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. Note related Change Orders,record Product Data,and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as a paper copy unless otherwise required by the local jurisdiction as part of the Certificate of Occupancy. 2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders,record Specifications,and record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Product Data as a paper copy. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each,ready for continued use and reference. TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 39 -2 Page 191 of 341 SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as a paper copy. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur;do not wait until end of Project. B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry,legible condition,protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's and Owner's reference during normal working hours. END OF SECTION 0178 39 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 39 - 3 Page 192 of 341 SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 01 78 39 - 4 Page 193 of 341 SECTION 02 4130 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION SECTION 02 4130—SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General Conditions and Division 1 Specification sections,apply to work of this section. B. Related Sections-the following sections contain requirements that relate to this section: 1. Division 1 Section"Construction Waste Management" 2. Divisions 22, 23,26- Cutting non-structural concrete floors and masonry walls for underground piping and ducts,and for above grade piping, ducts, and conduit is included with the work of the respective mechanical and electrical. 3. Division 23 -Cutting holes in roof deck and complete installation of new rooftop equipment. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Extent of selective demolition work is indicated on drawings. B. Types of Selective Demolition Work: Demolition requires the selective removal and subsequent off-site disposal of the following: 1. Portions of building structure indicated on drawings and/or as required to accommodate new construction. 2. Removal of interior partitions as indicated"remove." 3. Removal of doors and frames indicated"remove." 4. Removal of built-in casework indicated, "remove." or"relocate". 5. Removal and protection of existing fixtures and equipment items indicated"salvage," "remove," or"relocate". 6. Construction barriers,procedures and fines. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS C. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Remodeling construction work and patching is included within the respective sections of specifications, including removal of materials for re-use and incorporated into remodeling or new construction. 2. Relocation of pipes,conduits, ducts, other mechanical and electrical work are specified by respective trades. TWIN FALLS, ID 02 41 30 - 1 Page 194 of 341 SECTION 02 4130 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other forms of protection as required to protect Owner's personnel and general public from injury due to selective demolition work. 1. Provide protective measures as required to provide free and safe passage of Owner's personnel and general public to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Provide interior and exterior shoring,bracing, or support to prevent movement, settlement,or collapse of structure or element to be demolished, and adjacent facilities or work to remain. 4. Protect from damage existing finish work that is to remain in place and becomes exposed during demolition operations. 5. Protect floor with suitable coverings when necessary. 6. Provide temporary weather protection during interval between demolition and removal of existing construction on exterior surfaces, and installation of new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occurs to structure or interior areas of existing building. 7. Remove protections at completion of work. 1.4 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. Occupancy: Owner will be continuously occupying areas of the building immediately adjacent to areas of selective demolition. Conduct selective demolition work in manner that will minimize need for disruption of Owner's normal operations. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner of demolition activities which will severely impact Owner's normal operations. B. Condition of Structures: Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of items or structures to be demolished. C. Partial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but of salvageable value to Contractor may be removed from structure as work progresses. Transport salvaged items from site as they are removed. D. Storage or sale of removed items on-site will not be permitted. E. Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities by demolition work at no cost to Owner. F. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted. G. Utility Services: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain,keep in service, and protect against damage during demolition operations. CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 2-PRODUCTS(Not Used) Reviewedfor Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 02 41 30 -2 Page 195 of 341 SECTION 02 4130 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Prior to commencement of selective demolition work,inspect areas in which work will be performed. Photograph existing conditions to structure surfaces,equipment or to surrounding properties which could be misconstrued as damage resulting from selective demolition work. Check with the Owner prior to starting work. 3.2 PREPARATION AND CONSTRUCTION BARRIER A. Contamination control can be critical where food and/or drugs are being prepared,dispensed or displayed. Dust in ceilings and construction debris contain fungus which, if inhaled/eaten by employees or the public,can cause pneumonia or even death. Construction activities causing disturbance of existing dust, or creating new dust,must be conducted in tight enclosures cutting off any flow of particles into public areas. I. The enclosure shall maintain a negative air balance by ducting air to the outside of building using a HEPA filtered fan units or machines, sized to meet the volume of contained space or construction space. The Owner's Environmental Consultant may conduct a pressure differential test to confirm at least a minus 0.02"WC using a manometer. B. Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fixtures to remain from soiling or damage when demolition work is performed in rooms or areas from which such items have not been removed. Use a 2 mill thick fire retarded polyethylene and seal to furniture and equipment with duct tape. C. Erect and maintain dust-proof partitions and closures as required to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the building. 1. Long term selective demolition that occurs over a month: a. Immediately adjacent to occupied portion of the building, construct dust-proof partitions of minimum 2-1/2" metal studs spaced at 4'-0"oc, 1/2" drywall (joints taped) on occupied side. Install3/4"CD plywd door with 2 surface mounted hinges at all access openings. Install fiberglass strips at uneven floors and ceilings/structure areas. b. Install walk-off mats at barricade entrances.Vacuum or change as often as necessary to prevent accumulation of dust. C. Any dust tracked outside of barrier shall be removed immediately. All cleaning outside barrier should be by HEPA-filtered vacuum or other approved method. d. Place sticky mats between the walk-off mats and door to catch the last bit of dirt. Peel the mats as often as necessary so they remain effective. e. Wet mop the outside public corridor as often as necessary to maintain a clean condition but at least every hour each day and at the end of the shift. f. Keep the inside of the construction area as clean as possible. T7� CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 02 41 30 -3 PLANS MUST ON JOB SITE Page 196 of 341 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS PECTIONS SECTION 02 4130 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION g. Vacuum construction area daily during construction activity, and at the end of shift. Do not allow debris and dust to accumulate. h. Close off any supply or return duct registers or openings and soffits/low walls to prevent dust and fumes being distributed throughout the building. 2. Short term selective demolition that occurs less than a month. a. Substitute a minimum 6-mill thick fire retarded polyethylene sheeting for the 1/2"gypsum board and submit a support system appropriate for type of barricade required for approval to architect. At access openings lap the polyethylene at least 4'-0".All other requirements shall remain as above. 3. Before any demolition or construction begins,a complete field review of all work and barrier control policies will be conducted. a. Photographs will be taken on an unscheduled basis to document violations. b. All Work shall be stopped on the project whenever a hazardous and/or contamination control deficiency exists. C. The Contractor shall take immediate action to correct all deficiencies. 4. Enforcement: a. A breach of barrier management by the contractor will result in a fine. The first offense will result in a warning from the Owner. b. Second and subsequent infractions will result in a fine of not less than$500 and up to $1500 for each occurrence and thereafter possibly not allowed or be off the project. Contractor employees who do not adhere to the guidelines shall be off the premises and the project sites. C. NOTE: Violating the construction barrier policy may affect status as a responsible Contractor for future bidding. D. Locate,identify, stub off and disconnect utility services that are not indicated to remain. 1. Provide by-pass connections as necessary to maintain continuity of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of 72 hours advance notice to Owner if shut-down of service is necessary during change-over. 3.3 DEMOLITION A. Perform selective demolition work in a systematic manner. 1. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using power-driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power-driven impact tools. 2. Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls as required by local authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Completely remove interior slabs on grade. Use removal methods that will not crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or foundations. Use power saw where possible. 4. Completely fill below-grade areas and voids resulting from demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth,gravel or sand, free of trash and debris, stones over 6" diameter,roots or other organic matter. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 02 41 30 -4 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 197 of 341 SECTION 02 4130 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION B. If unanticipated mechanical,electrical or structural elements which conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure both nature and extent of the conflict. Submit report to the Owner in written, accurate detail. Pending receipt of directive from the Owner,rearrange selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job progress without delay. 3.4 SALVAGE MATERIALS A. Salvage of materials is not desired and will not be permitted. It is the Owner's intent that demolition be accomplished as expeditiously as possible. 3.5 REMOVAL AND REPAIR A. Removal of construction barricades and ceiling protection shall be done carefully,outside of normal work hours. Vacuum and clean all surfaces free of dust after the removal. Repair any damage done to existing surfaces by installation and removal of barricades. B. Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return structures and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to commencement of selective demolition work. Repair adjacent construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition work. 3.6 WASTE MANAGEMENT A. Construction Waste shall be managed in accordance with provisions of Division 1 Section Construction Waste Management. Documentation shall be submitted to satisfy the requirements of that section. END OF SECTION 02 4130 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0241 30 - 5 Page 198 of 341 SECTION 02 4130 SELECTIVE BUILDING DEMOLITION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0241 30 - 6 Page 199 of 341 SECTION 02 4150 CUTTING&PATCHING SECTION 02 4150—CUTTING&PATCHING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract,including General Conditions and Division 1 specification Sections,apply to this Section. B. Related Sections-the following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Refer to Responsibility Matrix on sheet G3.1 of the Construction Documents, for list of items furnished by Owner or furnished by Contractor, installed by Owner or Contractor. Verify with the Natural Grocer's Project Manager that the matrix is the current edition and applies to this project. Each project has its own unique Matrix. 2. Division 01 Section"Construction Waste Management" 3. Division 01 Section"Project Management&Coordination", "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures for demolition operations. 4. Division 01 Section"Submittal Procedures" Submittals for demolition schedule requirements. 5. Division 01 Section"Temporary Facilities and Controls"for temporary utilities, temporary construction and support facilities,temporary security and protection facilities, and environmental protection measures for demolition operations. 6. Division 01 Section"Closeout Procedures"for record document requirements. 7. Division 02 Section"Selective Building Demolition" CITY APPROVED PLANS 1.2 SUMMARY Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE A. This Section includes the following: FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1. Cutting and patching incidental to Selective Demolition and Construction. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or to remain the Owner's property. 1. Follow procedures listed in Section 01100—Construction Management. B. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Owner's property. Remove, clean,and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers and deliver to Owner. C. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service,and otherwise prepare them for reuse; store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in locations indicated. TWIN FALLS, ID 02 41 50 - 1 Page 200 of 341 SECTION 02 4150 CUTTING&PATCHING D. Existing to Remain: Protect equipment indicated to remain against damage and soiling during demolition. When permitted by the Owner, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Division 1 Section—Submittal Procedures. B. Submit to the Owner proposed dust-control measures. C. Submit to the Owner proposed noise-control measures(interior conditions). D. Submit to the Owner a schedule of demolition activities indicating the following: E. Detailed sequence of demolition and removal work,with starting and ending dates for each activity. CITY APPROVED PLANS F. Dates for shutoff,capping,and continuation of utility services. Reviewed far Cade Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE G. Submit to the Owner inventory of items to be removed and salvaged. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS H. Submit to the Owner inventory of items to be removed by Owner. 1. Submit to the Owner photographs or videotape,sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. J. Submit to the Owner record drawings of Project closeout according to Division 1 Section- Project Closeout. K. Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural,electrical,or mechanical conditions. L. Submit to the Architect landfill records for record purposes indicating receipt and acceptance of hazardous wastes by a landfill facility licensed to accept hazardous wastes. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Demolition Firm Qualifications: Engage an experienced firm that has successfully completed demolition Work similar to that indicated for this Project. B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before starting demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. C. Pre-demolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site per Safeway Construction Manager requirements. TWIN FALLS, ID 02 41 50 -2 Page 201 of 341 SECTION 02 4150 CUTTING&PATCHING 1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS A. The Demolition Permit will be issued prior to demolition work. B. Buildings to be demolished will be vacated and their use discontinued before start of Work. C. Owner assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be demolished. 1. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical. D. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged,or otherwise indicated to remain the Owner's property,demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option. E. Historical items,relics, and similar objects including,but not limited to,cornerstones and their contents,commemorative plaques and tablets,antiques, and other items of interest or value to the Owner,which may be encountered during demolition,remain the Owner's property. Carefully remove and salvage each item or object in a manner to prevent damage and deliver promptly to the Owner. F. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Arrange demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Project's accepted construction schedule and project phasing. PART 2-PRODUCTS (Not Used) CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE PART 3-EXECUTION FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped. B. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of demolition required. C. Inventory and record the condition of items to be removed and reinstalled and items to be removed and salvaged. D. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result in a structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures during demolition. E. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from demolition activities. TWIN FALLS, ID 02 41 50 -3 Page 202 of 341 SECTION 02 4150 CUTTING&PATCHING 3.2 PREPARATION A. Drain,purge,or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals,gases, explosives, acids,flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with demolition operations. B. Employ a certified,licensed exterminator to treat building and to control rodents and vermin before and during demolition operations. C. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets,walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Do not close or obstruct streets,walks, or other adjacent occupied or used facilities without permission from Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide alternate routes around closed or obstructed traffic ways if required by governing regulations. D. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. Ensure safe passage of people around demolition area. 1. Erect temporary protection, such as walks, fences,railings, canopies,and covered passageways,where required by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Protect existing site improvements,appurtenances,and landscaping to remain. E. Provide and maintain(where applicable)interior and exterior shoring,bracing, or structural support to preserve stability and prevent movement,settlement,or collapse of buildings to be demolished and adjacent buildings to remain. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of demolition. 3.3 UTILITY SERVICES A. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during demolition operations. 1. Do not interrupt existing utilities serving occupied or operating facilities,except when authorized in writing by Owner and authorities having jurisdiction. Provide temporary services during interruptions to existing utilities, as acceptable to Owner and to governing authorities. • Provide not less than 72 hours'notice to Owner if shutdown of service is required during changeover. B. Utility Requirements: Locate,identify, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility services serving structures to be demolished. 1. Arrange to shut off indicated utilities with utility companies. C. Utility Requirements: Refer to Division 15, 16 and 17 Sections for shutting off, CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 02 41 50 -4 PLANSFOR LL INSPECTIONS TIONS SITE Page 203 of 341 SECTION 02 4150 CUTTING&PATCHING disconnecting,removing, and sealing or capping utility services. Do not start demolition work until utility disconnecting and sealing have been completed and verified in writing. 3.4 EXPLOSIVES A. Explosives: Use of explosives will not be permitted. 3.5 POLLUTION CONTROLS A. Use water mist,temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt. Comply with governing environmental protection regulations. 1. Do not create hazardous or objectionable conditions, such as ice, flooding,and pollution,when using water. B. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. 1. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute,hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level(where applicable). C. Clean adjacent buildings and improvements of dust,dirt,and debris caused by demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of demolition. 3.6 DEMOLITION A. Building Demolition: Demolish buildings completely and remove from the site. Use methods required to complete Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Locate demolition equipment throughout the building and remove debris and materials so as not to impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 2. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly. On-site storage or sale of removed items is prohibited. 3. Small buildings may be removed intact when permitted by Architect and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. 5. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 6. Break up and remove concrete slabs on grade,unless otherwise shown to remain. 7. Remove air-conditioning equipment without releasing refrigerants. B. Below-Grade Construction: Demolish foundation walls and other below-grade construction, as follows: 1. Completely remove below-grade construction, including foundation walls and footings. 2. Break up and remove below-grade concrete slabs,unless indicated to remain. C. Filling Below-Grade Areas: Division 3102301 —Earthwork: Completely fill below-grade CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 02 41 50 - 5 PLANSFOR ALL INSPEO TIONS SITE Page 204 of 341 SECTION 02 4150 CUTTING&PATCHING areas and voids resulting from demolition of buildings and pavements with soil materials according to requirements. D. Damages: Promptly repair damages to adjacent facilities caused by demolition operations. E. Removal of Existing Paving: Saw-cut existing paving approximately 12" from existing of broken edge of pavement and remove excess material. Cutting operations shall result in a neat straight line suitable as a base line for final paving operations. Seal cut edge with asphalt tack coat prior to paving. 3.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT A. Submit a waste management profile of procedures to minimize waste and recycle as much demolished materials debris as possible in accordance with Division 1 Section Construction Waste Management and present it to the General Contractor before signing his contract. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site except materials like concrete/masonry/asphalt that can be mixed with base rock. 2. Burning: Do not burn any demolished materials on site. END OF SECTION 02 41 50 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0241 50 - 6 Page 205 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE SECTION 03 30 00-CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section specifies cast-in place concrete,including formwork,reinforcement, concrete materials,mixture design,placement procedures,and finishes. 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. Division 5 Section"Metal Fabrications"for embedded items. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 1.3 SUBMITTALS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1. Include manufacturer's specifications with application and installation instructions for proprietary material,including admixtures,bonding agents, curing compounds and chemical hardeners. B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. C. Shop Drawings: For steel fabrication,bending and placement of concrete reinforcement. Material mill test certificates for reinforcement and cement. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. 1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's"Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete Production Facilities." B. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents: 1. ACI 347,"Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork." 2. ACI SP-15,"Field Reference Manual;"keep in field office during construction. C. Perform sampling and testing for field quality control during the placements of concrete as follows: 1. Sampling Fresh Concrete: ASTM C 172,except modified for slump to comply with ASTM C94. 2. Slump: ASTM C 143,one test for each set of compressive strength test specimens. TWIN FALLS, ID 03 30 00 - 1 Page 206 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3. Air Content: ASTM C231,pressure method;one test each set of compressive test specimens,or when the indication of change requires. 4. Compressive Test Specimens: ASTM C311,one set of 6 standard cylinders for each compressive strength test,unless otherwise directed. 5. Cast and store cylinders for laboratory cured test specimens and field-cured test specimens as specified in ASTM C31. 1.5 INSPECTION A. Provide free access for the Special Inspector to locations where concrete materials are stored, proportioned,or mixed. Do not place concrete until forming and reinforcing for a given pour has been observed by the Special Inspector. Give minimum 24 hours advance notice for inspection to Special Inspector,but only when forming and reinforcing are substantially complete at time of notification. 1.6 TESTING A. Employ the services of a qualified testing laboratory as approved by the Architect to perform specified tests. Costs for these services will be paid by the Owner,except as otherwise specified. 1.7 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTS A. ASTM C39; 1 set for each 50 cubic yards or fraction thereof for each mix design placed in any 1 day;2 specimens tested at 7 days,3 specimens tested at 28 days,and 1 specimen retained in reserve for later testing if required. 1.8 EVALUATION OF QUALITY CONTROL TESTS A. Do not use concrete delivered to the final point of placement which has slump or total air content outside the specified values. B. Compressive strength tests for laboratory-cured cylinders will be considered satisfactory if the averages of all sets of 3 consecutive compressive strength tests results equal or exceed the 28-day design compressive strength of the type or class of concrete;and no individual strength test falls below the required compressive strength by more than 500 psi. C. If the compressive strength test fail to meet the minimum requirements specified,the concrete represented by such tests will b e considered deficient in strength and subject to additional testing as herein specified,or removal and replacement of the concrete which the test represents. Tests of compressive strengths at ages less than 28 days will be similarly evaluated. r �+ CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 2-PROD l�Ti CTS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 2.1 FORM-FACING MATERIALS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood,lumber,metal,or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. TWIN FALLS, ID 03 30 00 -2 Page 207 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENT CITY APPROVED PLANS A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M,Grade 60,deformed. Reviewed for`ode Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 1. Ties and deformed anchors,Grade 40. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2. Bars to be welded shall conform to ASTM A706. B. Deformed-Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement: ASTM A 497,flat sheet. C. Bar Supports: Bolsters,chairs,spacers,and other devices for spacing,supporting,and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire,plastic,or precast concrete according to CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice." 2.3 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials,of the same type,brand, and source,throughout Project: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150,Type I/II. a. Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class F,maximum of 25%by weight. b. No Fly Ash additives shall be permitted in concrete flatwork or architecturally exposed concrete. C. Revise cement type when required if exposed to chlorides or soil sulfates. B. Normal-Weight Aggregates: ASTM C 33,graded,3/4-inch nominal maximum coarse- aggregate size. 1. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable. D. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. E. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and with floor finishes and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. I. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type D. 4. High-Range,Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type F. 5. High-Range,Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M,Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 1017/C 1017M,Type II. F. Synthetic Fiber: fibrillated polypropylene fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete pavement,complying with ASTM C 1116,Type III, 1/2 to 1 inch long. TWIN FALLS, ID 03 30 00 - 3 Page 208 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE CITY APPROVED PLANS 2.4 VAPOR RETARDERS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE A. Plastic Vapor Retarder: ASTM E 1745,Class A,extruded, 15 mils.thick. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Include manufacturer's recommended adhesive or pressure-sensitive tape. B. Performance: 1. Water vapor permeance: ASTM F 1249,0.0084 perms. 2. Puncture resistance: Minimum 2300 grams measured per ASTM 1709,Method B. 2.5 CURING MATERIALS A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne,monomolecular film forming,manufactured for application to fresh concrete. B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182,Class 2,burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq.yd.when dry. C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171,polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet. D. Water: Potable. E. Clear,Waterborne,Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309,Type 1, Class B,dissipating,VOC compliant. F. Clear,Waterborne,Membrane-Forming Curing and Sealing Compound: ASTM C 1315, Type 1,Class A. 2.6 RELATED MATERIALS A. Expansion-and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751,asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber. B. Bond Breaker: Provide 2 layers of 15#non-bituminous felt between slab edge and vertical wall and column surfaces. 2.7 CONCRETE MIXTURES A. Prepare design mixes for each type and strength of concrete determined by either laboratory trial mix or field test data bases,as shown on the Structural Drawings. B. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs for the laboratory trial mix basis. C. Proportion normal-weight concrete mixes as shown on the Structural Drawings. D. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage,by weight,of cementitious materials other than Portland cement in concrete as follows: 1. Fly Ash: 25%,max. 2. No Fly Ash additives shall be permitted in concrete flatwork or architecturally exposed concrete. TWIN FALLS, ID 03 30 00 -4 Page 209 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE E. Design mixes shall contain admixtures required by these specifications and proposed by the contractor to be used in concrete. F. Proportion concrete design mixes so that compressive strength of laboratory cured cylinders will be at least 15%greater than minimum specified strength. Make at laws six specimens for each design mix in accordance with ASTM C192. Test 3 specimens at 7 day and 3 at 28 days in accordance with ASTM C39. G. Submit written reports of design mix for each class of concrete at least 15 days prior to start of work. Include the following in each report; 1. Project identification 2. Concrete class 3. Specified properties for concrete 4. Source of concrete aggregate and cement 5. Cement type and brand 6. Manufacturer and brand name of admixtures 7. Proportions of conctete mixed per cubic yard 8. Test results for each property specified for design mix 9. Unit weight H. In lieu of designing new mixes for this project,existing mix designs meeting all requirements specified for each concrete mix,and used successfully on previous projects under conditions similar to those anticipated on this project,may be used providing the following are submitted for Architect/Engineer's approval for each class of concrete: 1. Reports of concrete mix design and test results. 2. Reports of sufficient consecutive sets of 28-day concrete strength tests made during the last 6 months and calculations for standard deviation. 3. Reports of compliance tests of fine and coarse aggregates made during the last 6 months. 2.8 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENT A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice." 2.9 CONCRETE MIXING A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure,batch,mix,and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M,and furnish batch ticket information. 1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F,reduce mixing and delivery time from 1-1/2 hours to 75 minutes;when air temperature is above 90 deg F,reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 03 30 00 - 5 Page 210 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 FORMWORK A. Design,erect,shore,brace,and maintain formwork according to ACI 301 to support vertical,lateral,static,and dynamic loads,and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size,shape, alignment, elevation,and position indicated,within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. 3.2 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,instructions,and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 1. Install anchor rods,accurately located,to the elevations required. B. Embedded items may include,but are not limited to: 1. Bolts 2. Connectors 3. Plates CITY APPROVED PLANS 4. Anchors 5. Sleeves Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 6. Drains 7. Electrical boxes FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.3 VAPOR RETARDERS A. Plastic Vapor Retarders: Place,protect,and repair vapor retarders according to ASTM E 1643 and manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap joints 6 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape. 3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Comply with CRSI's"Manual of Standard Practice"for placing reinforcement. 1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placing concrete. 3.5 JOINTS A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete. B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Architect. TWIN FALLS, ID 03 30 00 - 6 Page 211 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Contraction Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints,sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows: 1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces. 2. Sawed Joints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch-wide joints into concrete when cutting action will not tear,abrade,or otherwise damage surface and before concrete develops random contraction cracks. D. Isolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork,install joint-filler strips at slab junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals,foundation walls,grade beams, and other locations,as indicated. 3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete,verify that installation of formwork,reinforcement,and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously,provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. C. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1. CITY APPROVED PLANS D. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 305. Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.7 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material,arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed- surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view,or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. TWIN FALLS, ID 03 30 00 - 7 Page 212 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal,moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. 2. Grout-Cleaned Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply grout of a consistency of thick paint to coat surfaces and fill small holes. Mix one part portland cement to one and one-half parts fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding admixture and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Scrub grout into voids and remove excess grout. When grout whitens,rub surface with clean burlap and keep surface damp by fog spray for at least 36 hours. 3. Cork-Floated Finish: Wet concrete surfaces and apply a stiff grout. Mix one part portland cement and one part fine sand with a 1:1 mixture of bonding agent and water. Add white portland cement in amounts determined by trial patches so color of dry grout will match adjacent surfaces. Compress grout into voids by grinding surface. In a swirling motion, finish surface with a cork float. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls,horizontal offsets,and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces,strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces,unless otherwise indicated. 3.8 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding,re-straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Floor flatness: Slab on grade shall be constructed with floor flatness,FF=40. Floor flatness to be measured and confirmed in accordance to ASTM E 1155. C. Floor levelness: Slab on grade shall be constructed with floor levelness,FL=30. D. Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or inaccessible to power driven floats. Restraighten,cut down high spots,and fill low spots. Repeat float passes and re-straightening until surface is left with a uniform,smooth, granular texture. 1. Apply float finish to surfaces to receive trowel finish. E. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish,apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces to be covered with resilient flooring,carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane,paint,or another thin-film- finish coating system. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 03 30 00 - 8 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 213 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 2. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveled,freestanding, 10-foot-long straightedge resting on 2 high spots and placed anywhere on the surface does not exceed 3/16 inch. F. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a first trowel finish to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset or thin-set method. While concrete is still plastic,slightly scarify surface with a fine broom. 1. Comply with flatness and levelness tolerances for trowel finished floor surfaces. G. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete platforms,steps,and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated. 3.9 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305 for hot- weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot,dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq.ft.x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding,and bull floating or darbying concrete,but before float finishing. C. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1,by one or a combination of the following methods: 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete,placed in widest practicable width,with sides and ends lapped at least 12 inches,and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. After curing period has elapsed,remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 4. Curing and Sealing Compound: Apply uniformly to floors and slabs indicated in a continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Repeat process 24 hours later and apply a second coat. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 03 30 00 - 9 Page 214 of 341 SECTION 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. 1. Testing Services: Tests shall be performed according to ACI 301. END OF SECTION 03 30 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 03 30 00 - 10 Page 215 of 341 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS SECTION 05 50 00-METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Miscellaneous steel framing and supports. 2. Shelf/ledger angles. 3. Miscellaneous steel trim. 4. Metal bollards. 5. Loose bearing and leveling plates. B. Products furnished,but not installed,under this Section: 1. Loose steel lintels. 2. Anchor bolts,steel pipe sleeves,slotted-channel inserts,and wedge-type inserts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry. 3. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design ladders,including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer,using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. B. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints,overstressing of components,failure of connections,and other detrimental effects. 1.3 SUBMITTALS CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance A. Product Data: For the following: PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1. Paint products. 2. Grout. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications. 1. Include plans,elevations,sections,and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For installed products indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria,including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. TWIN FALLS, ID 05 50 00 - 1 Page 216 of 341 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METALS,GENERAL A. Metal Surfaces,General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. 2.2 FERROUS METALS CITY APPROVED PLANS A. Steel Plates, Shapes,and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. Reviewed far Cade Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE B. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276,Type 304. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500,cold-formed steel tubing. D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M,standard weight(Schedule 40)unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Unless otherwise indicated,provide Type 304 or Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners for exterior use and zinc-plated fasteners with coating complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941,Class Fe/Zn 5,at exterior walls. B. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Threaded type unless otherwise indicated;galvanized ferrous castings,either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron. Provide bolts,washers,and shims as needed,all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329. C. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors. 1. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon-steel components zinc plated to comply with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941,Class Fe/Zn 5,unless otherwise indicated. 2. Material for Exterior Locations and Where Stainless Steel is Indicated: Stainless- steel bolts,ASTM F 593,and nuts,ASTM F 594. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Shop Primers: Provide primers that comply with Division 09 painting Sections. B. Universal Shop Primer: Fast-curing,lead-and chromate-free,universal modified-alkyd primer complying with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat. C. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it. D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187. E. Non-shrink,Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged,non-staining,noncorrosive,nongaseous TWIN FALLS, ID 05 50 00 - 2 Page 217 of 341 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications. F. Concrete: Comply with requirements in Division 03 Section"Cast-in-Place Concrete"for normal-weight,air-entrained,concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi,unless otherwise specified. 2.5 FABRICATION,GENERAL A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. B. Cut,drill,and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces. C. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections,finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended. D. Form exposed connections with hairline joints,flush and smooth,using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Locate joints where least conspicuous. E. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. F. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry,equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors not less than 24 inches o.c. 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work. B. Fabricate units from steel shapes,plates,and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes,shapes,and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS STEEL TRIM A. Unless otherwise indicated,fabricate units from steel shapes,plates, and bars of profiles shown with continuously welded joints and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field splices where possible. B. Provide cutouts,fittings,and anchorages as needed to coordinate assembly and installation with other work. CITY APPROVED PLANS C. Galvanize exterior miscellaneous steel trim. Reviewed far Cade Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 05 50 00 - 3 Page 218 of 341 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS D. Prime exterior miscellaneous steel trim with primer specified in Division 09 Section "High-Performance Coatings." 2.8 METAL BOLLARDS A. Fabricate metal bollards from Schedule 80 steel pipe. B. Fabricate sleeves for bollard anchorage from steel pipe or tubing with 1/4-inch-thick steel plate welded to bottom of sleeve. C. Prime bollards with zinc-rich primer. 2.9 LOOSE BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Provide loose bearing and leveling plates for steel items bearing on concrete construction. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts and for grouting. 2.10 STEEL WELD PLATES AND ANGLES A. Provide steel weld plates and angles not specified in other Sections, for items supported from concrete construction as needed to complete the Work. Provide each unit with no fewer than two integrally welded steel strap anchors for embedding in concrete. 2.11 FINISHES,GENERAL A. Comply with NAAMM's"Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. 2.12 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products. B. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete or masonry,or unless otherwise indicated. C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop,Field,and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting. PART 3-EXECUTION CITY APPROVED PLANS 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 05 50 00 -4 Page 219 of 341 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cutting,Fitting,and Placement: Perform cutting,drilling,and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location,alignment,and elevation; with edges and surfaces level,plumb,true,and free of rack;and measured from established lines and levels. B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.Do not weld,cut,or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections. C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. At exposed connections,finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended. D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete,masonry,or similar construction. 3.2 INSTALLING METAL BOLLARDS A. Anchor bollards in place with concrete footings. Place concrete and vibrate or tamp for consolidation. Support and brace bollards in position until concrete has cured. B. Fill bollards solidly with concrete,mounding top surface to shed water. 3.3 INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES A. Clean concrete and masonry bearing surfaces of bond-reducing materials,and roughen to improve bond to surfaces. Clean bottom surface of plates. B. Set bearing and leveling plates on wedges,shims,or leveling nuts. After bearing members have been positioned and plumbed,tighten anchor bolts. Do not remove wedges or shims but,if protruding,cut off flush with edge of bearing plate before packing with grout. C. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates to ensure that no voids remain. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 05 50 00 - 5 Page 220 of 341 SECTION 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection,clean field welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas. Paint uncoated and abraded areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces. B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780. END OF SECTION 05 50 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 05 50 00 - 6 Page 221 of 341 SECTION 06 10 53 ROUGH CARPENTRY SECTION 0610 53-ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Wood blocking,cants,and nailers. 3. Wood furring and grounds. 4. Wood sleepers. 5. Plywood backing panels. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. 1. Include data for wood-preservative treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. B. Research/Evaluation Reports: For the following,showing compliance with building code in effect for Project: 1. Preservative-treated wood. 2. Power-driven fasteners. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE PART, 2-PRODUCTS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS,GENERAL A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated,provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules- writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2.2 WOOD-PRESERVATIVE-TREATED MATERIALS A. Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process: AWPA U1;Use category UC2, B. Preservative Chemicals: Acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and containing no arsenic or chromium. TWIN FALLS, ID 06 10 53 - 1 Page 222 of 341 SECTION 06 10 53 ROUGH CARPENTRY C. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent. Do not use material that is warped or does not comply with requirements for untreated material. D. Mark lumber with treatment quality mark of an inspection agency approved by the ALSC Board of Review. E. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings,and the following: 1. Wood cants,furring,nailers,curbs,equipment support bases,blocking,stripping,and similar members in connection with roofing,flashing,vapor barriers,and waterproofing. 2. Wood sills,sleepers,blocking,furring,stripping,and similar concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete. 3. Wood floor plates that are installed over concrete slabs-on-grade. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction,including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. CITY APPROVED PLANS 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. Reviewed far Cade Compliance 4. Cants. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 5. Furring. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 6. Grounds. B. For items of dimension lumber size,provide Standard, Stud,or No. 3 grade lumber with 19 percent maximum moisture content of any species. C. For exposed boards,provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content of eastern white pine,Idaho white,lodgepole,ponderosa,or sugar pine;Premium or 2 Common (Sterling)grade;NeLMA,NLGA,WCLIB,or WWPA. 2.4 PLYWOOD BACKING PANELS A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1,Exterior,AC,in thickness indicated in the drawings or,if not indicated,not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness. 2.5 FASTENERS A. General: Where carpentry is exposed to weather,in ground contact,pressure- preservative treated,or in area of high relative humidity,provide fasteners of type 304 stainless steel B. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272. C. Screws for Fastening to Cold-Formed Metal Framing: ASTM C 954,except with wafer heads and reamer wings,length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened. TWIN FALLS, ID 06 10 53 -2 Page 223 of 341 SECTION 06 10 53 ROUGH CARPENTRY 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Flexible Flashing: Self-adhesive,rubberized-asphalt compound,bonded to a high-density, polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines,with members plumb,true to line,cut,and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers,blocking,grounds, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction. B. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking. C. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's"Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction,"unless otherwise indicated. D. Do not splice structural members between supports,unless otherwise indicated. E. Comply with AWPA M4 for applying field treatment to cut surfaces of preservative- treated lumber. F. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule,"in ICC's International Building Code. 3.2 PROTECTION A. Protect wood that has been treated with inorganic boron(SBX)from weather. If,despite protection,inorganic boron-treated wood becomes wet,apply EPA-registered borate treatment.Apply borate solution by spraying to comply with EPA-registered label. END OF SECTION 06 10 53 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 06 10 53 -3 Page 224 of 341 SECTION 06 10 53 ROUGH CARPENTRY THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 06 10 53 - 4 Page 225 of 341 SECTION 06 16 00 SHEATHING SECTION 0616 00-SHEATHING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Wall sheathing. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. All plywood to be certified to contain no Urea Formaldehyde. 1. Plywood.Note:OSB,chipboard,or particleboard is not permitted anywhere in project. 1.3 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Stack plywood or other panels flat with spacers between each bundle to provide air circulation. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS,GENERAL CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance A. Plywood: DOC PS 1. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2.2 WALL SHEATHING A. Exterior Grade Plywood 1. Type and Thickness:As indicated in the drawings B. Fiberglass Matt Faced Gypsum Wall Sheathing: ASTM D 3273 &ASTM E 330 gypsum sheathing;with water-resistant-treated core. 1. Type and Thickness: Type X,size and thickness as indicated in the drawings. 2.3 FASTENERS A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated. 1. For roof sheathing panels,provide fasteners with corrosion-protective coating having a salt-spray resistance of more than 800 hours according to ASTM B 117. TWIN FALLS, ID 06 16 00 - 1 Page 226 of 341 SECTION 06 16 00 SHEATHING 2.4 SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT MATERIALS A. Sealant for Fiberglass Matt Faced Gypsum Sheathing Board: Elastomeric silicone joint sealant as recommended by sheathing manufacturer. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated,complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule,"in ICC's"International Building Code." B. Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that excludes exterior moisture. 3.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30K, "APA Design/Construction Guide: Residential&Commercial." 1. Comply with"Code Plus"installation provisions in guide referenced in paragraph above. B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Roof Sheathing/Wall Sheathing: a. Screw to cold-formed metal framing. 3.3 GYPSUM SHEATHING INSTALLATION A. Comply with GA-253 and with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Fasten gypsum sheathing to cold-formed metal framing with screws. 2. Install boards with a 3/8-inch gap where non-load-bearing construction abuts structural elements. 3. Install boards with a 1/4-inch gap where they abut masonry or similar materials. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 06 16 00 - 2 Page 227 of 341 SECTION 06 16 00 SHEATHING 3.4 SHEATHING JOINT-AND-PENETRATION TREATMENT A. Seal sheathing joints according to sheathing manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Apply elastomeric sealant to joints and fasteners and trowel flat. Seal other penetrations and openings. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Paper-Surfaced Gypsum Sheathing: Protect sheathing by covering exposed exterior surface of sheathing with weather-resistant sheathing paper securely fastened to framing. Apply covering immediately after sheathing is installed. END OF SECTION 06 16 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 06 16 00 - 3 Page 228 of 341 SECTION 06 16 00 SHEATHING THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 06 16 00 - 4 Page 229 of 341 SECTION 06 64 00 PLASTIC PANELING(FRP) SECTION 06 64 00-PLASTIC PANELING(FRP) PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes glass-fiber reinforced plastic(FRP)wall paneling and trim accessories. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For plastic paneling and trim accessories. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: 200 or less. 2. Smoke-Developed Index: 450 or less. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE PART 2-PRODUCTS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2.1 PLASTIC SHEET PANELING A. General: Gelcoat-finished,glass-fiber reinforced plastic panels complying with ASTM D 5319. 1. Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.09 inch. 2. Surface Finish: Pebbled 3. Color: As indicated in the drawings. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Trim Accessories: Manufacturer's standard one-piece vinyl extrusions designed to retain and cover edges of panels. Provide division bars,inside corners, outside corners,and caps as needed to conceal edges. 1. Color: As selected by the Architect from manufacturer's full range. B. Adhesive: As recommended by plastic paneling manufacturer. TWIN FALLS, ID 06 64 00 - 1 Page 230 of 341 SECTION 06 64 00 PLASTIC PANELING(FRP) C. Sealant: Single-component,mildew-resistant,neutral-curing silicone sealant recommended by plastic paneling manufacturer and complying with requirements in Division 07 Section"Joint Sealants." PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of adhesive,including oil,grease, dirt, and dust. B. Condition panels by unpacking and placing in installation space before installation according to manufacturer's written recommendations. C. Lay out paneling before installing. Locate panel joints to provide equal panels at ends of walls not less than half the width of full panels. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install plastic paneling according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Install panels in a full spread of adhesive. C. Install trim accessories with adhesive and nails or staples.Do not fasten through panels. D. Fill grooves in trim accessories with sealant before installing panels and bed inside corner trim in a bead of sealant. E. Maintain uniform space between panels and wall fixtures. Fill space with sealant. F. Remove excess sealant and smears as paneling is installed. Clean with solvent recommended by sealant manufacturer and then wipe with clean dry cloths until no residue remains. END OF SECTION 06 64 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 06 64 00 -2 Page 231 of 341 SECTION 07 11 00 VAPOR BARRIERS SECTION 07 1100—VAPOR BARRIERS PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Continuous vapor barrier at Exterior Wall locations (Interior Side). Vapor barrier not required if using faced insulation. 2. Continuous vapor retarder under all new interior slabs on grade. B. Related Sections: 1. Subgrade Preparation and Compaction of Granular Base. 2. Concrete Floor Slabs-on-Grade: Section 03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Reference Standards: See Section 0142 30. Comply with following: 1. ASTM E1643-98-Standard Practice for Installation of Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Earth or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. 2. ASTM E1745-97-Standard Specification for Water Vapor Retarders Used in Contact with Soil or Granular Fill Under Concrete Slabs. B. Guide References and Standard Practices: 1. ACI 302.1R-96 Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Procedures: Submit in accordance with Section 0133 00 Submittal Procedures. B. Product Data: Submit copies of manufacturer's current catalog literature covering all materials and accessories. Include installation instructions. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contractor Qualification: Applicator shall have a minimum of two-years experience on equivalent projects. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01 60 00. B. Delivery: Deliver vapor retarder in original unopened manufacturer's containers with labels intact. C. Storage: Protect vapor retarder from damage and keep dry. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 11 00 - 1 Page 232 of 341 SECTION 07 11 00 VAPOR BARRIERS PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 UNDERSLAB VAPOR RETARDER A. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: 1. Fortifiber Corporation,Moistop Plus, 3 ply laminate consisting of two layers of polyethylene with a glass fiber reinforced,high-strength kraft paper core. 2. Reef Industries,Inc., Griffolyn Type T-65 ply laminate consisting of two layers of polyethylene with a high strength cord grid reinforcement. 3. Stego Industries,LLC,www.stegoindustries.com, Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier,extruded 15 mil thickness polyolefin membrane manufactured with virgin resins. B. Vapor Permeance: Maximum 0.10 perms,measured in accordance with ASTM E96, Procedure. C. Puncture Resistance: Minimum 475 grams when measured in accordance with ASTM D 1709,Method B. D. Joint Tape: As recommended by the manufacturer. 2.2 EXTERIOR WALL VAPOR RETARDER A. Acceptable Manufacturers and Products: 1. Stego Industries,LLC,www.stegoindustries.com, Stego Wrap Vapor Barrier, extruded 6 mil thickness polyolefin membrane manufactured with virgin resins. B. Vapor Permeance: Maximum 0.10 perms,measured in accordance with ASTM E96, Procedure A. C. Puncture Resistance: Minimum 475 grams when measured in accordance with ASTM D 1709,Method B. D. Joint Tape: As recommended by the manufacturer. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Seam tape: 1. Stego Tape by Stego Industries LLC,(877)464-7834 www.stegoindustries.com. B. Vapor-proofing mastic: 1. Stego Mastic by Stego Industries LLC,(877)464-7834 www.stegoindustries.com. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Where vapor retarder is installed over grade,take care to obtain smooth level surface. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 07 11 00 -2 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 233 of 341 SECTION 07 11 00 VAPOR BARRIERS B. If vapor barrier is to be placed over a rough granular soil or fill,place approximately'/z inch thickness of fine-graded base material over subgrade. Roll or compact to provide smooth and level surface without jagged material protruding,which could puncture vapor retarder. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. Place reinforced vapor barrier under new interior slabs on grade. 2. Install in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations and ASTM E1643. B. If vapor barrier is to be placed over a rough granular soil or fill,place approximately '/2 inch thickness of fine-graded base material over subgrade. Roll or compact to provide smooth and level surface without jagged material protruding,which could puncture vapor retarder. C. Carefully fit around service openings. Cut film around pipes and conduit piercing retarder, and apply pressure sensitive tape to insure maximum barrier effectiveness. D. Place pipes,conduits, etc. on top of vapor barrier,taking care to prevent film punctures. E. Repair any damage to film prior to placing granular base. F. Granular Base: Immediately prior to placement of concrete, cover vapor barrier with three- inch thick uniform granular base for protection. Compact in accordance with requirements of the Geotech Report for granular fill under floor slabs. Protect base from excessive moisture beyond minimum required for compaction until concrete is placed. END OF SECTION CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 11 00 - 3 Page 234 of 341 SECTION 07 11 00 VAPOR BARRIERS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 11 00 - 4 Page 235 of 341 SECTION 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION SECTION 07 2100-THERMAL INSULATION PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Foam-plastic board insulation. 2. Glass-fiber blanket insulation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Product test reports. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For foam-plastic insulation. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with the fire- test-response characteristics indicated,as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84 for surface-burning characteristics and other methods indicated with product, by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 FOAM-PLASTIC BOARD INSULATION A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578,with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450,respectively,per ASTM E 84. 1. Total thickness and R-value as indicated on the drawings. 0.75 inch thick with a minimum thermal resistance of 3.8 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F. Increase R-value per inch as required by specific manufacturer to meet the design intent. 2.2 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Polypropylene-Scrim-Kraft-Faced,Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665,Type II (non-reflective faced),Class A(faced surface with a flame-spread index of 25 or less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier). Faced insulation not required if using separate vapor barrier. TWIN FALLS, ID 07 21 00 - 1 Page 236 of 341 SECTION 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION B. Un-faced,Glass-Fiber Acoustical Grid Ceiling and Wall Insulation: ASTM C 665,Type 1 un-faced Class A(with a flame-spread index of 25 or less per ASTM E 84) C. Where exterior faced glass-fiber blanket insulation is indicated by the following thicknesses,provide blankets in batt or roll form with thermal resistances indicated: 1. 7-1/2 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 21 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F. 2. 5-1/2 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 19 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu at 75 deg F. 3. 3-1/2 inches thick with a thermal resistance of 13 deg F x h x sq.ft./Btu at 75 deg F. D. Where interior un-faced acoustical glass-fiber blanket insulation is indicated by the following thicknesses,provide blankets in batt or roll form with thermal resistances indicated: 1. 6 inches thick with an STC of 51 for acoustical grid ceilings 2. 5-1/2 inches thick with an STC of 51 for single sided 6"wall framed assemblies 3. 3-1/2 inches thick with an STC of 50 for single sided 3 5/8"wall framed assemblies. 4. 2-1/2 inches thick with an STC of 55 for single sided double layer 2 1/2"wall framed assemblies. 2.3 AUXILIARY INSULATING MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PART 3-EXECUTION PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and application indicated. B. Install insulation that is undamaged,dry,and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed at any time to ice,rain,and snow. C. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. D. Water-Piping Coordination: If water piping is located within insulated exterior walls, coordinate location of piping to ensure that it is placed on warm side of insulation and insulation encapsulates piping. E. For preformed insulating units,provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from TWIN FALLS, ID 07 21 00 -2 Page 237 of 341 SECTION 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION manufacturer's standard thicknesses,widths,and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF GENERAL BUILDING INSULATION A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated,complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated,bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units. B. Seal joints between foam-plastic insulation units by applying adhesive,mastic,or sealant to edges of each unit to form a tight seal as units are shoved into place. Fill voids in completed installation with adhesive,mastic,or sealant as recommended by insulation manufacturer. END OF SECTION 07 2100 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0721 00 -3 Page 238 of 341 SECTION 07 2100 THERMAL INSULATION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 21 00 -4 Page 239 of 341 SECTION 07 25 00 WEATHER BARRIERS SECTION 07 25 00-WEATHER BARRIERS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Building Paper. 2. Building Wrap. 3. Flexible Flashing 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.3 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Evaluation Reports: For water-resistive barrier and flexible flashing,from ICC-ES. l� CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 2-PROD ViT CTS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER(W.R.B.) A. Building Paper: ASTM D 226,Type 1 (No. 15 asphalt-saturated organic felt),unperforated. B. Building Wrap: ASTM E 1677,Type I air barrier;with flame-spread and smoke- developed indexes of less than 25 and 450,respectively,when tested according to ASTM E 84;UV stabilized;and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,available products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. DuPont(E.I.du Pont de Nemours and Company);Tyvek CommercialWrap. b. Kingspan;GreenGuard C500 High-Temperature Buiding Wrap 2. Water-Vapor Permeance: Not less than 135g through 1 sq.m of surface in 24 hours per ASTM E 96/E 96M,Desiccant Method(Procedure A). 3. High-Temperature Building Wrap should be utilized behind all metal cladding, brake metal fascia,and under metal roofing. C. Building-Wrap Tape: Pressure-sensitive plastic tape recommended by building- wrap manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in building wrap. TWIN FALLS, ID 07 25 00 - 1 Page 240 of 341 SECTION 07 25 00 WEATHER BARRIERS 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Flexible Flashing: Self-adhesive butyl rubber or rubberized-asphalt compound,bonded to a high-density polyethylene film,aluminum foil,or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 WATER-RESISTIVE BARRIER INSTALLATION A. Cover sheathing with water-resistive barrier as follows: 1. Cut back barrier 1/2 incheach side of the break in supporting members at expansion- or control joint locations. 2. Apply barrier to cover vertical flashing with a minimum 4-inch overlap unless otherwise indicated. B. Building Paper: Apply horizontally with a 2-inch overlap and a 6-inch end lap; fasten to sheathing with galvanized staples or roofing nails. C. Building Wrap: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Seal seams,edges,fasteners,and penetrations with tape. 2. Extend into jambs of openings and seal corners with tape. 3.2 FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Apply flexible flashing where indicated to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Lap seams and junctures with other materials at least 4 inches except that at flashing flanges of other construction,laps need not exceed flange width. 2. Lap flashing over water-resistive barrier at bottom and sides of openings. 3. Lap water-resistive barrier over flashing at heads of openings. 4. After flashing has been applied,roll surfaces with a hard rubber or metal roller. END OF SECTION 07 25 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 25 00 -2 Page 241 of 341 SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) SECTION 07 54 23—THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) PART 1 -GENERAL (WHERE APPLICABLE FOR REPAIRS) 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Adhered TPO membrane roofing system. 2. Roof insulation. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. TPO: Thermoplastic polyolefin. B. Roofing Terminology: See ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definitions of terms related to roofing work in this Section. 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide installed roofing membrane and base flashings that remain watertight; do not permit the passage of water; and resist specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure. B. Material Compatibility: Provide roofing materials that are compatible with one another under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing membrane manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. FMG Listing: Provide roofing membrane,base flashings, and component materials that comply with requirements in FMG 4450 and FMG 4470 as part of a membrane roofing system and that are listed in FMG's "Approval Guide" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FMG markings. 1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A- 90. 2. Hail Resistance: SH. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other Work. 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. CITY APPROVED PLANS 2. Tapered insulation,including slopes. Reviewed for Cade Compliance 3. Insulation fastening patterns. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Page 2420 0f5�4 SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) C. Installer Certificates: Signed by roofing system manufacturer certifying that Installer is approved, authorized, or licensed by manufacturer to install roofing system. D. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in"Performance Requirements"Article. 1. Submit evidence of meeting performance requirements. E. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. F. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency,for components of roofing system. G. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of membrane roofing system. H. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals. 1. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section. J. Inspection Report: Copy of roofing system manufacturer's inspection report of completed roofing installation. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's warranty. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that has UL listing for membrane roofing system identical to that used for this Project. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 548. D. Source Limitations: Obtain components for membrane roofing system approved by roofing membrane manufacturer. E. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide membrane roofing materials with the fire-test- response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per test method below by UL, FMG, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Materials shall be identified with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 1. Exterior Fire-Test Exposure: Class A; ASTM E 108, for application and roof slopes indicated. 2. Fire-Resistance Ratings: ASTM E 119, for fire-resistance-rated roof assemblies of which roofing system is a part. F. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof deck construction, conduct conference at Project site. Comply with requirements for preinstallation conferences in Division 1 Section CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE TWIN FALLS, ID FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 2430 0f 5 '4 SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to roof deck construction and roofing system including,but not limited to,the following: 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect roofing system. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name,product brand name and type, date of manufacture, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacc CITY APPROVED PLANS and warranty requirements. Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Page 2440 0f5�4 1 SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form, without monetary limitation, in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of membrane roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failure includes roof leaks. 1. Special warranty includes roofing membrane, base flashings, roofing membrane accessories roof insulation fasteners cover boards substrate board vapor retarder walkway products and other components of membrane roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering Work of this Section, including all components of membrane roofing system such as roofing membrane, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, vapor retarders, roof pavers, and walkway products, for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply for product selection: 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the manufacturers specified. 2.2 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING MEMBRANE A. Fabric-Reinforced Thermoplastic Polyolefin Sheet: Uniform, flexible sheet formed from a thermoplastic polyolefin,internally fabric or scrim reinforced, and as follows: 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Johns Manville,Inc. b. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. C. Firestone Building Products Company. CITY APPROVED PLANS d. Approved Substitute. Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 2. Thickness: 60 mils(1.13 mm),nominal. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3. Exposed Face Color: White. 4. Physical Properties: a. Breaking Strength: 225 lbf(1 kN);ASTM D 751, grab method. b. Elongation at Break: 15 percent; ASTM D 751. TWIN FALLS, ID Page 2450 0f5�4 SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) C. Tearing Strength: 55 lbf(245 N)minimum; ASTM D 751,Procedure B. d. Brittleness Point: Minus 22 deg F (30 deg Q. e. Ozone Resistance: No cracks after sample, wrapped around a 3-inch- (75-mm-) diameter mandrel, is exposed for 166 hours to a temperature of 104 deg F (40 deg C) and an ozone level of 100 pphm(100 mPa); ASTM D 1149. f. Resistance to Heat Aging: 90 percent minimum retention of breaking strength, elongation at break, and tearing strength after 166 hours at 240 deg F (116 deg C); ASTM D 573. g. Water Absorption: Less than 4 percent mass change after 166 hours' immersion at 158 deg F(70 deg C);ASTM D 471. h. Linear Dimension Change: Plus or minus 2 percent; ASTM D 1204. 2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall meet VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard unreinforced thermoplastic polyolefin sheet flashing, 55 mils(1.4 mm)thick,minimum,of same color as sheet membrane. C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard solvent-based bonding adhesive for membrane, and solvent-based bonding adhesive for base flashings. D. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's recommended slip sheet, of type required for application. E. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch(25 by 3 mm)thick; with anchors. F. Metal Battens: Manufacturer's standard aluminum-zinc-alloy-coated or zinc-coated steel sheet, approximately 1 inch(25 mm)wide by 0.05 inch(1.3 mm)thick,prepunched. G. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion- resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer. H. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers,preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T joint covers, termination reglets, cover strips,and other accessories. 2.4 SUBSTRATE BOARDS A. Substrate Board: ASTM C I I77/C I I77M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, 1/4 inch(6 mm)thick. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens-Deck" by Georgia- Pacific Corporation. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Page 246 0� �41 SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion- resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening substrate panel to roof deck. 2.5 ROOF INSULATION A. General: Provide preformed roof insulation boards that comply with requirements and referenced standards, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes and of thicknesses indicated. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. 1. Available Manufacturers: a. Johns Manville,Inc. b. AlliedSignal Inc.; Commercial Roofing Systems. C. Apache Products Company. d. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. e. Firestone Building Products Company. C. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches(1:48),unless otherwise indicated. D. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated. 2.6 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with membrane roofing. B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates meeting corrosion- resistance provisions in FMG 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. C. Cold Fluid-Applied Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard cold fluid-applied adhesive formulated to adhere roof insulation to substrate. D. Cover Board: ASTM C 1177/C 1177M, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, 1/4 inch (6 mm)thick. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens-Deck" by Georgia- Pacific Corporation. E. Metal Securement System: Perimeter securement flashing and strapping fabricated from stainless steel, a minimum of 0.031 inch (0.8 mm)thick. Provide fasteners as recommended by mortar-faced insulation manufacturer. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Page 2470 0f5�4 1 SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) 2.7 WALKWAYS A. Flexible Walkways: Factory-formed, nonporous, heavy-duty, slip-resisting, surface-textured walkway pads, approximately 24 inch x 24 inch x 3/16 inch thick, and acceptable to membrane roofing system manufacturer. CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 3 -EXECUTION Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with the following requirements and other conditions affecting performance of roofing system: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place and set and braced and that roof drains are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of steel roof deck comply with requirements in Division 5 Section"Steel Deck." 4. Verify that minimum concrete drying period recommended by roofing system manufacturer has passed. 5. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. 6. Verify that concrete curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed. 7. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris,moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing. D. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together. 1. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck according to recommendations in FMG's "Approval Guide" for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck to resist uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. TWIN FALLS, ID Page 2480 0f %-; T I SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) 3.3 INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Coordinate installing membrane roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday. B. Comply with membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated. D. Install one or more layers of insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2 inches (50 mm) or greater, install 2 or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm)in each direction. E. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water. F. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch (6 mm)with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch(6 mm) of nailers,projections, and penetrations. G. Mechanically Fastened Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and secure to deck using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board-type roof insulation to deck type. 1. Fasten insulation according to requirements in FMG's "Approval Guide" for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Fasten insulation to resist uplift pressure at corners,perimeter,and field of roof. H. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Stagger joints from joints in insulation below a minimum of 6 inches (150 mm)in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together and fasten to roof deck. 1. Fasten according to requirements in FMG's "Approval Guide" for specified Windstorm Resistance Classification. 2. Fasten to resist uplift pressure at corners,perimeter, and field of roof. 3.4 ADHERED MEMBRANE ROOFING INSTALLATION A. Adhere membrane roofing over area to receive roofing and install according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Start installation of membrane roofing in presence of membrane roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel. C. Accurately align membrane roofing and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Page 249 0�5 '4 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of membrane roofing at rate required by manufacturer and allow to partially dry before installing membrane roofing. Do not apply to splice area of membrane roofing. E. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten membrane roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing. F. Apply membrane roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. G. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap membrane roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of membrane roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. 1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of sheet membrane. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily and repair seam sample areas. 3. Repair tears,voids,and lapped seams in roofing that does not comply with requirements. H. Spread sealant bed over deck drain flange at roof drains and securely seal membrane roofing in place with clamping ring. 3.5 MEMBRANE SPLICING/HOT AIR WELDING PROCEDURES A. Hot air weld the Sure-Weld membrane using an Automatic Hot Air Welding Machine or Hot Air Hand Welder in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications. At all splice intersections,roll the seam with a silicone roller prior to membrane seam cooling. B. Probe all seams once the hot air welds have thoroughly cooled(approximately 30 minutes). C. Repair all seam deficiencies the same day they are discovered. D. Apply Cut Edge Sealant on all cut edges of reinforced membrane (where the scrim reinforcement is exposed) after seam probing is complete. 3.6 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories and adhere to substrates according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply solvent-based bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate and allow to partially dry. Do not apply bonding adhesive to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with sheet flashing. D. Clean seam areas and overlap and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation. E. Roof Walkways: Install walkway pavers according to manufacturer's written instructions in locations indicated, to form walkways. Leave 3 inches (75 mm) of space between adjacent roof pavers. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Page 250 0f 5�41FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SECTION 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN ROOFING(TPO) 3.7 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction will not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. END OF SECTION 07 54 23 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Page 251 0VU 1 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM SECTION 07 62 00-SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Reglets and counterflashing. 2. Formed roof-drainage sheet metal fabrications. 3. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 4. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications. 1.2 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Include plans,elevations,sections,and attachment details. 2. Distinguish between shop-and field-assembled work. 3. Include identification of finish for each item. 4. Include pattern of seams and details of termination points,expansion joints and expansion joint covers,direction of expansion,roof-penetration flashing,and connections to adjoining work. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product test reports. B. Sample warranty. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Maintenance data. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. TWIN FALLS, ID 07 62 00 - 1 Page 252 of 341 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1.Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads,structural movement,thermally induced movement,and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture,fabrication,installation,or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle,leak,or loosen,and shall remain watertight. B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. SPRI Wind Design Standard: Manufacture and install copings and roof edge flashings tested according to SPRI ES-1 and capable of resisting the following design pressure: 1.Design Pressure: As required by local jurisdiction. D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F,ambient; 180 deg Finaterial surfaces. 2.2 SHEET METALS A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable,temporary protective film before shipping. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209,alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required. 1.Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 620. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare,pretreat,and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers'written instructions. 2.Color: See Architectural Drawings. C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated(galvanized)steel sheet according to TWIN FALLS, ID 07 62 00 -2 Page 253 of 341 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM ASTM A 653/A 653M,G90 coating designation;prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare,pretreat,and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers'written instructions. 2. Color: See Architectural Drawings. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Felt: ASTM D 226/D 226M,Type II(No. 30),asphalt-saturated organic felt;nonperforated. B. Self-Adhering,High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 mils thick,consisting of a slip- resistant polyethylene-or polypropylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl-or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive,with release-paper backing; specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer according to written recommendations of underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F or higher. 2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970;passes after testing at minus 20 deg F or lower. C. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized building paper,3 lb/100 sq. ft.minimum. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners,solder,protective coatings,sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws,gasketed,with hex-washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. C. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter;with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. TWIN FALLS, ID 07 62 00 - 3 Page 254 of 341 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 3. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated(Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153/A 153M or ASTM F 2329. C. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids,polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic,nonsag,nontoxic,nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920,elastomeric polymer sealant;of type,grade,class,and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. E. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement. F. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187. G. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586,asbestos free,of consistency required for application. 2.5 REGLETS AND COUNTERFLASHINGS A. Reglets: Units of type,material,and profile required,formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces,and compatible with flashing indicated: 1. Material: Aluminum,0.024 inch thick;Galvanized Steel,0.022 inch thick. 2. Corners: Factory mitered and mechanically clinched and sealed watertight. 3. Surface-Mounted Type: Provide reglets with slotted holes for fastening to substrate, with neoprene or other suitable weatherproofing washers,and with channel for sealant at top edge. B. Counterflashings: Manufactured units of heights to overlap top edges of base flashings by 4 inches and in lengths not exceeding 12 feet designed to snap into reglets and compress against base flashings with joints lapped,and compatible with flashing indicated: 1. Material: Aluminum,0.024 inch thick;Galvanized Steel,0.022 inch thick. C. FABRICATION,GENERAL D. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design,dimensions,geometry, metal thickness,and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 2. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling,and tool marks;true to line,levels,and slopes;and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 3. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 07 62 00 -4 PLANS MUST ON JOB SITE Page 255 of 341 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS PECTIONS SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM E. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges,not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. F. Sealant Joints: Where movable,nonexpansion-type joints are required,form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard. G. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible,noncorrosive metal. H. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard for application,but not less than thickness of metal being secured. 1. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. 2.6 ROOF-DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Built-in Gutters: Fabricate to cross section required,complete with end pieces,outlet tubes, and other special accessories as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long sections. Fabricate expansion joints and accessories from same metal as gutters unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. B. Downspouts: Fabricate rectangular downspouts to dimensions indicated,complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers from same material as downspouts and anchors. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. C. Parapet Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers to dimensions required,with closure flange trim to exterior,4-inch-wide wall flanges to interior,and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. D. Conductor Heads: Fabricate conductor heads with flanged back and stiffened top edge and of dimensions and shape required,complete with outlet tubes. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 62 00 - 5 Page 256 of 341 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 2.7 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Roof Edge Flashing(Gravel Stop)and Fascia: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long,but not exceeding 12-foot-long sections. Furnish with 6-inch-wide,joint cover plates. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. 1. Fabricate from the Following Materials: a. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick. b. Galvanized Steel: 0.040 inch thick. B. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long,but not exceeding 12-foot-long,sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and interior leg. Miter corners, fasten and seal watertight. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. 1. Fabricate from the Following Materials: a. Aluminum: 0.050 inch thick. b. Galvanized Steel: 0.040 inch thick. C. Base Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.040 inch thick. 2. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick. 2.8 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Through-Wall Flashing: Fabricate continuous flashings in minimum 96-inch-long,but not exceeding 12-foot-long,sections,under copings,and at shelf angles. Fabricate discontinuous lintel, sill,and similar flashings to extend 6 inches beyond each side of wall openings;and form with 2-inch-high,end dams. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless Steel: 0.016 inch thick. B. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate head,sill,and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch-high,end dams. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. 2. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch thick. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PART 3-EXECUTION PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment,wrinkle free,using adhesive to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal flashing and trim. Apply in shingle fashion TWIN FALLS, ID 07 62 00 - 6 Page 257 of 341 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM to shed water,with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment,wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation;use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water,with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days. 3.2 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place,with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners,solder, protective coatings,separators,sealants,and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. I. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line,levels,and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder,welds,and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal. 3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning,and free of buckling and tool marks. 5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other,or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates,protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. Coat concealed side of sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood,ferrous metal,or cementitious construction. I. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates,install underlayment and cover with slip sheet. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. I. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges,not less than I inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 07 62 00 - 7 PLANSFOR LL INSPECTIONS TIONS SITE Page 258 of 341 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM tight installation. F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 9200"Joint Sealants." 3.3 ROOF-DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal roof-drainage items to produce complete roof-drainage system according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof-drainage system. B. Built-in Gutters: Join sections with joints sealed with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. Slope to downspouts. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. 1. Install underlayment layer in built-in gutter trough and extend to drip edge at eaves and under underlayment on roof sheathing. Lap sides minimum of 2 inches over underlying course. Lap ends minimum of 4 inches. Stagger end laps between succeeding courses at least 72 inches. Fasten with roofing nails. Install slip sheet over underlayment. 2. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated,but not exceeding, 50 feet apart. Install expansion joint caps. C. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. D. Parapet Scuppers: Continuously support scupper,set to correct elevation,and seal flanges to interior wall face,over cants or tapered edge strips,and under roofing membrane. E. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall,with elevation of conductor head rim at minimum of 1 inch below scupper discharge. 3.4 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements and cited sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible,and set units true to line,levels, and slopes. Install work with laps,joints and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant. B. Roof Edge Flashing: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate. C. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. D. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints minimum of 4 inches. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 62 00 - 8 Page 259 of 341 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM 3.5 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows,doors,and louvers. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess sealants. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. END OF SECTION 07 62 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 62 00 - 9 Page 260 of 341 SECTION 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 62 00 - 10 Page 261 of 341 SECTION 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES SECTION 07 72 00-ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Roof hatches. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of roof accessory indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for roof accessories. C. Samples: For each type of exposed factory-applied color finish required and for each type of roof accessory indicated,prepared on Samples of size to adequately show color. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sheet Metal Standard: Comply with SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" details for fabrication of units,including flanges and cap flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL MATERIALS A. Prefinished,Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Steel sheet metallic coated by hot-dip process and prefinished by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755/A 755M. 1. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M,G90 coated. 2. Exposed Finishes: Manufacturer's standard 2-coat,thermocured system consisting of specially formulated inhibitive primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight. 2.2 ROOF HATCHES A. Roof Hatches: Fabricate roof hatches with insulated double-wall lids and insulated double- wall curb frame with integral deck mounting flange and lid frame counterflashing. Fabricate with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints. Provid weathertight perimeter gasketing and equip with corrosion-resistant o CITY APPROVED PLANS hardware. Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 72 00- 1 Page 262 of 341 SECTION 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES 1. Loads: Fabricate roof hatches to withstand 40-lbf/sq.ft.external and 20-lbf/sq.ft. internal loads. 2. Type and Size: As indicated on the drawings. 3. Curb and Lid Material: Galvanized steel sheet, 0.079 inch thick. 4. Insulation: Cellulosic-fiber board. 5. Interior Lid Liner: Manufacturer's standard metal liner of same material and finish as outer metal lid. 6. Exterior Curb Liner: Manufacturer's standard metal liner of same material and finish as metal curb. 7. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs,form flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile. 8. Fabricate units to minimum height of 12 inches,unless otherwise indicated. 9. Hardware: Galvanized steel spring latch with turn handles,butt-or pintle-type hinge system,and padlock hasps inside and outside. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor roof accessories securely in place and capable of resisting forces specified. Use fasteners, separators,sealants,and other miscellaneous items as required for completing roof accessory installation. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing,rattling, leaking,and fastener disengagement. B. Install roof accessories to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. C. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals will contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum roof accessories with bituminous coating where in contact with wood,ferrous metal,or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing exposed-to-view components of roof accessories directly on cementitious or wood substrates,install a course of felt underlayment and cover with a slip sheet,or install a course of polyethylene underlayment. 3. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by roof accessory manufacturers for waterproof performance. D. Install roof accessories level,plumb,true to line and elevation,and without warping, jogs in alignment,excessive oil canning,buckling,or tool marks. E. Seal joints with sealant as required by manufacturer of roof accessories. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance END OF SECTION 07 72 00 PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 72 00-2 Page 263 of 341 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS SECTION 07 92 00-JOINT SEALANTS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Urethane joint sealants. 3. Latex joint sealants. 4. Acoustical joint sealants. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated. B. Warranties. 1.3 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which joint-sealant manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS,GENERAL A. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide sealants and sealant primers for use inside the weatherproofing system that comply with the following limits for VOC content when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,Part 59,Subpart D(EPA Method 24): L Architectural Sealants: 250 g/L. 2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L. CITY APPROVED PLANS 3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L. Reviewed for Cade Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 92 00- l Page 264 of 341 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS B. Liquid-Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied joint sealant specified,including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type,grade,class,and uses related to exposure and joint substrates 1. Suitability for Immersion in Liquids. Where sealants are indicated for Use I for joints that will be continuously immersed in liquids,provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1247. Liquid used for testing sealants is deionized water, unless otherwise indicated. C. Stain-Test-Response Characteristics: Where sealants are specified to be nonstaining to porous substrates,provide products that have undergone testing according to ASTM C 1248 and have not stained porous joint substrates indicated for Project. D. Suitability for Contact with Food: Where sealants are indicated for joints that will come in repeated contact with food,provide products that comply with 21 CFR 177.2600. 2.2 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Mildew-Resistant Neutral-Curing Silicone Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. BASF Building Systems. b. Dow Corning Corporation. C. GE Advanced Materials-Silicones. d. May National Associates,Inc. e. Pecora Corporation. f. Polymeric Systems,Inc. g. Schnee-Morehead,Inc. h. Sika Corporation;Construction Products Division. i. Tremco Incorporated. 2. Type: Single component(S)or multicomponent(M). 3. Grade: nonsag(NS).4. Class: 100150 50 . 4. Uses Related to Exposure: Nontraffic(NT). 2.3 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. BASF Building Systems. CITY APPROVED PLANS b. Bostik,Inc. Reviewed for Code Compliance C. Lymtal,International,Inc. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE d. May National Associates,Inc. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 92 00-2 Page 265 of 341 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS e. Pacific Polymers International,Inc. f. Pecora Corporation. g. Polymeric Systems,Inc. h. Schnee-Morehead,Inc. i. Sika Corporation;Construction Products Division. j. Tremco Incorporated. 2. Type: multicomponent(M). 3. Grade: nonsag(NS). 4. Class: 50. 5. Uses Related to Exposure: Traffic(T)Nontraffic(NT). 2.4 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Latex Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex,ASTM C 834,Type OP,Grade NF. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. BASF Building Systems. b. Bostik,Inc. CITY APPROVED PLANS C. May National Associates,Inc. Reviewed for Code Compliance d. Pecora Corporation. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE e. Schnee-Morehead,Inc. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS f. Tremco Incorporated. 2.5 ACOUSTICAL JOINT SEALANTS A. Acoustical Joint Sealant: Manufacturer's standard nonsag,paintable,nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Pecora Corporation. b. USG Corporation. 2.6 JOINT SEALANT BACKING A. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330,Type C(closed-cell material with a surface skin)Type O(open-cell material)Type B(bicellular material with a surface skin) or any of the preceding types,as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated,and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. B. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by TWIN FALLS, ID 07 92 00-3 Page 266 of 341 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS sealant manufacturer. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated,as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant- substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining,nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 3-EXECUTION Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with j oint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 2. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain,harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond;do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials,applications,and conditions indicated. B. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch,twist,puncture,or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application and replace them with dry materials. TWIN FALLS, ID 07 92 00-4 Page 267 of 341 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS C. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. D. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform,cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. E. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins,tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth,uniform beads of configuration indicated;to eliminate air pockets;and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193,unless otherwise indicated. F. Acoustical Sealant Installation: Comply with ASTM C 919 and with manufacturer's written recommendations. G. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of j oint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: 1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform 1 test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or 1 test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A,Field-Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab,in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A,Tail Procedure,in ASTM C 1521. B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. END OF SECTION 07 92 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 92 00- 5 Page 268 of 341 SECTION 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 07 92 00- 6 Page 269 of 341 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08 11 13-HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Standard hollow metal doors and frames. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include elevations,door edge details,frame profiles,metal thicknesses,preparations for hardware,and other details. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory-applied color finishes. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish required. E. Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of supplier,using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency,for fire-protection ratings indicated,based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 . B. Smoke-Control Door Assemblies: Comply with NFPA 105 or UL 1784. PART2—PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: 1. Amweld Building Products,LLC. 2. Benchmark;a division of Therma-Tru Corporation. 3. Ceco Door Products;an Assa Abloy Group company. 4. Curries Company;an Assa Abloy Group company. 5. Deansteel Manufacturing Company,Inc. CITY APPROVED PLANS 6. Firedoor Corporation. Reviewed for Code Compliance 7. Fleming Door Products Ltd.;an Assa Abloy Group company. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 8. Habersham Metal Products Company. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 11 13 - 1 Page 270 of 341 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 9. Kewanee Corporation(The). 10. Mesker Door Inc. 11. Pioneer Industries,Inc. 12. Security Metal Products Corp. 13. Steelcraft;an Ingersoll-Rand company. 14. Windsor Republic Doors. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Cold-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1008/A 1008M,CS,Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M,CS,Type B. C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M,Commercial Steel(CS),Type B; with minimum A40 metallic coating. D. Frame Anchors: ASTM A 591/A 591M,Commercial Steel(CS),40Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls,steel sheet complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M or ASTM A 1011/A 1011M,hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M,Class B. E. Inserts,Bolts,and Fasteners: Hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 153/A 153M. F. Grout: ASTM C 476,except with a maximum slump of 4 inches, as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M. G. Mineral-Fiber Insulation: ASTM C 665,Type 1. H. Glazing: Division 08 Section"Glazing." I. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt mastic, SSPC-Paint 12,compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. 2.3 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL DOORS CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1. Design: Flush panel. 2. Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard kraft-paper honeycomb, polystyrene,polyurethane,polyisocyanurate,mineral-board,or vertical steel- stiffener core. a. Fire Door Core: As required to provide fire-protection ratings indicated. b. Thermal-Rated(Insulated)Doors: U-value of not less than 0.37 3. Vertical Edges for Single-Acting Doors: Beveled edge, 1/8 inch in 2 inches. 4. Top and Bottom Edges: Closed with flush or inverted 0.042-inch-thick,end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. TWIN FALLS, ID 08 11 13 -2 Page 271 of 341 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 5. Tolerances: SDI 117, "Manufacturing Tolerances for Standard Steel Doors and Frames." B. Exterior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level: 1. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B(Heavy Duty),Model 1 (Full Flush). C. Interior Doors: Face sheets fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet unless metallic-coated sheet is indicated. Provide doors complying with requirements indicated below by referencing ANSI/SDI A250.8 for level and model and ANSI/SDI A250.4 for physical performance level: 1. Level 2 and Physical Performance Level B(Heavy Duty),Model 1 (Full Flush). D. Hardware Reinforcement: ANSI/SDI A250.6. 2.4 STANDARD HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. General: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. B. Exterior Frames: Fabricated from metallic-coated steel sheet. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Fabricate frames as welded frames.Knocked down frames are only acceptable when installing frame in existing wall and should be welded after installation. 3. Frames should be reinforced for closer whether a closer is specified or not. 4. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.059-inch/ 16 ga-thick steel sheet. C. Interior Frames: Fabricated from cold-rolled steel sheet unless metallic-coated sheet is indicated. 1. Fabricate frames with mitered or coped corners. 2. Fabricate frames as welded frames.Knocked down frames are only acceptable when installing frame in existing wall and should be welded after installation. 3. Frames should be reinforced for closer whether a closer is specified or not. 4. Frames for Level 2 Steel Doors: 0.059-inch/ 16 ga-thick steel sheet. 5. Frames for Wood Doors: 0.059-inch/ 16 ga- thick steel sheet. 6. Frames for Borrowed Lights: Same as adjacent door frame. D. Hardware Reinforcement: ANSI/SDI A250.6. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance 2.5 FRAME ANCHORS PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Jamb Anchors: l. Masonry Type: Adjustable strap-and-stirrup or T-shaped anchors to suit frame size, not less than 0.042 inch thick,with corrugated or perforated straps not less than 2 inches wide by 10 inches long; or wire anchors not less than 0.177 inch thick. 2. Stud-Wall Type: Designed to engage stud,welded to back of frames;not less than 0.042 inch thick. 3. Compression Type for Drywall Slip-on Frames: Adjustable compression anchors. TWIN FALLS, ID 08 11 13 - 3 Page 272 of 341 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 4. Postinstalled Expansion Type for In-Place Concrete or Masonry: Minimum 3/8-inch- diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts. Provide pipe spacer from frame to wall,with throat reinforcement plate,welded to frame at each anchor location. B. Floor Anchors: Formed from same material as frames,not less than 0.042 inch thick,and as follows: 1. Monolithic Concrete Slabs: Clip-type anchors,with two holes to receive fasteners. 2. Separate Topping Concrete Slabs: Adjustable-type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at finish floor surface. 2.6 HOLLOW METAL PANELS A. Provide hollow metal panels of same materials,construction,and finish as specified for adjoining hollow metal work. 2.7 LOUVERS A. Provide sightproof louvers for interior doors,where indicated,that comply with SDI 111 C, with blades or baffles formed of 0.020-inch-thick,cold-rolled steel sheet set into 0.032- inch-thick steel frame. 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Mullions and Transom Bars: Join to adjacent members by welding or rigid mechanical anchors. B. Ceiling Struts: Minimum 1/4-inch-thick by 1-inch-wide steel. C. Grout Guards: Formed from same material as frames,not less than 0.016 inch thick. 2.9 FABRICATION CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance A. Tolerances: Fabricate hollow metal work to tolerances indicated in SDI 117. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS B. Hollow Metal Doors: 1. Exterior Doors: Provide weep-hole openings in bottom of exterior doors. Seal joints in top edges of doors against water penetration. 2. Glazed Lites: Factory cut openings in doors,size as indicated in the drawings. 3. Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire-performance rating or where indicated. C. Hollow Metal Frames: Where frames are fabricated in sections,provide alignment plates or angles at each joint,fabricated of same thickness metal as frames. 1. Welded Frames: Weld flush face joints continuously;grind,fill,dress,and make smooth,flush,and invisible. 2. Sidelight and Transom Bar Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible TWIN FALLS, ID 08 11 13 -4 Page 273 of 341 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES face seams or joints,fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by butt welding. 3. Provide countersunk,flat-or oval-head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 4. Grout Guards: Weld guards to frame at back of hardware mortises in frames to be grouted. 5. Floor Anchors: Weld anchors to bottom of jambs and mullions with at least four spot welds per anchor. 6. Jamb Anchors: Provide number and spacing of anchors as follows: a. Stud-Wall Type: Locate anchors not more than 18 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 32 inches o.c.and as follows: 1) Three anchors per jamb up to 60 inches high. 2) Four anchors per jamb from 60 to 90 inches high. 3) Five anchors per jamb from 90 to 96 inches high. 4) Five anchors per jamb plus 1 additional anchor per jamb for each 24 inches or fraction thereof above 96 inches high. 5) Two anchors per head for frames more than 42 inches wide and mounted in metal-stud partitions. b. Compression Type: Not less than two anchors in each jamb. C. Post installed Expansion Type: Locate anchors not more than 6 inches from top and bottom of frame. Space anchors not more than 26 inches o.c. 7. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped doors,drill stops to receive door silencers. a. Single-Door Frames: Three door silencers. D. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow metal work to receive templated mortised hardware according to the Door Hardware Schedule and templates furnished as specified in Division 08 Section"Door Hardware." 1. Locate hardware as indicated,or if not indicated,according to ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Reinforce doors and frames to receive non-templated,mortised and surface- mounted door hardware. 3. Comply with applicable requirements in ANSI/SDI A250.6 and ANSI/DHI A 115 Series specifications for preparation of hollow metal work for hardware. 4. Coordinate locations of conduit and wiring boxes for electrical connections with Division 26 electrical Sections. E. Stops and Moldings: Provide stops and moldings around glazed lites where indicated. Form corners of stops and moldings with butted or mitered hairline joints. 1. Single Glazed Lites: Provide fixed stops and moldings welded on secure side of hollow metal work. 2. Coordinate rabbet width between fixed and removable stops with type of glazing and type of installation indicated. 2.10 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Apply manufacturer's standard primer immediately after cleaning and T7-� CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 08 11 13 - 5 PLANSFOR ALL INSPEO TIONS SITE Page 274 of 341 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES pretreating. 1. Shop Primer: ANSI/SDI A250.10. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Hollow Metal Frames: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.11. 1. Set frames accurately in position,plumbed,aligned,and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete,remove temporary braces,leaving surfaces smooth and undamaged. a. At fire-protection-rated openings,install frames according to NFPA 80. b. Where frames are fabricated in sections because of shipping or handling limitations,field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind,fill,dress,and make splice smooth,flush,and invisible on exposed faces. C. Install frames with removable glazing stops located on secure side of opening. d. Install door silencers in frames before grouting. e. Remove temporary braces necessary for installation only after frames have been properly set and secured. f. Check plumbness,squareness,and twist of frames as walls are constructed. Shim as necessary to comply with installation tolerances. g. Field apply bituminous coating to backs of frames that are filled with grout containing anti-freezing agents. 2. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor, and secure with post installed expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with powder-actuated fasteners instead of post installed expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 3. Metal-Stud Partitions: Solidly pack mineral-fiber insulation behind frames. 4. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout. 5. Concrete Walls: Solidly fill space between frames and concrete with grout. Take precautions, including bracing frames, to ensure that frames are not deformed or damaged by grout forces. 6. In-Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with post- installed expansion anchors. Countersink anchors,and fill and make smooth,flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 7. In-Place Gypsum Board Partitions: Secure frames in place with post-installed expansion anchors through floor anchors at each jamb. Countersink anchors,and fill and make smooth,flush,and invisible on exposed faces. 8. Ceiling Struts: Extend struts vertically from top of frame at each jamb to overhead structural supports or substrates above frame unless frame is anchored to masonry or to other structural support at each jamb. Bend top of struts to provide flush contact for securing to supporting construction. Provide adjustable wedged or bolted anchorage CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 08 11 13 - 6 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 275 of 341 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES to frame j amb members. 9. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow metal door frames for squareness, alignment,twist,and plumb to the following tolerances: a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch,measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch,measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. C. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch,measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines,and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch,measured at jambs at floor. B. Hollow Metal Doors: Fit hollow metal doors accurately in frames,within clearances specified below. Shim as necessary. 1. Non-Fire-Rated Standard Steel Doors: a. Jambs and Head: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. b. Between Edges of Pairs of Doors: 1/8 inch plus or minus 1/16 inch. c. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Threshold: Maximum 3/8 inch. d. Between Bottom of Door and Top of Finish Floor(No Threshold): Maximum 3/4 inch. 2. Fire-Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. C. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Division 08 Section"Glazing" and with hollow metal manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Secure stops with countersunk flat-or oval-head machine screws spaced uniformly not more than 9 inches o.c.and not more than 2 inches o.c.from each corner. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Final Adjustments: Check and readjust operating hardware items immediately before final inspection. Leave work in complete and proper operating condition. Remove and replace defective work,including hollow metal work that is warped,bowed,or otherwise unacceptable. B. Prime-Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection,sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying,rust-inhibitive primer. C. Metallic-Coated Surfaces: Clean abraded areas and repair with galvanizing repair paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 08 11 13 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 11 13 - 7 Page 276 of 341 SECTION 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 11 13 - 8 Page 277 of 341 SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS SECTION 0814 16-FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid-core doors with wood-veneer faces. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 08 Section"Glazing"for glass view panels in flush wood doors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; location and extent of hardware blocking;and other pertinent data. 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 2. Indicate dimensions and locations of cutouts. 3. Indicate requirements for veneer matching. 4. Indicate fire-protection ratings for fire-rated doors. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified,comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated." B. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Doors complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency,for fire-protection ratings indicated,based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: CITY APPROVED PLANS 1. Algoma Hardwoods,Inc. Reviewed for Code Compliance 2. Ampco,Inc. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 3. Buell Door Company Inc. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 14 16 - 1 Page 278 of 341 SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS 4. Chappell Door Co. 5. Eagle Plywood&Door Manufacturing,Inc. 6. Eggers Industries. 7. Graham;an Assa Abloy Group company 8. Haley Brothers,Inc. 9. Ideal Architectural Doors&Plywood. 10. Ipik Door Company. 11. Lambton Doors. 12. Marlite. 13. Marshfield Door Systems,Inc. 14. Mohawk Flush Doors,Inc.;a Masonite company. 15. Oshkosh Architectural Door Company. 16. Poncraft Door Company. 17. Vancouver Door Company. 18. VT Industries Inc. 19. Lynden 2.2 DOOR CONSTRUCTION, GENERAL A. Low-Emitting Materials: Provide doors made with adhesives and composite wood products that do not contain urea formaldehyde. B. WDMA I.S.1-A Performance Grade: 1. Heavy Duty unless otherwise indicated. C. Particleboard-Core Doors: 1. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1,Grade LD-1 made with binder containing no urea-formaldehyde resin. 2. Blocking: Provide wood blocking in particleboard-core doors as needed to eliminate through-bolting hardware. 3. Provide doors with either glued-wood-stave or structural-composite-lumber cores instead of particleboard cores for doors indicated to receive exit devices. D. Structural-Composite-Lumber-Core Doors: 1. Structural Composite Lumber: WDMA I.S.10. a. Screw Withdrawal,Face: 700 lbf. b. Screw Withdrawal,Edge: 400 lbf. E. Fire-Protection-Rated Doors: Provide core specified or mineral core as needed to provide fire-protection rating indicated. 1. Edge Construction: Provide edge construction with intumescent seals concealed by outer stile. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. 2. Pairs: Provide fire-retardant stiles that are listed and labeled for applications indicated without formed-steel edges and astragals.Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 14 16 -2 Page 279 of 341 SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS F. Mineral-Core Doors: 1. Core: Noncombustible mineral product complying with requirements of referenced quality standard and testing and inspecting agency for fire-protection rating indicated. Blocking: Provide composite blocking with improved screw-holding capability approved for use in doors of fire-protection ratings indicated as needed to eliminate through-bolting hardware. 2. Edge Construction: At hinge stiles,provide laminated-edge construction with improved screw-holding capability and split resistance. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. 2.3 VENEERED-FACED DOORS FOR TRANSPARENT FINISH A. Interior Solid-Core Doors: 1. Grade: Premium,with Grade A faces. 2. Species: Select white birch 3. Cut: Rotary 4. Match between Veneer Leaves: Pleasing match. 5. Assembly of Veneer Leaves on Door Faces: Balance match. 6. Pair and Set Match: Provide for doors hung in same opening. 7. Core: Particleboard . 8. Construction: Five or seven plies. Stiles and rails are bonded to core,then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering. 2.4 LOUVERS AND LIGHT FRAMES A. Metal Louvers: 1. Metal and Finish: Hot-dip galvanized steel, 0.040 inch thick,factory primed for paint finish. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame-opening sizes indicated. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. C. Openings: Cut and trim openings through doors in factory. I. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 14 16 - 3 Page 280 of 341 SECTION 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Installation Instructions: Install doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and the referenced quality standard,and as indicated. 1. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80. B. Job-Fitted Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels;do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire-rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal edges of doors,edges of cutouts,and mortises after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads,jambs,and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated. Where threshold is shown or scheduled,provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indicated. a. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire-rated doors. C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. END OF SECTION 08 14 16 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 14 16 - 4 Page 281 of 341 SECTION 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES SECTION 08 3113-ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes access doors and frames for walls and ceilings. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of access door and frame indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans,elevations,sections, details,and attachments to other work. C. Samples: For each door face material in specified finish. D. Schedule: Types,locations,sizes,latching or locking provisions,and other data pertinent to installation. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Rated Access Doors and Frames: Units complying with NFPA 80 that are identical to assemblies tested for fire-test-response characteristics per the following test method and that are listed and labeled by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction: 1. NFPA 252 or UL IOB for vertical access doors and frames. 2. ASTM E 119 or UL 263 for horizontal access doors and frames. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Verification: Determine specific locations and sizes for access doors needed to gain access to concealed plumbing,mechanical,or other concealed work,and indicate in the schedule specified in"Submittals"Article above. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 STEEL MATERIALS CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance A. Steel Plates, Shapes,and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1. ASTM A 123/A 123M,for galvanizing steel and iron products. 2. ASTM A 153/A 153M,for galvanizing steel and iron hardware. B. Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc-coated,ASTM A 591/A 591M with cold-rolled steel sheet substrate complying with ASTM A 1008/A 1008M,Commercial Steel(CS), exposed. TWIN FALLS, ID 0831 13 - 1 Page 282 of 341 SECTION 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653/A 653M,Commercial Steel(CS)with A60 zinc- iron-alloy(galvannealed)coating or G60 mill-phosphatized zinc coating. D. Steel Finishes: Comply with NAAMM's"Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products"for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. 1. Factory-Primed Finish: Manufacturer's standard shop primer. 2. Baked-Enamel Finish: Minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils. 3. Powder-Coat Finish: Thickness not less than 1.5 mils E. Drywall Beads: 0.0299-inch zinc-coated steel sheet to receive joint compound. F. Plaster Beads: 0.0299-inch zinc-coated steel sheet with flange of expanded metal lath. G. Manufacturer's standard finish. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 2.2 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES FOR WALLS AND CEILINGS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: Fabricated from steel sheet. 1. Locations: Wall. 2. Door: Minimum 0.060-inch-thick sheet metal. 3. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch-thick sheet metal with I-1/4-inch-wide,surface- mounted trim. 4. Hinges: Spring-loaded,concealed-pin type. 5. Latch: Cam latchwith interior release. 6. Lock: Cylinder. B. Fire-Rated,Insulated,Flush Access Doors and Frames with Exposed Trim: Fabricated from steel sheet. 1. Locations: Wall surfaces. 2. Fire-Resistance Rating: Not less than that of adjacent construction. 3. Temperature Rise Rating: 250 deg F at the end of 30 minutes. 4. Door: Flush panel with a core of mineral-fiber insulation enclosed in sheet metal with a minimum thickness of 0.036 inch. 5. Frame: Minimum 0.060-inch-thick sheet metal with 1-inch-wide,surface-mounted trim. 6. Hinges: Concealed-pin type. 7. Automatic Closer: Spring type. 8. Latch: Self-latching device operated by flush key with interior release. 9. Lock: Self-latching device with cylinder lock. 2.3 FABRICATION A. General: Provide access door and frame assemblies manufactured as integral units ready for installation. B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view,provide materials with smooth,flat surfaces without blemishes. C. Doors and Frames: Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure access panels to types of supports indicated. TWIN FALLS, ID 0831 13 -2 Page 283 of 341 SECTION 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES D. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed. 1. For cylinder lock,furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing access doors and frames. B. Set frames accurately in position and attach securely to supports with plane of face panels aligned with adjacent finish surfaces. C. Install doors flush with adjacent finish surfaces or recessed to receive finish material. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust doors and hardware after installation for proper operation. B. Remove and replace doors and frames that are warped,bowed,or otherwise damaged. END OF SECTION 08 3113 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 31 13 - 3 Page 284 of 341 SECTION 08 31 13 ACCESS DOORS AND FRAMES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 3113 - 4 Page 285 of 341 SECTION 08 38 00 TRAFFIC DOORS SECTION 08 38 00—TRAFFIC DOORS GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract,including General Conditions and Division-1 specification sections,apply to this section. B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 8 Section—Hollow Metal Doors and Frames-Cased Openings. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Extent and location of each type of door is shown on drawings and in schedules. B. Types of doors required include the following: 1. Double-Acting Impact Traffic Doors with safety windows. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Division 1 Section—Submittal Procedures B. Product Data: Submit to Architect door manufacturer's product data, specifications and installation instructions for each type of door. Include details of hardware mounting for coordination of reinforcing in hollow metal frames. PART2 -PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Provide ADA Compliant vision window in each leaf. B. Hinges are to be spring-loaded for continued closure. 2.2 COMPOSITE WOOD AND AGRIFIBER A. Provide product data indicating the type of resin binder used, and confirming the product does not contain urea-formaldehyde resin binders. 2.3 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products from the following: 1. Eliason Door Co.—Model LWP-3 CITY APPROVED PLANS a) Finish: Manufacturer's standard aluminum sheet panel. Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE PART 3 -EXECUTION FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 INSPECTION: A. Installer must examine door frames and verify that frames are correct type and have been installed as required for proper hanging of corresponding doors and notify Contractor in writing of conditions detrimental to proper and timely installation of doors. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a manner acceptable to Installer. 3.2 INSTALLATION: A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as shown. TWIN FALLS, ID 08 38 00 - 1 Page 286 of 341 SECTION 08 38 00 TRAFFIC DOORS 3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN: A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors which do not swing or operate freely, as directed by Architect. B. Protection and Completed Work: Advise Contractor of proper procedures required for protection of installed doors from damage or deterioration until acceptance of work. END OF SECTION 08 38 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 38 00 - 2 Page 287 of 341 SECTION 08 51 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS SECTION 08 5113-ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes interior fixed aluminum-framed windows. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide aluminum windows capable of complying with performance requirements indicated,based on testing manufacturer's windows that are representative of those specified, and that are of minimum test size required by AAMA/WDMA 101/I.S.2/NAFS. B. Thermal Movements: Provide aluminum windows,including anchorage,that allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change(range)in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling,opening of joints,overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants,failure of connections,and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change(Range): 120 deg F,ambient; 180 deg F material surfaces. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of aluminum window indicated. B. Shop Drawings: Include plans,elevations,sections,details,hardware,attachments to other work,operational clearances,and installation details C. Samples: For each exposed finish. D. Product Schedule: Use same designations indicated on Drawings. E. Field quality-control test reports. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance F. Product test reports. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS G. Maintenance data. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer: A qualified installer,approved by manufacturer to install manufacturer's products. B. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass manufacturers and with GANA'S "Glazing Manual"unless more stringent requirements are indicated. TWIN FALLS, ID 08 51 13 - 1 Page 288 of 341 SECTION 08 51 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 1.5 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace aluminum windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Failure to meet performance requirements. b. Structural failures including excessive deflection,water leakage,air infiltration, or condensation. C. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware. d. Deterioration of metals,other materials,and metal finishes beyond normal weathering. e. Failure of insulating glass. 2. Warranty Period: a. Window: Three years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Glazing: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Metal Finish: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: C. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide the product indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following: I. All Seasons Windows&Doors;All Seasons Commercial Division,Inc. 2. Boyd Aluminum Manufacturing. 3. Custom Window Company. 4. DeSCo Windows. 5. EFCO Corporation. 6. EXTECH Exterior Technologies,Inc. 7. Fleetwood Aluminum Products,Inc. 8. Gerkin Windows and Doors. 9. Graham Architectural Products Corp. CITY APPROVED PLANS 10. Kawneer;an Alcoa Company. 11. Mannix;a division of Interstate Window Corp. Reviewed for`ode Compliance 12. Peerless Products Inc. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 13. Thermal Windows,Inc. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0851 13 -2 Page 289 of 341 SECTION 08 51 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS 14. TRACO. 15. Wausau Window and Wall Systems. 16. Winco Window Company. 17. Window Technologies,Inc.;Century Manufacturing,Inc. 18. YKK AP America Inc. 19. Manko Window Systems Inc. 20. C.R.Laurence,Inc. 2.2 WINDOWS A. Window Type: Fixed 1. Performance Class and Grade: LC25. 2.3 GLAZING A. Glass and Glazing Materials: Refer to Division 08 Section"Glazing"for glass units and glazing requirements applicable to glazed aluminum window units. B. Glass G3: 1/4"Tempered Glass C. Glass G4: 3/16"Tempered Privacy Glass 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate aluminum windows that are re-glazable without dismantling sash or ventilator framing. 2.5 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Aluminum Anodic Finish: Class I,anodic coating complying with AAMA.Color per drawings. CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 3-EXECUTION Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with Drawings, Shop Drawings,and manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows,hardware,accessories,and other components. B. Install windows level,plumb,square,true to line,without distortion or impeding thermal movement,anchored securely in place to structural support,and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction. C. Set sill members in bed of sealant. D. Separate aluminum and other corrodible surfaces from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. E. Clean aluminum surfaces immediately after installing windows. Avoid damaging protective TWIN FALLS, ID 08 51 13 - 3 Page 290 of 341 SECTION 08 51 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS coatings and finishes. Remove excess sealants,glazing materials,dirt,and other substances. F. Clean factory-glazed glass immediately after installing windows. Comply with manufacturers written recommendations for final cleaning and maintenance. Remove nonpermanent labels, and clean surfaces. G. Remove and replace glass that has been broken,chipped,cracked,abraded,or damaged during construction period. H. Install frame in a manner that allows the glazing to be replaced from the inside of the highest applicable level.Ensure that 2" story interior glazing can not fall onto ground floor below. END OF SECTION 08 5113 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0851 13 - 4 Page 291 of 341 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE SECTION 08 7100—DOOR HARDWARE PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Door Hardware. 2. Key(Knox)Box. B. Related Sections: 1. Hollow Metal Doors and Frames: Division 08 -Hollow Metal Doors and Frames. 2. Wood Doors: Division 08 -Flush Wood Doors. 3. Threshold Sealant: Division 07 -Joint Sealants. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Hardware Schedule: 1. Within 20 days after receipt of order for finish hardware,prepare complete schedule and submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00. 2. Do not order hardware until accepted copy of schedule is returned to supplier bearing stamps of Contractor and Architect. 3. Include catalog cut of each different hardware item on hardware schedule. 4. Schedule: Indicate following details: Door Numbers Frame Materials Location Hand of Door Size and Thickness of Door Degree of Opening Door Material Type of Attachment As well as any other pertinent information regarding door and quality and type of hardware to be furnished. B. Templates: Within 10 days after receipt of accepted hardware schedule, submit four sets of templates and schedules to: 1. Hollow metal door and frame supplier. 2. Wood door supplier. B. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Warranty: Submit in accordance with Section 0178 00. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0871 00 - 1 Page 292 of 341 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE C. Contract Closeout Submittals: 1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit in accordance with Section 0178 00. Include printed sheets from manufacturer covering hardware furnished. Include following information: a. Name,address and telephone number of hardware suppliers. b. Maintenance instructions and parts list for each type of operating hardware including: (1) Locks (2) Exit Devices (3) Closers 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Supplier Qualifications: Hardware supplier shall have in his employ regular member, in good standing,of American Society of Architectural Hardware Consultants, who shall be responsible for detailing, scheduling and ordering of finish hardware. B. Regulatory Requirements: Provide Underwriters Laboratory listed hardware for fire or accident hazard where scheduled or required to maintain rating of opening. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 01600. 1. Delivery: Deliver hardware to job site only after proper provision for storage have been made. 2. Labels: Properly package and label each item to indicate exact location for which intended. 3. Check-In: Hardware supplier shall authorize his representative to be present when finish hardware is delivered to site and shall check in each items and turn over to Contractor for storage in secure place under lock and key. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Provide following written warranties covering hardware in accordance with Section 0178 00. CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 2—PRODUCTS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Refer to Hardware Schedule located in the Drawings for approved manufacturers and model numbers. 2.2 KEYING,KEYS AND MASTER KEYS A. Keying Schedule: Tenant's Vendor shall key&install all cylinders. Contractor is responsible to schedule meeting with Tenant&Tenant's Vendor to obtain Tenant's keying requirements. TWIN FALLS, ID 0871 00 -2 Page 293 of 341 SECTION 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE B. Construction Keys: Tenant's Vendor shall provide and install all required exterior cylinders to be construction master keyed.At time of Owner occupancy, Tenant's Vendor shall make all construction keys inoperative. C. Master Key: Cylinders shall be master keyed to match existing system by Tenant's Vendor. Tenant's Vendor shall provide total of six building master keys. D. Keys: Tenant's Vendor shall provide two keys for each interior cylinder keyed. Stamp keys and cylinders with door number. E. Key Delivery: 1. Permanent Cores and corresponding keys shall be delivered by the Tenant's Vender. Contractor is responsible to coordinate with the Tenant&Tenant's Vendor. 2.3 KEY(KNOX)BOX A. Key Box: Provide one Knox Company,Model 3200 Knox Box,recessed mount. Contractor to confirm with local Fire Department to confirm if an alternate model is required. 1. Finish: Black 2. Provide location stickers as required. 2.4 GENERAL MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Fasteners: Furnish necessary screws and bolts for proper installation. Provide suitable sizes,type and finish to harmonize with hardware. 1. Hardware Attached to Metal: Templated and fastened with machine screws long enough to penetrate '/2"reinforcing. B. Silencers: Provide rubber silencers for doors installed in interior metal frames. Provide three silencers for each door and two for each pair of doors. CITY APPROVED PLANS C. Cylinders: Furnish cylinders of same keyway unless otherwise specified. Reviewed for Cade Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE D. Stops: Provide wall mounted stops where possible. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS E. Lock Function: Verify keying requirements and lock function prior to ordering. F. Hinges: Provide 5"hinges on doors Y-6"or wider. G. Thru Bolts: Thru Bolts to be provided for closers,exit devices and overhead stops on wood doors. H. Code: If category A positive pressure fire doors are used, delete intumescent seal from hardware set. I. Finishes: All hardware to be finished per the Hardware Schedule located in the Drawings. TWIN FALLS, ID 0871 00 - 3 Page 294 of 341 SECTION 08 7100 DOOR HARDWARE PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Provide factory hardware technician to be present to assist and instruct those applying finish hardware. B. Fastening: Furnish items of hardware with attachment screws,bolts,nuts, etc. as required to attach hardware to type of material involved and with finish to match adjacent hardware. 1. Make attachments to metal by template machine screws. 2. Through-bolt hardware such as door closers, forearm shores of closers, holding devices and panic hardware mounted and doors of panels. 3. Attach hardware to masonry or concrete with expansion bolts or similar drilled anchors to develop full strength of attached device. Set expansion anchors in solid masonry,not mortar joints. C. Weather-stripping and Thresholds: 1. Weather-stripping and Sound stripping: Run full height of both jambs and full width of head. 2. Thresholds and Door Bottoms: Run full width of opening. Install thresholds with continuous threshold anchors cast into slab and set in a bed of sealant under Section 07 92 00. D. Mounting Heights(Unless Otherwise Indicated): In accordance with Door and Hardware Institute recommended locations for standard doors and frames. 3.2 KEY(KNOX)BOX A. Install in locations as directed by Fire Department and in coordination with Owner&Tenant. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Painting: Do not install door silencers,kick plates,push plates door bottoms and wall stops until after painting is complete. Loosen locksets and panic hardware prior to painting and retighten after painting is complete. Mask hardware or otherwise protect during painting operation. 3.4 ADJUSTMENT A. Adjusting by Hardware Manufacturer's Representative: Prior to final inspection, inspect and adjust door closers,locks and items requiring close adjustment and regulation and check keying. 3.5 HARDWARE SCHEDULE CITY APPROVED PLANS A. See schedule on Drawings. Reviewed for Cade Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE END OF SECTION 08 7100 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0871 00 -4 Page 295 of 341 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING SECTION 08 80 00-GLAZING PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes glazing for the following products and applications,including those specified in other Sections where glazing requirements are specified by reference to this Section: 1. Windows. 2. Doors. 3. Storefront framing. 4. Glazed entrances. 1.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Design glass,including comprehensive engineering analysis according to ASTM E 1300 by a qualified professional engineer,using the following design criteria: 1. Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Vertical Glazing: For glass surfaces sloped 15 degrees or less from vertical,design glass to resist design wind pressure based on glass type factors for short-duration load. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each glass product and glazing material indicated. B. Glass Samples: For each type of glass product other than clear monolithic vision glass; 12 inches square. C. Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below,unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Refer to these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." B. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing labeling is indicated,permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction or the manufacturer. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 08 80 00 _ 1 PLANS MUST BEON JOB SITE Page 296 of 341 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING type of glass,thickness,and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. C. Insulating-Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of IGCC. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated-Glass Products: Manufacturer's standard form in which coated-glass manufacturer agrees to replace coated-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling,cracking,and other indications of deterioration in coating. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty on Insulating Glass: Manufacturer's standard form in which insulating-glass manufacturer agrees to replace insulating-glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Evidence of failure is the obstruction of vision by dust,moisture,or film on interior surfaces of glass. I. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 2.1 GLASS PRODUCTS FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. All glass to be tempered. B. All exterior glazing to have a maximum U-value of 0.45 and SHGC of 0.40 C. Float Glass: ASTM C 1036,Type I,Quality-Q3,Class I(clear)unless otherwise indicated. I. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. AFG Industries,Inc.;Krystal Klear. b. Guardian Industries Corp.;Ultrawhite. C. Pilkington North America;Optiwhite. d. PPG Industries,Inc.; Starphire. D. Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048;Type I; Quality-Q3; Class I(clear)unless otherwise indicated;of kind and condition indicated. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. AFG Industries,Inc.; Spotless Ti. TWIN FALLS, ID 08 80 00 -2 Page 297 of 341 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING b. Cardinal Glass Industries;LoE2 Plus. C. Pilkington North America;Activ. d. PPG Industries,Inc.; SunClean. E. Reflective-Coated Vision Glass: ASTM C 1376,coated by pyrolytic process or vacuum deposition(sputter-coating)process,and complying with other requirements specified. 1. Coating Color: Pewter. 2. Glass: per manufacturer. 3. Tint Color: Gray. F. Ceramic-Coated Spandrel Glass: ASTM C 1048,Condition B,Type 1,Quality-Q3, and complying with other requirements specified. 1. Glass: Clear float. 2. Ceramic Coating Color: White,as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.2 INSULATING GLASS A. Insulating-Glass Units: Factory-assembled units consisting of sealed liter of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace,qualified according to ASTM E 2190,and complying with other requirements specified. 1. Sealing System: Dual seal. 2. Spacer: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction. 3. Color:Clear 2.3 INSULATING-GLASS TYPES A. Glass Type G2: Low-E,clear insulating glass. 1. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch. 2. Thickness of Each Glass Lite: As required. 3. Outdoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass. 4. Interspace Content: Air. 5. Indoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass. 6. Low-E Coating: Pyrolytic or sputtered on second or third surface. 7. Visible Light Transmittance: 0.76 percent minimum. 8. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.38%minimum 9. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.38%minimum 10. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.40%minimum 11. Provide safety glazing labeling. B. Glass Type G5: Ceramic-coated,Silicone-coated,insulating spandrel glass. 1. Overall Unit Thickness: 1 inch. CITY APPROVED PLANS 2. Thickness of Each Glass Lite: As required. Reviewed for Cade Compliance 3. Outdoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 4. Interspace Content: Air. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 80 00 - 3 Page 298 of 341 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING 5. Indoor Lite: Fully tempered float glass. 6. Coating Location: Fourth surface. 7. Visible Light Transmittance: 0.76 percent minimum. 8. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.38%minimum 9. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.38%minimum 10. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.40%minimum 11. Provide safety glazing labeling. 2.4 GLAZING GASKETS A. Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded gaskets of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal,made from one of the following: 1. EPDM complying with ASTM C 864. 2. Silicone complying with ASTM C 1115. 3. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber complying with ASTM C 1115 B. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded,closed-cell,integral-skinned EPDM silicone or thermoplastic polyolefin rubber gaskets complying with ASTM C 509,Type 11, black;of profile and hardness required to maintain watertight seal. 1. Application: Use where soft compression gaskets will be compressed by inserting dense compression gaskets on opposite side of glazing or pressure applied by means of pressure-glazing stops on opposite side of glazing. CITY APPROVED PLANS 2.5 GLAZING SEALANTS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE A. General: FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1. Compatibility: Provide glazing sealants that are compatible with one another and with other materials they will contact,including glass products,seals of insulating-glass units, and glazing channel substrates,under conditions of service and application,as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers'written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. VOC Content: For sealants used inside of the weatherproofing system,not more than 250 g/L when calculated according to 40 CFR 59,Subpart D. 4. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 2.6 GLAZING TAPES A. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed,butyl-based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape;non-staining and non-migrating in contact with nonporous surfaces;with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated;and complying with ASTM C 1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.3 tape,where indicated. TWIN FALLS, ID 08 80 00 -4 Page 299 of 341 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING 2. AAMA 806.3 tape,for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 3. AAMA 807.3 tape,for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed-cell,PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. AAMA 810.1,Type 1,for glazing applications in which tape acts as the primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1,Type 2,for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. Cleaners,Primers,and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. B. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore,Type A durometer hardness of 85,plus or minus 5. C. Spacers: Elastomeric blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. D. Edge Blocks: Elastomeric material of hardness needed to limit glass lateral movement (side walking). E. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C 1330,Type O(open-cell material),of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. F. Perimeter Insulation for Fire-Resistive Glazing: Product that is approved by testing agency that listed and labeled fire-resistant glazing product with which it is used for application and fire-protection rating indicated. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE PART 3-EXECUTION FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 GLAZING-GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Adjust glazing channel dimensions as required by Project conditions during installation to provide necessary bite on glass,minimum edge and face clearances,and adequate sealant thicknesses,with reasonable tolerances. C. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged TWIN FALLS, ID 08 80 00 - 5 Page 300 of 341 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass is glass with edge damage or other imperfections that,when installed,could weaken glass and impair performance and appearance. D. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants,as determined by preconstruction testing. E. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets,sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications,unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. F. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. G. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. H. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel,as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and according to requirements in referenced glazing publications. 3.2 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that,when compressed by glass,their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously,but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first and then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs and then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together,not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. F. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.3 GASKET GLAZING(DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly,with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 08 80 00 - 6 PLANSFOR ALL INSPEO TIONS SITE Page 301 of 341 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING D. Installation with Pressure-Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure- glazing stops,applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. 3.4 SEALANT GLAZING(WET) A. Install continuous spacers,or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing,between glass liter and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect exterior glass from damage immediately after installation by attaching crossed streamers to framing held away from glass. Do not apply markers to glass surface. Remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If,despite such protection,contaminating substances do come into contact with glass,remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. C. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction,but not less than once a month,for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits,or stains;remove as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. D. Remove and replace glass that is broken,chipped,cracked,or abraded or that is damaged from natural causes,accidents,and vandalism,during construction period. END OF SECTION 08 80 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 80 00 - 7 Page 302 of 341 SECTION 08 80 00 GLAZING THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 08 80 00 - 8 Page 303 of 341 SECTION 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING SECTION 09 22 16-NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non-load-bearing steel framing systems for interior gypsum board assemblies. 2. Interior gypsum ceiling and soffit support materials. 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested according to ASTM E 119. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: Provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413. 2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C 645. Use either steel studs and runners or dimpled steel studs and runners of equivalent minimum base-metal thickness. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. B. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where indicated,provide one of the following in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs: 1. Single Long-Leg Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runner with 2-inch-deep flanges,installed with studs friction fit into top runner and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 2. Double-Runner System: ASTM C 645 top runners,inside runner with 2-inch- deep flanges and fastened to studs,and outer runner sized to friction fit inside runner. 3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes due to deflection of structure above. TWIN FALLS, ID 09 22 16 - 1 Page 304 of 341 SECTION 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1) Dietrich Metal Framing; SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track. 2) MBA Building Supplies;F1atSteel Deflection Track Slotted Deflecto Track. 3) Steel Network Inc. (The);VertiClip SLD VertiTrack VTD Series. 4) Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System(SFT) 5) Telling Industries;Vertical Slip Track Vertical Slip Track 11. C. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch . D. Cold-Rolled Channel Bridging: Steel,0.053-inch minimum base-metal thickness,with minimum 1/2-inch-wide flanges. 1. Depth: 1-1/2 inches. 2. Clip Angle: Not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 inches, 0.068-inch-thick,galvanized steel. E. Hat-Shaped,Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645. 1. Minimum Base-Metal Thickness: 0.018 inch. 2. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. F. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch-deep,steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Configuration: Asymmetrical. G. Cold-Rolled Furring Channels: 0.053-inch uncoated-steel thickness,with minimum 1/2- inch-wide flanges. 1. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Furring Brackets: Adjustable,corrugated-edge type of steel sheet with minimum uncoated-steel thickness of 0.033 inch. 3. Tie Wire: ASTM A 641/A 641M,Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper,0.062-inch- diameter wire,or double strand of 0.048-inch-diameter wire. H. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web,face flange of Insert depth,wall attachment flange of 7/8 inch,minimum uncoated-metal thickness of 0.018 inch,and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. 2.3 CEILING AND SOFFIT SUPPORT MATERIALS A. Hanger Anchorage Devices: Screws,clips,bolts or other devices compatible with indicated structural anchorage for ceiling hangers and whose suitability has been proven through standard construction practices or by certified test data. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 09 22 16 -2 Page 305 of 341 SECTION 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING B. Hangers: 1. Steel wire or rods,sizes to comply with requirements of ASTM C754 for ceiling or soffit area and loads to be supported. 2. Wire: ASTM A 641, soft,Class 1 galvanized. 3. Rods and flats: a. Mild steel components. b. Finish: Galvanized or painted with rust-inhibitive paint for interior work; galvanized for exterior work. C. Framing System: 1. Main runners: a. Cold-rolled, "C" shaped steel channels, 16 gauge minimum b. Finish: Galvanized with G40 hot-dip galvanized coating per ASTM A525 for exterior work;galvanized or painted with rust-inhibitive paint for other interior work. c. Form to required radius at curved ceilings. 2. Cross furring: Hat-shaped steel furring channels,ASTM C645,7/8 inch high,25 gauge,galvanized. 3. Furring anchorages: 16 gauge galvanized wire ties, manufacturer's standard wire- type clips, bolts, nails or screws recommended by furring manufacturer and complying with ASTM C754. 4. Provide compression posts and other accessories as required to comply with seismic requirements. D. Proprietary Framing System: 1. Framing system for gypsum board panels consisting of cold-rolled steel members conforming to ASTM C635,with exposed surfaces finished in manufacturer's standard enamel paint finish. 2. Components:Main tees,furring cross channels,furring cross tees,and cross tees. 3. Accessories: a. U-shaped channel molding. b. Galvanized carbon steel(12 ga.)hanger wire 4. Acceptable product:Equivalent to Drywall Suspension System by USG. 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. Fasteners for Metal Framing: Of type,material,size,corrosion resistance,holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide asphalt saturated organic felt or foam gasket. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 09 22 16 -3 Page 306 of 341 SECTION 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION,GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C 754. 1. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 1063 that apply to framing installation. 2. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C 840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install supplementary framing,and blocking to support fixtures,equipment services,heavy trim,grab bars,toilet accessories,furnishings,or similar construction. C. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. D. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non-load-bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently 3.2 INSTALLING FRAMED ASSEMBLIES A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated,but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls,install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. D. Install tracks(runners)at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings,except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip-Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports,install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install runner track section(for cripple studs)at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud,with a minimum 1/2- inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. C. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 09 22 16 -4 PLANSFOR ALL INSPEO TIONS SITE Page 307 of 341 SECTION 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire-Resistance-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated,install to maintain continuity of fire- resistance-rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound-Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound-rated assembly indicated. 6. Curved Partitions: a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud,and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs,place studs 6 inches o.c. E. Z-Furring Members: 1. Erect insulation vertically and hold in place with Z-furring members spaced 24 inches O.C. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder-driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. 3. At exterior corners,attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw-attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners,space second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit F. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. 3.3 CEILING AND SOFFIT SUPPORT SYSTEMS A. Secure hangers or rods to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible; otherwise connect to inserts,clips or other anchorage devices or fasteners indicated. B. Space main runners,hangers and furring according to requirements of ASTM C754,except as otherwise indicated. C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing,countersplaying,or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces CITY APPROVED PLANS TWIN FALLS, ID Reviewed for Code Compliance 09 22 16 - 5 PLANSFOR ALL INSPEO TIONS SITE Page 308 of 341 SECTION 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers,install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 3. Attach directly to structural elements only; do not attach to metal deck. Loop hangers and wire-tie directly or provide anchors or inserts. 4. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts,pipes,or conduit. D. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. E. For proprietary framing system,comply with manufacturer's instructions. END OF SECTION 09 22 16 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 09 22 16 -6 Page 309 of 341 SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD SECTION 09 29 00-GYPSUM BOARD PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Tile backing panels. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Samples: For the following products: 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: For fire-resistance-rated assemblies,provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies,provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by an independent testing agency. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Board,Type X: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 2. Long Edges: Tapered. CITY APPROVED PLANS B. Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 1. Thickness: 5/8 inch. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Moisture-and Mold-Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. With moisture- and mold-resistant core and paper surfaces. 1. Core: 5/8 inch,Type X. TWIN FALLS, ID 09 29 00- 1 Page 310 of 341 SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 2. Long Edges: Tapered. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274 2.2 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass-Mat,Water-Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C 1178/C 1178M,with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements,available products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to,the following: a. Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC;DensShield Tile Backer. 2. Core: 5/8 inch,Type X. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D 3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D 3274. 2.3 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C 1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum-coated steel sheet,rolled zinc,plastic,or paper- faced galvanized steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. LC-Bead: J-shaped;exposed long flange receives joint compound. C. L-Bead: L-shaped;exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. e. Expansion(control)joint. 2.4 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475/C 475M. CITY APPROVED PLANS B. Joint Tape: Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 2. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh. 3. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints,rounded or beveled panel edges,and damaged surface areas,use setting-type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints,fasteners, and trim flanges,use setting-type taping compound. a. Use setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories. TWIN FALLS, ID 09 29 00-2 Page 311 of 341 SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 3. Fill Coat: For second coat,use setting-type,sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat,use drying-type,all-purpose compound. 2.5 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written recommendations. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. 1. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 50 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D(EPA Method 24). C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002,unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. D. Sound Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C 665,Type I(blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool,or rock wool. 1. Fire-Resistance-Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral-fiber requirements of assembly. E. Acoustical Joint Sealant: ASTM C 834. Product effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings as demonstrated by testing according to ASTM E 90. F. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Division 07 Section"Thermal Insulation." PART 3-EXECUTION CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 3.1 APPLYING AND FINISHING PANELS,GENERAL FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Comply with ASTM C 840. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet,moisture damaged,and mold damaged. C. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non-load-bearing partitions at structural abutments,except floors. Provide 1/4-to 1/2-inch-wide spaces at these locations,and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. D. Install trim with back flanges intended for fasteners,attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise,attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. TWIN FALLS, ID 09 29 00-3 Page 312 of 341 SECTION 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD 1. Control Joints: Install control joints to ASTM C 840 and at locations indicated on Drawings. E. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. F. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints,except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. G. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C 840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas,concealed areas,and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for acoustical tile. 3. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. 4. Level 5: At wall covering locations indicated on Drawings. H. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and texture finishes and promptly remove from floors and other non-drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained,marred,or otherwise damaged during drywall application. I. Remove and replace panels that are wet,moisture damaged,and mold damaged. END OF SECTION 09 29 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 09 29 00-4 Page 313 of 341 SECTION 09 30 00 TILING SECTION 09 30 00-TILING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ceramic tile. 2. Crack isolation membrane. 3. Metal edge strips. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. 1.3 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type,composition,color,pattern,and size indicated. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE PRODUCTS A. As indicated on drawings. 2.2 SETTING MATERIALS A. Latex-Portland Cement Mortar(Thin Set): ANSI A118.4. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the following: a. Boiardi Products;a QEP company. b. Bonsal American;an Oldcastle company. C. Bostik,Inc. d. C-Cure. e. Custom Building Products. CITY APPROVED PLANS fJ amo Inc. Reviewed for Code Compliance g. Laticrete International,Inc. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE h. MAPEI Corporation. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 09 30 00- 1 Page 314 of 341 SECTION 09 30 00 TILING i. Mer-Kote Products,Inc. j. Southern Grouts&Mortars,Inc. k. Summitville Tiles,Inc. 1. TEC;a subsidiary of H.B.Fuller Company. 2. Prepackaged,dry-mortar mix to which only water must be added. 3. Prepackaged,dry-mortar mix combined with liquid-latex additive. 2.3 GROUT MATERIALS A. As indicated on drawings. 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Grout Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout. CITY APPROVED PLANS PART 3-EXECUTION Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates,areas,and conditions where tile will be installed,with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm,dry,clean,free of coatings that are incompatible with tile-setting materials including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap,wax,oil,or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Fill cracks,holes,and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thin-set mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile- setting material manufacturer. B. Where indicated,prepare substrates to receive waterproofing by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations,use factory blended tile or blend tiles at Project site before installing. D. Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: If indicated under tile type or needed to prevent grout from staining or adhering to exposed tile surfaces, precoat them with continuous film of temporary protective coating, taking care not to coat unexposed tile surfaces. TWIN FALLS, ID 09 30 00-2 Page 315 of 341 SECTION 09 30 00 TILING 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with TCA's"Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"for TCA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 Series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile"that are referenced in TCA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules,and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions,edges,and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim,finish,or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets,piping,fixtures,and other penetrations so plates,collars,or covers overlap tile. D. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. E. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated,install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Glazed Porcelain Tile: 1/16 inch F. Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edge of tile flooring meets carpet,wood,or other flooring that finishes flush with or below top of tile and no threshold is indicated. G. Grout Sealer: Apply grout sealer to grout joints in tile floors according to grout- sealer manufacturer's written instructions. As soon as grout sealer has penetrated grout joints,remove excess sealer and sealer from tile faces by wiping with soft cloth. H. Install crack isolation membrane to comply with ANSI A108.17 and manufacturer's written instructions to produce membrane of uniform thickness and bonded securely to substrate. END OF SECTION 09 30 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 09 30 00- 3 Page 316 of 341 SECTION 09 30 00 TILING THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 09 30 00- 4 Page 317 of 341 SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS SECTION 09 5113-ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes acoustical panels and exposed suspension systems for ceilings. B. Related Sections: 1. Division 07 Section"Insulation" for sound batts above acoustical ceilings 1.2 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E 84;testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame-Spread Index: Comply with ASTM E 1264 for Class C materials. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS,GENERAL A. Glass-Fiber-Based Panels: Made with binder containing no urea formaldehyde. B. Acoustical Panel Standard: Comply with ASTM E 1264. C. Acoustical Panel High NRC: Minimum of.90 D. Metal Suspension System Standard: Comply with ASTM C 635. E. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C 635, Table 1, "Direct Hung,"unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL PANELS CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,available rr PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0951 13- 1 Page 318 of 341 SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries,Inc. 2. CertainTeed Corp. 3. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 4. Tectum Inc. 5. USG Interiors,Inc.; Subsidiary of USG Corporation B. Classification: Manufacturer's standard system C. Color: White where installed as a new ceiling in an isolated location. Match existing color&texture where extending an existing ceiling. D. Food Preperation Areas:Where indicated on plans,ceiling tiles installed in food preparation areas are to be Hard Wipe Vinyl tiles meeting local and federal standards for sanitary environments and food preparation.Hard wipe gypsum board is not acceptable. E. Edge/Joint Detail: Flush reveal sized to fit flange of exposed suspension-system members. F. Thickness: 5/8 inch. G. Modular Size: 24 by 24 inches and 24 by 48 inches as indicated on drawings. 2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,but are not limited to, the following: CITY APPROVED PLANS 1. Armstrong World Industries,Inc. Reviewedfor Code Compliance 2. CertainTeed Corp. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 3. Chicago Metallic Corporation. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 4. USG Interiors,Inc.; Subsidiary of USG Corporation. B. Narrow-Face,Capped,Double-Web,Steel Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from cold-rolled steel sheet;prepainted,electrolytically zinc coated,or hot-dip galvanized according to ASTM A 653/A 653M,not less than G30 coating designation; with prefinished 9/16-inch-wide metal caps on flanges.A 15/16 inch wide suspension system is acceptable for Hard Wipe Vinyl Ceilings per drawings. 1. Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system. 2. End Condition of Cross Runners: Override(stepped)or butt-edge type. 3. Face Design: Flat,flush. 4. Cap Material: Steel or aluminum cold-rolled sheet. 5. Cap Finish: Painted white C. Roll-Formed, Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated or,if not indicated,manufacturer's standard moldings for edges and penetrations that comply with seismic design requirements;formed from sheet metal of same material,finish,and color as that used for exposed flanges of suspension-system runners. TWIN FALLS, ID 0951 13-2 Page 319 of 341 SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with ASTM C 636/C 636M and seismic design requirements indicated,according to manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less-than-half-width panels at borders,and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. 1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as indicated on reflected ceiling plans END OF SECTION 09 5113 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0951 13-3 Page 320 of 341 SECTION 09 51 13 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0951 13-4 Page 321 of 341 SECTION 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES SECTION 09 65 13—RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1—GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Vinyl Rubber Base 2. Vinyl Trim and Accessories 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit in accordance with Section 01 33 00, a full set of samples of the specified materials for verification. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with Section 013 3 00. B. Temperature: Store material in original containers at not less than 70°F for not less than 24 hours immediately before installation. 1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Requirements: Maintain temperature in space to receive tile between 70°F and 90°F for not less than 24 hours before and 48 hours after installation. Following 48-hour period maintain minimum temperature of 55°F until completion of building. 1.5 MAINTENANCE A. Extra Materials: Provide the Owner at the completion of the project the following items. 1. Rubber Base in the amount of 1%of each color used. 2. One gallon of each type of adhesive used. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1. RUBBER BASE CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance A. Acceptable Manufacturers: PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 1. Johnsonite. 2. Armstrong. 3. Roppe. 4. Flexco. 5. Tarkett. B. Base: 1/8" thickness x 4" high unless other sizes are indicated. Provide pre-formed external corners. Job-formed internal corners may be used at Contractor's option. Use topset cove base at all locations. Colors as per Finish Schedule on Drawings. TWIN FALLS, ID 0965 12 - 1 Page 322 of 341 SECTION 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 2.2 VINYL EDGING A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Johnsonite B. Furnish at exposed edges of resilient floor tile, vinyl edging 1" wide, 1/8" thick. Colors as per Finish Schedule on Drawings. 2.3 ADHESIVE A. Adhesive: As recommended by the manufacturer of the material being installed. Adhesive for vinyl edging and base shall be a type not affected by heat. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verification of Conditions: Examine substrate for excessive moisture content and unevenness which would prevent execution and quality of resilient flooring as specified. Report unsatisfactory conditions to the General Contractor with copy to Architect. B. Acceptance: Do not proceed with installation of resilient flooring until defects have been corrected except where correction is indicated under Preparation. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing substrate. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Leveling: Level major uneven concrete floor joints or other irregularities by bush hammering or grinding and filling with latex type underlayment. Leveled areas shall be sanded to provide a surface level + 1/4 " in 10'. Leveled areas shall be inspected by the Architect before flooring work may proceed. B. Cleaning, Patching and Priming: Thoroughly clean concrete floors before applying floor coverings. Remove rough spots and any foreign matter that might be evident through the floor covering. Patch minor rough areas,voids and defects with compatible leveling compound. Prime concrete floors as recommended by the manufacturer of the flooring. 3.3 APPLICATION OF ADHESIVES A. General: Mix and apply adhesives in accordance with manufacturer's instruction. Provide safety precautions during mixing and applications as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. Cover only that amount of area which can be covered by flooring material within the recommended working time of the adhesive. B. Application: Apply adhesive uniformly over surfaces with notched trowel or other suitable tool. Clean trowel and rework notches as necessary to insure proper application of adhesive. C. Cleaning: Remove any adhesive which dries or films over. Do not soi CITY APPROVED PLANS areas with adhesives. Promptly remove spillage. Re„►ewedfo,Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0965 12 -2 Page 323 of 341 SECTION 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES 3.4 INSTALLATION A. Base: Tightly cement base to wall with butt joints l/16"or less in width. Install base in toe space of cabinets.Install base in carpeted areas,after carpet has been installed. 3.5 CLEANING A. Cleaning: Upon completion,remove loose,cracked, chipped, stained or otherwise defective tile, or base and replace in a satisfactory manner. Clean surfaces using only cleaners approved by the manufacturer. Remove mastic cement for adjoining work with particular care to not damage such work. B. Buffing: Dry mop and buff flooring. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protection: Protect finished work from damage by subsequent construction operations. Where possible, lock rooms following installation and cleaning. END OF SECTION 09 65 12 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0965 12 - 3 Page 324 of 341 SECTION 09 65 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 0965 12 -4 Page 325 of 341 SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING SECTION 09 9113-EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 1-GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on 1. Concrete. 2. Concrete masonry units(CMU). 3. Steel. 4. Galvanized metal. 5. Aluminum(not anodized or otherwise coated). 6. Stainless-steel flashing. 7. Wood. 8. Plastic trim fabrications. 9. Exterior gypsum board. 10. Exterior Insulation&Finish System(EIFS) B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" for shop priming of metal substrates with primers specified in this Section. 2. Section 099600"High-Performance Coatings"for special-use coatings. 3. Section 099123 "Interior Painting"for surface preparation and the application of paint systems on interior substrates. 4. Section 099300 "Staining and Transparent Finishing" for surface preparation and the application of wood stains and transparent finishes on exterior wood substrates. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Gloss Level 1:Not more than 5 units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees,according to ASTM D 523, a matte flat finish. B. Gloss Level 2: Not more than 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees,according to ASTM D 523,a high-side sheen flat,velvet-like finish. C. Gloss Level 3: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees,according to ASTM D 523,an eggshell finish. D. Gloss Level 4: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and not less than 35 units at 85 degrees, according to ASTM D 523,a satin-like finish. E. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees,according to ASTM D 523,a semi-gloss finish. F. Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees,according to ASTM D 523,a gloss finish. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Page 326 df 9�� FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: For each product indicated,include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas.Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. Printout of current"MPI Approved Products List"for each product category specified in Part 2,with the proposed product highlighted. 3. VOC content. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Coating Maintenance Manual:Provide coating maintenance manual including area summary with finish schedule,area detail designating location where each product/color/finish was used,product data pages,material safety data sheets,care and cleaning instructions,touch- up procedures,and color samples of each color and finish used. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: percent,but not less than of each material and color applied. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups:Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system specified in Part 3. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft.. b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Page 327 df 9�� FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements,approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.7 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING A. Delivery and Handling:Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed containers,complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,unpacking,protecting,and installing.Packaging shall bear the manufacture's label with the following information: 1. Product name and type(description). 2. Batch date. CITY APPROVED PLANS 3. Color number. 4. VOC content. Reviewed for Code Compliance 5. Environmental handling requirements. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 6. Surface preparation requirements. FOR ALL INSPECTIONS 7. Application instructions. B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition,free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F. B. Do not apply paints in snow,rain,fog,or mist;when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent;at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Hazardous Materials:It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered,do not disturb;immediately notify Architect and Owner. D. Hazardous Materials:Hazardous materials including lead paint present in buildings and structures to be painted.A report on the presence of known hazardous materials is on file for review and use.Examine report to become aware of locations where hazardous materials are present. 1. Do not disturb hazardous materials or items suspected of containing hazardous materials except under procedures specified. 2. Perform preparation for painting of substrates known to include lead paint in accordance with EPA Renovation,Repair and Painting Rule and additional requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. TWIN FALLS, ID Page 328 df 9341 SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements,provide Sherwin- Williams Company products indicated or comparable product from one of the following: 1. Benjamin Moore& Co. 2. Glidden Professional,Division of PPG Architectural Finishes,Inc. 3. PPG Architectural Finishes,Inc. B. Source Limitations: Obtain paint materials from single source from single listed manufacturer. 1. Manufacturer's designations listed on a separate color schedule are for color reference only and do not indicate prior approval. 2.2 PAINT,GENERAL A. MPI Standards: Provide products that comply with MPI standards indicated and that are listed in its"MPI Approved Products List." B. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another and substrates indicated,under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer,based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system,provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. C. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. D. Colors: CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance 1. Percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones. PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL FOR ALL INSPECTIONS A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: 1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site,samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified,sealed,and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements.Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site,pay for testing,and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials.Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if,on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible. TWIN FALLS, ID Page 329 df 9341 SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION Examine substrates and conditions,with Applicator present,for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.Verify suitability of substrates,including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.Where acceptability of substrate conditions is in question, apply samples and perform in-situ testing to verify compatibility,adhesion,and film integrity of new paint application. 1. Report,in writing,conditions that may affect application,appearance,or performance of paint. B. Substrate Conditions: 1. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates:When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: a. Concrete: 12 percent. b. Masonry(Clay and CMU): 12 percent. C. Wood: 15 percent. d. Portland Cement Plaster: 12 percent. e. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 2. Portland Cement Plaster Substrates:Verify that plaster is fully cured. 3. Exterior Gypsum Board Substrates:Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected; application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in"MPI Manual" applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware,covers,plates,and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted.If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item,provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations,use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed.Remove surface-applied protection. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints,including dust,dirt,oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates:Remove release agents,curing compounds,efflorescence,and chalk.Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Page 330 df 9�� FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING E. Masonry Substrates:Remove efflorescence and chalk.Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Steel Substrates: Remove rust,loose mill scale,and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. 1. SSPC-SP 2,"Hand Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 3,"Power Tool Cleaning." 3. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No.4,"Brush-off Blast Cleaning." 4. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal" G. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds,bolted connections,and abraded areas of shop paint,and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces. H. Galvanized-Metal Substrates:Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean,lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. 1. Aluminum Substrates:Remove loose surface oxidation. J. Wood Substrates: 1. Scrape and clean knots.Before applying primer,apply coat of knot sealer recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use in paint system indicated. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view,and dust off. 3. Prime edges,ends,faces,undersides,and backsides of wood. 4. After priming,fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. K. Plastic Trim Fabrication Substrates: Remove dust,dirt,and other foreign material that might impair bond of paints to substrates. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in "MPI Manual." 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces.Before final installation,paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. 3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames. 4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes. 5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,identification,performance rating,or nomenclature plates. 6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE TWIN FALLS, ID FOR ALL INSPECTIONS Page 331 df 9341 SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING B. Tint undercoats same color as topcoat,but tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat,apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish,color,and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks,roller tracking,runs, sags,ropiness,or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Painting Fire Suppression,Plumbing,HVAC,Electrical,Communication,and Electronic Safety and Security Work: 1. Paint the following work where exposed to view: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping CITY APPROVED PLANS C. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. Reviewed for rode Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE e. Metal conduit. F f. Plastic conduit. OR ALL INSPECTIONS g. Tanks that do not have factory-applied final finishes. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. l. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations,Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday,remove rubbish, empty cans,rags,and other discarded materials from Project site. B. After completing paint application,clean spattered surfaces.Remove spattered paints by washing,scraping,or other methods.Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning,repairing,replacing,and refinishing,as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades,touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. TWIN FALLS, ID Page 332 df 9341 SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING 3.6 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates-Nontraffic Surfaces: 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer,latex, exterior: S-W Loxon Concrete&Masonry Primer Sealer,A24W8300,at 8.0 mils wet, 3.2 mils dry. b. Prime Coat: Latex, exterior,matching topcoat. C. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior,matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat,A6 Series,at 4.0 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry,per coat. e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior,low-sheen: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, Al2 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin,A82 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. g. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss,A76 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. h. Topcoat: Latex, exterior,gloss: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss,A8 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry,per coat. 2. Latex Aggregate/Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Block Filler,Latex,Interior/Exterior: S-W Loxon Block Surfacer,A24W200,at 50 to 100 sq ft/gal. b. Topcoat: Latex, exterior flat, texture: S-W U1traCrete Textured Masonry Topcoat,A44-800 Series, at 50 to 80 sq ft/gal. 3. Concrete Stain System(Water-based): a. First Coat: Low-luster opaque finish matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Low-luster opaque finish: S-W H&C Concrete Stain Solid Color Water Based,A31 Series,at 50 to 250 sq. ft.per gal. B. Concrete Substrates-Pedestrian Traffic Surfaces: 1. Latex Floor Paint System: a. First Coat: Floor paint, latex, slip-resistant,matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Floor paint,latex,slip-resistant, low gloss: S-W ArmorSeal Tread- Plex,B90 Series,at 1.5 to 2.0 mils dry per coat. 2. Concrete Stain System(Water-based)for Vertical Surfaces: a. First Coat: Low-luster opaque finish matching top coat. b. Topcoat: Low-luster opaque finish: S-W H&C Concrete Stain Solid Color Water Based, at 50 to 250 sq. ft.per gal. C. CMU Substrates: CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Page 333 oaf 9348 1 SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING 1. Latex System: a. Block Filler: Block filler,latex,interior/exterior: S-W PrepRite Block Filler,B25W25, at 75 to 125 sq. ft.per gal. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat,A6 Series,at 4.0 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry,per coat. d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior,low-sheen: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen,Al2 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin,A82 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss,A76 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. g. Topcoat: Latex, exterior,gloss: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss,A8 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry,per coat. 2. CMU Stain System(Water-based): a. First Coat: Low-luster opaque finish matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Low-luster opaque finish: S-W H&C Concrete Stain Solid Color Water Based, at 50 to 250 sq. ft.per gal. D. Ferrous Metal,Galvanized-Metal,and Aluminum Substrates: 1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System a. Prime Coat: Primer,water-based,anti-corrosive for metal: S-W Pro Industrial Pro-Cryl Universal Primer,B66-310 Series, 5.0 to 10.0 mils wet, 2.0 to 4.0 mils dry. b. Prime Coat: Shop primer specified in Section where substrate is specified. C. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior,water based, matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior,water based, eggshell: S-W Pro Industrial Eg-Shel Acrylic B66-660 Series, at 2.5 to 4.0 mils dry, per coat. e. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior,water based, semi-gloss: S-W Pro Industrial Acrylic Semi-Gloss Coating, B66-650 Series,at 2.5 to 4.0 mils dry, per coat. f. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior,water based,gloss: S-W Pro Industrial Acrylic Gloss Coating,B66-600 Series, at 2.5 to 4.0 mils dry,per coat. E. Wood Substrates: Including exposed wood items not indicated to receive shop-applied finish. 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Primer,latex for exterior wood. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat,A6 Series,at 4.0 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry,per coat. CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance TWIN FALLS, ID PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE Page 334 df 93� FOR ALL INSPECTIONS SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low-sheen: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen,Al2 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin,A82 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss,A76 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. g. Topcoat: Latex, exterior,gloss: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss,A8 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry,per coat. F. Wood Substrates,Pedestrian Traffic Surfaces: 1. Latex Floor Paint System: a. First Coat: Floor paint, latex, slip-resistant,matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Floor paint,latex,slip-resistant, low gloss: S-W ArmorSeal Tread- Plex,B90 Series,at 1.5 to 2.0 mils dry per coat. 2. Solid Color Stain System: a. First Coat: Solid color stain,latex,matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Solid color stain,latex, slip-resistant,flat,interior/exterior: S-W DeckScapes Exterior Acrylic Solid Color Deck,A15-Series, at 200 to 400 sq. ft.per gal. G. Plastic Trim Fabrication Substrates:Including architectural PVC,plastic,and fiberglass items. 1. Latex System: a. Prime Coat: Primer,bonding,water-based: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/Sealer. b. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior,matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat,A6 Series,at 4.0 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry,per coat. d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low-sheen: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen, Al2 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin,A82 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. f Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss,A76 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. g. Topcoat: Latex, exterior,gloss: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss,A8 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry,per coat. �r CITY APPROVED PLANS H. Exterior Gypsum Board Substrates: Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 1. Latex System: FOR ALL INSPECTIONS a. Prime Coat: Primer,bonding,water-based: S-W PrepRite ProBlock Latex Primer/Sealer. b. Prime Coat: Latex, exterior,matching topcoat. TWIN FALLS, ID Page 335 df 9341 SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING C. Intermediate Coat: Latex, exterior,matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat,A6 Series,at 4.0 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry,per coat. e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior,low-sheen: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen,Al2 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin,A82 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. g. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss,A76 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. h. Topcoat: Latex, exterior,gloss: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss,A8 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry,per coat. I. Exterior Insulation&Finish System(EIFS) 1. Latex System: a. First Coat: Latex, exterior,matching topcoat. b. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, flat: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Flat,A6 Series,at 4.0 mils wet, 1.2 mils dry,per coat. C. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, low-sheen: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Low Sheen,Al2 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. d. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, satin: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Satin,A82 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. e. Topcoat: Latex, exterior, semi-gloss: S-W Solo Acrylic Semi-Gloss,A76 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.5 mils dry,per coat. f. Topcoat: Latex, exterior,gloss: S-W A-100 Exterior Latex Gloss,A8 Series, at 4.0 mils wet, 1.3 mils dry,per coat. END OF SECTION 09 9113 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Page 336 df 9341 SECTION 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID Page 337 df 9341 SECTION 10 52 20 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SECTION 10 52 20—FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PARTI —GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Fire Extinguishers. B. Related Sections: 1. Wood Blocking: See Division 06—Rough Carpentry. 2. Drywall Openings: See Division 09 -Gypsum Board. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit in accordance with Section 0133 00 Submittal Procedures. Indicate types and locations. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. 2. J.L. Industries. 3. Amerex Corp. 4. Kiddle Fire Protection. 5. Potter-Roemer. B. Extinguishers: 10#multi-purpose A-B-C type with pressure gauge. See Drawings for locations and further information. 1. Furnish wall bracket for wall hung extinguishers. PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Extinguishers: Install in on wall brackets and leave fully charged. END OF SECTION 10 52 20 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 10 52 20 - 1 Page 338 of 341 SECTION 10 52 20 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 10 52 20 -2 Page 339 of 341 SECTION 10 80 00 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES SECTION 10 80 00—TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Toilet accessories as indicated and specified by General Contractor. 2. Mirrors 3. Wrap for exposed pipes under lavatories. 4. Baby Changing Station 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Submit in accordance with Section 0133 00. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Regulatory Requirements: 1. Grab Bars,Accessories and Lavatory Pipe Wrap. Comply with standards of ADAAG and the Texas Accessibility Standards. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 TOILET ACCESSORIES A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Bobrick Washroom Equipments,Inc. 2. Bradley Corporation. 3. A&J Washroom Accessories. 4. American Standard B. Accessory Type Schedule: Provide and install the accessories indicated in the Toilet Accessories Schedule and Responsibility Schedule noted in the Drawings or equal items by other acceptable manufacturers. 2.2 LAVATORY PIPE WRAP A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Brocar Products,Inc. 2. Plumberex Specialty Products,Inc. 3. Truebro,Inc. B. Wrap for Exposed Pipes Under Lavatories: Brocar Products TrapWrap or acceptable equivalent. 2.3 BABY CHANGING STATION CITY APPROVED PLANS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Reviewed for Cade Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE 1. Koala Kare—Model#KB200 FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 10 80 00 - 1 Page 340 of 341 SECTION 10 80 00 TOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES PART 3—EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Accessories: Fasten accessories rigidly and securely to walls using methods and materials recommended by manufacturer. B. Pipe Wrap: Install in accordance with Manufacturer's recommendations. 1. Insulate all hot water and drain pipes under lavatories unless otherwise configured to protect against contact with users. 2. Sharp or Abrasive Surfaces: Not allowed under lavatories. 3.2 ADJUSTMENT A. Before final inspection,inspect each accessory installation for rigid and secure installation. Take action necessary for rigid and secure installations. END OF SECTION 10 80 00 CITY APPROVED PLANS Reviewed for Code Compliance PLANS MUST BE ON JOB SITE FOR ALL INSPECTIONS TWIN FALLS, ID 10 80 00 - 2 Page 341 of 341